Turncole Wind Farm Environmental Statement 2010
Volume 2 – Text Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
PREFACE
This Environmental Statement (ES) has been prepared in support of a planning application for a proposed wind farm 3km South East of Southminster and 3.5km North East of Burnham-on-Crouch on the Dengie Peninsula, Essex.
The ES is contained within three separate volumes:
Volume I Non Technical Summary of the detailed Environmental Impact Assessment. Volume II The full Environmental Impact Assessment which contains technical and supporting information in appendices. Volume III Figures and plans referred to in the text of Volume II.
A separate Planning Statement has been prepared to accompany the planning application.
The ES has been prepared by RES UK & Ireland Ltd (RES) in consultation with Maldon District Council, various statutory consultees, interest groups and in collaboration with the following specialist consultants:
Landscape Ecology Assessment Ornithological Cultural Heritage Assessment Scott Wilson Assessment Assessment LDA Design Environment & Natural Scott Wilson RSK Group PLC Worton Rectory Park Resources Environment & Spring Lodge Oxford West One Natural 172 Chester Road OX29 4SX Wellington Street Resources Helsby Leeds West One Cheshire LS1 1BA Wellington WA6 0AR Street Leeds LS1 1BA Hydrological Noise Assessment Transport Planning Assessment RES Group RES UK & Statement SKM Enviros 3rd Floor Ireland Ltd Jones Lang LaSalle Alberton House STV Beaufort Court 7 Exchange St Mary's Parsonage Pacific Quay Egg Farm lane Crescent Manchester Glasgow Kings Langley Conference Square M3 2WJ G51 1PQ WD4 8LR Edinburgh EH3 8LL
Copies of the full ES may be viewed during normal opening hours at the following locations:
Maldon District Council, Princes Road, Maldon, Essex CM9 5DL. Tel: 01621 854 477
One Place Southminster, 1 High Street, Southminster, Essex, CM0 7AA. Tel: 01621 774239
Burnham Library, Station Road, Burnham-on-Crouch, Essex, CM0 8HQ. Tel: 01621 782006
Copies of the full ES are available from RES priced £150 each. A Loan Copy of the full ES can be supplied free of charge for limited duration. Copies of the ES are available on CD-ROM for £5. Copies of the non-technical summary are available free of charge. The non technical summary and other details of the project can be viewed at http://www.turncolewindfarm.co.uk/. Requests for documents should be made in writing, including payment if purchase of the full ES is required.
i Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Section Page No. PREFACE i TABLE OF CONTENTS ii 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 The Application 1 1.2 The Applicants 1 1.3 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and the ES 1 1.4 Defining the Significance of Environmental Effects 3 1.5 Consultations 5 1.6 References 5 2 NEED AND RATIONALE 2.1 Rationale for the Project 6 2.2 Greenhouse Gases and Climate Change 6 2.3 Greenhouse Gases and Electricity Production 7 2.4 Renewable Energy & Greenhouse Gas Production 7 2.5 Energy Payback & Recycling 8 2.6 Government Environmental & Energy Policy 8 2.7 Planning Policy Guidance & Statements 12 2.8 Contribution of Turncole Wind Farm 15 2.9 Public Attitudes 15 2.10 Summary 16 2.11 References 17 3 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT & CONSULTATION 3.1 Introduction 19 3.2 Site Selection 19 3.3 Consideration of Offshore Sites 22 3.4 Further Consultation and Site Visits 23 3.5 Commitment to Progressing the Turncole Wind Farm Site 23 3.6 Design Development 23 3.7 Community Consultation & Engagement 24 3.8 Engaging Stakeholders 25 3.9 Summary 27 3.10 References 27 4 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 4.1 Site Description 28 4.2 The Proposed Development 28 4.3 Construction 33 4.4 Reinstatement 40 4.5 Operation and Maintenance 40 4.6 Decommissioning 41 5 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 5.1 Introduction and Scope of Work 42 5.2 Consultation 43 5.3 Landscape and Visual Assessment Methodology 44 5.4 Landscape Policy Framework 45 5.5 The Existing Landscape & Seascape Resource 48 5.6 Visual Baseline 59 5.7 Design Mitigation 71 5.8 Assessment of Effects 72 5.9 Construction and Decommissioning 94 5.10 Cumulative Effects 95 5.11 Visual Effects on Residential Amenity 110 5.12 Overall Summary and Conclusion 116 6 NON-AVIAN ECOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 6.1 Introduction 119
ii Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.2 Legal and Policy Context 119 6.3 Spatial Scope 121 6.4 Technical Scope 121 6.5 Consultation 122 6.6 Methodology 122 6.7 Results of the Desk Study 137 6.8 Results of the Field Surveys 142 6.9 Future Baseline Conditions 168 6.10 Constraints 168 6.11 Second order constraints 169 6.12 Ecological Impact Assessment 170 6.13 Mitigation and Residual Effects 183 6.14 Monitoring 187 6.15 Cumulative Effects 191 6.16 Information to Inform Appropriate Assessment 191 6.17 Summary and Conclusion 194 6.18 References 194 7 ARCHEAOLOGY AND CULTURAL HERITAGE 7.1 Introduction 197 7.2 Legislation And Policy Context 197 7.3 Methodology For Establishing Baseline Conditions 198 7.4 Methodology For Assessment Of Impacts 200 7.5 Limitations of the Assessment 201 7.6 Archaeological and Historic Background 202 7.7 Baseline – Physical Impact Receptors 203 7.8 Baseline – Visual Impact Receptors 207 7.9 Results of Archaeological Trial Trenching 208 7.10 Assessment of Physical Impacts 208 7.11 Assessment of Visual Impact 209 7.12 Consultation 214 7.13 Residual Impact 215 7.14 Cumulative 215 7.15 Assessment of highways works along access route 216 8 HYDROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT 8.1 Introduction 217 8.2 Legislative Context and Guidance 218 8.3 Assessment Methodology and Significance Criteria 218 8.4 Key Consultations 223 8.5 Baseline Conditions and Receptors 224 8.6 Site Visit 224 8.7 Climate and Topography 224 8.8 Surface Water 224 8.9 Flood Risk 225 8.10 Soil 226 8.11 Geology 226 8.12 Groundwater 226 8.13 Water Quality 226 8.14 Private Water Supplies 227 8.15 Licensed Abstractions and Discharge Consents 227 8.16 Anglian Water Assets 228 8.17 Baseline Sensitivity 229 8.18 Assessment of Effects and Mitigation Measures 229 8.19 Avoidance Measures and Mitigation including Embedded Design 234 Mitigation 8.20 Construction 234 8.21 Operation 238
iii Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.22 Decommissioning 239 8.23 Identification of Residual Effects 239 8.24 Construction 240 8.25 Operation 241 8.26 Decommissioning 241 8.27 Evaluation of Residual Effects and Conclusions 242 8.28 Statement of Effects 244 9 ACOUSTIC ASSESSMENT 9.1 Introduction 245 9.2 Experience 245 9.3 General Overview Of Wind Turbine Noise 246 9.4 Legislative Framework and Guidance 246 9.5 Methodology 247 9.6 Noise Emission Characteristics of the Wind Turbines 247 9.7 Locations of the Wind Turbines 248 9.8 Locations of Nearest Neighbours 248 9.9 Calculation of Noise Levels at Receivers 250 9.10 Simplified Noise Assessment Procedure 252 9.11 Indicative Background Noise 253 9.12 Acoustic Acceptance Criteria 256 9.13 Acoustic Assessment 258 9.14 Other Aspects of Noise 261 9.15 Low Frequency Noise 261 9.16 Infrasound 262 9.17 Vibration 262 9.18 Aerodynamic Modulation 263 9.19 Construction Noise 263 9.20 Conclusions 268 9.21 References 270 10 TRANSPORT AND ACCESS 10.1 Introduction 271 10.2 Methodology 271 10.3 Alternative Transport Methods and Routes 273 10.4 Public Highway Route Options 275 10.5 Existing Traffic Data 278 10.6 Effects of Construction Traffic 279 10.7 Effects of Operational Phase 285 10.8 Decommissioning Phase 285 10.9 Mitigation Measures 286 10.10 Residual Effects 287 10.11 Cumulative Assessment 287 10.12 Summary 288 10.13 References 288 11 ELECTROMAGETIC INTERFERENCE & AVIATION 11.1 Introduction 290 11.2 Television Reception 290 11.3 Responses by Television Consultees 290 11.4 Radio Reception 291 11.5 Microwave Communications 291 11.6 Air Traffic Safeguarding 292 11.7 Mitigation Measures 292 11.8 References 293 12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT 12.1 Introduction & Scope 294 12.2 Economic Assessment 294 12.3 Recreation Assessment 293
iv Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
12.4 Tourism 299 12.5 Education 300 12.6 Safety 300 12.7 Shadow Flicker Assessment 302 12.8 Summary 304 12.9 References 305 13 GRID CONNECTION 13.1 Introduction 307 13.2 Cable materials and Installation Description 307 13.3 Operation and Maintenance 308 13.4 Landscape and Visual Effects 308 13.5 Ecological Effects 308 13.6 Cultural heritage Effects 309 13.7 Hydrological Effects 309 13.8 Socio Economic Effects 310 13.9 Conclusions 311 14 MITIGATION SUMMARY 14.1 Introduction 312 14.2 Mitigation Measures 312 14.3 Other Measures and Enhancements 322 APPENDICES
All figures and technical drawings are listed in Volume III of this ES
RES has an Environmental Management System which actively encourages the reduction of paper consumption and recycling where possible. Volumes I and II of this ES are printed on recycled paper. RES encourage the viewing of this ES via CD where possible to reduce paper use. All Volumes are intended for printing double sided. Please do so where appropriate.
v Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 The Application
1.1.1 RES UK & Ireland Ltd, hereafter referred to as RES, is applying to Maldon District Council for consent to construct a wind farm of seven wind turbines on land at Turncole Farm, south east of Southminster, north east of Burnham-on-Crouch. The site is centred on GB National Grid Reference E599000, N197500; OS Grid Ref TQ 99000 97500. The site development area covers approximately 42.9 hectares, (106 acres) and consists of large open agricultural fields primarily used for crops. See Figure 1.1, Volume III. 1.1.2 Each turbine will have three blades and a tapered tubular tower. The overall height to blade tip will not exceed 127m, 416 feet. Based on nominal 1.8MW capacity turbines the wind farm would produce sufficient electrical energy equivalent to the average requirements of approximately 7,585 homes (all of the homes within the wards of Southminster (1587), Burnham-on-Crouch North (1881), Burnham-on-Crouch South (1552), Tillingham (842) and Althorne (1538). Numbers from 2001 UK census data), or over 31% of the annual consumption of all the houses in Maldon District (2001 UK census data). The wind farm would also prevent at least 15,330 tonnes of CO2 from entering the atmosphere annually, see Appendix 1.1. 1.1.3 The wind farm development (the Proposal) would consist of seven wind turbines, associated electricity transformers, access tracks, underground cabling, rotor assembly pads, crane hardstandings, anemometry masts, communications mast, control building and substation compound. During construction and commissioning there would be a number of temporary works including a construction compound, and four 80m high temporary guyed meteorological masts. 1.1.4 The application is the culmination of more than five years of work by RES during which time the site’s suitability and detailed environmental interests have been assessed. The wind regime of the site has been defined by over three years of on-site monitoring and a range of design options have been explored, see Section 3.5.
1.2 The Applicants
1.2.1 RES is one of the world’s leading independent renewable energy project developers with operations across Europe, North America and Asia-Pacific. RES has been at the forefront of wind energy development since the 1970s and has developed and/or built more than 4.7GW of wind energy projects worldwide, including over 10% of the UK’s installed wind energy capacity, with a large portfolio under construction and in development. From long-term involvement in the wind industry, RES has gained a high level of expertise in the technical, environmental and financial disciplines essential for the development of a successful wind farm. 1.2.2 RES’s award winning eco-friendly headquarters and education centre in Kings Langley Hertfordshire is self-sufficient in renewable energy which is generated on-site and includes solar power, energy crops and a wind turbine next to the M25. There is a popular visitor centre outlining the benefits of renewable energy and sustainable development. RES also operates a number of regional offices in key markets worldwide.
1.3 Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) and The Environmental Statement (ES)
1.3.1 This Environmental Statement (ES) has been prepared by RES in accordance with the Environmental Impact Assessment (England & Wales) Regulations 1999 as amended, which implement Council Directive No. 85/337/EEC on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment (the EIA Directive), as amended by Council Directive No. 97/11/EC (EC, 1997).
Chapter 1 - Introduction – Page 1 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
1.3.2 The legal requirements are supported by guidance on best practice including the publication ‘Preparation of Environmental Statements for Planning Projects that Require Environmental Assessment – A Good Practice Guide’ (DETR, 1995). 1.3.3 The purpose of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) process is to identify likely significant environmental effects from a proposal in a systematic and transparent manner. An impact or effect may be beneficial (i.e. positive) as well as adverse (negative). 1.3.4 Information about the environmental effects of a project is collected, both by the applicant and independent consultants, and is presented within an ES to accompany a planning application. This will inform decision makers and interested parties of the proposed development details and potential significant effects resulting from the project. 1.3.5 The ES for Turncole Wind Farm has therefore been prepared in accordance with the Regulations. It describes the wind farm Proposal, the nature of the site and its surroundings, the likely significant effects of the development and measures proposed to mitigate any potential adverse impacts. The ES comprises the Non Technical Summary (NTS) as Volume I, the full text Environmental Statement (Volume II) and the supporting Figures (Volume III). 1.3.6 The Full ES (Volume II and III) comprises the following sections: Section 1 Introduction Section 2 Rationale and Policy Section 3 Design Development & Consultation Section 4 Project Description Section 5 Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) Section 6 Ecology Section 7 Cultural Heritage Section 8 Hydrology Section 9 Noise Section 10 Transportation and Access Section 11 EMI and Aviation Section 12 Socio-Economic (including health and safety) Section 13 Grid Connection Section 14 Mitigation Summary 1.3.7 The ES for the Turncole Wind Farm has followed these key stages:
Stage 1 – Screening: The proposed wind farm at Turncole falls under Schedule 2 of the EIA Regulations, a development for which EIA is required if there are likely to be significant environmental effects. RES has considered the nature of the Turncole Wind Farm and considers that an Environmental Statement should be submitted in support of the planning application. Stage 2 – Scoping: Consultation with relevant statutory consultees and other stakeholders was undertaken at an early stage to obtain their initial views and input into the scope of the EIA. A formal scoping opinion was sought from Maldon District Council in 2010; Stage 3 – Baseline Studies: Identification of existing environmental features and conditions through desk studies, reviewing existing data and field studies as required; Stage 4 – Assessment of Impacts: Assessment and prediction of potential effects on the environment; quantification of impacts where possible including;
Chapter 1 - Introduction – Page 2 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
o Assessment of Significance of Impacts – local, regional, national and international scales of potential impacts assessed o Mitigation – identification of measures to reduce these likely significant environmental effects, these should not solely be applied after the prediction and assessment of significance of effects, but should also be an integral part of the whole design and assessment process. o Residual Impacts – identification of residual effects which cannot be avoided through mitigation Stage 5 – Environmental Reporting: preparation of the ES; 1.3.8 A scoping opinion was received from Maldon District Council in 2010 and this was informed by responses from statutory consultees. A list of organisations contacted during the scoping and consultation process is provided in Appendix 3.2. Surveys and assessments carried out in the preparation of this ES take account of the matters raised by these consultees. 1.3.9 There are many issues which are common to all wind farms, and their environmental effects are now well known from information gained from existing projects. The relative importance of these environmental effects is, however, site specific and can be weighted according to comments received from statutory consultees, the concerns of the general public, and the results of the different environmental impact assessments carried out. The key potentially significant effects are identified and assessed in Sections 5-12 of this ES. 1.3.10 Specialist consultants have been commissioned to assess landscape and visual, ecological, archaeological and hydrological effects, and RES Group’s own experienced teams have assessed the transport, acoustic, socio-economic and electromagnetic effects. 1.3.11 Once environmental effects have been predicted, the next step is to assess their relative significance to allow a focus on those key effects during the decision making process. It is therefore important to clarify the definition of significance in the process of EIA.
1.4 Defining The Significance Of Environmental Effects
1.4.1 To maintain consistency within Environmental Statements produced by RES, a standard set of criteria has been developed for use by all consultants working for RES and for use by RES staff. The intention of the system is to enable a common order of ‘magnitude’, ‘sensitivity’ and ‘significance’ to be applied to the effects of a proposal, whether they relate to landscape, hydrology, cultural heritage or any other discipline. The term ‘significance’ is used in the context of impacts as identified in Schedule 3 of The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 1999, as amended. 1.4.2 The methodology used to determine significance is described below. This should be read in conjunction with the relevant sections of the ES as it is a guide and is not exhaustive and professional judgement is required in every case to ensure that conclusions reached regarding significance are fully formed and appropriate. Furthermore, individual assessment methodologies have been tailored to the specific requirements and features of the different environmental disciplines. In some cases consultants may have used alternative definitions for sensitivity, magnitude and significance according to their industry’s guidelines, or definitions that may be considered more appropriate to that discipline, but the principles remain the same.
Methodology
1.4.3 Each assessment should determine the effect of the proposal on the environment. It should then determine whether an effect is significant. The first aspect that is assessed is sensitivity, as the effect of the proposal on the baseline environment can only be determined once the sensitivity of the baseline has been established. Sensitivity is generally a subjective judgement and is categorised as Low, Medium or High according to the receptor’s designation, rarity, relative size, or purpose, amongst other factors. No one
Chapter 1 - Introduction – Page 3 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
set of guidelines exists to define sensitivity, but Table 1.1 below gives some examples of how different elements may be classed in terms of sensitivity. Table 1.1 Definitions of Sensitivity Level of Definition of Sensitivity Examples Sensitivity High Environment is subject to major change(s) due to impacts: species present in nationally important numbers, or globally threatened; Special Area of Conservation; National Park; World Heritage Site; a panoramic viewpoint. Medium Environment clearly responds to effect(s) in a quantifiable and/or qualifiable way: species present in locally important numbers; people travelling on roads; lowland agricultural landscape; an archaeological feature that is not unusual but cannot be considered common. Low Environment responds in a minimal way, or not at all, to effect(s) such that only minor, or no, changes are detectable: views from softwood commercial plantation; an archaeological feature that is common, or has been mostly destroyed; common, widespread species. 1.4.4 The magnitude of the effect on the baseline can then be assessed considering the scale, extent of change, nature and duration of effect. The characterisation of magnitude will vary from topic to topic, an example of definitions of magnitude are given within Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (2002). Table 1.2 below provides the definitions of magnitude used for the purposes of this assessment in the absence of topic specific criteria guidance being available or appropriate. Table 1.2 Definitions of Magnitude Level of Definition of Magnitude Magnitude High Total loss or major alteration to key elements/features/characteristics of the baseline (pre-development) conditions such that post development character/composition/attributes of baseline will be fundamentally changed. Medium Partial loss or alteration to one or more key elements/features/characteristics of the baseline (pre-development) conditions such that post development character/ composition/ attributes of baseline will be partially changed Low Minor loss of or alteration Change arising from the loss/alteration will be discernible but underlying character/composition/attributes of the baseline condition will be similar to pre development circumstances/patterns Negligible Very minor loss or alteration to one or more key elements/features/characteristics of the baseline (pre-development) conditions. Change barely distinguishable, approximating to the “no change” situation. Using these definitions, a combined assessment of sensitivity and magnitude can then be undertaken to determine how significant an effect is, as demonstrated in Table 1.3 below. Where effects are usually considered significant, they have been shaded: effects can be either beneficial or detrimental. Table 1.3 Significance Matrix
High Moderate Moderate / Major Major
Medium Minor / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Major
Low Minor Minor / Moderate Moderate MAGNITUDE Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible
Chapter 1 - Introduction – Page 4 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Low Medium High SENSITIVITY
1.4.5 Once significant effects have been predicted from a project design, measures can be devised to mitigate the probability or magnitude of those effects, resulting in the residual effects, which can be predicted. The design process of the wind farm is therefore iterative in that effects are continually predicted and the design accordingly modified to maximise beneficial effects and reduce detrimental ones, and the final wind farm design is the outcome of that process. 1.4.6 Previous experience of wind farm design and consultation with the Local Authority and consultative bodies are essential to this. At an early stage in the project development, discussions were undertaken with the local planning authority, Natural England, Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB), the Environment Agency and other bodies. These included discussions about the scope of the EIA and the environmental assessment work required prior to the planning application for the proposed development. 1.4.7 This ES gives details of the processes involved in the project development including the method of site selection, the details of the project, EIA, and proposed mitigation measures which are designed to reduce harmful effects and maximise beneficial effects of the development upon the environment throughout the lifetime of the project.
1.5 Consultations
1.5.1 Consultations with various organisations such as the Local Authorities, the RSPB, NE, Environment Agency, MoD and CAA began in May 2005 as very initial contacts to identify and screen potential wind farm sites (see Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation). Bird survey work was undertaken for the spring and winter seasons in 2006. Further survey work and site investigation was put on hold when consultation with Southend Airport revealed technical difficulties that, at the time, could not be overcome. In January 2009 RES reconsulted with Southend Airport because it was believed advances in radar technology could be used to achieve a mitigating solution, which was confirmed by the response from Southend Airport. This confirmation enabled RES to continue with further design and assessment work and progress towards a planning application. 1.5.2 During the EIA process, consultations were held with key organisations and individuals including Maldon District Council Planning Officers, Natural England, Environment Agency, RSPB, Civil Aviation Authority, Ministry of Defence and Essex Highways. Such consultations offered instrumental advice and input into the detailed site design and mitigation options, to help in the development of a wind farm with minimal effect on the environment. There has also been consultation with Council Officers on the noise assessments. Further details of the consultation process are presented in Section 3 and throughout the ES in the relevant assessments.
1.6 References
DETR, 1995. Preparation of Environmental Statements for Planning Projects that Require Environmental Assessment – A Good Practice Guide. ODPM, London.
European Commission (EC), 1997. Directive 97/11/EC of 3 March 1997 amending Directive 85/337/EC of 27 June 1985 on the assessment of the effects of certain public and private projects on the environment. Available from: http://europa.eu.int/comm/environment/eia/full-legal-text/9711_consolidated.pdf Viewed November 2008.
The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment (England and Wales) Regulations 1999 (SI 1999 No 293).
UK Census data, 2001 taken from web site http://neighbourhood.statistics.gov.uk/. Viewed August 2010
Chapter 1 - Introduction – Page 5 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
2 NEED AND RATIONALE
2.1 Rationale for the Project – the Environmental Need for Greenhouse Gas Reduction
2.1.1 The UK is currently facing three major challenges in energy policy. One being the need to tackle climate changes by reducing greenhouse gas emissions, the second being to ensure a secure, diverse and clean energy supply as the country moves towards an increasing dependence on imported energy and the third to ensure the UK has energy that is affordable (DECC, 2009a).
2.1.2 Wind farm projects such as that being proposed for Turncole are required to ensure diverse, secure, economic and sustainable energy supply. Global emphasis is currently being placed on the final factor. This Chapter gives an overview of the rationale for renewable energy and outlines the status of wind energy in a UK context. It then outlines more specifically the government policies that are seeking to encourage such developments.
2.2 Greenhouse Gases and Climate Change
2.2.1 There is clear evidence that the global climate is changing as a result of human activities, primarily through the burning of fossil fuels and land use change (IPCC, 2007), where global atmospheric concentrations of carbon dioxide (CO2), methane and nitrous oxide have increased markedly since 1750 and now greatly exceed pre-industrial levels.
2.2.2 The composition of the atmosphere affects how heat, which the earth absorbs from the sun, is re-radiated back out to space. Should the gas composition in the atmosphere change and suppress the re-radiation then the global temperature will slowly rise. Given that it is atmospheric temperature that drives creation and circulation of the earth’s weather systems, then a consequence of changing global temperature is the modification of weather patterns. This has serious environmental, social and economic consequences. Observational evidence from all continents and all oceans shows that many natural systems are being affected by regional climatic changes, particularly temperature increases (IPCC, 2007).
2.2.3 Current climate models such as those developed by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) and by the Hadley Centre for Climate Prediction and Research, show that the temperature rise observed in the past decade lies outside the range of natural variability. Records show that the mean annual temperature is already some 0.6oC higher than at the end of the nineteenth century and that the corresponding figure for the UK is 0.5oC, where eleven of the last twelve years (1995-2006) rank among the 12 warmest years in the instrumental record of global surface temperature (since 1850) (IPCC, 2007).
2.2.4 For the next two decades, a warming of about 0.2oC per decade is projected for a range of emission scenarios. Even if concentrations of all greenhouse gases and aerosols had been kept constant at year 2000 levels, a further warming of about 0.1oC per decade would be expected.
2.2.5 In a UK context, research shows that average summer temperatures across southern England may rise by between 2oC and 6oC by the 2080’s, and summer precipitation may decrease by about 40%; such predictions are dependent on future levels of global greenhouse gas emissions (Defra, 2009).
2.2.6 Climate induced sea level rise could be between 30.5 and 43.3cm above the current levels in the south east of England (London) by the 2080's (Defra, 2010). We have already seen sea levels rise, the global mean sea level rose by an average of 1-2mm a year during the 20th century (IPCC, 2007). Defra also predict 50% likelihood of sea level rise of 38 cm on a
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 6 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
medium emissions scenario in the area of Burnham-on-Crouch by 2080. Detailed predictions for changes in climate and sea levels for any location are available from Defra online at the UK Climate Projections User Interface, available at http://ukclimateprojections-ui.defra.gov.uk/ui/admin/login.php
2.2.7 It is recognised that climate change is one of the most severe problems facing the world and that to address this, immediate action is required. This message was reiterated by the findings of the Stern Review (HM Treasury, 2006) which states that delaying action on climate change is not a serious option:
'The scientific evidence is now overwhelming: climate change is a serious global threat, and it demands an urgent global response….. the benefits of strong and early action far outweigh the economic costs of not acting.'
2.3 Greenhouse Gases and Electricity Production
2.3.1 Fossil fuel combustion is the major source of the UK’s CO2 emissions. Generation of electricity from fossil fuels not only contributes towards greenhouse gas emissions but, by emitting sulphur dioxide and oxides of nitrogen, is also a factor in acid rain. In reducing the impact of energy use on the atmosphere, it will be increasingly important to both reduce energy demand by conservation and efficiency measures, and also to replace polluting sources of energy with more benign and sustainable ones.
2.3.2 Great Britain currently depends on fossil fuels (oil, coal and natural gas) and uranium for the bulk of its energy supply (DECC, 2010). CO2 concentrations in the atmosphere are increasing at approximately 0.5% per annum. The UK annually emits about 500 million tonnes of CO2 - about 2% of the world’s man-made carbon dioxide emissions (IEA, 2009), despite only having about 1% of the global population.
2.3.3 The UK’s indigenous energy supplies such as oil, gas and coal are in decline, we already import nearly half the coal we use. The UK’s economically viable resources of deep mined coal are likely to be exhausted within ten years. The UK has been a net importer of gas since 2004 and has been a net importer of oil since 2006 (BERR, 2008). The prospect of three quarters of the UK’s total primary energy needs being imported by 2020 is looking likely with current demand levels.
2.3.4 Over the next few years Britain faces additional challenges. As generation plants start to close, the electricity generating industry faces a substantial challenge in ensuring delivery of the new generating capacity that will be needed in Britain is to maintain security of supply at similar levels to those so far enjoyed (BERR, 2009).
2.4 Renewable Energy & Greenhouse Gas Production
2.4.1 Since production of electricity from operating renewable energy sources either has no gaseous emissions (in the case of wind, solar and hydro power) or is at worst CO2 neutral (in the case of biomass), there is no net contribution to climate change or acid rain. By displacing polluting fuels, renewable sources reduce global emissions, thus helping to meet the international and national targets that have been set to combat climate change.
2.4.2 Each unit of electricity generated by a renewable source avoids on average the production of 430g of CO2 and small amounts of other pollutants (BWEA, 2010a). Accordingly, it is estimated that Turncole Wind Farm would prevent at least 15,300 tonnes of CO2 from entering the atmosphere annually; the calculations are shown in Appendix 1.1.
2.4.3 The benefits of using renewable forms of energy are not confined to tackling climate change. Environmental costs of conventional generation are avoided, including the health
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 7 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
implications associated with poor air quality, the damage to the natural and built environment caused by acid rain and related health and safety problems.
2.4.4 BERR clearly outlines in the 2009 Energy Markets Outlook that even without carbon considerations it is clear that in the longer term fossil fuel reserves are ultimately finite and will become increasingly harder and more expensive to obtain. Renewable energy developments such as wind, which are inexhaustible and free, are not subject to fuel-price uncertainty and the increased international competition for energy sources, furthermore, a shortage of fossil fuel reserves is identified by the UK Government (BERR, 2009) as one of the main threats to the UK’s overall energy security.
2.5 Energy Payback and Recycling
2.5.1 The above operating advantages must be set against any adverse effects experienced during construction.
2.5.2 For a power station, a comparison of ‘energy used in manufacture’ with ‘lifetime energy production’ is known as the energy balance and can be expressed as an ‘energy pay-back time’, i.e. the time needed to generate the equivalent amount of energy used in manufacturing and constructing the wind turbine or power station. The calculation takes into account the energy used in the manufacture of the various components together with that used in the transportation and the physical assembly of the plant. The average wind farm in the UK will pay back the energy used in its manufacture within a few months of coming into operation (BWEA, 2007a; Schleisner, 2000; Vestas, 2005).
2.5.3 Roughly 85% of the materials used in constructing a wind turbine (excluding the foundation) can be recycled. For the size of turbine being considered for Turncole, roughly 220 tonnes of material are used, 84% of which consists of steel for construction of the tower and drive- train components. The materials that can be recycled are steel, aluminium and copper. Plastics and composite materials such as those used for the blades must at present be disposed of (Schleisner, 2000), although R&D projects are looking at more sustainable options.
2.6 Government Environmental and Energy Policy
2.6.1 Policy on renewable energy is driven by global environmental considerations. Effective action has required co-ordination at an international level but implementation at a national or local one. Further details on Planning Policy are provided in the separate Planning Statement submitted with the planning application for the Proposal. The following is a brief summary of the relevant policies that have been considered.
International Policies
2.6.2 The effect that industrial societies’ emissions of greenhouse gases are having on the atmosphere and global climate were recognised in the 1992 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC, 2001) which has been ratified by over 190 countries. The UNFCCC established a foundation upon which specific actions and targets could subsequently be constructed. The key building block that has been added so far is the Kyoto Protocol of 1997. The Kyoto Protocol sets legally binding targets and timetables for cutting emissions from developed countries, the aim being for a basket of emissions to be reduced by 5% over 1990 levels by 2010, all EU member states, including the UK, ratified the Protocol on 31 May 2002 and it came into force on 16th February 2005. The UNFCC are working on a regime to provide the future basis for global cooperation on reducing greenhouse gas emissions.
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 8 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
2.6.3 In December 2009 UN Heads of State met in Copenhagen for the 2009 Climate Summit. This summit produced the Copenhagen Accord, brokered by the USA, China, India, Brazil and other South American states in consultation with the governments of France, Germany and the UK. This accord was not universally adopted by the Summit, however it was supported by most delegations and was formally “noted” as an indication of direction of travel. The key points of the Copenhagen accord are: a commitment ‘to reduce global emissions so as to hold the increase in global temperature below 2oC’ and to achieve ‘the peaking of global and national emissions as soon as possible’. Developed countries must make commitments to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and report on these commitments to the UN by 31 January 2010, although this timetable was UNFCCC Secretary Yvo De Boer later clarified that this was a "soft deadline". 138 countries including the 27 members of the EU, are likely to or have engaged with the accord, representing 86.76% of global emissions. (USCAN,2010).
2.6.4 New and additional resources of approximately $30bn are to be given to poorer nations from 2010-2012 to tackle climate change rising to $100bn annually by 2020. Implementation of the accord will be reviewed in 2015 and an assessment will be made of whether the goal of keeping global temperature rise within 2C need to be strengthened to 1.5C.
European Union’s Policies
2.6.5 Following on from the groundwork of the Kyoto Protocol the EU set a target in 2007 to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by 20% (compared to 1990 levels) by 2020. This target will be distributed non-uniformly in recognition that some countries are currently more polluting than others whilst some are less developed industrially.
2.6.6 Due to ever-increasing evidence as to the potential effects climate change, on 10th January 2007, the European Commission made a statement proposing further targets for greenhouse gas reductions. The Communication opens with the compelling statement that:
Climate change is happening. Urgent action is required to limit it to a manageable level. The EU must adopt the necessary domestic measures and take the lead internationally to ensure that global average temperature increases do not exceed pre-industrial levels by more than 2°C. 2.6.7 In April 2009, the European Council gave further commitment to obtaining 20% of all energy from renewable sources across the European Community. It also set the UK a target of 15% of all energy consumed to be from renewable sources by 2020, only seven countries have a lower target and seventeen have higher targets. (European Council, 2009).
United Kingdom Policies
2.6.8 UK Government has recently undertaken a number of studies designed to inform its climate change and renewable energy policies. Since 1997 there have been developments in policy and targets for reducing emissions in the UK.
2.6.9 The Energy White Paper (2003) and its subsequent reviews ‘Creating a Low Carbon Ecology’ have reaffirmed the government’s commitment to cutting carbon dioxide emissions. This has been further supported by the Energy Review published in July 2006 (DTI, 2006) which contains a specific Renewable Energy Statement of Need as Annex D. This Annex states that:
“New renewable projects may not always appear to convey any particular local benefit, but they provide crucial national benefits. Individual renewable projects are part of a growing proportion of low-carbon generation that provides benefits shared by all communities both through reduced emissions and more diverse supplies of energy, which helps the reliability of our supplies. This factor is a material consideration to which all participants in the planning system should give significant
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 9 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
weight when considering renewable proposals. These wider benefits are not always immediately visible to the specific locality in which the project is sited. However, the benefits to society and the wider economy as a whole are significant and this must be reflected in the weight given to these considerations by decision makers in reaching their decisions. “If we are to maintain a rigorous planning system that does not disincentivise investment in renewable generation, it must also enable decisions to be taken in reasonable time. Decision makers should ensure that planning applications for renewable energy developments are dealt with expeditiously while addressing the relevant issues.” 2.6.10 In May 2007, following the energy review in 2006, the White Paper on Energy: Meeting the Energy Challenge and The Planning White Paper: Planning for a Sustainable Future. The White Paper on Energy set out plans for energy policy for the UK. The White Paper provided a clear indication of the direction of travel of future energy policy.
2.6.11 At the end of 2008 the world’s first legally binding legislation to tackle the dangers of climate change; the Climate Change Act 2008 was passed. The Act will seek to commit to the actions outlined in the 2003 Energy White Paper. This was supported by the Energy Act in 2008 which is to ensure that legislative change underpins the long term delivery of energy and climate change strategy.
2.6.12 In the forward to the Climate Change Bill the Prime Minister states:
“The threat form climate change is perhaps the greatest challenge facing our world. Without decisive and urgent action it has the potential to be an economic disaster and an environmental catastrophe” 2.6.13 The Department for Energy and Climate Change (DECC) was set up in 2008 to coordinate how the UK will reduce carbon emissions and maintain a secure energy supply. DECC’s UK Low Carbon Transition Plan (DECC 2009a) describes how the government aims to deliver emissions reductions of 18% of 2008 levels by 2020 and one third reduction on 1990 levels. Alongside energy efficiency strategies, carbon capture programmes, reducing emissions from transport and making the UK a centre of green industry, the Plan sets targets for renewable electricity generation.
2.6.14 The UK Renewable Energy Strategy (DECC 2009b) builds on the targets described in the Low Carbon Transition Plan and sets out how the UK will achieve its legally-binding target of obtaining 15% of all energy from renewable sources by 2020 to ensure a secure supply of energy and to tackle climate change. The Strategy suggests that the UK may need more than 30% of electricity to be generated by renewables: currently less than 5% of our electricity is generated by renewables. It is anticipated that the move to a low carbon economy will provide about £100 million of investment opportunities and up to 500,000 more jobs in the renewables sector.
2.6.15 In July 2010, the government submitted the UK Renewable Energy Action Plan (UK Plan,2010) to the European Commission which outlined the technologies and support mechanisms that are expected to deliver 15% renewable energy in the UK by the year 2020. It is estimated in this plan that the following capacity of each of technologies will need to be installed by 2020:
Hydro - 2.13GW; Solar PV - 2.68GW; Wave and tidal - 1.3GW; Onshore wind - 14.89GW; Offshore wind - 12.99GW;
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 10 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Biomass - 4.44GW 2.6.16 It can be seen around 38.2 GW of capacity is expected to be installed, of which 14.89 GW is onshore wind which is 38% of the total installed capacity by 2020. Given that the combined installation of on and offshore wind currently stands at only 5GW, this plan shows the government’s commitment to seeing wind energy increase over five fold to meet the countries aspirations to use 15% renewable energy by 2020.
2.6.17 The Coalition Government has implemented an Annual Energy Statement (DECC,2010). In the first of these in July 2010, the statement recorded that the government would press the EU to increase in greenhouse gas emission targets from 20% to 30%. This would have an effect of increasing the required installed capacities for all technologies by a further 50%.
East of England Targets
2.6.18 In order for the UK to meet its overall targets for renewable energy installation, the regions need to contribute to the national targets. The Regional Spatial Strategy for East of England (Government Office for the East of England, 2008) stated that the installed capacity target for renewable energy in East of England by 2010 should be at least 1192MW, of which 820MW should be from onshore generation. By 2020 there should be 4250MW installed, of which 1620 should be onshore. At the time of writing the RSS no longer forms part of the development plan, however, the studies that informed the targets contained in the RSS are still considered to be valid and should be material planning considerations.
2.6.19 The target figures above have been derived from a study by Hams et al. (2000) which considered ways by which the region could generate 14% of its electricity demand by 2010 from renewable sources and 44% by 2020 (17% excluding offshore wind). The Hams study considered likely composition of renewable generating technologies to achieve these targets and suggested that 1,700 GWh of electricity would have to be generated annually from onshore wind by 2010, and that this would be achieved from 460MW of onshore turbines. This figure is not considered realistic: if one assumes a 30% capacity factor then one would need 647MW of onshore turbines to generate 1,700GWh.* This higher installed capacity target figure is also used by Renewables East (2007). The Hams (2000) study also suggested that for the region to meet the overall target, Essex alone would need to generate 478GWh from onshore wind: assuming a 30% capacity factor this equates to 182MW installed capacity.
2.6.20 The latest Renewables East (2009) energy statistics show that in the East of England 123.25MW of onshore wind has been installed: that is 19% of the 2010 target of 647MW. 91.6MW of onshore wind projects have been approved and 240MW are in planning. Therefore if all consented and proposed onshore wind projects are constructed the region will have a total of 455MW installed: that is 192MW less than the 2010 target, the deadline for which has passed and should now be superseded by the higher 2020 target.
2.6.21 At the time of writing the RSS no longer forms part of the development plan, however, the studies that informed the targets contained in the RSS are still considered to be valid and should be material planning considerations.
2.6.22 The 2020 key target set out in the Renewable Energy Strategy is to deliver at least 30% of UK electricity supply from renewables by 2020. This will mean that if one were to apply the assumptions used in the Hams (2000) study which set out a strategy to generate only 14% of the region’s electricity from renewables, then to generate 30% of electricity from renewables by 2020 in the region would require a contribution of 1,386MW of onshore turbines (assuming a 30% capacity factor), of which 390MW would be in Essex. As at December 2009 Essex had 0MW of onshore wind installed (Renewables East, 2009): that is
* Installed capacity (MW) = annual electricity generated (MWh) / capacity factor x hours in a year = 1,700,000 ÷ (0.3x8760) = 647MW
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 11 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
0% of the 2020 requirement, and only 44.5MW of onshore wind either consented or in the planning system, which means that even if all of the projects in the planning system were consented it would only meet 3% of the 2020 target for onshore wind in Essex.
The Renewables Obligation Order, 2002
2.6.23 The Renewables Obligation was introduced on 1 April 2002 as part of the Utilities Act (2000) and has set targets on the generation of electricity from renewables. It requires power suppliers to supply their customers a specified and increasing proportion of renewable electricity year on year. This started at 3% in 2003, rising gradually to 10% by 2010 and 15% by 2015. If suppliers are unable to meet their targets they have to pay a buy-out price; funds collected from the buy-out are redistributed proportionately to compliant suppliers and thus the system is revenue neutral. The cost to consumers is limited by a price cap and the obligation is guaranteed in law until 2027.
2.6.24 This scheme is the primary mechanism to stimulate the renewable energy industry. Wind farms will meet the majority of the new capacity required by the electricity suppliers under the Renewables Obligation.
2.6.25 The auditing of the scheme is carried out by issuing Renewable Obligation Certificates, ROCs, to the renewable generators who then trade them to suppliers who must redeem them against their obligation. Electricity from Turncole Wind Farm will qualify for ROCs under the Renewables Obligation mechanism.
2.7 Planning Policy Guidance
2.7.1 Planning Policy plays an important role in helping to deliver the UK Government targets for renewable energy and contribute to the challenge of climate change.
2.7.2 The central Government sets out its planning policy in the form of Planning Policy Guidance notes (PPGs) and Planning Policy Statements (PPSs) which guide the development of local planning frameworks prepared by local authorities in England and Wales and set out national policy on a specific topic.
2.7.3 Key planks of national policy guidance are contained in the following documents:
PPS 1: Delivering Sustainable Development (2005) Supplement to PPS 1: Planning and Climate Change (2007) PPS 7: Sustainable Development and Rural Areas (2004) PPS 9 : Biodiversity and Geological Conservation (2005) PPG 13: Transport (2006) PPG 15: Planning and the Historic Environment (1994) PPG 16: Archaeology and Planning (1990) PPS 22: Renewable Energy (2004) Companion Guide to PPS 22 PPG 24: Planning and Noise (1994) PPG 25: Development and Flood Risk (2006) 2.7.4 In England and Wales, a ‘plan-led’ system outlines what can be built and where. The plan- led system was amended by the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 which introduced a two-tiered system consisting of Regional Spatial Strategies and Local Development Frameworks. Regional Spatial Strategies were intended to progressively
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 12 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
replace Structure Plans and set out the overall development strategy for each region over fifteen to twenty years. The RSS’s have recently been abolished and no longer form part of the development plan, however, the studies that informed the RSS’s are still valid, of particular relevance are the EERA 2008 report on locating renewable energy generators in the east of England, and the Hams (2000) study referred to above.
2.7.5 The Local Development Framework (LDF) is a collection of Local Development Documents which are to replace adopted Local Plans. The policies in Local Development Documents contain the spatial planning strategy for the relevant local area and play a key role in the delivery of land uses in each local planning authority’s area. The Core Strategy forming the basis of the LDF has been through the stages of Issues and Options Papers and was published for public participation from April – June 2009 under Regulation 25. While Paragraph 1.1.3 of the Strategy states that it has been approved as a material consideration in determining applications, and it is expected to be made available for consultation shortly it is considered that only limited weight can be attributed to this document since it is in the early stages in the process towards adoption. Nonetheless, the relevant policies are listed below for information.
2.7.6 Section 38 of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 places a duty on the decision- maker dealing with planning applications to determine proposals in accordance with the relevant policies in the adopted development plan, unless other material considerations indicate otherwise. For the purposes of section 38(6) of the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the adopted development plan relevant to consideration of Turncole wind farm consists of the following documents:
Maldon District Replacement Local Plan Adopted November 2005 Essex and Southend Structure Plan 2001 (only some saved policies) 2.7.7 The relevant policies from the adopted development plan as listed below, are presented in Table 2.1 and have been given due regard throughout the project design process and in assessments presented in this ES. These policies are set in greater detail in the Planning Statement which accompanies, but does not form part of, this ES.
Maldon District Replacement Local Plan
Strategic Objective S ii [SO Sii]
CC1 Development Affecting an Internationally Designated Nature Conservation Site
CC2 Development Affecting a Nationally Designated Nature Conservation Site
CC3 Development Affecting Locally Designated Nature Conservation Sites
CC4 Local Nature Reserves
CC5 Protection of Wildlife at Risk on Development Sites
CC6 Landscape Protection
CC7 Special Landscape Areas
CC10 Historic Landscape Features
CC11 The Coastal Zone
CON1 Development in Areas at Risk from Flooding
CON2 Sustainable Drainage Systems
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 13 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
CON5 Pollution Prevention
CON7 Development Affecting Airports
PU6 Renewable Energy
S2 Development outside development boundaries
BE1 Design of New Development and Landscaping
BE17 Preservation of Sites of Nationally Important Archaeological Remains & their Settings
BE18 Control of Development at a Site of Local Archaeological Value
T2 Transport Infrastructure in New Developments
Essex and Southend Structure Plan
CC1 Undeveloped Coast: Coastal Protection Belt
Maldon District LDF Core Strategy
CS1 Creating Sustainable Development
CS2 Development in the Countryside
CS19 Protection and Enhancement of Natural Heritage
CS20 Protection and Enhancement of Built Heritage
CS21 Design for New Development
CS23 Environmental Impact of New Development
CS24 Flood Risk
CS25 Accessibility Requirements for New Development
Table 2.1 Development Plan Policies relevant to Turncole Wind Farm. Chapter in the Environmental Statement & General Energy, Sustainability Chapters 1-4 Visual Landscape & Chapter 5 6 Ecology Chapter Cultural Heritage Chapter 7 Hydrology Chapter 8 Acoustic Chapter 9 Access Transport Chapter 10 Aviation Interference & Electromagnetic Chapter 11 Socio-Economic Chapter 12
Maldon District PU6 SO Sii SO Sii SO Sii CON1 BE1 T2 CON7 SO Sii Local Plan BE1 CC6 CC5 CC10 CON2 BE1 S2 S2 S2 CON5 BE1 BE1 BE1 S2 BE17 BE18 Essex and CC1 Southend Structure Plan Maldon District CS1 CS2 CS19 CS20 CS23 CS23 CS23 LDF Core Strategy CS2 CS21 CS23 CS23 CS24 CS25 (not adopted) CS23 CS23
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 14 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
2.7.8 The Maldon Environment and Climate Change Strategy 2009 – 2012 is not part of the development plan but is material to consideration of the Proposal. This Strategy which includes the Maldon Declaration on Climate Change sets out the council’s approach to reducing impacts on the environment, including implementation of appropriate renewable energy technologies to replace traditional fossil fuels and to reduce CO2 emissions.
2.8 Contribution of Turncole Wind Farm
2.8.1 Conventional, centralised power stations, such as the 3,870MW Drax co-fired station, are large and, via the high-voltage transmission network, are individually capable of servicing the energy needs of a large proportion of the country’s population. By contrast renewable energies are inherently dilute and distributed, meaning that to harness them effectively requires a large number of relatively small schemes.
2.8.2 Renewable energy schemes are often compared unfavourably against large generating stations due to their small relative rating. Such criticism belies the fact that conventional power stations have hidden infrastructure such as coal or uranium mines, both requiring transportation of fuel source and causing carbon emissions in their extraction.
2.8.3 Although wind farms on a project specific basis, like most other renewable technologies, can only make a small contribution to national environmental targets, in the context of Local Agenda 21, such schemes can make a major difference to a community’s impact on the environment. Collectively, widespread adoption of renewable energy can make a significant national difference, a fact that is now widely recognised in planning decisions.
2.8.4 In the specific context of Turncole Wind Farm, it is estimated that for 7 x 1.8MW turbines:
the annual production would be equivalent to the electricity demand of 7,585 average homes; this equates to the equivalent energy demands of about 31% of households in the Maldon District.
the CO2 annually displaced from Turncole Wind Farm would be over 15,300 tonnes per annum depending on the fuel mix generating UK’s electricity. 2.8.5 At the time of writing across the UK 264 wind projects had been commissioned comprising 2,910 turbines with a combined rating of 4616 MW. This capacity can meet the annual electricity demand of 2,581,057 average homes and annually displaces 5,216,315 tonnes of CO2 (BWEA, 2010b).
2.8.6 Onshore wind is the only renewable technology that is currently economically competitive with conventional supplies (SDC, 2005; Renewable UK, 2010), and for this reason it will be some time before the other technologies are capable of winning appreciable market share. By 2020 it is projected that onshore wind power is likely to be amongst the cheapest of all generating technologies with lower costs than fossil fuel sources (BERR 2008b).
2.9 Public Attitudes
2.9.1 Wind farm proposals are often portrayed in the media as being contentious. To get behind the rhetoric and understand the reality of public opinions, several public attitude surveys have been carried out in the UK. BERR (2008a) commissioned a survey of 1,947 adults to establish public attitudes toward renewable energies and found that:
84% of the general public support the use of renewable energy, 80% are in favour of the use of wind power and 64% would be happy to live within 5km (3 miles) of a wind power development
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 15 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
2.9.2 The Scottish Executive in 2003 commissioned MORI Scotland to undertake research examining the attitudes of local populations towards Scotland’s largest (9 or more turbines) operational wind farms as of end of 2002 (Hagshaw Hill, Windy Standard, Beinn Ghlas, Novar, Beinn an Tuirc, Dun Law, Bowbeat Hill, Hare Hill, Tangy, Deucherin Hill) (Scottish Executive Social Research, 2003). 1,810 adults aged 18+ were interviewed by telephone between 27th February and 18th March 2003. All respondents lived within a 20km zone of the 10 operational wind farms. The survey obtained results that are representative of people living within three proximity zones: residents within 5km radius; residents between 5km and 10km of the wind farm, and residents between 10 and 20km from the wind farm.
2.9.3 The results indicate that people are three times more likely to say they feel their local wind farm has had a positive impact on the area (20%) as they are to say it has had a negative impact (7%). Most people feel the wind farm has had neither a positive nor a negative impact. People living within 5km of the local wind farm hold the most positive views with 45% saying they think the overall impact has been positive and only 6% saying they think it’s been negative. The proportion of respondents who had anticipated problems prior to the development (46%) was far higher than the proportion that actually experienced ‘problems’ after the development (8%). For example, although 15% of respondents had expected to experience a problem with noise or disturbance during construction, only 4% say that construction caused noise or disturbance. There is also substantial support for the idea of enlarging existing wind farm sites among those who live close to them with a majority 54% who say they would support an expansion and only 9% opposed. This outcome reflects other independent studies at a number of wind farms in the UK.
2.9.4 These findings have been supported by a study by Warren et. al. (2005) which found that the majority of people living close to a wind farm in the Scottish Borders strongly supported the project. 88% of local people supported, or strongly supported, their local wind farm, whereas only 8% opposed, or strongly opposed, it. Furthermore, it was found that those living closest to the wind farm were most strongly supportive, whereas those living further away formed the majority of the opposition. Of the 24% of the people who altered their attitudes toward the wind farm after construction, only one became more negative; this was on the grounds of aesthetics. The same study found similar results in south-west Ireland, where in one community 88% of people are able to see them every day, but of these people 62% regard the visual impact as positive. A key finding of these surveys was that people did not actually experience the impacts that they had expected: their fears had not been realised.
2.9.5 This study goes further to state that 73% of those living closest to the existing windfarms were in favour of an extension to the windfarm or development of another local one. This would appear to contradict the concept of ‘not-in-my-backyard’ as it is principally those without turbines in their ‘backyard’ that object to them.
2.9.6 A study conducted in 2009 found that 85% of respondents were in favour of renewable energy, and 82% of respondents were in favour of the use of wind power (DECC, 2009c). A recent poll undertaken by Populus for the Grange Wind Farm in South Holland District found that 55% of respondent felt that renewable energy should be the most important source of the UK’s future energy generation, and 84% supported the use of wind farms.
2.10 Summary
2.10.1 There is overwhelming evidence that carbon emissions are having a detrimental effect on the environment and that if such emissions continue to increase there shall be very serious consequences for biological and social systems worldwide. It is recognised that use of renewable energy sources will reduce greenhouse gas emissions arising from fossil fuel energy generation. Policies have been put in place at international and UK level to support the use of renewable energies and encourage greater dissemination. The target in the revoked RSS was 820MW by 2010 and 1600MW by 2020 which was based on previous studies
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 16 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
into setting targets to help meet the requirements of PPS22. At the end of 2009 there was 123.25MW of onshore wind installed in the region, meaning that 19% of the 2010 target has been met.
2.10.2 It is shown that for the East of England to deliver 30% of electricity from renewables by 2020, a contribution will be required from 1,386MW of onshore turbines. Turncole Wind Farm at 12.6 MW would contribute 0.9 % of this 2020 wind target for the region equivalent to 3.2% of the Essex target of 390MW. The Proposal would on average prevent the emission of over 15,300 tonnes of CO2 annually and would generate enough renewable electricity to provide for the equivalent needs of 31% the homes in the Maldon District.
2.11 References
BERR 2008a. Renewable Energy Awareness and Attitudes Research. Available from: http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file46271.pdf [Viewed September 2010] BERR 2008b. Renewable Energy Strategy. Consultation Paper. Available from: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/+/http://www.berr.gov.uk/consultations/page46797.html [Viewed September 2010] BERR, 2009. Energy Markets Outlook. Available from: http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file49421.pdf [Viewed September 2010]
Renewable UK 2010a.Calculations for Wind Energy Statistics. http://www.bwea.com/edu/calcs.html [Viewed September 2010].
Renewable UKb. UK Wind Energy Database. British Wind Energy Association. BWEA, 2010. Available at http://www.bwea.com/ukwed/ [Viewed September 2010]
DECC, 2009a. The UK Low Carbon Transition Plan. HM Government. Available from: http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/publications/lc_trans_plan/lc_trans_plan.aspx [Viewed September 2010]
DECC, 2009b. The UK Renewable Energy Strategy. HM Government. Available from: http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/what_we_do/uk_supply/energy_mix/renewable/res/res.aspx [Viewed September 2010]
DECC, 2009c. Renewable Energy Awareness and Attitudes Research 2009, Management Summary. Available from: http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/what_we_do/uk_supply/energy_mix/renewable/planning/perception/perception .aspx [Viewed September 2010]
DECC, 2010. Digest of United Kingdom Energy Statistics. Available from: http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/statistics/publications/dukes/ [Viewed September 2010]
DEFRA, (Department of Environment, Food and Rural Affairs), 2001. Climate Change – UK Programme. 2001.
DEFRA, 2006. e-Digest Statistics about: The Global Atmosphere. Present and Future Climate Change and Impacts in the UK. http://www.decc.gov.uk/en/content/cms/statistics/climate_change/climate_change.aspx [Viewed September 2010]
DEFRA, 2010. UK Climate Change Projections. Available from: http://ukclimateprojections.defra.gov.uk/content/view/2022/517/ [Viewed September 2010]
IPCC, 2007. Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment. Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
DTI, 2006. The Energy Challenge. Energy Review Report 2006. Department of Trade and Industry, HMSO, July 2006
East of England Regional Assembly, 2008. Placing Renewables in the East of England. Available from: http://www.eera.gov.uk/publications-and-resources/studies/topic-based-studies/renewable-energy-studies [viewed September 2010]
European Commission 2007. Communication from the Commission to the Council, the European parliament, the European Economic and Social Committee and the committee of the Regions: Limiting Global Climate Change to 2 degrees Celsius – The way ahead for 2020 and beyond. Brussels, 10th January 2007.
European Council (Council of the European Union), 2009. Directive 2009/28/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2009 on the promotion of the use of energy from renewable sources and amending and subsequently repealing Directives 2001/77/EC and 2003/30/EC. Available from: http://eur- lex.europa.eu/LexUriServ/LexUriServ.do?uri=OJ:L:2009:140:0016:0062:en:PDF [Viewed September 2010]
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 17 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Government Office for the East of England, 2008. The Regional Spatial Strategy for East of England. Available from: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/20100528142817/http://gos.gov.uk/goeast/planning/regional_planning/?a=4249 6 [Viewed September 2010]
Hadley Centre for Climate Prediction and Research, 2004. Uncertainty, risk and dangerous climate change. Available from http://www.metoffice.gov.uk/climatechange/ [Viewed January 2009].
HM Treasury, 2006. Stern Review on the economics of climate change. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge 2006
IPCC. Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Web site: http://www.ipcc.ch/
International Energy Agency (IEA), 2009. CO2 Emissions from Fuel Combustion – highlights. Available from: http://www.iea.org/co2highlights/CO2highlights.pdf [viewed September 2010]
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), 2001. Climate Change 2001:Synthesis Report, Summary for Policy Makers.
IPCC, 2007. Climate Change 2007: The Physical Science Basis. Summary for Policy Makers. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Geneva, Switzerland.
Renewables East, 2007. East of England Renewable Energy Statistics December 2007. University of East Anglia, Norwich.
Renewables East, 2009. East of England Renewable Energy Statistics December 2009. University of East Anglia, Norwich. Available from: http://www.renewableseast.org.uk/information-library-reports.asp [Viewed 11 June 2010]
Renewable UK, 2010. The Economics of Wind Energy. Available from: http://www.bwea.com/ref/econ.html [Viewed 10 June 2010]
Royal Commission on Environmental Pollution (RCEP), 2000. Energy – The Changing Climate. June 2000.
Schleisner, Lotte., 2000. Life Cycle Assessment of a Wind Farm and Related Externalities. Riso National Laboratory. Renewable Energy 20, pg. 279-288.
Scottish Executive, 2002. Public Attitudes to the Environment in Scotland. Available from: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2005/01/20589/50843 [Viewed June 2010]
SDC, 2005. Wind Power in the UK. A guide to the key issues surrounding wind power development in the UK. Sustainable Development Commission 2005.
The Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment (England and Wales) Regulations 1999 (SI 1999 No 293.
UNFCCC, 2001. United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change. http://unfccc.int/essential_background/convention/background/items/2853.php [Viewed June 2010]
Warren, CR; Lumsden, C; O’Dowd, S & Birnie, RV (2005). ‘Green on Green’: public perceptions of wind power in Scotland and Ireland. Journal of Environmental Planning and Management Vol. 48, No.6, 853-875, November 2005.
Chapter 2 – Rationale & Policy – Page 18 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
3 DESIGN DEVELOPMENT AND CONSULTATION
3.1 Introduction
3.1.1 This Chapter outlines the procedures used by RES for selecting potential sites for wind farm developments in England and details community consultation undertaken for the Turncole Wind Farm (the Proposal). 3.1.2 RES is a well established wind farm developer with an extensive range of technical, environmental and economic assessment tools that ensure an effective site selection process. The general characteristics sought in initial site selection are presented in Section 3.2 below.
3.2 Site Selection
3.2.1 Using OS maps (1:50,000) and a wide range of relevant documented information, 336 potential sites across 9 regions in the UK were identified through an initial desk top study conducted through 1999 and 2000. RES has consistently used a criteria based approach to selecting sites for further assessment. This approach is in accordance with PPS22 which advises such an approach when considering renewable forms of development. The criteria used by RES in the 1999-2000 desk top study are set out below: Wind speed at 45m height in excess of 6m/s as estimated by the ETSU NOABL UK wind speed database. Site area greater than 2km2 Average gradients of up to 1 in 10 (steeper slopes require considerably more civil engineering) Good site access Reasonable distance to grid connection Located outside Areas of Outstanding Natural Beauty (AONB), National Parks, European and internationally designated sites such as RAMSAR, Candidate SACs and SPA’s. Discretionary consideration of Site of Special Scientific Interest (SSSI), National Nature Reserve (NNR) and Environmentally Sensitive Area (ESA) designated sites. Consideration is only discretionary as some designations may not be mutually exclusive with wind farm development. 500m minimum separation from the nearest habitation, site specific separations to be considered during the EIA process.
3.2.2 The rigour of that desk top study has been further confirmed since the development of an in house GIS (Geographical Information System) in 2005, which continues to be the main tool used in selecting sites. The GIS uses similar criteria to those described in 3.2.1. However, certain criteria are now more restrictive. For example, only sites with wind speeds over 6.2m/s are selected and the minimum separation from the nearest habitation is 800m. The criteria are then weighted to allow for a ‘score’ of 0-1 to be applied, where 0 results in the area being deselected and 1 is for the best possible score. 3.2.3 The Turncole Wind Farm site emerged from this assessment process with a range of scores within the site boundary of 0.78 – 0.92 out of a maximum possible score of 1, thus indicating its high potential suitability for a wind farm location in Essex, Figure 3.1. 3.2.4 A major constraint to wind farm development in Essex and Maldon is availability of unconstrained space. To keep within ETSU R-97 noise limits and to protect the visual amenity, wind turbines have to be located at suitable distances from inhabited properties.
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 19 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
This distance is typically 700m-900m for turbines between 1.5MW to 3MW. Along with this criteria and the in house GIS tool the Turncole wind farm was identified. 3.2.5 The GIS study did show other limited areas that could be investigated as possible wind farm sites within the Maldon District and the adjacent boroughs. Based on the house separation distance site selection criteria a number of other sites were assessed in further detail by RES and these can be seen in Table 3.1 and Figure 3.2. RES’s approach to site selection and development is to assess each site identified on its merits as an acceptable wind farm for that location, not to compare each site to other sites identified as quantifiably better or worse as alternatives. 3.2.6 A wind farm proposal is often questioned as to whether it is the best site in that area, however given the government targets for renewable energy, there is a practical argument supported by National Policy in the form of PPS22 that all acceptable proposals should be granted consent, not just the ‘best’. Indeed there are no requirements that, in terms of its benefits, any renewable energy project has to demonstrate that it cannot be economically attained with less adverse impact elsewhere. No such position arises within the EIA Regulations or in national planning and energy advice. There is no requirement that a wind energy developer has to provide proof there is no alternative that has lesser environmental effects. Nor is there a requirement that any form of sequential testing has to be carried out in which a series of proposals have to be ranked according to their environmental acceptability for a renewable energy project for which there will need to be a number of different sites across the region, all making a contribution to the overall targets for renewable energy. Table 3.1 Sites Identified Through GIS Study
GIS Site GIS Ranking No. Location Score Comment of Sites 1 Foulness 0.77‐ Owned by the MOD and used 3 Island 0.84 as a testing facility 2 Foulness 0.51‐ Owned by the MOD and used 12 Island 0.61 as a testing facility 3 Foulness 0.62‐ Owned by the MOD and used 9 Island 0.65 as a testing facility 4 Dengie 0.62‐ This site is located adjacent to 5 Peninsula 0.74 an SPA, SAC, SSSI and Coast Line RAMSAR site. Therefore the potential effects on the environment would be greater. 5 Wallasea 0.55‐ The island is being 10 Island 0.63 transformed into a wildlife preserve 6 Potton Island 0.52‐ Owned by the MOD and used 13 0.58 as a testing facility 7 North East of 0.57‐ This site is located adjacent to 11 Canewdon 0.62 an SPA, SAC, SSSI and RAMSAR site. Therefore the potential effects on the environment would be greater.
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 20 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8 North West 0.55‐ This site is located adjacent to 8 of Canewdon 0.68 an SPA, SAC, SSSI and RAMSAR site. Therefore the potential effects on the environment would be greater. 9 Clementsgre 0.48‐ This site is located adjacent to 15 en Creek 0.49 an SPA, SAC, SSSI and (East of RAMSAR site. Therefore the South potential effects on the Woodham environment would be Ferrers) greater. 10 West of 0.60‐ This site is located adjacent to 7 Maylandsea 0.69 an SPA, SAC, SSSI and RAMSAR site. Therefore the potential effects on the environment would be greater. The site is area is small with footpath constraints reducing the potential area for development further 11 South of 0.60‐ 6 This site is located adjacent to Layer Breton 0.72 an SPA and RAMSAR site. Therefore the potential effects on the environment would be greater. 12 Abberton 0.51‐ This site is located adjacent to 14 Reservoir 0.57 an SPA and RAMSAR site. Therefore the potential effects on the environment would be greater. The site area is small with the majority of available space take up by the reservoir 13 Hanningfield 0.83‐ Potential for a small of 1‐3 2 Reservoir 0.85 turbines on woodland adjacent to the reservoir 14 South of 0.68‐ A large part of the available 4 Basildon 0.85 site is taken up by the Pitsea Landfill Site. Turn East of 0.78‐ The site is located away from 1 cole Southminste 0.92 SPA,SAC,SSSI and RAMSAR r sites
3.2.7 RES considers that 14 other sites in Maldon and adjacent boroughs have available space for wind farm development when using an 800m house separation distance. 5 of these sites the land is owned or managed by the MOD and therefore wind farm development is not possible. 2 sites have large reservoirs within the available space massively reducing the
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 21 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
development potential. 1 site is a landfill site and has minimal potential for wind development with other forms of renewables being preferred (land fill gas, solar PV). The remaining 6 sites are adjacent to nationally designated areas potentially increasing the risk of environmental impact. There are 2 areas that have not been identified as having potential for wind farm development and this is due to existing wind farm developments by Ridgewind at Middlewick Farm and NPower at Bradwell. 3.2.8 The approach used by RES for selecting appropriate wind farm sites is a robust and replicable criteria-based approach as supported by PPS22. It shows that the site of Turncole Wind Farm is suitable from the consideration of key technical and environmental criteria, having achieved a score of 0.78-0.92 out of a top score of 1 and scoring the highest out of the areas identified. The results of the GIS show that there are actually very few locations within the borough that have sufficient unconstrained area to accommodate a wind farm.
3.3 Consideration of Offshore Sites
3.3.1 The mechanism for the development of offshore wind farms is very different to that of onshore wind farms. Offshore wind in the UK is developed in a series of competitive leasing rounds. 3.3.2 Two rounds have been completed already and these projects are now being developed. The Round 3 offshore wind energy programme was launched by The Crown Estate in June 2008. 3.3.3 Round 3 was structured differently from previous leasing rounds, as tenders were put forward for nine zones of development each potentially containing multiple projects, with an estimated combined installed capacity of 25 GW which is 17GW more than rounds 1 and 2 put together. 3.3.4 The nine zones are distributed around the UK and results of the Round 3 tender were announced in January 2010. The zones location, size and the companies who won the tender are shown below:- Moray Firth Zone, Moray Offshore Renewables Ltd which is 75% owned by EDP Renovaveis and 25% owned by SeaEnergy Renewables – 1.3 GW Firth of Forth Zone, SeaGreen Wind Energy Ltd equally owned by SSE Renewables and Fluor – 3.5 GW Dogger Bank Zone, the Forewind Consortium equally owned by each of SSE Renewables, RWE Npower Renewables, Statoil and Statkraft – 9 GW Hornsea Zone, Siemens Project Ventures and Mainstream Renewable Power, a consortium equally owned by Mainstream Renewable Power and Siemens Project Ventures and involving Hochtief Construction – 4 GW Norfolk Bank Zone, East Anglia Offshore Wind Ltd equally owned by Scottish Power Renewables and Vattenfall Vindkraft – 7.2 GW Hastings Zone, Eon Climate and Renewables UK– 0.6 GW West of Isle of Wight Zone, Eneco New Energy – 0.9 GW Bristol Channel Zone, RWE Npower Renewables, the UK subsidiary of RWE Innogy – 1.5 GW Irish Sea Zone, Centrica Renewable Energy and involving RES Group – 4.2 GW 3.3.5 RES was successful in winning the Irish Zone which it will develop along with Centrica. 3.3.6 Due to the process set up by the Crown Estate for acquiring offshore sites it is not possible to develop an offshore wind farm project outside of this. Therefore during the site selection process that identified the Turncole site offshore possibilities were not considered.
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 22 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
3.4 Further Consultation and Site Visits
3.4.1 Following site identification, initial site visits and consultations with statutory consultees were carried out. As part of the site investigation, RES considered the relevant planning and design guidance documents including the East of England capacity study ‘Placing Renewables in the East of England’ (EERA, 2008) which indicates that the site may be suitable for developments of up to 12 turbines. 3.4.2 Once the site suitability had been identified from the desk top and GIS assessments, with landowners’ consent further detailed consultations were undertaken with a wider range of statutory and other consultees to establish the appropriateness of the Proposal. Site visits were also made by staff from RES’s development and engineering departments. This process confirmed the suitability of the site for a wind farm. A full list of consultees is provided in Appendix 3.2.
3.5 Commitment to Progressing the Turncole Wind Farm Site
3.5.1 Following a decision to commit to the development of the Turncole Wind Farm site, planning permission was obtained from MDC to erect a temporary 50m meteorological mast which was erected in March 2004. Wind speeds were found to be sufficient and following further detailed design work, it was decided to progress the project through the planning process. 3.5.2 In March 2010, a scoping opinion was requested for a project of up to 7 turbines (see Appendix 3.1) and responses from MDC and relevant statutory consultees were received in August 2010. 3.5.3 The site selection and detailed design of the Turncole Wind Farm has been carried out in accordance with internal RES procedures that are designed to ensure maximum environmental benefit with minimum significant negative effects within the locality of the project. This process has drawn upon RES’s experience of developing and / or constructing over 80 wind farms in the UK and abroad and the expertise of independent professional consultants.
3.6 Design Development
3.6.1 The Proposal has been through various iterations to reduce potential negative impacts and to maximise the production of clean renewable energy. Much of the design process was incorporated into the site selection phase outlined in Section 3.3 and 3.4 above. Various constraints were considered to establish the areas of the site that would be suitable for turbines. 3.6.2 It was decided early in the design process that the Proposal would consist of fewer large turbines, rather than a larger number of small ones. This is primarily because a site with large turbines is generally able to produce much greater amounts of electricity than a site with smaller turbines. A large number of small turbines would require a larger number of abnormal load deliveries and would need a larger extent of ground works. Smaller turbines also have faster rotation speeds: 26rpm for a 0.85MW turbine compared to 15rpm for a 1.8MW turbine, and thus have the potential for greater visual impacts than larger, slower moving turbines. Consequently smaller turbines were considered to be unsuitable for this site, see Figure 3.4. 3.6.3 Throughout the layout design process, constraints on site were identified through map studies and results from various consultations. This identified features of importance on site, in addition to other engineering and technical considerations including: dwellings highways and access designated landscapes, archaeological and nature conservation interests
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 23 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
topographical/ground constraints ecological constraints radar and aerodrome operations microwave links in the area, and public rights of way. 3.6.4 Maintaining an appropriate distance from these features where reasonably possible reduced the area in which it would be feasible to erect turbines. In particular, separation distances between turbines at Turncole Wind Farm and the nearest dwellings of 800m were applied to properties not involved in the Proposal. 3.6.5 From these basic constraints, an initial 10 turbine layout was determined and is shown in Figure 3.4: this formed the basis for early environmental considerations of the project. 3.6.6 This 10 turbine layout was then reduced to 7 turbines. The layout was effectively split into 2 windfarms, 1 of 7 turbines and 1 of 3 turbines and this was deemed visually unacceptable. The 3 turbines to the north of Marsh Road were removed to consolidate the scheme into 1 visually cohesive project. 3.6.7 In response to site visits and advice from RES technical staff and consultants, along with detailed design work, the layout evolved to minimise potential negative effects where possible. Detailed surveys were carried out to confirm known archaeological, ecological and hydrological features and to determine suitable constraints, which highlighted other areas to avoid where reasonably practicable. Highways and rights of way were also considered, as were farming operations on site. 3.6.8 The combined constraints map is shown on Figure 3.3 with the final layout taking into account all these constraints to form layout F on Figure 3.4. 3.6.9 Once the site layout had been confirmed, the site track design and infrastructure layout could then be determined. This also sought to minimise where reasonably practical any negative effect on features of ecological value, cultural heritage interest and farming operations. A final site visit was undertaken with a RES engineer to make fine-tuned adjustments to the track and turbine layout to avoid sensitive features.
3.7 Community Consultation and Engagement
3.7.1 RES consult with the local community to communicate the benefits and impacts of the proposed wind farm and to help RES understand and address the concerns of the public. Additionally it allows inclusion of constructive suggestions into the project design. Taking guidance from The Protocol for Public Engagement with Proposed Wind Energy Developments in England (DTI, 2007), a community engagement strategy was produced with the objectives of: Identifying key stakeholders Identifying a single point of contact within RES Describing methods of engaging with the stakeholders
3.7.2 The plan covered activities up to the point of a planning submission. If permission is granted then there will be further community engagement plans to cover the construction and operation phases of the project.
Key Stakeholders
3.7.3 Stakeholders at the community and parish level who are thought to genuinely represent the communities surrounding the wind farm have been identified and consulted as follows: Local residents living closest to the site
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 24 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Local Councillors for Southminster and Burnham-on-Crouch, Purleigh and Mayland Wards Parish Councils for Southminster, Burnham-on-Crouch, Dengie, Tillingham, Asheldham, Althorne, Purleigh and Latchingdon 3.7.4 Stakeholders at the borough, county and regional levels were identified as: Maldon District Council Essex County Council MPs for Maldon, Witham, Rayleigh and Wickford County Councillors for Essex Maldon District Councillors Local media sources Statutory consultees (eg Natural England)
3.8 Engaging Stakeholders
3.8.1 The Sections below outline the methods of communication that have been carried out and may in the future be used not only through the planning process but during the construction and operation phases too. 3.8.2 RES will initially respond to general requests for information as soon as possible and after clarifying the request and giving it due consideration we will agree an appropriate timeframe to respond further. 3.8.3 During the public consultation process RES requests that stakeholders highlight concerns and assist in helping to address these concerns. RES endeavours to take on board reasonable and practical suggestions that are agreed by the majority of stakeholders providing that we are satisfied that the consequences are fully understood and the result is not unduly detrimental to the project.
Initial Consultations
3.8.4 Extensive consultations with various statutory and non statutory organisations have already been undertaken to understand local issues and to ensure that unacceptable effects of the Proposal on the local or wider community are minimised. 3.8.5 A full list of organisations contacted regarding the project is provided in Appendix 3.2.
Meetings with key stakeholders
3.8.6 Local Parish Councils were contacted in February 2010 to introduce the Proposal and to ensure the Councils had appropriate contact details at RES. Representatives of RES met with local Councillors and residents during spring/summer of 2010 to discuss the site in general and the development process for a wind farm at the site. 3.8.7 A Community Liaison Group was discussed throughout our consultation with local Parish and Ward councillors and the inaugural meeting was held on 17 August 2010. Membership of the Group includes parish councillors and has invited Ward, Borough and County councillors. The function of the Group is to establish an effective means of communication between RES and the community during the planning phase so that concerns can be raised and addressed in a formal setting. Members of the public are invited to attend the Group meetings and minutes are made available through the Parish Council notice boards and websites and on the Turncole website www.turncolewindfarm.co.uk. 3.8.8 It is considered that should the Proposal receive planning permission the Group will be invaluable in facilitating communication through the construction and operation phases of the project.
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 25 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Direct leafleting/newsletters
3.8.9 A newsletter (presented in Appendix 3.3) outlining the status of the wind farm project and advertising the public exhibitions to be held locally was sent to addresses within an area with a radius of at least 6km. The area of the mailout is shown in Appendix 3.4 and contained over 4,700 addresses. 3.8.10 A leaflet will be distributed upon submission of the planning application detailing how the public may make representations and giving the planning reference for the application.
Questionnaires
3.8.11 Questionnaires provide a standard way of eliciting the views of local stakeholders in a structured way, thereby facilitating easier analysis. Questionnaires were provided at the exhibitions for visitors to fill out with the responses have been considered in the project formulation.
The Internet
3.8.12 The internet is increasingly being used as a means of disseminating information. A website has been produced to post the latest news about the Proposal and key events and to allow everyone to provide feedback. The website is available at www.turncolewindfarm.co.uk.
Stakeholder groups
3.8.13 Experience suggests that stakeholder groups can be very useful in helping to communicate plans for both the project and the engagement process and provide a mechanism for people to raise their concerns and issues in a constructive manner. The intention at the Turncole Wind Farm is to also involve the stakeholders in discussing local community benefits from the project with RES.
Public Consultation Exhibitions
3.8.14 Public consultation exhibitions offer the opportunity to present project proposals to large numbers of people with the benefit of being less intimidating than public meetings. These exhibitions also allow members of the local community to easily put concerns and suggestions to RES so that local knowledge can inform the project design and minimise potential negative effects. 3.8.15 Public consultation exhibitions / information days were held from 2pm to 8pm on 14th and 15th of September 2010 at Southminster and Burnham-on-Crouch respectively. Taking into account the information available at that time, the consultation exhibitions were used to present details of the project and allow the public to speak to RES representatives about wind generation and the Proposal.
Site visits
3.8.16 Site visits to existing wind farms can provide invaluable insight into how wind turbines affect the local environment. For example, listening to noise levels is far better than looking at numbers on a page. At the exhibition and through the newsletter sent out to the local community at the time of planning submission, RES offered to organise a visit to an operating wind farm for members of the local community. RES would be prepared to organise other trips for Council members, officers and other key stakeholders to a suitable wind farm, subject to access permission from the relevant operators and landowners.
Press Release
3.8.17 When RES undertake activities that would be of public interest the local press are given details in the form of a press release.
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 26 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
3.9 Summary
3.9.1 RES's internal site selection criteria determined the Turncole Wind Farm site to be suitable for wind farm development. 3.9.2 Detailed on-site and desk–study surveys and assessments identified on-site constraints and informed the design layout of the proposal. 3.9.3 Throughout the project, consultation with statutory and non-statutory consultees provided advice to detailed aspects of the Environmental Impact Assessment, site design and ecological enhancement plans. 3.9.4 Community engagement strategies were undertaken to inform members of the local communities about the Proposal and to raise awareness of energy related issues. Consultation activities will be ongoing throughout the planning process. A wind farm visit and further information meetings will take place.
3.10 References
DTI (2007) The Protocol for Public Engagement with Proposed Wind Energy Developments in England. Available from: www.berr.gov.uk/files/file38708.pdf [Viewed September 2010]
EERA (East of England Regional Assembly), 2008. Placing Renewables in the East of England. Available from: http://www.eera.gov.uk/publications-and-resources/studies/topic-based- studies/renewable-energy-studies [Viewed September 2010]
Chapter 3 – Design Development & Consultation – Page 27 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
4 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT
4.1 Site Description
Location
4.1.2 The site is located approximately 3km south east of Southminster, and 3km north east of Burnham-on-Crouch on the Dengie peninsula, Essex. The site is centred on grid ref: E599000, N197500 see Figure 1.1 (all figures are in Volume III of the ES).
Topography and Land Use
4.1.3 The site is located on Ordnance Survey Landranger 1:50,000 map sheet 168 and OS Explorer map 176. 4.1.4 The site boundary covers approximately 42.9 hectares, or 106 acres. The site consists of large open fields primarily used for cultivating wheat, linseed, grass and maize. Wind monitoring at the site for over three years has confirmed that mean wind speeds are greater than 7m/s at 80m height. Wind and noise monitoring data are available in digital format upon request.
Designations
4.1.5 The site is located within a Special Landscape Area which is a landscape designation in the Maldon District Local Plan. There are no national or international designations within the site boundary. The closest national designations are the Crouch & Roach Estuaries SSSI to the south of the site and the Essex Coast environmentally sensitive area to the south west of the site. The closest international designations are the Crouch and Roach Estuaries special protection area, special area of conservation and Ramsar to the south of the site.
4.2 The Proposed Development
4.2.1 The Proposal is for a wind farm of 7 three-bladed, horizontal axis wind turbines, each up to 126.5m maximum height to tip. The development would have associated electricity transformers, underground cabling, access tracks, rotor assembly pads, crane hardstandings, control building and substation compound, communications mast, and a permanent free-standing wind monitoring mast. During construction and commissioning there would be a number of temporary works including a construction compound, laydown area, access track turning heads, welfare facilities, and four guyed meteorological masts up to 80 metres high (indicative hub height) and 1 communication mast. 4.2.2 A detailed plan of the site showing the proposed positions of the turbines is shown on Figure 4.1. Wind monitoring masts, access tracks, crane hardstandings, control building, sub-station compound, temporary construction compound, communication masts and other infrastructure are shown in Figure 4.2. 4.2.3 The application is for a wind farm that will be operational for 25 years. Should the wind farm be replaced or refurbished after 25 years, this would be subject to a future separate planning application and relevant assessments at the time and therefore the assessments presented here only consider the 25 year life. 4.2.4 A detailed plan of the site showing the proposed positions of the turbines and proposed 50m micrositing positions are shown on Figure 4.1. Wind monitoring masts, access tracks, access from the highway, crane hardstandings, control building, sub-station compound, temporary construction compound and other infrastructure are shown in Figure 4.2. Tracks and other infrastructure may also require micrositing to accommodate any turbine micrositing and no turbine will be microsited in any environmentally sensitive area as show on Figure 3.3.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 28 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Land Take
4.2.5 Land take from a wind farm development is small. The wind turbines (see Figure 4.3) have to be spaced apart, so as not to interfere aerodynamically with one another (array losses). The actual permanent land take is limited to the area of the towers themselves and the gravel path around them, the access tracks leading to them, the crane hardstandings, the control building and the substation. 4.2.6 At each wind turbine location, the completed foundation is overburdened with soil approximately 1m deep, leaving only the concrete or steel plinth to which the steel tower is attached, as shown in Figure 4.6 and Figure 4.13. The plinth is approximately 4.5-5m in diameter with a crushed stone border up to 1.5m wide. Additionally there is an external high voltage (HV) enclosure housing a transformer and switchgear, approximately 3m x 6m in area and 3m in height, on a concrete plinth 7m x 4m sited adjacent to each tower. Together each turbine and HV enclosure would use approximately 78 square metres of land; this would amount to 0.05 ha in total. 4.2.7 The access route is shown in Figure 10.1 and described in Chapter 10. The on site access tracks will be typically 5m wide on straight sections with widening at the bends, at passing places and track spurs to each turbine base. 4.2.8 The total length of access track across the site would be approximately 6.2km in total, this translates to an estimated land take of 3.41 hectares (6.2km length of track x 5.5m track width x 1.2 for general widening and site entrance). In addition, shoulders each side of the track would be required, which would be approximately 1m wide but these would be reinstated after construction. It should be noted that some of the access track would be constructed on the route of an existing track so the actual amount of new landtake would be less. 4.2.9 Other permanent (for the length of the project) land take consists of Substation compound and control building (28m x 29m, 0.08ha), with a 1m wide gravel path on all sides (Figure 4.7 and 4.8); At each turbine location there would need to be hardstanding for assembling the cranes and for the cranes to stand on. The specific layout of the hardstanding areas varies for different turbine manufacturers and two alternatives are presented in Figure 4.5. The rectangular design would require a total permanent area of 1,200m2 per turbine, totalling 0.84 hectares for all 7 turbines. The alternative, triangular, design shown in Figure 4.5 requires a permanent area of 896m2 per turbine, totalling 0.63 hectares for all 7 turbines. For the purposes of the environmental assessment the larger rectangular crane hardstanding variant shall be considered. 36m2 (0.0036ha) is required for the permanent wind monitoring (met) mast (Figure 4.11), and 6.25m2 for the communications mast. 4.2.10 Total permanent land take from new track, hardstandings, met mast, substation and compound and turbines would be up to approximately 5.06 ha, or approximately 2.4% of the total Site area. Off-site road widening works would be an additional 0.67ha, taking the total permanent land take for the Proposal to 5.73ha. 4.2.11 There would be temporary land take for the construction compound which would require an area of up to approximately 60m x 50m (3,000m2), see Figure 4.9. 4.2.12 There would be some temporary areas of hardstanding at the turbine locations as shown on Figure 4.5 for the crane booms to be assembled; the turbine rotors to be assembled, and for the turbine parts to be laid down prior to erection; these areas would amount to 664.5m2 for each turbine using the rectangular arrangement, totalling 0.47ha for the project. The alternative triangular arrangement would have 1,120m2 temporary hardstanding at each turbine, totalling 0.78ha for the project.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 29 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
4.2.13 An area of hardstanding may be required during the construction phase for laying turbine components down. This area would have indicative dimensions of 60m x 50m and the final design would be no greater than 3,000m2. 4.2.14 Two turning heads would be constructed for the duration of the construction period and then reinstated. These turning heads would allow the vehicles to turn around at the ends of the tracks and would be about 358m2 each. 4.2.15 Track shoulders during the construction phase would be about 1m on either side of the 6.2km length of tracks, totalling 12,400m2; 1.24ha. 4.2.16 During the turbine foundation construction a circle of about 10m radius would be excavated; this temporary land take (minus the permanent landtake of the turbine and transformer plinths) would be 360m2, totalling 2,520m2 for the project. 4.2.17 Total temporary land take on Site would amount to 3.05ha. 4.2.18 Tables 4.1 and 4.2 below summarise the landtake areas for the project. Table 4.1 – Permanent Land Take for the Duration of the Project Element Ground Dimensions Total Area (m2) for Project Turbine (7) 8m diameter 352 External Turbine Transformer 9m x 6m 54 (plus 1.5m track) Access Track 6,200m x 5.5m x 40,920 1.2m Substation Compound and 28m x 29m 812 Control Building (with 1m path surround) Communications Mast 2.5m x 2.5m 6.25 Crane Hardstandings (7) 40 x 30m 8,400 Met Mast 6m x 6m 36 Widening on Access Route 6,716m2 6,716 Total 57,296 (5.73ha) Table 4.2 – Temporary Land Take for the Construction Period Element Ground Dimensions Total Area (m2) for Project Crane Hardstanding 1,120m2 7,840 Construction Compound 60m x 50m 3,000 Laydown Area 60m x 50m 3,000 Turning Heads (2) 65 x 5.5m 715 Track shoulders 6,200m x 1m x 2 12,400 Turbine Foundation Areas 360m2 2,520 Communications Mast 2.5m x 2.5m 6.25 Calibration (2) & Turbine (2) 1m x 1m 4 Met Masts Widening on Access Route 1000m2 1,000 Total 30,485 (3.05ha)
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 30 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
The Wind Turbines
4.2.19 The wind turbine industry is continually evolving. Designs continue to improve technically and economically. The most suitable turbine model for a particular location can change with time and therefore a final choice of machine for the Turncole Wind Farm has not yet been made and the most suitable machine for the proposed site would be chosen shortly before the time of construction, within the overall tip height limit of 126.5m. 4.2.20 This ES has been based for visual and acoustic purposes upon turbines of 1.8-2.3MW nominal capacity. Exact tower and rotor dimensions vary a little between manufacturers, but suitable turbines in the nominal 1.8MW upwards range are produced by companies such as Siemens and Vestas. Whichever turbine type installed would have to meet the terms of conditions imposed by the local planning authority, such as restriction on dimensions to a maximum tip height of 126.5m. 4.2.21 Details of Vestas and Siemens turbines are provided in Appendix 4.1 and a diagram of a typical 126.5m tip-height wind turbine is given in Figure 4.3. 4.2.22 The locations of the proposed turbines are shown on Figure 4.1. RES would request 50m micro-siting (deviation from turbine position shown) for turbines and associated infrastructure, any movement would be within areas identified as free from constraints. This would allow for possible variations in ground conditions across the site which would only become apparent as trial pits are dug at the start of construction. In addition, 50m flexibility in turbine positioning would help to mitigate any potential environmental effects, e.g. avoidance of archaeological features not apparent from records. This degree of flexibility for micro-siting is needed as knock-on effects of moving individual turbines small distances could require further movements (up to 50m) across the site. Equally, it is proposed and assessed within the ES that access tracks and crane hardstandings are able to be micro-sited to fit with the turbines and to avoid sensitive sub-surface features. 4.2.23 It is common to have a high voltage transformer enclosure for some models located alongside the base of each turbine. The transformer's function is to raise the generation voltage to the higher transmission level that is needed to transport the electricity to the grid. Switchgear is required by the utility to comply with regulation. 4.2.24 Some models of turbine are now integrating the turbine transformer within the tower or nacelle assemblies, thus obviating the need for the external transformer, but this is by no means a universal design trend, assessment of effects have considered external transformers to cover both designs. 4.2.25 The colour and finish of the wind turbine rotor blades, nacelles and towers would be agreed with the local authority and is normally the subject of a planning condition. A significant amount of research has been undertaken in relation to turbine colour and finish. A pale grey colour with a semi-matt finish is generally agreed to be the most appropriate. 4.2.26 The wind farm would be served by a central computer system located in the substation control building, which would monitor the performance and behaviour of each turbine. 4.2.27 Turbines begin generating automatically at a wind speed of around 3-4 metres per second and have a shut down wind speed of around 25 metres per second. Using on-site measured data, it is conservatively estimated on average that the turbines would be shut down owing to high wind speeds for up to one hour per year: 0.00012% of the time.
Electrical Connection
4.2.28 Assuming the use of currently available models, each wind turbine would generate electricity at 690V and would have its own transformer located adjacent to, or within, the base of the tower to step up the voltage to the on-site distribution voltage of 33kV. Each turbine would be connected by a length of underground cable and each group of turbines would be connected to the sub-station via similar underground cables. All high voltage cables on the site would be buried underground, below ploughing depth.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 31 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
4.2.29 The on-site substation is proposed to be located in the middle of the site approximately 200m south of turbine 4, as shown in Figure 4.2. The substation is described in greater detail below. 4.2.30 The point of connection for the Proposal into the grid system is proposed to be south west of the site, subject to technical assessments and surveys, and the connection would be by underground cabling. Environmental effects of this possible general route have been considered within Chapter 13 of the ES. The precise route will be subject to a separate application by the district network operator (EDF Energy) under the Electricity Act 1989.
The On Site Sub-Station and Control Building
4.2.31 The sub-station compound would contain power quality improvement equipment, up to two auxiliary transformers, and possibly a spare turbine transformer. The control building required at the sub-station would accommodate metering equipment, switchgear, the central computer system and electrical control panels. A spare parts store room, toilet and wash basin along with a kitchenette would also be located in the control building. Although not permanently staffed, the buildings would be visited periodically by maintenance personnel. There is no requirement for any other permanent buildings on the site. 4.2.32 A 10m high free-standing communications mast would be located within the substation compound as shown in Figure 4.2. 4.2.33 Rain water would be collected from the roof of the control building via a modified drain pipe system into a storage tank located within the toilet area of the control building. An overflow from the tank would drain to the outside of the building into a rainwater soak- away. 4.2.34 The storage tank would supply: raw/untreated water to the toilet rainwater via a UV filter to the hand basin 4.2.35 Should an extended period of no rainfall occur, water would be transported to the site in small tanks as required. 4.2.36 Typically the toilet, wash basin and sink should drain to a small package treatment plant located adjacent to the Control Building, which would be constructed and located in accordance with the relevant Building Standards and agreed with Maldon District Council and the Environment Agency prior to construction. 4.2.37 Further details on the construction of the site substation and control building are given in Section 4.3.29 below.
Wind Monitoring Mast
4.2.38 For ongoing wind speed monitoring and assessment of the performance of the wind farm, a permanent meteorological mast would be required as part of the wind farm for the duration of its operation. This would be a free standing (non guyed), steel lattice model, set into a small concrete base approximately 6m x 6m and 3m deep, and would be hub height (i.e. up to 80m) (see Figure 4.11, Volume 3). The proposed location of the wind monitoring mast is shown on Figure 4.2.
Main Road Access
4.2.39 The proposed access route has been considered in consultation with Essex County Highways Authority and has been assessed by a RES engineer. Abnormal indivisible load vehicles carrying large turbine components would travel from the motorway network onto the A12, joining the A130 heading to South Woodham Ferrers. From there they would continue east on the B1012 continuing along The Endway and Old Heath Road to meet up with the B1021. From here the vehicles turn south until they meet the Marsh Road. They would then go east on Marsh Road until the vehicles reach the site entrance, shown in Figure 4.15. See Chapter 10 for further details.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 32 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
4.2.40 Typical construction traffic that consists of heavy and light goods vehicles, vans, cars, mixer trucks, tipper trucks and cranes will use a variation of the above route. These vehicles will follow the B1012 and turn right onto the B1010 to Burnham-on-Crouch. At the junction to the B1021 the vehicles will turn left and then almost immediately right onto the Marsh Road. The vehicles will continue along the Marsh Road until they reach the site entrance, shown in Figure 4.15. However concrete and stone trucks may take an alternative route to this which would be dependent on the location of local supplies and quarries. 4.2.41 Alternative routes were considered before the selected route was chosen and are discussed in Chapter 10. The route proposed is considered to be the best environmental and technical solution and minimises disturbance to local residents and road users. 4.2.42 Some road improvement works will be required and are discussed in Chapter 10. Traffic management measures to enable construction traffic to access the site will be agreed with the relevant Highways Authorities as part of a Traffic Management Plan. All improvements and upgrading will be carried out to the specifications of the relevant Highways Authorities. 4.2.43 Vehicles exiting the site would pass over a waterless wheel wash to remove excess mud being carried onto public roads. 4.2.44 Further details are provided in Chapter 10 on Transportation and Access.
On-Site Access Tracks
4.2.45 Where possible the on-site access track layout has been designed to maximise use of existing farm tracks, follow field boundaries and aligned to minimise land take for ploughing where possible in order to minimise environmental disturbance and land take. Tracks are proposed to access the various turbine locations and would be up to approximately 6.2km in length with a running width of approximately 5.5m. Typical access track designs are shown in Figure 4.4. 4.2.46 Further details on the on-site access tracks are provided in paragraphs 4.3.3 to 4.3.15.
4.3 Construction
4.3.1 Construction of the wind farm will take approximately 12 months (see Appendix 4.2). The overall length of the construction period is somewhat weather dependent and could be affected by ground conditions found at the site. Site working would be Monday to Saturday from 7am to 7pm except in the event of an emergency or for environmental and / or quality reasons. During turbine erection and commissioning site working may be seven days per week.
Construction Program
4.3.2 The expected sequence of events for the construction programme would be:
Construct road improvements along the chosen access route to the site as required Construct and improve track to construction compound Construct construction compound Fell/lop trees where required outside bird breeding season Construct the site access tracks, laydown area and crane hardstandings, field gates and temporary fencing (if required) Excavate/pile drive and construct the turbine foundations Construct the substation and install the grid connection Excavate the trenches and lay the power and instrumentation cables
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 33 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Erect the turbines Commission the turbines Carry out land reinstatement, temporary compound and crane hardstanding areas and clear the site.
Site Access Tracks
Layout
4.3.3 The layout of site access tracks is shown in Figure 4.2. The tracks would permit access by construction vehicles and are required throughout the life of the wind farm for maintenance vehicles. 4.3.4 Through the design evolution process the final layout of the wind turbines and access tracks has been designed to avoid environmental constraints where possible (see Section 3.5 - design development). The movement of heavy construction vehicles on the site may cause some localised soil compaction, however, the effect of this is considered negligible since most construction work would be carried out from the site access tracks. 4.3.5 Any off-track movements would occur in a very local context, thus any negative effects are not considered significant.
Construction Design
4.3.6 The detailed design of the access tracks and the selection of the method of construction would be carried out after a detailed site investigation prior to construction. Designs that are likely to cover the expected site conditions are shown in Figure 4.4, Volume 3. The tracks are typically designed for an axle load limit of 16 tonnes. 4.3.7 The access tracks have been designed to run along existing tracks and field boundaries where practicable to avoid disruption to farming activity. In addition, the tracks have been routed with consideration of existing ecological features on site. 4.3.8 The access tracks would have a running width of 5.5m, with local widening on bends, at passing bays and around turbine bases. The access tracks would be constructed of crushed and graded stone. A stone thickness of approximately 250mm to 1000mm (average 400mm), dependent on ground conditions, would be used. Shoulders to each side of the track would be approximately 1m in width and the top soil would be reinstated post construction. 4.3.9 The access tracks would be designed and constructed with regard to the SUDS design philosophy, see Appendix 4.5, allowing sufficient drainage channels to prevent erosion of the road structure and to allow the efficient drainage of rainwater. Typical drainage schemes are shown in Figure 4.10. 4.3.10 The access tracks cross drains at 8 locations. 2 water crossings will be new and 6 will be upgrades. The water crossing is designed to minimise ecological impacts and has a pipe installed for voles to travel through. The crossing is made up of a concrete culvert that allows water to flow under the crossing, this is then filled around with large diameter stone with the track sat on top, as shown in Figure 4.14. 4.3.11 Chapter 8 (Cultural Heritage) details mitigation where works may affect areas identified as potentially having features of cultural heritage interest. Chapter 9 (Hydrological Assessment) of this ES describes the mitigation measures that will be incorporated into the construction of the tracks to reduce effects on drainage and hydrology.
Construction Method
4.3.12 The vegetation and soil would be stripped to the subsoil, the stone track (on average 400mm thick dependent on ground conditions) would be constructed on the subsoil. Approximately 100-150mm of the upper topsoil layer, together with turfs where present, would be stored separately from the rest of the subsoil in piles near the tracks for later reinstatement. Following construction the appropriate topsoil and vegetation would be
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 34 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
used to reinstate the track shoulders and turbine foundation areas. Any excess material produced from access track construction would be spread along the track shoulders and reseeded as necessary. 4.3.13 Once the soil has been removed to the depth of a suitable founding layer, the track and running surface would be constructed by tipping and compacting stone to the required shape and thickness. Cross sections of typical final road profiles can be seen in Figure 4.4, Volume 3. 4.3.14 Following construction any excess material and the appropriate topsoil would be used to reinstate any excess track areas such as passing places at the turbines and crane hardstanding areas.
Reinstatement and Final Appearance
4.3.15 The track surface would be left clear. The final section would be similar to those shown in Figure 4.4, Volume 3. More detail on reinstatement is contained in Section 4.4.
Crane Hardstandings
4.3.16 Figure 4.5 shows two alternative crane hardstanding arrangements that may be used at the Turncole Wind Farm. The two arrangements are typical of what turbine manufacturers may require and the final design will depend on the choice of turbine. 4.3.17 For the rectangular arrangement the large hardstanding area is used for the main crane and the tailing crane to lift the turbine components. The two areas of widening from the access track are needed for the rigging crane which constructs the main crane. The boom support is an area of hardstanding needed to support the main crane boom while it is being assembled on the ground. The area of track widening adjacent to the turbine location is where turbine components can be laid down prior to being assembled on the foundation. The rotor assembly pad is where the rotor can be supported while blades are fitted so the whole rotor can be lifted in one piece. 4.3.18 For the triangular arrangement the large area is for the main and tailing cranes during turbine erection. The long section of track widening opposite the turbine location is for component laydown. The small area of track widening further away from the turbine is for the small crane which is used to construct the main crane boom. The two thin areas of hardstanding extending from the main crane hardstanding are where the turbine blades can be placed until they are used on the rotor assembly pad.
Foundations
4.3.19 The foundations for the turbines would either be of piled or gravity-base design see Figures 4.6 and 4.13. 4.3.20 A piled foundation design may be used if load bearing capacity of the near surface soils was found to be low as shown in Figure 4.13. This design would involve multiple piles installed to transfer the turbine loads to deeper strata or bedrock as shown in Figure 4.12. Piles may be installed using either drilled or driven techniques to achieve the required penetration depth and load capacity. Reinforcement steel and concrete will be delivered to each turbine location as required during the works. 4.3.21 A load distributing reinforced concrete pile cap would provide the interface between the piles and the turbine tower. The turbine is anchored to the pile cap using a bolt assembly which shall either be cast into the concrete or bolted to a prefabricated flange which itself is cast into the base. Pile cap construction will follow standard groundwork’s practice, including excavation, steel reinforcement fixing and concrete pouring. The number and length of the piles will be dependent on the results of the detailed ground investigation. Each turbine base will need a piling rig hardstanding area of up to 400m2 with up to 250m3 of concrete for the piles and pile cap. 4.3.22 The foundation geotechnical and structural design will be based on appropriate European standards, British codes of practice and other specialist design guidelines. The
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 35 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
geotechnical site investigation shall provide all necessary site specific information for design at the Construction Method Statement stage prior to construction but after planning consent. 4.3.23 A typical gravity-base foundation may be used if the ground conditions are found to be suitable, this would comprise of up to 300m3 of concrete reinforced by 50-60 tonnes of steel bar in an in a tapered octagonal block of approximately 16-20m diameter and from 2- 3.5m depth, (Figure 4.6). Each turbine base would require up to 50 concrete deliveries (based on 6m3 of concrete in a truck), which would be brought to the site by local ready mix suppliers. Each base would be poured over the course of a day and generally one base would be poured per day. The exact foundation design is very dependent on the turbine type, hub height, wind and ground conditions and is finalised during foundation design prior to construction, but would not be greater in volume or dimensions than those indicated above. 4.3.24 The foundation surface lies up to 1m below the normal ground surface and is back filled with soil and reinstated. All spoil that is excavated would be put back on top of the foundations. Any excess spoil would be spread in areas that are not environmentally sensitive and agreed with the landowner and local authority and with regard to the SUDS philosophy (Appendix 4.5). The excess spoil would be layered into the contours of the existing topography and re-seeded as required. 4.3.25 An earth electrode consisting of up to three interconnected concentric rings of bare stranded copper conductor is laid around the foundation of each tower, transformer, met mast and substation approximately 0.5m below the final ground level. In addition earthing rods padded by bentonite (a water retaining clay mineral) are required at each of these locations. The number of rods and length is dependent upon the electrical resistivity of the soil which is confirmed prior to building the foundations. 4.3.26 A layer of crushed rock 100mm in depth may be required to surround each turbine and its associated HV enclosure, for a distance of 1500mm out from the associated structure. 4.3.27 The exact quantities of concrete, reinforcement, diameters and depths would vary depending on the actual make of turbine used. Different turbine foundations may also be considered for different turbine locations depending on the local ground conditions. In the development of the foundation, geo-technical tests are carried out to determine the strength of the soil layers beneath the turbines, and the soil behaviour under loading over time. This information is used to produce the foundation design into which are also incorporated factors of safety.
Cabling, Substation and Control Building
4.3.28 All cabling between the turbines and the substation on the site would be underground. All power and control cabling between the substations and the turbines would be laid in trenches approximately 0.5m wide by 1m (minimum) deep on the turbine side of the access tracks. These trenches would be partially backfilled with adjacent topsoil. The top 100mm of soil would be stripped and laid beside the trench, and used to reinstate to original ground level immediately after the cables have been installed. Where practicable and necessary, vegetation over the width of the cable trench would be lifted as turfs, and replaced after trenching operations, to reduce disturbance. 4.1.1 Between the turbines, 33kV cable would be used to connect together the individual turbine transformers at the tower bases. All cables would be buried according to current best practice, and well below cultivation depth. During backfill of trenches, warning tape would be laid 300mm above the cables in case of future excavation. A 33kW buried cable would run from the onsite substation to connect with the local EDF grid network, see Chapter 13 Grid Connection for further details. 4.3.29 The substation would house switch-gear and associated equipment. The substation compound would be approximately 10m x 27m, with standard security palisade fencing approximately 2.5m in height. The control building would be adjacent to the substation compound and would be 27m x 13m and would be constructed from local building materials
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 36 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
and finishes with a pitched roof, subject to agreement with the consenting authority. The control building would house switch gear, computer control equipment and small spares. Typical layout and substation elevations are illustrated in Figures 4.7 and 4.8.
Temporary Works
4.3.30 A temporary construction compound of up to 3,000m2 (indicative dimensions of 60m x 50m) would be located on the south western edge of the site, next to access tracks, as shown in Figure 4.2, Volume 3. The compound would provide shelter facilities and office facilities for workers on site. The compound may include:
4.3.31 Temporary ‘Portacabin’ type structures to be used for site offices, the monitoring of incoming vehicles and welfare facilities.
Toilets (self contained) with provision for waste treatment through a small package treatment plant which would be removed after construction. Containerised storage areas for tools, small plant and parts. Bunded refuelling area. Parking for around 10 cars/construction vehicles A receiving area for incoming vehicles. 4.3.32 Figure 4.9, Volume 3 shows a typical layout for the site construction compounds. The exact layout may be different in practice.
4.3.33 The compound area would be constructed by topsoil excavation in a similar manner to the access tracks. Stone may be laid over a geotextile membrane. Following construction the temporary facilities would be removed and the compounds would be reinstated.
4.3.34 There would also be chemical toilets located at various places around the wind farm construction site for site workers. Disposal of the waste would be offsite at suitable facilities.
4.3.35 A laydown area may be constructed to allow turbine parts to be stored on site prior to turbine erection. Such an area would allow for turbine deliveries to be as flexible as possible and to ensure compliance with any timing constraints specified in the Traffic Management Plan. The laydown area would be 50m x 50m and located (as shown in Figure 4.2) by T3, adjacent to an existing area of hardstanding used for crop storage. The laydown area would be constructed in a similar manner to the access tracks with stone laid over a geotextile membrane.
4.3.36 Prior to commissioning there would be four guyed tubular wind monitoring masts up to 80 metres high (i.e. hub height). One mast would be erected at the location of T1 and one mast erected at the location of T3 and these masts would be in place for about 6 months until the turbines are erected. Each of the turbine located masts would have a corresponding calibration mast installed about 2.5 rotor diameters (about 230m) upwind which would be in place for 18 months. Figure 4.11, Volume 3 shows a temporary mast and their locations are shown on Figure 4.2. These masts are approximately 150mm in diameter, with guy wires and therefore have very little actual land take.
4.3.37 During construction temporary fencing may be erected, as required, around the construction compound area, working areas, areas under restoration and, if necessary, areas identified as sensitive to disturbance to prevent inadvertent access of personnel, or vehicles. Permanent fencing of the complete development, individual turbines and access roads would not be required.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 37 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Materials and Transport
4.3.38 The materials used and the size and number of lorries are listed below:
Each turbine would be delivered on 8 low loaders, comprising the blades (3 trucks for 3 blades), the hub (1 vehicle), the nacelle (1 vehicle) and the tower (3 trucks for 3 tower sections). If a gravity-base design foundation is used it would comprise approximately 300m3 of concrete per turbine. Each turbine base would require up to 50 (based on 6m3 concrete in a truck) concrete deliveries in total which would be brought to the site by local ready mix suppliers in a total of 350 concrete deliveries. If a piled design foundation is used it would comprise approximately 250m3 of concrete per turbine. Each turbine base would require up to 42 (based on 6m3 concrete in a truck) concrete deliveries in total which would be brought to the site by local ready mix suppliers in a total of 294 concrete deliveries. A piling rig hardstanding would also be necessary which would require up to 400m3 of stone per turbine base. This hardstanding would be temporary and removed prior to casting the pile cap and would not require any additional land take. Approximately 13m3 of concrete is also required for each transformer base. About 16m3 would be required for the communications mast foundation. Up to 108m3 is required for the permanent wind monitoring mast foundation, and approximately 1410m3 for the control building foundation etc. This would require a further 47 concrete deliveries in total. Each foundation is reinforced by between 40-50 tonnes of steel bar which would be delivered on three lorries per base (based on 20 tonnes per truck). An estimated 16,368m3 of track stone would be required for the construction and upgrading of site tracks (6,200 length of track x 5.5m track width x 0.4m depth x 1.2 for widening and site entrance. Another 1,200m3 (3000m2 x 0.4m deep) would be required for the temporary construction compound and up to 5645m3 (2016m2 x 0.4m deep x 7 hardstandings) for the crane hardstandings and rotor assembly pads based on the larger triangular option. The substation compound would require 325m3 of stone (28m x 29m x 0.4m). The turning heads would require 286m3 of stone (65m x 5.5m x 0.4m deep x 2 turning heads). The laydown area would require 1,200m3 of stone (60m x 50m x 0.4m deep). Approximately 3,059 tipper lorry journeys would be needed in total to deliver the stone totalling 25,024 m3. This would be sourced from a local aggregate supplier and would be concentrated in the initial construction period of 4-5 months. It is considered that the stone available on Site would not be suitable for construction and so no borrow pits would be excavated. The erection of the turbines requires two mobile cranes, one of 1,000 tonne capacity (main crane), and one of 200 tonne capacity (tailing crane). The 1,000 tonne capacity crane has a maximum axle loading of around 16 tonnes. The electrical equipment associated with each wind turbine is generally 3 reels of cable, controllers and 1 transformer. This is typically 0.5 lorry load per turbine. Additional site traffic is required for the delivery of tools, temporary site huts, excavators, substation equipment, fencing, geotextile etc. In total additional site traffic would require approximately 400 lorry movements. Tracked construction plant such as excavators and bulldozers would be transported to site on low loaders. Approximately 15 vans/cars would be on site at any one time being used by site personnel.
4.3.39 Further details about construction traffic are provided in Chapter 10 Transportation and Access.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 38 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Pollution Control Measures & Environmental Management
4.3.40 Appropriate site management measures would be taken to ensure that runoff from the construction site is not contaminated by fuel or lubricant spillages. Earth and concrete spillages into any watercourses would also be avoided. There would be no discharge of trade effluent, sewage effluent or contaminated drainage into any watercourse system or ditch. Any dewatering from excavations would be via surface silt traps to ensure sediment does not enter surrounding watercourses. The concrete lorry wash out pit would be located adjacent to the construction compound. A waterless wheel wash would ensure excess mud is not taken onto public roads.
4.3.41 The operation of wind generators produces no discharges and, other than lubricants, uses no chemicals. Provided that reasonable care is taken during their routine maintenance and that vehicles using the access tracks are well maintained, the effect of the operation of the wind turbines on surface and ground waters would be negligible.
4.3.42 In the unlikely event of an environmental pollution incident, RES has an emergency response procedure to address any accidental pollution incident during construction and operation. Appendix 4.3 summarises the RES Emergency Preparedness and Response and Spillage Procedures, which are being implemented under the RES Environmental Management System (EMS).
4.3.43 RES has a policy that no wind turbines, auxiliary and electrical equipment shall contain askarels or polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).
4.3.44 A Construction Environmental Plan would be prepared and implemented for the construction, operation and maintenance and decommissioning phases, to ensure that any planning conditions associated with the consent are adhered to. As part of the EMS all sub- contractors commissioned to work on Turncole Wind Farm site will be required to follow this plan. In addition there is a standard RES Environmental Requirements for Subcontractors document (Appendix 4.4) which outlines best practise on construction sites. This is sent out to all subcontractors so that they can allow for such mitigation measures in their working practices.
4.3.45 In addition, prior to construction commencing on site, civil engineering contractors would be inducted specifically on pollution prevention and controlling water pollution from construction sites in line with the guidelines recommended by the EA such as within its Pollution Prevention Guidelines 5 and 6 for construction sites.
Construction Noise and Vibration
4.3.46 Any construction noise effects will be temporary during the construction phase of the wind farm.
4.3.47 It is proposed that construction and civil engineering works would be Monday to Saturday from 7.00am to 7.00pm. During turbine erection and commissioning site working may be seven days per week.
4.3.48 The sources of construction noise would vary both in location and their duration as the different elements of the wind farm are constructed. Construction noise will arise through the operation of large items of plant such as excavators, dump trucks, cranes, hoists and heavy goods vehicles delivering equipment. Whilst miscellaneous equipment including compressors, hand tools and generators would also be required, these have significantly lower noise output than the larger items of plant and any potential noise impacts will be effectively controlled by means of siting and screening.
4.3.49 BS 5228 2009 ‘Noise control on construction and open sites’ is approved as being suitable for the purpose of giving guidance on appropriate methods for minimising noise from construction activities. Though no impacts are identified as significant, it is proposed that a
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 39 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Construction Method Statement would be prepared prior to construction that would include mitigation measures to minimise any potential noise arising from the construction process.
4.3.50 The Construction Method Statement would include the following mitigation measures:
For any particular job the quietest plant and/or machinery should be used where reasonably practical; All equipment should be maintained in good working order and fitted with the appropriate silencers, mufflers or acoustic covers where applicable; Stationary noise sources would be sited as far away as reasonably possible from residential properties and where necessary acoustic barriers should be used to shield them, and The movement of vehicles to and from the site should be controlled and employees should be supervised to ensure compliance with the noise control measures adopted. 4.3.51 As a result it is not anticipated that there would be any significant reduction in residential amenity owing to construction noise at properties near the wind farm.
4.3.52 It is expected that decommissioning of the wind farm will be generally similar to, or quieter than, the construction phase.
Workforce
4.3.53 During construction there will be a temporary workforce varying between 20 and 60 over a period of 12 months. Local contractors will be used where possible.
4.4 Reinstatement
4.4.1 After completion of construction the temporary construction compound would be fully reinstated. 4.4.2 Cable trenches would be similarly covered with topsoil and reseeded or left for farmland beneath ploughing depth. 4.4.3 Some parts of the crane hardstandings and track spurs would be covered in topsoil and reseeded or used as farmland after turbine construction is completed. Figure 4.5 indicates reinstatement areas on the crane hardstandings layout.
4.5 Operation and Maintenance
4.5.1 Wind turbines and wind farms are designed to operate largely unattended. Each turbine at the Turncole Wind Farm would be fitted with an automatic system designed to supervise and control a number of parameters to ensure optimal performance (e.g. start-up and shut- down, rotor direction, blade pitch angles etc) and to monitor wellbeing (e.g. generator temperature). The control system would automatically shut the turbine down should the need arise. Sometimes the turbines would re-start automatically (if the shut-down had been for high winds or if the grid voltage had fluctuated outwith range), but other shut- downs (e.g. generator over temperature) would require investigation and manual restart. 4.5.2 The wind farm itself will have a sophisticated overall Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition system (SCADA) that would continuously interrogate each of the turbines and the high voltage (HV) connection. If a fault were to develop which required an operator to intervene then the SCADA system would make contact with on-duty staff via email or a mobile messaging system. The supervisory control system could be interrogated remotely. The SCADA system would have a feature to allow a remote operator to shut down one or all of the wind turbines.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 40 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
4.5.3 An operator would be employed to monitor the turbines, largely through remote routine interrogation of the SCADA system. The operator would also look after the day-to-day logistical supervision of the site and would periodically be on site. 4.5.4 After construction wind turbines require routine maintenance and engineers would be on site periodically. Site traffic would be limited to small maintenance vehicles with on average up to four maintenance crew visits per month. A maintenance crew consists of two people for safety. There is no requirement for waste collection or the provision of any services other than electricity and a telephone connection. 4.5.5 Routine maintenance of the turbines would usually be carried out approximately twice a year. This would not involve any large machinery or vehicles. In exceptional circumstances, a mobile crane and/or lorry may be required where large turbine components need to be repaired. 4.5.6 Should a fault occur the operator would diagnose the cause; if repair warranted the wind farm being disconnected from the grid then the operator would make contact with the grid operator. However, this is a highly unlikely occurrence as most fault repairs can be rectified without reference to the network utility. If the fault was in the electrical system then the faulty part or the entire wind farm would be automatically disconnected. 4.5.7 Prominent signs would be placed on the site (substation, site entrance, and each turbine / transformer housing) giving details of emergency contacts. This information would also be made available to the local police station and the relevant District Network Operator to which the wind farm would be connected.
4.6 Decommissioning
4.6.1 The anticipated operational life of the wind farm is twenty five years from the date of commissioning. At the end of this period a decision would be made as to whether to refurbish, remove, or replace the turbines. If refurbishment or replacement were to be chosen, relevant consents would be obtained. If a decision were to be taken to decommission the wind farm this would entail the removal of all the turbine components, transformers, monitoring masts, crane hardstandings, the substation and associated buildings. Some of the access tracks could be left on site to ensure the continued benefit of improved site access for the landowner or they could be reinstated. It is not usual to remove the buried cables or the concrete foundations from the site as this would cause more land damage than leaving them in situ: the entire foundation would be graded over with soil. 4.6.2 Should alkaline or neutral pH ground conditions be found at the Turncole Wind Farm site no chemical degradation of the concrete foundation would take place. The concrete mass would remain intact and have no effect on the local soil or groundwater. Should detailed site investigation find areas of acidic ground conditions the concrete mix used would be designed to withstand sulphate attack in accordance with BS 5328. The chemical effects of leaving concrete foundations in the ground after decommissioning at the end of the wind farm’s working life are therefore not expected to be significant. 4.6.3 Prior to decommissioning of the site a method statement would be prepared and agreed with the local authority.
Chapter 4 – Project Description– Page 41 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5 LANDSCAPE AND VISUAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
5.1 Introduction
5.1.1 This Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment considers the effects that the proposed Turncole Wind Farm will have on the existing landscape and visual environments, their characteristic features and on the people who view it. The purpose of the assessment is to determine the magnitude and significance of any change to the character of the landscape as well as the potential impact upon views, visual amenity and receptor groups within the Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV). The assessment will define the existing landscape and visual baseline environment within a 30km radius study area and assess its quality and sensitivity to change. It will describe the nature of the anticipated change upon each and assess the magnitude and significance of the changes during the construction and operational stages. The assessment will also identify any integral mitigation measures to assist with reducing effects upon particularly sensitive receptor groups and landscape environments.
The Site
5.1.2 The Proposed Development Site (‘the Site’) is located on the Dengie Peninsula within Maldon District, approximately 2km in from the Essex Coast. The Site lies approximately 1.5km to the north east of the town of Burnham-On-Crouch and approximately 3km to the south east of the town of Southminster and village of Asheldham. Bradwell Nuclear Power Station (now decommissioned) is located at Bradwell-On-Sea, 10km to the north of the Site. The location of the Site is shown in Figure 5.1, Volume 3 of the Environmental Statement (ES). 5.1.3 The Site lies within a distinctive and sparsely populated area of reclaimed marshland comprising extensive areas of arable farmland and sweeping tidal mudflats which extend along the coastal fringe. The Site covers 209ha of arable farmland which includes an isolated farm cottage (Turncole Farm) and associated farm buildings. Field boundaries are defined by linear and sinuous drainage ditches; there are very few trees or hedgerows. Minor roads run in an east-west direction to the north and south of the Site.
The Proposed Development
5.1.4 The proposed development will comprise the following elements which will form the basis of the landscape and visual impact assessment: Table 5.1: Site Infrastructure
Element Ground Dimensions Total Area (m2) for Project
7no Turbines - each turbine will have a 8m diameter 352 blade tip height of up to 126.5m and a nacelle height of up to 80m External Turbine Transformer (plus 1.5m 9m x 6m 54 track) Access Track 6,200m x 5.5m x 1.2m 40,920 Substation Compound and Control 28m x 29m 812 Building (with 1m path surround) Communications Mast 2.5m x 2.5m 6.25 Crane Hardstandings (7) 40 x 30m 8,400 Met Mast 6m x 6m 36
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 42 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
The Study Area
5.1.5 It is accepted practice within landscape assessment work that the extent of the study area is broadly defined by the visual envelope or the Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) arising from the Site (the area within which it may, theoretically, be possible to see any part of the proposed development). Within the ZTV, the extent of visibility of a proposed development depends on a variety of factors including the scale of the development, the nature of the receiving environment, the range and distribution of visual receptor groups and the relationship between the viewpoint and the development itself including orientation, distance and local screening. 5.1.6 Following initial desktop ZTV studies and field work assessment, a 30km radius study area around the proposed wind farm development was proposed to cover all the potentially significant landscape and visual impacts. Experience suggests that beyond 30km it is highly unlikely that there will be any significant visual or landscape effects. This was subsequently agreed with Maldon District Council and Natural England as summarised in Section 5.2 of this LVIA.
5.2 Consultation
5.2.1 Following responses to the initial scoping consultation undertaken by RES, further consultation was carried out with the local planning authority, Maldon District Council (MDC) and Natural England (NE). This stage of consultation established agreement to a 30km radius study area around the proposed wind farm development, confirmation of the proposed assessment methodology, the selection of representative viewpoints and visual receptors for the visual assessment, and the scope and methodology for the cumulative assessment. 5.2.2 A summary of the consultation with MDC and NE is provided in the table below: Table 5.2: Consultation Summary
Consultee Date of Nature and Purpose of Consultation Consultation Maldon District 26 March 2010 Letter from LDA Design to MDC: Council To explain and seek approval of proposed methodology, including: extent of study area; viewpoint locations; visual receptors; and basis of cumulative assessment. 19 April 2010 Letter from MDC in response to initial LDA Design consultation letter dated 26.3.10: To request that all information submitted in the LDA Design letter dated 26.3.10 be resubmitted as part of a revised Project scoping report. May - July 2010 RES reissued scoping information for MDC's consideration. 29 July 2010 MDC approved scoping report at the Planning and Licensing Committee 3 August 2010 Letter following MDC’s approval of the revised scoping report. (29.7.10): To explain and seek approval of proposed amendments to viewpoint locations following site based assessment. 26 August 2010 Letter from MDC Case Officer confirming approval of revised viewpoint schedule and approval of wind farms for purposes of cumulative assessment, which included scoping out of the Earls Hall Farm and Port of Sheerness wind farms. Additional cumulative assessment viewpoints requested
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 43 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
together with 1no additional viewpoint for assessment of Turncole Wind Farm. 16 September Letter from MDC Case Officer confirming approval 2010 of new Wallasea Island viewpoint and requesting that cumulative assessment be undertaken from this location. Natural England 26 March 2010 Letter from LDA Design to NE: To explain and seek approval of proposed methodology, including: extent of study area; viewpoint locations; visual receptors; and basis of cumulative assessment. 23 April 2010 Letter in response to initial LDA Design consultation letter dated 26.3.10: To confirm approval of methodology; request the inclusion of 1no. additional viewpoint; and, confirm approval of the cumulative assessment approach which included agreement to scoping out of the Earls Hall Farm and Port of Sheerness wind farms.
5.3 Landscape and Visual Assessment Methodology
Introduction
5.3.2 The assessment method draws upon the established Countryside Agency methodology (Landscape Character Assessment Guidance, 2002) and other recognised guidelines, in particular the Institute of Environmental Assessment and the Landscape Institute’s Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment, second edition 2002, Scottish Natural Heritage’s ‘Visual representation of Wind Farms Best Practice Guidance’ (2006, albeit published in 2007) and Scottish Natural Heritage's 'Cumulative Effect of Wind Farms' (version 2, revised April 2005). 5.3.3 These methodologies and guidance aim to systematically appraise the existing landscape areas in order to identify the significant physical and visual characteristics and to assess their sensitivity to the type of change proposed. This information then provides a baseline against which the key landscape and visual effects can be evaluated and their magnitude and significance assessed in a systematic and consistent fashion. A full description of the adopted LVIA methodology is provided in Appendix 5.1 of the ES.
Scope of Study
5.3.4 In order to undertake the assessment a number of clear stages were identified and addressed in accordance with the assessment methodology, including: The identification and agreement, through consultation, of a Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV) for the proposed development; The identification and agreement, through consultation, upon the number and location of representative viewpoints within the study area; The identification and agreement, through consultation, of the range of visual receptor groups within the study area; The identification and agreement, through consultation, of the scope of assessment for cumulative effects; A desk study of relevant national, regional and local planning policy for the Site and study area; A desk study of existing landscape character assessments for the Site and study area at a national and county level;
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 44 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
A desk study of nationally and locally designated landscapes for the Site and study area; site visits to review the representative viewpoints; The production of computer-generated wireframes to show the proposed development from the agreed representative viewpoints; The production of photomontages from agreed representative viewpoints showing the anticipated view following construction of the proposed wind farm; An assessment of the magnitude and significance of effects upon the landscape character and the visual environment arising from the separate construction, operational and decommissioning stages of the proposed development; An assessment of the cumulative landscape and visual effects resulting from the Turncole Wind Farm in conjunction with other wind farm developments; and The consideration of any mitigation measures that may be incorporated within the proposals to help reduce identified potential landscape and visual effects. 5.3.5 It should be noted that this LVIA does not cover the effects of the proposed development on individual Conservation Areas and other historic built features or their setting. These areas are discussed in the Cultural Heritage and Archaeological Chapters of the ES.
Field Study
5.3.6 A field study was carried out during June 2010 to assess the existing landscape and visual environment. The field work involved identification of landscape features of the Site and the immediate surrounding area, identification of local landscape character and regional seascape units, and an assessment of landscape sensitivity to the type of change proposed. A visit was also made to each of the fourteen identified viewpoint locations to: Record the features, quality and sensitivity of the view; and Establish the potential extent of visibility of the proposed development and verify the extent of the computer generated ZTV to provide a more accurate interpretation of the potential visibility of the development, taking account of factors such as screening and seasonality. 5.3.7 Further field work was then undertaken during July 2010 and September 2010 to assess the landscape, visual and cumulative effects of the proposals on the existing landscape and visual environment.
5.4 Landscape Policy Framework
5.4.1 A detailed account of planning policy is provided in the Planning Statement which accompanies the ES. The planning framework for the project, which guides the development proposals in relation to landscape and visual matters, is identified below with reference to relevant national and local planning policy.
National Planning Policy
5.4.2 The National and Development Plan policy framework recognises the importance of renewable energy through relevant planning policy statements, most notably Planning Policy Statement PPS22: Renewable Energy (ODPM 2004a) and the Companion Guide to PPS22 (ODPM 2004b). Although promotion of renewable energy sources is generally encouraged it is recognised that due consideration is given to minimise adverse landscape and visual effects arising from developments.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 45 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Development Plan Policy
5.4.3 The following section provides a brief summary of the relevant Development Plan policies which establish, in part, the baseline environment for the proposed development. A more detailed review of planning policy is included within the Planning Statement which accompanies this Application. The review of landscape policy extends geographically to 20km from the Site, as this broadly reflects the extent to which there is intervisibility between the Site and surrounding land as shown in the ZTV (Figure 5.9). Specific reference is made to landscape designations. The Development Plan framework for this project comprises: Maldon District Replacement Local Plan 1999 – incorporating Saved Policies; Rochford District Replacement Local Plan, Adopted June 2006 – incorporating Saved Policies (June 2009); and Rochford District Council Core Strategy Submission (Unadopted), Submitted September 2009.
Landscape Designations
5.4.4 Landscape designations remain an important tier of protection for areas which are generally perceived as attractive, mature and undeveloped and which have both landscape and visual amenity value. Reference should be made to Figures 5.2 and 5.3, Landscape Policy Context, which record relevant landscape designations identified within the Development Plan framework. 5.4.5 There are no nationally designated landscapes within the 30km study area however there are four local landscape designations which are recorded below. These comprise:
Special Landscape Areas (SLAs) – Maldon District.
5.4.6 There are six SLAs identified in the Maldon District and which are located broadly within 20km of the proposed turbines (refer to Figure 5.2). These SLAs are divided into separate geographical areas and comprise: 5.4.7 Chelmer - Blackwater
Dengie Marshes – assumed to extend along the eastern coast incorporating St. Peter’s Flat, Dengie Flat and Ray Sands and inland to include the Bradwell and Dengie Marshes; Crouch - Roach Marshes – assumed to include the southern extents of the Dengie Marshes and the northern shoreline of the River Crouch to the east of Burnham-On-Crouch; Blackwater - Colne Estuary - assumed to include the Blackwater Estuary and adjacent land to the north and south of the channel; Upper Crouch – assumed to be land to the north of the Crouch extending between (but not including) Burnham-On-Crouch and South Woodham Ferrers ; and Woodham Scarp – assumed to be located on higher ground to the west of Maldon, broadly extending between Kelvedon and Woodham Mortimer. Chelmer - Blackwater Ridges – assumed to be located on higher ground extending to the north of the River Chelmer and north of Maldon. 5.4.8 The Site is located within the Dengie Marshes SLA. The other four SLAs are located within the 30km study area as defined by the ZTV. Local Plan Policy CC7 (MDC 2005) states the importance of 'location, siting, design, materials and landscaping' of new development to assist in conserving and restoring the character of the area.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 46 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Special Landscape Areas (SLAs) – Rochford District.
5.4.9 There are three SLAs within the Rochford District and which are located within the 30km study area (refer to Figure 5.2). These are divided into separate geographical areas referred to as: Upper Crouch: Located along the River Crouch comprising a network of creeks, mudflats and saltings; The Crouch/Roach marshes: Comprising a largely undeveloped area characterised by a number of islands, creeks, and channels with salt marsh, mudflats, and drainage ditches predominating; and Hockley Woods: An unspoilt area supporting ancient woodland and farmland between Hockley and Southend on Sea. 5.4.10 The three SLAs are located within a part of the wider study area though neither extends across the Site. Local Plan Policy NR1 – Special Landscape Areas (RDC 2006) states that: “Within the Special Landscape Areas identified on the proposals map development will not be allowed unless its location, size, siting, design, materials and landscaping accord with the character of the area in which the development is proposed”
Coastal Zone – Maldon District
5.4.11 The Site and part of the wider study area is located within the designated Coastal zone (refer to Figure 5.3). The Coastal Zone policy takes into account both landward and seaward features and is recognised as important for nature conservation and for the quality of the landscape. According to Local Plan Policy CC11 (MDC 2005) development will only be permitted if: “It requires a coastal location or is associated with an existing use within the Coastal Zone; The location, siting, design, materials and landscaping would not adversely affect the open and rural character of the area, its historic features and its wildlife; It has minimal impact on views into and out of the area; It meets an essential overriding local need which cannot be met within the settlement development boundaries; and Every reasonable effort is made to use previously developed land and/or buildings in preference to undeveloped land”
Coastal Protection Belt – Rochford District.
5.4.12 The Coastal Protection Belt is designated through the emerging Local Development Framework Core Strategy which takes forward Local Plan Policy NR10 (not saved). The Coastal Protection belt extends across a part of the wider study area though does not encroach in to the Site (refer to Figure 5.3). Policy ENV2 – Coastal Protect belt states that the Council will: “Protect and enhance the landscape, wildlife and heritage qualities of the coastline, recognising the implications of climate change and sea level rise, and the need for necessary adaptation; Prevent the potential for coastal flooding; erosion by the sea; and unstable land (e.g. land slips); Not permit development in coastal areas which are at risk from flooding, erosion, and land instability; Ensure that development which is exceptionally permitted does not adversely affect the open and rural character, historic features or wildlife;
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 47 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Ensure that development which must be located in a coastal location will be within the already developed areas of the coast.”
5.5 The Existing Landscape and Seascape Resource
Introduction
5.5.2 In reviewing the qualities of the existing landscape environment due consideration has been given to the landscape character assessments that have been completed at the national and county level. An appraisal of the existing landscape features for the Site and the immediate surrounding area has also been undertaken.
Landscape Character
5.5.3 Landscape Character is recognised as an important consideration in determining planning applications for wind farm developments (as well as other types of renewable energy schemes). The Companion Guide to PPS22 promotes a landscape character based approach when planning for renewable energy at the regional level. 5.5.4 Reference is made to the following documents in order to describe landscape character and define the environmental baseline condition for assessment purposes: Countryside Character Initiative, Volume 6: East of England, Countryside Agency, 1999; and Essex Landscape Character Assessment, Chris Blandford Associates, 2002.
National Scale Landscape Character
5.5.5 According to the Countryside Character Initiative Volume 6: East of England (Countryside Agency, 1999), there are four National Character Areas (NCAs) within a 30km radius of the Site. These are illustrated on Figure 5.4 and comprise: Character Area 81: Greater Thames Estuary; Character Area 82: Suffolk Coast and Heaths; Character Area 111: Northern Thames Basin (sub-character type London Clay Lowlands and Essex Heathlands); and Character Area 113: North Kent Plain. 5.5.6 NCA Character Area 81 extends across the Site, and Character Area 111, which extends across a large part of the wider study area are considered most relevant in terms of assessing any potential effects of development on landscape character at a national scale. Character Areas 82 (to the north of the 30km study area) and Character Area 133 (to the south of the 30km study area) occupy a small part of the overall study area and are visually remote from the Site itself; for these reasons they have not been considered in detail in terms of assessing any potential effects of development on landscape character at a national scale. A summary of the key characteristics of NCA 81 and NCA 111 is provided below and should be read in conjunction with Figure 5.4: Table 5.3: National Character Areas Key Characteristics (Source Countryside Agency, 1999, Countryside Character Initiative, Volume 7 South East & London)
Character Area 81: Greater Thames Estuary Extensive open spaces dominated by the sky within a predominantly flat, low-lying landscape. The pervasive presence of water and numerous coastal estuaries extend the maritime influence far inland. Strong feeling of remoteness and wilderness persists on the open beaches and salt marshes, on the reclaimed farmed marshland and also on the mudflats populated by a large and varied bird population. Traditional unimproved wet pasture grazed with sheep and cattle. Extensive drained and
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 48 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
ploughed productive arable land protected from floods by sea walls, with some areas of more mixed agriculture on higher ground. Open grazing pastures patterned by a network of ancient and modern reed-fringed drainage ditches and dykes, numerous creeks and few vertical boundaries such as hedges or fences. Hedgerows are absent from the large, rectilinear fields with trees beginning where the marsh ceases and the ground starts to rise on land overlying the London Clay Lowlands. Generally, tree cover is limited to farmsteads and dwellings on the higher, drier pockets of ground. Distinctive military heritage on coastline such as Napoleonic military defences and 20th century pillboxes. Contrast and variety within the Estuary is provided by Sheppey, a long low island rising from a stretch of very flat marsh along the Swale estuary in Kent with low, steep, clay cliffs facing towards Essex across the Thames estuary. Numerous small villages and hamlets related to the coastal economy of fishing (at Mersea), boatbuilding and yachting. The historically important coastal cargo transport network of 'Thames Barges' developed as a result of settlement pattern. Modern day pattern of local parishes reflects the historical layout of settlements, surrounded by farmland on the higher ground inland, giving way to marsh down to the waterfront. Pressure on edges, particularly around major estuaries, from urban, industrial and recreational developments together with the associated infrastructure requirements often on highly visible sites against which the marshes are often viewed. The Thames edge marshes are themselves subject to the chaotic activity of various major developments including ports, waste disposal, marine dredging, urbanisation, mineral extraction and prominent power stations plus numerous other industry-related activities such as petrochemical complexes. Sensitivity of NCA to type of change proposed: Medium
Character Area 111: Northern Thames Basin (sub-character type London Clay Lowlands and Essex Heathlands) Flat, extensive tract of traditionally unproductive farmland on heavy clay soils. Very sparse settlement pattern of hamlets and a few villages. Ancient planned landscape of long hedgerow boundaries and rectangular fields of mainly pasture – a contrast to the more evolved landscape of the adjacent boulder clays, wooded hills and ridges, and coast. Historical dominance of elm in the shrub and tree content of hedgerows. The overall landscape pattern reflects the simple rectilinear character of the fields and hedgerows. The open expanse of Abberton Reservoir provides contrast to predominantly enclosed nature of the landscape characteristics Sensitivity of NCA to type of change proposed: Medium
County Level Landscape Character Assessment
5.5.7 The Essex Landscape Character Assessment identifies several landscape character areas (LCAs) which extend across the 30km study area: The ZTV studies (refer to Figure 5.9) indicate that of these, only five LCAs, located within approximately 20km of the Site, have a substantial degree of intervisibility with the proposed turbines. These are illustrated on Figure 5.5 and comprise: E1: South Essex Farmlands. F2: Crouch and Roach Farmland; F3: Dengie and Foulness Coast; F4: Blackwater Estuary;
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 49 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
F5: North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands; 5.5.8 The remainder of the LCAs within the wider 30km study area are deemed sufficiently remote and/ or visually detached from the Site such that significant effects on the character of these LCAs, as a result of the proposed wind farm, are deemed to be highly unlikely. These LCAs have therefore not been considered in further detail. 5.5.9 The key characteristics of the five LCAs identified above are described in further detail below. Table 5.4: County Level Landscape Character Assessment Key Characteristics (Source: CBA 2002, Essex Landscape Character Assessment)
LCA F3: Dengie and Foulness Coast Key This is a large scale and flat low lying land below 5m elevation. To Characteristics the south are a series of islands within the Crouch and Roach estuaries, to the east beyond the sea wall are narrow fringes and large pockets of flat saltmarsh and vast tidal sand and mudflats
The pattern of field enclosure comprises predominantly regular, medium to large size fields bounded by straight ditches and dykes. Further inland there are some significant pockets of older and more irregular shaped small to medium size fields bounded by sinuous ditches
The land supports intensive arable farmland with small areas of grazing marsh. There is a general absence of woodland, with only a few hedgerows. Areas of sea wall grassland and shoreline vegetation extend along the coastal fringe.
There are a number of isolated farms and barns, with small villages restricted to the fringes. A sparse road network connects settlements though access is mainly by farm tracks.
Bradwell Nuclear Power Station is a significant landmark.
The perceptual and aesthetic qualities of the LCA include a sense of openness and space, dominated by large skies and an absence of development which contribute to a remote and isolated character.
The nature of views is also a defining quality of the LCA with wide views across the flat and open marsh landscape and panoramic views of the coastline from the sea wall and coastal paths. Landscape Quality Medium Sensitivity to the High type of change proposed
LCA E1: South Essex Farmlands Key Landform is varied though large areas are gently undulating with a Characteristics more strongly rolling topography within the vicinity of Woodham Ferrers and extending northwards to Cold Norton. A low broad ridge extends on the Dengie Peninsula.
A rectilinear field pattern with tall thick hedgerow boundaries is evident. Oak (and previously Elm) are common hedgerow trees. Fields are generally small to medium in size and support a mix of arable and pasture farmland (though traditionally the landscape was
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 50 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
dominated by pasture). Arable farmland is more dominant towards the east.
Woodland and tree cover is generally scattered comprising small woods and copses in the west which are more widely dispersed in the east towards the Dengie Peninsula.
There is a dispersed settlement pattern comprising small villages and hamlets which exhibit a strong linear form. Isolated farmsteads and farm buildings are found within the agricultural areas.
Transport corridors (particularly minor roads) follow strong north to south and east to west patterns sometimes with distinctive right angled bends and narrow grass verges.
Other landscape features of note include a large expanse of water at Hanningfield Reservoir, Masts at Bushy Hill, a small number of gravel pits on the Dengie Peninsula and a number of detracting pylon routes running north to south and east to west.
The perceptual and aesthetic qualities of the LCA are described in terms of medium scale, varied, semi enclosed with muted colours, balanced, managed, secluded in places, peaceful, safe and interesting.
There is less emphasis on views as a defining characteristic of the LCA. Views are generally variable comprising mainly short and semi- enclosed views with occasional wider, long distance views from more open and elevated locations.
Landscape Quality Medium Sensitivity to the Medium type of change proposed
LCA F2: Crouch and Roach Farmland Key The coastal character area is defined by the narrow estuaries of the Characteristics Rivers Crouch and Roach which penetrate far inland with associated mudflats, saltmarsh and reclaimed marshland including significant areas of grazing marsh.
Away from the narrow margins of flat low lying marshland next to the Roach, and broader areas next to the Crouch, landform is rolling or gently undulating.
Regular fields of variable size with thick or fragmented hedgerow boundaries are typical. Within the marshlands irregular fields are commonly found with straight and sinuous ditch boundaries.
There are widely dispersed small copses and scattered hedgerow oak and ash trees. There are occasional elms but these have been largely lost.
Settlements are for the most part absent from the marshland apart from a small number of isolated farmsteads. Elsewhere, on higher ground, there are a number of small villages, some with a suburban character at the edges and out of character modern infill, together with a number of hamlets and farmsteads. There are a small number
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 51 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
of larger settlements, notably Burnham –On-Crouch (historically a fishing settlement now an important yachting centre) and Woodham Ferrers which is characterised by extensive modern housing areas.
There is a local architectural vernacular of black and white weatherboarding, colour washing and red brick, together with occasional examples of Dutch gables on brick buildings.
There are few major roads in the area. Narrow lanes with right angled bends follow field boundaries. Within the marshlands there are a number of farm tracks though few metalled roads.
Perceptual and aesthetic qualities of the LCA are described as medium scale, varied, semi enclosed (farmland) and open (marshland) with muted colours, angular, balanced, managed, secluded, peaceful, safe and interesting).
There are frequent long views across the farmland to the estuaries from higher ground with church spires often visually prominent in the landscape. Landscape Quality Medium Sensitivity to the High type of change proposed
LCA F4: Blackwater Estuary Key The Blackwater Estuary is the largest in Essex. At its eastern outlet Characteristics the channel measures 2.5km in width and only narrows markedly in its upper reaches near Maldon. The shoreline is strongly indented with extensive mudflats in the west and wide low water channels in the east.
Osea and Northey Islands are located at the western end of the estuary. Northey Island is mostly saltmarsh. Osea Island which rises to 5m AOD supports a mix of arable and pasture farmland. Fields on Osea are small to medium size with low trimmed hedges. There is a general absence of trees on each island. Both islands support small farmsteads.
The perceptual and aesthetic characteristics are drawn from a largely undisturbed coastline which contributes to a sense of openness and space.
Views are generally wide, though short – medium distance, with a focus on the estuary and slopes of the surrounding LCAs. Landscape Quality Medium Sensitivity to the High type of change proposed
LCA F5: North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands Key This is a gently undulating arable landscape with an extensive fringe Characteristics of coastal marshes and saltmarsh. There is a complex pattern of creeks and small saltmarsh islands associated with the Byfleet and Strood channels and the narrow River Colne estuary
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 52 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
There is a semi regular field pattern of small to medium sized fields, with some larger fields. Many are bounded by tall elm hedgerows, though extensive loss in some areas gives the appearance of a large scale field pattern. There are widely dispersed small copses and shelterbelts in the landscape. Woodland is absent.
Arable farmland is dominant with some significant areas of grazing marsh e.g. Old Hall/ Tollesbury Wick Marshes.
There is a sparse settlement pattern with a number of small villages and hamlets and isolated farmsteads mainly on higher land (with the exception of the creek side villages of Tollesbury and Salcott).
Settlements are connected by a series of narrow lanes. There is an absence of major roads.
The perceptual and aesthetic qualities are drawn from a largely undisturbed landscape which has few detracting elements and has a tranquil character.
Views are generally wide and the eye is drawn to and along the estuary. Landscape Quality Medium Sensitivity to the High type of change proposed
The Site and its Character
5.5.10 The wind turbines will occupy approximately 0.04ha of land at Turncole Farm which is located along Marsh Road, 3km to the east of Southminster. A second road, also called Marsh Road, extends to the south of the Site and connects a number of farm properties and private residencies with Burnham-On-Crouch to the west. 5.5.11 The landscape of the Site is typical of the Dengie marshes and is characterised by low lying arable farmland which is dissected by linear and irregular drainage channels and, in places, associated reed beds. There is an absence of trees and hedgerows on the Site except for areas of shelterbelt tree planting in the vicinity of Turncole Farm. The only buildings within the boundary of the Site are the farm house, a two storey red brick property, together with associated outbuildings which are of a typical agricultural style comprising corrugated steel clad buildings. A farm track provides access into the Site from Marsh Road (Southminster) and extends south to connect with Marsh Road (Burnham-On-Crouch). There are no public rights of way which pass through the Site, though a small number are located around the peripheries and form part of a wider network across the Dengie peninsula. These are referred to in the following section. 5.5.12 The Site has an isolated feel with few detracting elements. Views are generally wide and medium – long distance and dominated by a simple, open landscape set beneath an expansive sky. 5.5.13 The overall quality of the site landscape, in a local context, is considered to be Medium with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed
Public Rights of Way
5.5.14 A network of footpaths, bridleways and national cycle routes extend across the 30km study area. The principal routes which form the basis of the assessment of visual effects are as follows:
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 53 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Long Distance Footpaths
5.5.15 St Peter’s Way runs in an east-west direction approximately 6km (at its nearest point) to the north of the proposed wind farm (refer to Figure 5.7). The long distance route extends for over 66km between Chipping Ongar in the west and the Essex coast at St Peter’s Flat. At its eastern end, the route follows higher ground to the north of the Dengie marshes and passes through the village of Tillingham before following a coastal route and terminating at St Peter’s Chapel.
Local Rights of Way
5.5.16 There are a relatively small number of designated footpaths within a 5km radius of the Site. FP18 and FP24 are the closest to the Site at a distance of approximately 1km. FP 18 to the south west forms a short route linking Marsh Road with the coastal footpath and Burnham-On-Crouch; FP 24 to the east of the Site follows a north-south route from the coastal path towards to Montsale; and the coastal path continues, almost unbroken, around the Dengie Peninsula. Local rights of way within 2km of the Site are illustrated in Figure 5.14. 5.5.17 There are 3 permissive footpaths that have been established by way of the Defra/ Natural England farm conservation schemes. The provision of access along these routes is time limited with end dates varying between 2012 and 2017 (www.naturalengland.org.uk)
National Cycle Routes
5.5.18 There are two Sustrans cycle routes which pass through the 30km study area. These comprise Sustrans Cycle Route 1 which passes to the north and west of Maldon and lies within approximately 15km of the Site; and Sustrans Cycle Route 16 which follows a coastal route to the south of Southend-On-Sea and extends north towards Chelmsford where it terminates. A second section then continues in a north westerly direction from Beacon Hill to the north of Maldon. At its closest point, Route 16 lies within 14km of the Site.
Bridleways
5.5.19 There are no designated bridleways within the Dengie peninsula though a network of permissive routes has been established by Middlewick Farm Livery Yards. This includes 12 miles of farm tracks, private roads, grass gallops, seawall and optional cross country schooling. (Source of information www.middlewicklivery.co.uk/offroadriding).
Existing Seascape Baseline Environment
5.5.20 The above landscape character assessments provide a general consensus with respect to the number and extent of different landscape character areas (and types) that fall within the study area. However, none of them include sufficient coverage of the adjoining sea within their assessment where the landscape character areas are contiguous with the coastline. In the absence of existing seascape characterisation for the study area, an assessment has been undertaken for the purposes of this LVIA. The assessment of seascape character has broadly followed the Maritime Ireland/Wales Interreg 1994 – 1999 Guidance ‘Guide to Best Practice in Seascape Assessment’, (GSA), published in March 2001 and since refined and updated through subsequent Countryside Council for Wales work (2009). The guidance and methodology is described in greater detail in Appendix 5.3. 5.5.21 These guidelines define seascape as including three key components, namely: the marine component, the coastal component and the hinterland component. Identified seascape areas will thus embrace views from land to sea, views from sea to land, views along the coastline and, the effect on landscape of the conjunction of sea and land.
National Seascape Unit
5.5.22 The GSA advises that national seascape units cover extensive sections of the coastline where there is an overriding common defining characteristic such as coastal orientation or landform. It suggests that such units will be defined by major headlands of national
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 54 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
significance; coastal orientation and topography are key defining characteristics. The GSA also suggests that these areas should be informed by the identified coastal management units and identifies eleven such units extending around the coast of England and Wales. 5.5.23 The proposed wind farm lies inland of the Greater Thames Estuary National Seascape Unit. Key attributes comprise: An indented, fragmented and fissured coastline broadly orientated to the south-east; A coastline with major indentations, islands and shallows; A foreshore of either generally low crumbling cliffs, shingle/sandy beaches and/or extensive mudflats and marshland; A generally low-lying hinterland with a overlying uniformity in landform and landuse; A generally varied settlement pattern; A general absence of high landform and dominant hills; A dynamic coastline subject to marine erosion and deposition; The coastline is an important tourist attraction; and The seascape fringes and overlooks busy commercial shipping routes.
Regional Seascape Units
5.5.24 The GSA advises that the most appropriate scale for undertaking seascape characterisation in association with coastal developments, such as offshore wind farms, is the regional unit. It sets out the main recommended parameters for defining regional seascape units, which are noted as generally extending for up to 24 km offshore and inland for up to 10km. It is noted that the landward extent of the regional seascape unit may well include areas of visually dead ground i.e. areas of land that are not intervisible with the sea component of the unit 5.5.25 Four regional seascape units have been identified within the wider study area, namely: the Tendring Peninsula, Mersea Island and Estuaries, the Maldon Peninsula and the North Thames Estuary. Key defining characteristics of each of these regional seascape units are considered below and a brief summary given of the key elements that combine to make the overall character of each unit distinctive from adjoining seascapes. The methodology for assessing seascape quality and sensitivity are provided in Appendix 5.3.
The Tendring Peninsula Regional Seascape Unit
5.5.26 This regional seascape unit is identified as extending between The Naze (located beyond the wider study area) south westwards towards the area around Seawick (Refer to Figure 5.6). This is a highly developed stretch of coastline and extends for approximately 18km with a broadly south west to north east alignment. The coastline maintains a gentle convex shape and is clearly subject to erosion given the multitude of sea defences and groynes that characterise the foreshore. Gunfleet Sands off-shore wind farm has a significant presence in seaward views to the south. 5.5.27 This regional seascape unit has a very linear coastline with a (regionally) relatively narrow difference between mean high and mean low water marks. 5.5.28 The seascape unit is judged to extend for approximately 7-8km inland. Much of this hinterland comprises a gently rolling landscape with levels generally beneath the 30m contour. Holland Brook and Picker’s Ditch dissect the area which consists of a generally open landscape down to predominantly arable use. Much of the hinterland is characterised by ribbon development which extends along the majority of the B category roads which criss cross the area linking together a variety of small villages and hamlets. Seaward
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 55 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
panoramic views are available from some of the more elevated locations within 2-3km of the coastline, for example around Great Holland. 5.5.29 Key features and positive attributes of this regional seascape unit include: the sandy coastline and attendant low cliffs along the seafronts of Clacton-on-Sea; the sea defence structures at Holland Haven and, the pier at Clacton; and the Gunfleet Sands off-shore wind farm. Less attractive features include the development extending around the periphery of built up areas and the multitude of caravan parks and holiday homes similarly located around the fringes of existing settlements. The settlement of Jaywick is particularly unusual, consisting of what were essentially temporary prefabricated buildings, which have been converted into more permanent dwellings. Overall, built development and its relationship with the coastline dominate much of the character of this regional seascape unit. 5.5.30 Overall the quality of the Tendring Peninsula Regional Seascape Unit is considered to be Medium – Low and is deemed to have a similar Medium – Low sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Mersea Island and Estuaries Regional Seascape Unit
5.5.31 This seascape unit is centred on Mersea Island and the estuaries of the River Blackwater and River Colne (Refer to Figure 5.6). It includes the eastern banks of the river Colne/Brightlingsea Reach which defines the western most edge of the Tendring Peninsula unit. Its easternmost extent thus includes St Osyth Marsh whilst it extends northwards to include the slightly elevated ground around Abberton Reservoir which is located midway between Mersea Island and Colchester. Its westernmost extent is identified as including the settlements of Tolleshunt D’Arcy and Tollesbury. Ignoring the multitude of indentations that occur along the coastline, the regional seascape unit extends over a distance of approximately 18km in the east westerly direction, extending inland from the River Blackwater for approximately 8 km. 5.5.32 This is a highly indented and fissured coastline characterised by a variety of creeks, channels and inlets extending between extensive exposed mud flats and salt marshes. The coastline is low lying with a wide variation between mean high water and mean low water marks. The Mersea Flats extend south eastwards for up to a kilometre whilst, in other locations, the low lying marshland is protected by an extensive network of sea defence banks which maintain a highly engineered profile. Extensive lengths of sea defences occur around Lee-over-Sands, Point Clear (both located on the Tendring peninsula), Mersea Island, Salcott-cum-Virley, Tollesbury and the northern banks of the Blackwater estuary. Hinterland areas are generally below the 20 metre contour although locally higher areas occur towards Abberton Reservoir. All of the rivers, channels and creeks serve to extend the relationship between land and sea further inland than might otherwise be the case. Within the regional seascape unit it is noticeable that even slight rises in landform can cast significant visual shadows creating ‘dead zones’ from which views of the sea are unavailable. 5.5.33 The seascape unit has a surprisingly isolated feel to it due to its physical form, the relationship between land and sea and, with the exception of West Mersea, a general absence of significant development. The hinterland of the area contains a number of small lanes which link together a variety of isolated, scattered villages which tend to be located on the marginally higher ground. These are broadly aligned in a south westerly to north easterly direction running broadly parallel to the River Blackwater coastline. Much of the land is down to agricultural use broken only by intermittent hedgerows and small isolated blocks of woodland. This is an overridingly open seascape which is dominated by the flatness of the land, the openness of views and the fragmented coastline. The wide expansive skies are an important component in defining the character of this seascape unit as are the extensive mud flats, reclaimed marshes and coastal salt marshes. 5.5.34 Distant views across this landscape are generally readily available although views towards the open sea are generally restricted to the margins of Mersea Island, Shinglehead Point and the Tendring Peninsula coastline west of St Osyth beach.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 56 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.5.35 Positive attributes of this seascape unit include the indented coastline, the broad expanses of reclaimed and salt marsh, a variety of small villages and settlements across the hinterland, the relationship between sea and landform and a general absence of extensive caravan parks (with the exception of Mersea Island). This is very much a coastal landscape where activities have historically been heavily associated with the sea and have been centred on the estuaries of the Blackwater and Colne. 5.5.36 Overall the quality of the Mersea Island and Estuaries Regional Seascape Unit is considered to be High and is deemed to have a Medium sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
The Maldon Peninsula Regional Seascape Unit
5.5.37 This is a clearly defined seascape unit (Refer to Figure 5.6) wedged between the River Blackwater (to the north) and the River Crouch (to the south). It is a highly distinctive and surprisingly isolated seascape consisting of a peninsula that, at its narrowest point, narrows to no more than 6km. Towards the coast the peninsula widens to approximately 14km in a north southerly direction and terminates in a wide expanse of mud flats, marshland and reclaimed drained marshland predominantly down to arable uses with some pasture areas. The drained marshlands (the Dengie Marshes) extend over a substantial area, probably an excess of 35 square km in the south east corner of the Maldon peninsula. The low lying land is protected by an extensive array of coastal sea defence bunds which run along the edge of the coast along the entirety of the peninsula. Along its most easternmost extent, overlooking the sea, extends a significant area of marshland. This extends seawards in excess of 1km at its widest and beyond this extend the tidal mud flats of Dengie Flat and Ray Sand, both of which extend for a further 2km out to sea. Gunfleet Sands and Kentish Flats off-shore wind farms are visible elements in seaward views from the eastern facing coastline of the Dengie peninsula. 5.5.38 West of the drained marshes the land rises only gently to no more than 30-35 metres AOD. A line of settlements including Burnham-on-Crouch, Southminster, Asheldham, Tillingham and Bradwell-on-Sea broadly define the westernmost extent of the higher ground.
5.5.39 This is a predominantly open landscape characterised by a matrix of fields divided by generally low hedgerows and intermittent hedgerow trees. There are few areas of significant blocks of woodland which tend only to be located on the higher ground west of the settlements. 5.5.40 Although this is very much a coastal seascape the character of the area is more obviously defined by land and sky and the flatness of the terrain rather than by the sea itself. The wide expanses of mudflats serve, at low tide, to visually separate the sea from the land. The sea defence system around the perimeter of the peninsula provides an elevated footpath from which broad expansive views around the compass are available. West of this higher ground, around Maylandsea, views tend to be more directly orientated towards the north overlooking the upper reaches of the River Blackwater, rather than eastwards towards the sea. 5.5.41 The seascape unit remains relatively undeveloped although the power station at Bradwell, and the electricity pylons that extend from it, stand as clear visual landmarks within an otherwise predominantly flat landscape. The Dengie Marshes area is also characterised by intermittent, but conspicuous, farm development surrounded by clumps of mature vegetation. Other key features within the area include the sea defence network, the salt and drained marshes, the wide expanse of mudflats/sand and the small settlements which huddle on the marginally higher ground. 5.5.42 Overall the quality of the Maldon Peninsula Regional Seascape Unit is considered to be High and is deemed to have a Medium – High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
The North Thames Estuary Regional Seascape Unit
5.5.43 Reference Plan (Refer to Figure 5.6) indicates the seascape unit extends to include Wallasea Island and Foulness Island extending southwards towards Southend-on-Sea. Given that Foulness Island is wholly included within a ‘Danger Area’ (with restricted public
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 57 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
access), the area was not investigated in greater detail on site. However, a cursory review of the area enabled it to be identified as a separate seascape unit from the Maldon Peninsula located immediately to the north.
Summary
5.5.44 The following tables provide a summary of the existing landscape and seascape baseline environment described in the previous sections. Table 5.5: Landscape and Seascape Baseline Environment
Landscape Character Assessment: National Character Areas
Area Approximate Landscape Sensitivity to the type of Distance from Quality change proposed Site (minimum) Character Area 81: - Medium Medium Greater Thames Estuary Character Area 1km Medium Medium 111: North Thames Basin (sub character type London Clay Lowlands and Essex Heathlands) Landscape Character Assessment: County Level Landscape Character Areas
Area Approximate Landscape Sensitivity to the type of Distance from Quality change proposed Site (minimum) LCA F3: Dengie and - Medium High Foulness Coast LCA E1: South 1.5km Medium Medium Essex Farmlands LCA F2: Crouch 2.0km Medium High and Roach Farmland LCA F4: Blackwater 8.5km Medium High Estuary LCA F5: North 10.0km Medium High Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands Landscape Character Assessment: Site Level Landscape Character
Area Approximate Landscape Sensitivity to the type of Distance from Quality change proposed Site (minimum) Site Landscape - Medium High
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 58 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Seascape Character Assessment: Regional Seascape Units
Area Approximate Seascape Quality Sensitivity to the type of Distance from change proposed Site (minimum) Tendring Peninsula 12 km Medium – Low Medium – Low Mersea Island and 12 km High Medium Estuaries Maldon Peninsula - High Medium - High North Thames 3 km Not Assessed – This seascape unit is on the Estuary periphery of the study area and Foulness Island is wholly included within a ‘Danger Area’ giving only restricted public access.
5.6 Visual Baseline
Introduction
5.6.2 To help define the existing visual baseline environment, it is accepted practice to select and agree upon a number of representative viewpoints and the principal visual receptors at each location, within the visual envelope of the development. 5.6.3 A wide variety of visual receptors can reasonably be anticipated to be affected by a proposed wind farm development. The Guidelines for Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment indicate that the following factors affect the sensitivity of a viewpoint: The location and context of the viewpoint; the expectations and occupation or activity of the receptor and the importance of the view. These are all interlinked considerations, as the location, context and importance of the view will influence the likely activities and expectations of the receptor. The range of visual receptors will include pedestrians, and recreational users of the surrounding landscape such as walkers, cyclists and those otherwise engaged in the pursuit of leisure activities within the visual envelope of the Site, local residents, motorists, those working outdoors and other workers. All categories of receptors can potentially be affected to a greater or lesser degree by a wind farm development. The four main visual receptor groups are considered in more detail below under the headings of residents, visitors, the travelling public, and workers.
Residents
5.6.4 Local residents tend to have a higher level of sensitivity to changes in their landscape and visual environment than those passing through. For residents, the most important views are those from their homes, although they will also be sensitive to other views such as those experienced when travelling to work or other local destinations. However, it is these latter views, from public areas nearby houses that are of relevance to the main body of the visual impact assessment. Views from private properties are considered under the Residential Amenity assessment. All residents are deemed to have a high sensitivity to the type of development proposed.
Visitors
5.6.5 This category includes several visual receptor groups, each with different objectives and levels of sensitivity to any change in the fabric or character of the landscape and views arising from the proposed development. This group includes those who are mainly concerned with enjoyment of the outdoor environment but also those who may pursue indoor recreational pursuits and is anticipated to include the following (arranged in decreasing sensitivity): Those whose main preoccupation is the enjoyment of scenery (High sensitivity). Recreational walkers and equestrians (High sensitivity)
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 59 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Those visitors engaged in cultural pursuits (High-Medium sensitivity) Those visitors engaged in water based pursuits (High-Medium sensitivity) Cyclists (High-Medium sensitivity)
The Travelling Public
5.6.6 This category of visual receptor group overlaps to a degree with the other categories in that it embraces local residents, workers and those who come to visit the area. This group of visual receptors will include the following: Motorists - For major trunk routes and motorways (of which there are none within a 5km radius of the Site), the sensitivity of users will be Low, as they will be travelling at speed and will be primarily focussed on achieving their destination. Users of other A-roads will have a Low to Medium sensitivity, unless these are particularly scenic or slow routes, in which case the sensitivity may be assessed as Medium. The users of local roads, which are the principal transport corridors within a 5km radius of the Site, will have a Medium sensitivity. Cyclists and footpath users – These groups are addressed under the heading of visitors as they are generally less concerned with the object of reaching their destination than with the enjoyment of being outside and enjoying the landscape and available views. 5.6.7 Users of the roads identified above will vary in their level of sensitivity to the proposed development depending primarily upon the purpose for which they are travelling. For example, local residents and those on business will be more preoccupied with achieving their destination than in enjoying the scenery and the views available along their route. In contrast, day trippers and longer term visitors to the area are likely to be more concerned with the views they enjoy as they travel, but the speed and direction of travel and the fact that they are in a vehicle will reduce their sensitivity compared to, for example, walkers.
Workers
5.6.8 Workers are generally less sensitive to effects as they are focussed on the tasks they are carrying out. Indoor workers generally have a Low sensitivity, and outdoor workers, such as farmers and those offering outdoor pursuits are considered to have a Low to Medium sensitivity.
Meteorological Conditions
5.6.9 Prevailing meteorological and weather conditions can have a significant bearing on the visibility of the development during the course of a year, month or day. For example, the frequency of low cloud, mist, fog and general poor atmospheric visibility will all limit the availability of views towards the turbines. The turbines will appear more recessive on overcast days with low lighting conditions whilst brighter lighting conditions may increase the prominence of the turbines within a view.
Viewpoint Appraisal
5.6.10 The following section provides a description of the existing views experienced from the agreed 15 representative viewpoints within the 30km study area. The viewpoint descriptions should be read in conjunction with Figure 5.7 and the relevant photographic panoramas (Figures 5.15a - 5.29a). The principal receptor is also identified for each viewpoint location together with a judgement on their sensitivity to change to the type of development proposed.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 60 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Viewpoint 1: Marsh Road, Burnham-On-Crouch
Grid Reference: 595861, 196937 Distance to nearest Turbine: 2.2km Principal Receptor: Residents Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Motorists, cyclists, pedestrians, farm workers Landscape Designations: None Landscape Character Type: Boundary of Crouch & Roach Farmland / South Essex Farmlands
Existing View
5.6.11 The viewpoint is located on Marsh Road to the east of Burnham-On-Crouch and within the vicinity of a row of terraced properties. Marsh Road provides the only direct vehicular route from Burnham into the Dengie Marshes. 5.6.12 The landscape is predominantly flat and low lying (generally between 4m and 2m AOD) and comprises medium to large fields laid to arable uses with scattered trees and fragmented hedgerows forming irregular field boundaries. A number of terraced properties extend along Marsh Road in the foreground with gardens to the rear (north) bordering open fields. There are 2 isolated farmsteads in close proximity to Marsh Road (Brook Farm and Newmans Farm) which are partially surrounded by stands of shelterbelt trees. Marsh Road continues in an easterly direction towards the Dengie marshes with avenue trees and telegraph wires lining the southern verge of the single track carriageway. In more distant views to the north and north east the land rises gently and tree cover becomes denser. 5.6.13 The quality of the views, in the local context, is judged to be Medium due to the breadth of views and the simple but intact nature of this working rural landscape. Vehicle movements along Marsh Road create a minor though infrequent adverse distraction from what is otherwise a relatively tranquil and slightly remote setting. 5.6.14 The residents of the terraced properties on Marsh Road are deemed to be the principal receptors though similar views are experienced by motorists/ cyclists travelling along Marsh Road. This view is representative of that available to local residents who will have a High level of sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 2: Twizzlefoot Bridge, Marsh Road
Grid Reference: 597486, 197108 Distance to nearest turbine: 0.7km Principal Receptor: Motorists Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Cyclists, farm workers Landscape Designations: Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: Dengie and Foulness Coast
Existing View
5.6.15 The viewpoint is located to the immediate south of Twizzlefoot Bridge approximately 2km to the east of Burnham-On-Crouch. Uninterrupted, panoramic views extend across the flat, low lying landscape. The landscape is typical of the Dengie marshes and is characterised by arable farmland punctuated only by isolated farmsteads and shelterbelt trees which occur in the vicinity of farm buildings. Field boundaries are barely perceptible in the flat landscape but, where visible in the foreground, they are irregular and generally formed by drainage channels and associated reed beds. To the north, landform rises gently and the open character of the marshes is replaced by arable farmland and more substantial tree cover which spreads along the ridge. Further to the east, the horizon is broken by narrow
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 61 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
tree belts. The large, open skies are a particular characteristic of views to the east across the Dengie marshes. 5.6.16 The quality of the views, in the local context, are judged to be Medium - High due to the extent of views and the simple but intact nature of this working rural landscape. 5.6.17 Motorists are deemed to be the principal visual receptors at this location. This view is representative of that available to local motorists who will have a Medium sensitivity to the type of change proposed
Viewpoint 3: Public footpath off Cripplegate/ North End, Southminster
Grid Reference: 596261, 200028 Distance to nearest turbine: 2.8km Principal Receptor: Residents Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Walkers, farm workers Landscape Designations: None Landscape Character Type: South Essex Farmlands
Existing View
5.6.18 The viewpoint is located adjacent to a public footpath in the north east corner of Southminster, in close proximity to residential properties on North End. Views extend through approximately 180o from south west to north east A public footpath runs to the east from the viewpoint and follows the field boundary and line of a mature hedgerow. In the foreground, views extend in a south easterly direction across gently sloping arable farmland. There is more significant tree cover on the eastern fringes of Southminster with low rise industrial buildings visible where breaks in the trees occur. A low voltage power line runs north to south in near views. 5.6.19 More distant views extend to the south and east across the Dengie marshes and are characterised by flat, arable farmland punctuated by fragmented linear belts of trees and large open skies. Four masts are located on the horizon the south and east and are the only significant vertical elements in an otherwise flat landscape. 5.6.20 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium - High given the slightly elevated and panoramic nature of the views and general intactness of the landscape. 5.6.21 Residents are the principal receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 4: Church of St James, Dengie
Grid Reference: 598943, 201604 Distance to nearest turbine: 3.8km Principal Receptor: Visitors to the Church Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Walkers, cyclists, motorists, farm workers Landscape Designations: Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: South Essex Farmlands
Existing View
5.6.22 The viewpoint is located on land off Keelings Road adjacent to St James church. The church occupies a slightly elevated position with extended and uninterrupted views to the south across the flat and low lying Dengie marshes. From this viewpoint land gently falls to the
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 62 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
south with farm buildings, open pasture and a small lake visible in close views. Further south, within the marshes, the landscape comprises predominantly arable farmland interspersed with some pasture. Vegetation cover is generally sparse with isolated trees and fragmented hedgerows. There are also a number of isolated farmsteads in views. In more distant views to the south and south east four communications masts (located on Foulness Island) are prominent vertical elements in the landscape. Large open skies are a characteristic of views to the south and east. 5.6.23 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium - High given the slightly elevated and panoramic nature of the views and general intactness of the landscape. 5.6.24 This view is representative of that available to visitors to the church who are the principal receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 5: Public footpath off Tillingham Road, Tillingham
Grid Reference: 599292, 203077 Distance to nearest turbine: 5.3km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Farm workers Landscape Designations: Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: South Essex Farmlands
Existing View
5.6.25 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath where it meets Tillingham Road, to the south of the village of Tillingham. Views to the south are intercepted by a mature hedgerow and trees which define the field boundary and prevent more distant views across the Dengie marshes. To the east and west, trees and hedgerows along field boundaries are more fragmented though distant views are similarly restricted. The landscape in the foreground is flat and comprises arable land. The public footpath extends in a southerly direction through this land and disappears from view where it meets the field boundary. 5.6.26 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium – Low due, in part to the lack of visual diversity and restriction of views caused by tall field boundaries. 5.6.27 Walkers are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 6: Bridgewick Farm and Arts Centre, Bridgewick Road
Grid Reference: 601560, 199756 Distance to nearest turbine: 3.0km Principal Receptor: Residents Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Walkers, Cyclists, Motorists, farm workers Landscape Designations: Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: Dengie and Foulness Coast
Existing View
5.6.28 The viewpoint is located on a narrow access road which provides access to the Bridgewick Arts Centre and adjacent Court Farm (via a private road). Panoramic views extend across the flat landscape of the Dengie marshes. The landscape in near and mid distance views comprises arable farmland with some grazing pasture together with isolated farmsteads and
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 63 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
associated shelter planting . Telecoms and low voltage electricity lines, serving adjacent properties, are also prominent vertical elements in near views. 5.6.29 In long distance views, to the south west, some high rise buildings can be seen located on the northern fringes of Southend. To the north and west land rises gently and vegetation cover becomes more significant particularly along the low ridge line. Once again, large open skies dominate views in all directions across the flat landscape of the marshes. 5.6.30 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium - High principally due to the panoramic nature of views and the general intactness of the landscape. There are some minor detracting elements including tall buildings in distant views, which exert an urbanising influence. 5.6.31 Residents are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 7: The Chapel of St Peter on the Wall, Bradwell-On-Sea
Grid Reference: 603105, 208163 Distance to nearest turbine: 11.1km Principal Receptor: Visitors to the church (walkers) Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Farm workers Landscape Designations: Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: Dengie and Foulness Coast
Existing View
5.6.32 The viewpoint is located adjacent to St. Peter’s church (south facing elevation), 2.6 km to the west of Bradwell. There are extended panoramic views across the marsh where isolated farmsteads and scattered vegetation sit within an open and flat landscape dominated by arable farmland and grazing marsh. In more distant views towards the south west, land rises gently and tree cover extends along the elevated horizon. In the vicinity of St Peter’s Church views to the immediate south are partially intercepted by a small stand of trees. However, further south and east the raised sea defences are prominent and signify the boundary between the marsh landscape and the coastal flats. To the east there are uninterrupted views out across the North Sea and the mouth of the River Blackwater where large skies dominate. Gunfleet Sands offshore wind farm is visible in distant views to the east (out of illustrated panorama). 5.6.33 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium – High due to the broad panoramic nature of views, the intactness of the landscape, and the intrinsic quality and animation of the coastal strip. 5.6.34 This view is representative of that available to visitors to the church who are the principal receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 8: Public footpath off Gays Lane, Canewdon
Grid Reference: 590144, 194803 Distance to nearest turbine: 8.3km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Farm workers Landscape Designations: Upper Crouch SLA / Coastal Protection Belt Landscape Character Type: Crouch and Roach Farmland
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 64 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Existing View
5.6.35 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath, known as Gays Lane, to the north of the village of Canewdon. A public playing field lies to the immediate south and is surrounded by a tall mature hedgerow along its northern boundary. The viewpoint is situated on higher ground (30m AOD) above the River Crouch. Views to the north and east are dominated in the middle distance by the river valley which follows an east- west alignment. Land rises to the north and south of the river and comprises arable farmland with large and broadly rectangular field boundaries defined by trees and hedgerow. Broken tree cover extends along the ridgeline to the north with more significant tree cover located in close proximity to Burnham-On-Crouch which is visible approximately 2km to the north east. The Dengie marshes are visible on the eastern horizon. 5.6.36 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium - High. This is due, in part, to the elevated position which affords extended views across a verdant and rolling river valley landscape. 5.6.37 Walkers are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 9: Coastal footpath on Wallasea Island
Grid Reference: 596738, 194531 Distance to nearest turbine: 3.40km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Recreational boat users Landscape Designations: Coastal Protection Belt/ Crouch - Roach Marshes SLA Landscape Character Type: Dengie & Foulness Coast
Existing View
5.6.38 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath which follows the sea defence along the isolated and remote north coast of Wallasea Island. The elevated view extends in all directions across extensive tracts of arable farmland to the south and open and sparsely settled marshes to the north. The River Crouch dominates views in the foreground with a series of inlets, mud flats and recently constructed small islands creating a visually diverse landscape which is a haven for wildlife and is subject to constant change as tides rise and fall. To the north east Burnham-On-Crouch is clearly visible with the eye drawn to activity associated with the wharf and boat yards. In broader and more distant views to the north and east the open and expansive sky extends across a wide and simple horizon which supports few vertical elements or landmarks. 5.6.39 The quality of the view is judged to be Medium - High in the local context. The estuary and exposed mudflats are the main focus with boating activity and tidal variations adding to the visual diversity and enriching the visual experience. 5.6.40 Walkers are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 10: Coastal footpath east of Heybridge Basin
Grid Reference: 587428, 207149 Distance to nearest turbine: 14.1km Principal Receptor: Residents Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Walkers, cyclists, recreational boaters Landscape Designations: Blackwater Colne SLA/ Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: North Blackwater & Colne Coastal Farmlands
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 65 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Existing View
5.6.41 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath which follows the sea wall to the east of Heybridge Basin. To the south of the footpath are a number of residential properties which have first floor views across the River Blackwater. Views to the north are dominated by the River Blackwater which extends to the east and includes the islands of Northey and Osea. Moored boats spread out across Collier’s Reach – a narrow water channel between Northey Island and the open channel. Moored boats and moving craft are visually prominent and help to animate the water space and shoreline. The tidal nature of the channel also brings a dynamic character to views. To the south, the land rises from the river channel and comprises arable farmland interspersed with tree belts and more substantial but broken tree cover lining the ridge. Pylons stretch out along the ridge line and are clearly visible from the north of the river. 5.6.42 The quality of the view is judged to be Medium - High in the local context. The Blackwater Estuary is the main focus and is a dynamic and engaging landscape which is animated by boating activity and tidal variation. 5.6.43 Residents are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 11: Coastal footpath south of Goldhangar
Grid Reference: 590660, 208452 Distance to nearest turbine: 12.9km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Recreational boaters Landscape Designations: Blackwater Colne SLA/ Coastal Zone Landscape Character Type: North Blackwater & Colne Coastal Farmlands
Existing View
5.6.44 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath which runs alongside a small inlet on the River Blackwater. To the immediate south there are views across the estuary to the island of Osea. In the foreground, to the east and west of the inlet, low lying arable farmland extends almost to the river edge with small stands of trees and fragmented hedgerows defining field boundaries. The riverside path extends around the inlet and also towards the small settlement of Goldhangar to the west. In more distant views to the south land rises along the southern shore. The village of St Lawrence is prominent at the river’s edge with farmland extending along the north facing slope. Pylons are also clearly visible along the ridge line where they connect to Bradwell Power Station to the east. The tidal conditions of the river and boating activity help to animate views. 5.6.45 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium – High which takes account of the simple, yet intact, nature of the shoreline and the breadth of views along the channel. 5.6.46 Recreational walkers are the principal receptors and as such the sensitivity of the visual receptor to change is judged to be High.
Viewpoint 12: Public footpath to the south of Tollesbury Marina, Tollesbury
Grid Reference: 596895, 210315 Distance to nearest turbine: 12.5km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Marina users/ visitors Landscape Designations: Blackwater Colne SLA/ Coastal Zone
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 66 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Landscape Character Type: North Blackwater & Colne Coastal Farmlands
Existing View
5.6.47 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath to the immediate south of Tollesbury marina. The view is representative of that enjoyed by walkers. In the foreground the landscape of the Tollesbury Wick Marshes comprises low lying grazing marsh, interspersed with a series of small channels and isolated scrub vegetation. The inlet to the marina (known as the Tollesbury Fleet) is visible to the east (but out of the illustrated panorama). Beyond this are more distant views across the mouth of the Blackwater and out to the North Sea. To the south east, across the estuary, Bradwell Power Station is prominent on the north facing slopes. Land rises to the west of the Power Station and pylons are visible along the ridge line amongst tree cover. St Lawrence is once again visible in views to the south west. 5.6.48 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium – High in recognition of the intact and intricate marshland landscape and the breadth of views across the estuary. 5.6.49 Walkers are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 13: Victoria Esplanade, West Mersea
Grid Reference: 601899, 212392 Distance to nearest turbine: 14.9km Principal Receptor: Beach Users Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Walkers, residents, motorists, recreational boaters Landscape Designations: None Landscape Character Type: Mersea Island
Existing View
5.6.50 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath adjacent to the beachfront on Mersea Island. A double row of colourful beach huts dominate views in the foreground together with the sandy beach which extends to the east and west of the viewpoint. A row of detached properties lie to the immediate south of the esplanade and face the beach. To the south, there are panoramic views across the Blackwater channel with large skies dominating. Bradwell Power Station is again prominent in views with pylons extending to the east and west. St Peter’s Chapel and the headland of the Dengie peninsula are also clearly visible to the immediate south. Further east there are distant views across the mouth of the Blackwater Estuary and out to sea. 5.6.51 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium – High in recognition of the breadth of views and the dynamic nature of the coastal landscape which includes an attractive beachfront animated (on occasions) by visitors and colourful beach huts. 5.6.52 Beach Users are the principal receptors and as such the sensitivity of the visual receptor to the type of change proposed is judged to be High-Medium. This takes into account the likely preoccupation of visitors towards beach/ recreational activities rather than consideration of views.
Viewpoint 14: Coastal Footpath off New Road, Point Clear
Grid Reference: 608767, 215337 Distance to nearest turbine: 20.0km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Recreational boaters
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 67 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Landscape Designations: None Landscape Character Type: Brightlingsea – Clacton – Frinton Coast
Existing View
5.6.53 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath adjacent to the sea wall and to the rear of the beachfront. Point Clear occupies a narrow peninsula located between Brightlingsea Creek to the north and Brightlingsea Reach to the west. There are extended views across the narrow shingle beach and Brightlingsea Reach in the foreground. At low tide mudflats and sand banks together with stone groynes are exposed. Mersea Island is visible in mid distance views to the west. To the south west the Dengie peninsula occupies more distant views where Bradwell Power Station again has a strong visual presence on the horizon. Pylons are also visible along the northern reaches of the peninsula although they are visually recessive due, in part, to the distance of the view. 5.6.54 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium based in part on the composition of inlets, estuarine islands, and open water channel set against the backdrop of large skies. There are some detracting elements which include a rather unkempt series of houses and holiday retreats and (at low tide) the exposed groynes and warning markers 5.6.55 Walkers are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Viewpoint 15: Promenade to the south of the Martello Tower, Jaywick
Grid Reference: 613586, 212680 Distance to nearest turbine: 20.7km Principal Receptor: Walkers Other Receptors (sharing the same/ similar view): Recreational boaters Landscape Designations: None Landscape Character Type: Brightlingsea – Clacton – Frinton Coast
Existing View
5.6.56 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath adjacent to the sea wall and to the rear of the beachfront. In the foreground there are views along the coastal strip which comprises sandy beaches and sea defences. Holiday accommodation and permanent residencies also extend along the coastal margin. To the south there are extended and unrestricted views across the mouth of the Blackwater Estuary and out to sea where large expansive skies dominate the seascape. To the east, Gunfleet Sands offshore wind farm is visible (but out of the illustrated panorama); it should be noted that intervisibility with the offshore wind farm will be affected by weather and atmospheric conditions. The Dengie peninsula is visible in distant views to the south west. Bradwell Power Station is also discernible in the same view though its prominence is diminished by the distance of the view. 5.6.57 The quality of the view, in the local context, is judged to be Medium – Low with a number of detracting elements such as some run down housing, utilitarian sea defences, and areas of unkempt open space. The presence of the Gunfleet Sands offshore wind farm in views is a highlight. 5.6.58 Walkers are the principal visual receptors and will have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 68 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 5.6: Visual Baseline Summary
No Location Grid Ref. Distance from Landscape Designation / Principal Viewpoint Receptor . nearest turbine County Level Landscape Receptor Quality Sensitivity Character Area Group 1 Marsh Road, Burnham-On- 595861, 2.20km n/a Residents Medium High Crouch 196937 Boundary of Crouch & Roach Farmland / South Essex Farmlands 2 Twizzlefoot Bridge, Marsh 597486, 0.70km Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Motorist Medium - Medium Road 197108 High Dengie and Foulness Coast 3 Footpath off Cripplegate/ 596261, 2.80km n/a Residents Medium - High Northend, Southminster 200028 High South Essex Farmlands 4 Church of St James, 598943, 3.80km Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Visitors to Medium - High Dengie 201604 the Church High South Essex Farmlands 5 Footpath off Tillingham 599292, 5.30km Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Walkers Medium – High Road, Tillingham 203077 Low South Essex Farmlands 6 Bridgewick Farm and Arts 601560, 3.00km Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Residents Medium - High Centre, Bridgewick Road 199756 High Dengie and Foulness Coast 7 The Chapel of St. Peter 603105, 11.10km Dengie SLA / Coastal Zone Visitors to Medium – High on the Wall, Bradwell-On- 208163 the church High Sea Dengie and Foulness Coast (walkers) 8 Footpath off Gays Lane, 590144, 8.30km Upper Crouch SLA / Coastal Walkers Medium - High Canewdon 194803 Protection Belt High
Crouch and Roach Farmland 9 Coastal footpath on 596738, 3.40km Coastal Protection Belt/ Crouch Walkers Medium - High Wallasea Island 194531 - Roach Marshes SLA High Dengie & Foulness Coast
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 69 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
No Location Grid Ref. Distance from Landscape Designation / Principal Viewpoint Receptor . nearest turbine County Level Landscape Receptor Quality Sensitivity Character Area Group 10 Coastal footpath east of 587428, 14.10km Blackwater Colne SLA / Coastal Residents Medium - High Heybridge Basin 207149 Zone High
North Blackwater & Colne Coastal Farmlands 11 Coastal footpath south of 590660, 12.90km Blackwater Colne SLA / Coastal Walkers Medium - High Goldhangar 208452 Zone High
North Blackwater & Colne Coastal Farmlands 12 Footpath to south of 596895, 12.50km Blackwater Colne SLA / Coastal Walkers Medium - High Tollesbury Marina, 210315 Zone High Tollesbury North Blackwater & Colne Coastal Farmlands 13 Victoria Esplanade, West 601899, 14.90km n/a Beach Medium - High - Mersea 212392 Users High Medium Mersea Island 14 Coastal Footpath off New 608767, 20.00km n/a Walkers Medium High Road, Point Clear 215337 Brightlingsea – Clacton – Frinton Coast 15 Promenade to the south 613586, 20.70km n/a Walkers Medium – High of the Martello Tower, 212680 Low Jaywick Brightlingsea – Clacton – Frinton Coast
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 70 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.7 Design Mitigation
Introduction
5.7.2 Opportunities for significant mitigation measures are inevitably limited due to the nature of the proposed development and the extent to which the turbines will be visible within a largely open landscape. The scale of the proposed wind farm means that there are no real meaningful onsite opportunities for incorporating mitigation measures for the main elements of the scheme. However within the evident constraints of the proposed development, a number of mitigation measures have been considered with regards to siting and construction impacts and also numbers of turbines. Where possible, these have been incorporated into the evolving scheme in order to best address potential effects and subsequent impacts. These are described below.
Mitigation measures
Evolution of layout
5.7.3 The number, size and arrangement of turbines have been considered in terms of their visual impact and potential effects on the landscape and ecological resource identified on the Site. A smaller number of turbines sited in one visually coherent group were tested against a larger number of smaller turbines cited in two visually separate groups. It was considered, through consultation, that fewer larger turbines in one coherent group represented the preferred approach. Once the number and general arrangement of turbines had been agreed, further design iteration, supported by ongoing site investigation, resulted in the layout which forms the basis of this Proposal. It should be noted that the final position of each turbine will be subject to ongoing micrositing to allow for possible variations in ground conditions across the site which would only become apparent as trial pits are dug at the start of construction. However, it is considered that minor modifications to the layout are highly unlikely to alter the nature of the landscape and visual effects described in Sections 5.8 and 5.10. A detailed account of design evolution is provided in Chapter 3 of the ES.
Existing site access
5.7.4 The alignment of access tracks to construct and service the turbines is broadly consistent with the arrangement of existing farm access, such that potential impacts on existing watercourses, habitat and agricultural practices are minimised. Where additional tracks are required, they would reflect the sinuous and organic character of existing east-west flowing watercourses to promote visual integration with the surrounding landscape. Existing Site entrances are retained for operational and construction purposes thus obviating the need for significant additional highways works.
Habitat protection and enhancement
5.7.5 A series of interventions are proposed which will ensure that important habitats, where identified, are protected and where appropriate, new habitat is provided, see Chapter 6 and Figure 6.9. The proposed works include the creation of new grassed verges alongside some of the access tracks, the establishment of small pockets of low tree and shrub species which are consistent with the character of the existing landscape, and the creation of species rich hedgerow within the central portion of the Site.
Aviation lighting
5.7.6 There will be no visible aviation lighting attached to the turbines or permanent anemometry mast. Following consultation with the relevant aviation agencies, it was deemed that infrared lighting, mounted on the turbines and permanent anemometry mast, would be sufficient to meet the necessary safety regulations.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 71 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Sub-station building
5.7.7 The proposed substation building has been designed to respect local building styles commonly associated with agricultural buildings on the Dengie marshes. Local materials and finishes are proposed (subject to detailed design approval) to reflect the local vernacular.
Turbine colours
5.7.8 The turbine colour will be an ‘off-white’. The exact colour palette will be agreed and approved with MDC through a planning condition.
Permanent anemometry mast
5.7.9 The anemometry mast will be a free standing structure comprising steel lattice work which would not require additional guying. The mast would be recessive in most medium to long distance views.
5.8 Assessment of Effects
Assessment of Effects on Landscape during Operation
5.8.2 The ability of the landscape character area or type to accommodate an identified change is established through an evaluation process that looks at the physical form and attributes of the landscape, its quality, its value, its sensitivity to change and the range of visual receptor groups that characterise the area. Appendix 5.1 provides a full explanation of the assessment methodology together with the terminology used for assessing landscape effects. The assessment process draws on the desk based analysis of national and county wide landscape character areas and landscape designations together with observations made in the field as described in Section 5.5 of this LVIA Chapter. 5.8.3 Of the scheme components described in Section 5.1, the 7 turbines have the greatest relevance when considering likely landscape effects of the scheme; the turbines will represent a new element in the existing local landscape which will be notable for their scale and for the movement of the turbine blades. The substation building is also of sufficient scale as to represent an identifiable new element in the landscape – albeit one that is visually and physically associated with the proposed wind farm development. The transformers associated with the turbines and the permanent mast, whilst also new elements in the landscape, are likely to have a lesser impact because of their scale and mass. Similarly, the access tracks relate to the existing fabric of the Site in that they follow existing drainage channels and/ or mimic the meandering nature of these channels (a defining characteristic of the Site). Finally there will be a temporary construction compound which will represent a temporary but identifiable feature of the Site. The effects of this and other temporary elements on the landscape resource are addressed as part of the construction phase assessment.
Effects on Landscape Character
5.8.4 The effect on landscape character areas that lie within the study area are considered in the following section. In order to assess whether landscape character is significantly affected by a development, it should be determined how each of the key characteristics would be affected. The judgement of magnitude therefore reflects the degree to which the key characteristics and elements which form those characteristics will be altered by the proposals. Based on recent appeal decisions, there is a general consensus that significant effects on landscape character arising from wind farms are generally confined to the immediate vicinity, generally being of High magnitude within up to 1km of turbines (where the turbines may become the dominant characteristic of the landscape), reducing to Medium within up to 4km (where the turbines may become one of the key characteristics of the landscape) and decreasing further thereafter. The scale of the development, the nature and sensitivity of the receiving landscape, and local ‘barriers’ in the landscape (such as breaks of topography, woodlands, settlements, and roads or rivers) will determine the exact
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 72 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
extent of effects for each development, but in practice significant effects are highly unlikely beyond 10km. 5.8.5 Consideration has been given to the potential effect on character areas within a broad, national context and at a county wide and Site level context.
Potential Effects on National Character Areas
5.8.6 The ZTV studies (illustrated in Figure 5.9) indicate that there are four NCAs within the agreed 30km study area. These comprise: Character Area 81: Greater Thames Estuary; Character Area 82: Suffolk Coast and Heaths; Character Area 111: Northern Thames Basin (sub-character type London Clay Lowlands and Essex Heathlands); and Character Area 113: North Kent Plain. 5.8.7 Character Areas 82 (to the north of the wider study area) and Character Area 133 (to the south of the wider study area) occupy only a small part of the overall 30km study area and are visually remote from the Site itself (as demonstrated by the ZTV studies); for these reasons they have not been considered in detail in terms of assessing any potential effects of development on landscape character at a national scale and given that there is no prospect of a significant effect upon them arising from the proposed development at Turncole.
Character Area 81: Greater Thames Estuary
5.8.8 A description of the baseline condition for the Greater Thames Estuary Character Area is provided in Table 5.3. 5.8.9 The magnitude of effect will be greatest within the central and southern extents of the character area (typically on the Dengie peninsula and Foulness/ Wallasea Island) where the open nature of the landscape, the sense of remoteness and a current lack of large scale development will be most compromised. Within a 5km radius of the Site (principally to the south of the Blackwater Estuary) the magnitude of effect is therefore judged to be Medium as a result of partial changes to a number of the key characteristics of the character area. Given the medium sensitivity to change for the character area as a whole, the significance of effect within 5km of the Site is judged to be Moderate. 5.8.10 Elsewhere (typically beyond 5km) the rising landform and increased vegetation cover combined with an increased distance from the proposed development, limits the intervisibility and sense of connection with the ‘central’ area. In these areas development and urban influences, particularly around the estuary fringes is more evident and forms part of the context for the proposed wind farm development. The magnitude of effect, beyond 5km, is therefore judged to be Low then Negligible as a result of the very minor alteration to key features and elements of the Character Area. Given the medium sensitivity to change for the character area as a whole, the significance of effect is judged to be Minimal.
Character Area 111: Northern Thames Basin (sub-character type London Clay Lowlands and Essex Heathlands)
5.8.11 A description of the baseline condition for the Northern Thames Basin Character Area is provided in Table 5.3. 5.8.12 The magnitude of effect upon landscape character of the proposed wind farm is judged to be Negligible as there will be no discernable change to the principal elements and features of the character area resulting from the proposed wind farm development. Given the Medium sensitivity to change for the character area as a whole, the significance of effect is judged to be Minimal.
Potential Effects on County Level Landscape Character
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 73 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.8.13 As summarised in Section 5.5, The Existing Landscape and Seascape Resource, and illustrated in Figure 5.6, there are five County Level landscape character areas identified within a 20km radius of the proposed development. The ZTV studies, supported by site observations, indicate that these character areas are the only ones likely to have a significant degree of intervisibility with the Site. These comprise: F3: Dengie and Foulness Coast; E1: South Essex Farmlands. F2: Crouch and Roach Farmland; F4: Blackwater Estuary; F5: North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands; 5.8.14 LCAs within the wider study area (30km radius) are deemed sufficiently remote and/ or visually detached from the Site such that significant effects on the character of these LCAs as a result of the proposed wind farm are highly unlikely and will not be significant. These LCAs have therefore not been considered in detail. 5.8.15 The following assessment identifies the potential for significant effects on these five LCAs in order of increasing distance from the turbines.
LCA F3: Dengie and Foulness Coast
5.8.16 The proposed turbines would be located wholly within the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA which extends along the coastal fringe of the Dengie peninsula and incorporates Foulness, Potton and Wallasea Islands to the south and also southern margins of the Blackwater Estuary. A description of the LCA is provided in Table 5.4. 5.8.17 The proposed turbines will be visible from within large parts of the LCA with only partial localised screening provided by buildings and tree belts. The wind farm development would exert a strong visual presence in the landscape and would likely become one of the defining physical characteristics of the character area. 5.8.18 This said, few of the existing defining characteristics of the LCA would be altered or lost. This includes the physical features such as landform, field patterns, settlement and vegetation. The wind farm is also relatively small scale and would occupy a modest area of land within a much larger landscape. However, the more perceptual and aesthetic qualities may be altered by the proposed development. In particular the sense of remoteness and isolation (created, in part, by an absence of development) may be seen to be compromised by the proposed development. The importance of extended and uninterrupted views would also be partially altered by the scale and arrangement of the vertical turbines – though in certain views towards the south the turbines would be seen in context with other masts which extend along the southern horizon. Moreover, the spatial arrangement of turbines creates a relatively transparent development which does not necessarily obstruct views. 5.8.19 Along the northern fringes of the LCA, which extend along the Blackwater Estuary, the turbines would become less visible, and in some places fully screened by the rising landform, by development and by more substantial vegetation cover. The scale of the turbines, where visible, would be less pronounced, partly as a result of the distance of view and in part by intervening elements in the foreground which includes pylons and overhead electricity cables. Here, few of the defining characteristics of the LCA would be lost of altered. 5.8.20 Further south, on Wallasea, Potton and Foulness Islands, the turbines would be partially screened by the sea wall and would appear physically separated from the mainland by the river Couch and the river Roach. 5.8.21 In conclusion, the magnitude of effect on the LCA as a result of the proposed development is judged to be High - Medium within the central area of the LCA and would result in a significant alteration to key elements and characteristics, such that post development the baseline situation will be substantially changed. Magnitude decreases to Low, then Negligible where intervisibility with the Site reduces, particularly along the northern limits
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 74 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
of the LCA. Given the High sensitivity to change for the character area, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Major – Moderate within central parts reducing to Minimal along the northern reaches.
LCA E1: South Essex Farmlands
5.8.22 The South Essex Farmlands are located to the west and north of the proposed wind farm and share a common border with the Dengie and Foulness Coast and Crouch and Roach Farmland LCAs. The proposed turbines are located approximately 1.5km to the east of boundary of the South Essex Farmlands LCA. A description of the LCA is provided in Table 5.4. 5.8.23 The ZTV studies, supported by field based observations, demonstrate that the proposed turbines would be visible from parts of the eastern fringe of the South Essex Farmlands LCA, particularly around the settlements of Dengie, Tillingham and the eastern fringes of Southminster. Views to the south and east across the Dengie marshes contribute to the character of the LCA. Whilst these views would not be lost as a result of the proposed wind farm, the nature of the view would be altered. 5.8.24 To the north and west of the LCA rising landform and intervening vegetation reduces the intervisibility between LCA E1 and the proposed turbines. Views towards the proposed wind farm would be limited to the upper portions of the turbines which would read as belonging to a separate LCA. The marsh landscape is not visible and does not contribute to the character of this part of the LCA. Whilst the movement of the turbines would introduce a new and contrasting element in the landscape it would not constitute a defining characteristic of South Essex Farmlands LCA. 5.8.25 In conclusion, the magnitude of effect on the LCA as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Low where clear, uninterrupted views to the south are obtainable falling to Negligible where intervisibility is reduced. Given the Medium sensitivity to change for the character area, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Moderate – Slight reducing to Minimal.
LCA F2: Crouch and Roach Farmland
5.8.26 The Crouch and Roach Farmland LCA is located to the west and southwest of the proposed wind farm and lies adjacent to the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA to the east and the South Essex Farmlands LCA to the north. The nearest turbine lies approximately 2km to the east of the Crouch and Roach Farmland LCA boundary. A description of the LCA is provided in Table 5.4. 5.8.27 The ZTV studies, supported by field based observations, demonstrate that the proposed turbines would be visible from some locations along both the Crouch and Roach river valleys. In places, particularly on south facing valley slopes of the R. Crouch, intervening vegetation and built development will result in full or partial screening of the proposed turbines. Built development within Burnham-On-Crouch would effectively screen the turbines with the exception of views from land to the north east and eastern fringe where direct and filtered views would be afforded (refer to Viewpoint 8, Figure 5.22a). 5.8.28 Whilst the movement of the turbines would introduce a new and contrasting element in more distant views from elevated land to the west, they would not alter the defining characteristic of these views (i.e. long distance / across farmland and estuaries) Other defining characteristics would remain unaltered by the proposed wind farm. 5.8.29 In conclusion, the magnitude of effect on the LCA as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Negligible as a result of a very minor alteration to views, such that post development the baseline situation will be fundamentally unchanged with barely perceptible differences. Given the High sensitivity to change for the character area, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Minimal.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 75 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
LCA F4: Blackwater Estuary
5.8.30 The Blackwater Estuary LCA is located to the north of the proposed wind farm and shares a common boundary with the North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands LCA to the north and the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA to the south. The nearest turbine lies approximately 8.5km to the south of the Blackwater Estuary boundary. A description of the LCA is provided in Table 5.4. 5.8.31 There is no intervisibility between the LCA and the Dengie marshes as a result of rising landform and intervening vegetation and development. As such the Dengie marshes do not contribute to the character of the Blackwater Estuary LCA. Views of the proposed wind farm are distant and intermittent with only the upper portions of the turbines visible. Whilst the movement of the turbines will be noticeable in distant views the wind farm would read as belonging to a separate LCA and would therefore not become a defining characteristic of the Blackwater Estuary LCA. 5.8.32 In conclusion, the magnitude of effect on the LCA as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Negligible as a result of a very minor alteration to views, such that post development the baseline situation will be fundamentally unchanged with barely perceptible differences. Given the High sensitivity to change for the character area, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Minimal.
LCA F5: North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands
5.8.33 The North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands LCA is located to the north of the proposed wind farm and lies adjacent to the Blackwater Estuary LCA to the south. The nearest turbine lies approximately 10km to the south of the LCA boundary. A description of the LCA is provided in Table 5.4. 5.8.34 There is no intervisibility between the LCA and the Dengie marshes as a result of rising landform and intervening vegetation and development. As such the Dengie marshes do not contribute to the character of North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands LCA. Views of the proposed wind farm are distant and intermittent with only the upper portions of the turbines visible above the ridge line to the south. Whilst the movement of the turbines will be noticeable in distant views the wind farm would read as belonging to a separate LCA and would therefore not become a defining characteristic of North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands LCA. 5.8.35 In conclusion, the magnitude of effect on the LCA as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Negligible as a result of a very minor alteration to views, such that post development the baseline situation will be fundamentally unchanged with barely perceptible differences. Given the High sensitivity to change for the character area, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Minimal.
Effects on Site Landscape Character
5.8.36 The proposed wind farm and all its component elements are located wholly within the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA. 5.8.37 The proposed turbines, in combination with the permanent mast and control building, will become one of the defining characteristics of the Site and immediate surrounding landscape. The open nature of the Site and its setting will result in uninterrupted views towards the development from a wide area including roads, public footpaths and residential properties. 5.8.38 Whilst the proposed development would clearly affect and alter the character of the Site and local landscape setting, it is worth noting that the other principal characteristics and fabric of the Site would remain largely intact. It is also worth noting that the effects of development, whilst considerable, may not necessarily be viewed as detrimental. The introduction of movement could, arguably, be seen as adding visual interest to the scene.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 76 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.8.39 In conclusion, the magnitude of effect on the local Site landscape character as a result of the proposed development is judged to be High resulting in a significant alteration to views and landscape fabric, such that post development the baseline situation will be fundamentally changed. Given the High sensitivity to change for the landscape character area, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Major.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 77 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 5.7: Summary of Assessment of Effects on Landscape Character
National Landscape Character Areas
Area Approximate Sensitivity to Magnitude of Significance of Effect Distance from Site the Operational Effect (minimum) Development Character Area 81: Greater - Medium Medium (reducing to Moderate (reducing to Thames Estuary Low then Negligible Minimal beyond beyond approximately approximately 5km) 5km) Character Area 111: North 1km Medium Negligible Minimal Thames Basin (sub character type London Clay Lowlands and Essex Heathlands) County Level Landscape Character Areas LCA F3: Dengie and Foulness - High High – Medium (reducing Major – Moderate Coast to Low then Negligible) within central areas (reducing to Minimal along the northern reaches) LCA E1: South Essex Farmlands 1.5km Medium Low (reducing to Moderate – Slight Negligible) (reducing to Minimal) LCA F2: Crouch and Roach 2.0km High Negligible Minimal Farmland LCA F4: Blackwater Estuary 8.5km High Negligible Minimal LCA F5: North Blackwater and 10.0km High Negligible Minimal Colne Coastal Farmlands Site Level Landscape Character Site - High High Major
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 78 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Effects on Landscape Designations
5.8.40 As described within the baseline assessment there are locally designated areas of landscape within the study area whose characteristics and purpose are subject to potential effects arising from the proposed development. These local landscape designations are illustrated in Figures 5.2 and 5.3 and include: Special Landscape Areas (SLAs) – Maldon District; Coastal Zone – Maldon District; Special Landscape Areas (SLAs) – Rochford District; and Coastal Protection Belt – Rochford District.
Special Landscape Areas in Maldon District
5.8.41 The following section assesses the potential effects of the proposed development on each of the six SLAs which appear to extend into the wider study area. These comprise:
Dengie marshes
5.8.42 The proposed wind farm would be located centrally within this area (refer to Figure 5.2). The development would introduce an additional large scale element into the landscape, in close proximity to the consented Bradwell wind farm, leading to a significant effect on the landscape character of the Site and on parts of the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA as described in Section 5.8, paragraphs 16 to 21. With reference to the relevant planning policy (Local Plan Policy CC7 (MDC 2005)) whilst the wind farm will clearly be visible from within the SLA its introduction into the area will only have a limited direct effect upon the physical attributes of the SLA. 5.8.43 The local landscape designation (based on LCA values) is judged to have a High sensitivity to the type of change which is proposed. The magnitude of effect is judged to be Medium resulting in a partial alteration to key elements and characteristics of the SLA, such that post development the baseline situation will be noticeably changed. The significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Major - Moderate.
Crouch and Roach Marshes
5.8.44 The proposed wind farm would not be located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2) and the impact of the development on the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA, which extends into this SLA, will be limited to its visual effects. There will be no direct effects upon the physical attributes of the Crouch and Roaches SLA. 5.8.45 The local landscape designation (based on LCA values) is judged to have a High sensitivity to the type of change which is proposed. The magnitude of effect is judged to be Low resulting in a partial minor alteration to key elements and characteristics of the SLA, such that post development the baseline situation will be changed with discernable differences. The significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Moderate.
Blackwater - Colne Estuary
5.8.46 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). Parts of the Dengie and Foulness Coast and Blackwater Estuary LCAs extend into the Blackwater and Colne Estuary SLA. The proposed turbines would not have a significant effect on the Blackwater Estuary LCA or on the northern limits of the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA as described in Section 5.8, paragraphs 16 to 21. For this reason the proposed development can be seen to be in accordance with Local Plan Policy CC7 (MDC 2005). 5.8.47 The local landscape designation (based on LCA values) is judged to have a High sensitivity to the type of change which is proposed. The magnitude of effect is judged to be Negligible resulting in a very minor alteration to key elements and characteristics of the SLA, such that
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 79 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
post development the baseline situation will be largely unchanged. The significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal.
Upper Crouch
5.8.48 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). Although parts of the Crouch and Roach Farmland LCA extend into the Upper Crouch SLA, the proposed turbines would not have a significant effect on the LCA as described in Section 5.8, paragraphs 26 to 29. For this reason the proposed development can be seen to be in accordance with Local Plan Policy CC7 (MDC 2005). 5.8.49 The local landscape designation (based on LCA values) is judged to have a High sensitivity to the type of change which is proposed. The magnitude of effect is judged to be Negligible resulting in a very minor alteration to key elements and characteristics of the SLA, such that post development the baseline situation will be largely unchanged. The significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal.
Woodham Scarp
5.8.50 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). The ZTV studies (refer to Figure 5.9) also indicate that there is little or no intervisibility between the Site and the Woodham Scarp SLA. For these reasons, there will be no visual or landscape effects on the character of the SLA, such that the proposed development can be seen to be in accordance with Local Plan Policy CC7 (MDC 2005).
Chelmer - Blackwater Ridges
5.8.51 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). The ZTV studies (refer to Figure 5.9) also indicate that there is little or no intervisibility between the Site and the Chelmer – Blackwater Ridges SLA. For these reasons, there will be no visual or landscape effects on the character of the SLA, such that the proposed development can be seen to be in accordance with Local Plan Policy CC7 (MDC 2005).
Special Landscape Areas in Rochford District
5.8.52 There are three SLAs within the Rochford District which are divided into separate geographical areas (Refer to Figure 5.2)
Upper Crouch
5.8.53 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). Parts of the Crouch and Roach Farmland LCA extend in to the Upper Crouch SLA where the effects of the proposed development on this part of the LCA are of a lower magnitude compared with the central areas (as described in Section 5.8, paragraphs 26 to 29). 5.8.54 The local landscape designation (based on LCA values) is judged to have a High sensitivity to the type of change which is proposed. The magnitude of effect is judged to be Negligible resulting in a very minor alteration to key visual characteristics only of the SLA, such that post development the baseline situation will be largely unchanged. The significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal and therefore unlikely to be in contravention of Local Plan policy NR1
The Crouch/Roach Marshes
5.8.55 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). Parts of the Crouch and Roach Farmland LCA extend in to the Crouch/ Roach marches SLA, though the effects of the proposed development on the LCA are judged to be negligible. 5.8.56 The local landscape designation (based on LCA values) is judged to have a High sensitivity to the type of change which is proposed. The magnitude of effect is judged to be Negligible resulting in a very minor alteration to key visual elements and characteristics only of the SLA, such that post development the baseline situation will be largely unchanged. The
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 80 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal and therefore unlikely to be in contravention of Local Plan policy NR1.
Hockley Woods
5.8.57 The proposed wind farm is not located within this SLA (refer to Figure 5.2). The ZTV studies (refer to Figure 5.9) also indicate that there is little or no intervisibility between the Site and Hockley Woods SLA. For these reasons, there will be no visual or landscape effects on the character of the SLA, such that the proposed development can be seen to be in accordance with Local Plan policy NR1
Coastal Zone in Maldon District
5.8.58 The purpose of the Coastal Zone policy as described in Section 5.4 is to protect the open and rural character of the coastal area, its wildlife and heritage resource. The boundaries of the Coastal Zone are broadly similar to those of the Maldon SLAs (refer to Figure 5.3). 5.8.59 Whilst the proposed turbines will be located within an existing open and rural landscape they are a relatively transparent form of development which does not compromise the open qualities of a landscape. Similarly, views into and out of the landscape remain intact though the composition of many views within the Coastal Zone would be affected by the introduction of the tall, vertical and moving structures. Whilst these features are not common in the rural landscape it is worth noting that, along with other manmade structures such as pylons, roads and buildings, they do not necessarily alter the intrinsic rural character of an area. The impact of development on the Coastal Zone is likely to be localised and similar in nature to the effects described in relation to the Dengie Coast SLA (paragraphs 5.8.42 - 43). It should also be noted that the Bradwell wind farm has been consented; it is therefore reasonable to assume that this wind farm will be built in advance of the proposed Turncole development and will, in part, redefine the baseline character of the Coastal Zone. 5.8.60 In conclusion, the overall magnitude of effect as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Medium - Low within the central area and coastal areas of the Coastal Zone decreasing to Low then Negligible where intervisibility with the Site reduces, particularly along the northern and more westerly limits of the Coastal Zone. Given the High sensitivity, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of overall effect is judged to be Moderate within central parts reducing to Slight then Minimal along the northern and westerly limits of the Coastal Zone.
Coastal Protection Belt in Rochford District
5.8.61 The Coastal Protection belt extends across a part of the wider study area though does not encroach in to the Site. The impact of a wind farm development will not necessarily affect the open or rural character of the area. 5.8.62 The Rochford Coastal Protection Belt, whilst physically separate from the proposed development, has a large degree of intervisibility along its northern limits and the introduction of the proposed turbines will affect the composition of some views into and from the Coastal Protection Belt (refer to Figure 5.3). 5.8.63 In conclusion, the overall magnitude of effect as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Low – Negligible along the northern coastal edge of Wallasea and Foulness Islands reducing to Negligible where intervisibility reduces to the south and west. Given the High sensitivity, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Slight along the northern coastal margin reducing to Minimal further south and west.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 81 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 5.8: Summary of Assessment of Effects on Landscape Designations
Special Landscape Areas (Maldon District)
Area Approximate Sensitivity to Magnitude of Operational Effect Significance of Effect Distance from the Site (minimum) Development Dengie Marshes - High Medium Major - Moderate Crouch - Roach Marshes <2km High Low Moderate Blackwater - Colne Estuary 6km High Negligible Minimal Upper Crouch 5Km High Negligible Minimal Woodham Scarp 15km Not assessed as no intervisibility with the Site Chelmer – Blackwater Ridges 18km Not assessed as no intervisibility with the Site Special Landscape Areas (Rochford District) Upper Crouch 3km High Negligible Minimal The Crouch/Roach marshes 3km High Negligible Minimal Hockley Woods 16km High Not assessed as no intervisibility with the Site Coastal Designations Coastal Zone in Maldon - High Medium – Low (within central and Moderate (within central District eastern coastal zone) reducing to and eastern coastal zone) Low then Negligible (northern reducing to Slight then and western limits) - Minimal Coastal Protection Belt in 3km High Low – Negligible (northern coastal Slight (northern coastal Rochford District zone) reducing to Negligible (to zone) reducing to Minimal the south and west) (to the south and west)
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 82 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Potential Effects on Seascape Character
5.8.64 The potential effects of the proposed development on seascape character are considered in the following section. In order to assess whether seascape character is significantly affected by a development, it should be determined how each of the key characteristics would be affected. The judgement of magnitude therefore reflects the degree to which the key characteristics and elements which form those characteristics will be altered by the proposals. 5.8.65 Table 5.5, together with Figure 5.6, provides a summary of the baseline conditions for each of the Regional Seascape Units (RSU) within the 30km study area.
Tendring Peninsula Regional Seascape Unit
5.8.66 The proposed wind farm development is physically separated from this RSU with only limited intervisibility which is a product of the distance of views rather than any intervening obstructions. The Tendring Peninsula RSU does not draw its character from landward or seaward elements of the Dengie peninsula. 5.8.67 The magnitude of effects of the proposed development on the Tendring Peninsula RSU is assessed as Negligible. Given the RSUs Medium – Low sensitivity to change the overall significance of effects is judged to be Minimal.
Mersea Island and Estuaries Regional Seascape Unit
5.8.68 The proposed wind farm development is physically and, to a large extent visually separated from this RSU. The Mersea island and Estuaries RSU does not draw its character from landward or seaward elements of the Dengie peninsula. 5.8.69 The magnitude of effects of the proposed development on the Tendring Peninsula RSU is assessed as Negligible. Given the RSUs Medium sensitivity to change the overall significance of effects is judged to be Minimal.
The Maldon Peninsula Regional Seascape Unit
5.8.70 The proposed wind farm is located within the Maldon Peninsula RSU. The inherent character and scale of the proposed development will inevitably affect, in part, the intrinsic qualities of the RSU particularly as it is largely defined by its landward elements. The wind farm development would exert a strong visual presence in the local landscape and become a defining element in physical, perceptual and aesthetic terms. It should also be noted that the Bradwell wind farm has been consented; it is therefore reasonable to assume that this wind farm will be built in advance of the proposed Turncole development and will contribute to the character of the Maldon Peninsula RSU. 5.8.71 Few of the existing defining characteristics of the RSU would be altered or lost. The most significant changes are likely to relate to perceptual and aesthetic qualities of the landscape including a sense of remoteness and overall isolation which emanate from a relatively undeveloped and uninhabited landscape. The importance of broad and uninterrupted views would also be partially altered by the scale and arrangement of the vertical turbines. However, it can be reasonably argued that the relatively small number of turbines would have a limited visual effect in the context of a much broader and visually accessible landscape and that the spatial arrangement of the turbines would result in a relatively transparent development. 5.8.72 In summary the overall magnitude of effect on the Maldon Peninsula RSU as a result of the proposed development is judged to be Medium leading to a noticeable alteration to key visual characteristics of the RSU, such that post development the baseline situation will be fundamentally changed. Given the Medium – High sensitivity to change for the RSU, in relation to the type of proposed development, the significance of effect is judged to be Moderate.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 83 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 5.9: Summary of Assessment of Effects on Regional Seascape Character Units
Area Approximate Sensitivity to Magnitude of Significance of Effect Distance from the Operational Site Development Effect (minimum) Tendring Peninsula 12km Medium – Low Negligible Minimal Regional Seascape Unit Mersea Island and 12km Medium Negligible Minimal Estuaries Regional Seascape Unit The Maldon Peninsula - Medium - High Medium Moderate Regional Seascape Unit
Assessment of Effects on Visual Amenity during Operation
5.8.73 Of the scheme components described in Section 5.1, the seven turbines have the greatest relevance in terms of assessing visual effects. The ZTV studies, supported by wireframe and photomontage studies, indicate that the turbines, which measure 126.5m to blade tip, will be widely visible in the largely flat and undeveloped landscape of the Dengie peninsula. The movement of the blades will also tend to draw the eye towards the development. The transformers associated with each turbine are much smaller in scale and stationary and are therefore likely to have less visual impact. Similarly the anemometry mast whilst prominent in terms of height will tend to be more recessive in views due in part to the lattice steel work which reduces the mass of the structure. The substation and control building will reflect the agricultural style and scale of nearby farm buildings and will therefore become largely integrated within the rural landscape. Access tracks are designed to follow drainage ditches and / or mimic the meandering organic nature of watercourse which is common to the Site and surrounding landscape. During certain times of the year, when arable crops are sufficiently mature the access tracks will be largely screened from views from within the flat low lying marshes. 5.8.74 This following section draws on site observations and a supporting desk stop study for 15 viewpoints which have previously been agreed through consultation with Maldon District Council and Natural England. A series of wireframes and photomontages have been prepared, in accordance with the methodology described in Appendix 5.2, for each of the 15 viewpoints. For each viewpoint the significance of predicted effects is discussed with reference to the visual amenity of: Residents; Visitors – including recreational walkers, horse riders and cyclists; The Travelling Public – including motorists, footpath users and cyclists; and Workers 5.8.75 The assessment also assesses separately the predicted effects of development on residential amenity; the predicted visual effects at night; and the predicted visual effects resulting from prevailing weather conditions. Reference should be made to the baseline viewpoint descriptions provided in earlier sections of this LVIA chapter and summarised in Table 5.6.
Viewpoint 1: Residential properties and public footpath on the northern edge of Burnham-On-Crouch
5.8.76 The viewpoint is located on Marsh Road to the east of Burnham-On-Crouch at an elevation of approximately 4m AOD. From this location the angle of view encompasses 360o and the nearest turbine is located 2.2km to the east.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 84 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.8.77 Reference should be made to Figures 5.15a and 5.15b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.78 At this location, the turbines will be partially screened by the properties along Marsh Road and garden boundary vegetation including some larger mature trees. The effectiveness of the screening afforded by the vegetation will reduce when leaf fall occurs. It should also be noted that views towards the proposed turbines from north facing first floor windows of properties on Marsh Road are likely to be more direct and uninterrupted by vegetation. The turbines will occupy approximately 18o of the illustrated 135o view (refer to Figure 5.15a) and a considerably smaller proportion of the overall available view. 5.8.79 The magnitude of visual effect arising from the proposed wind farm development is judged to be Low, principally on account of the limited sector of view that the turbines will occupy and the screening effect of vegetation particularly between late spring and early autumn. The significance of effect which takes into account the High sensitivity of the principal receptor (residents) in combination with the magnitude of effect is deemed to be Moderate.
Viewpoint 2: Twizzlefoot Bridge on Marsh Road to the east of Burnham-On-Crouch
5.8.80 The viewpoint is located along Marsh Road at Twizzlefoot Bridge to the north east of Burnham-On-Crouch and has an elevation of approximately 2m AOD. The nearest turbine is located 0.7km to the north east. The viewpoint affords a 360o panoramic view across the Dengie marshes. 5.8.81 Reference should be made to Figures 5.16a and 5.16b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.82 At this location, the turbines will be fully visible in immediate views to the north east and east. The turbines will occupy a spread of approximately 52o, equating to approximately 14% of the available 360o view. 5.8.83 From this location on Marsh Road, the turbines will have a major visual presence resulting in a significant alteration to views across the low lying marsh landscape. The current lack of vertical features and screening elements in the landscape, combined with the extensive backdrop of the sky, would accentuate the scale and presence of the turbines. The turbines would, however, be in keeping with a simple, large scale landscape. Furthermore, the temporary meteorological mast for the proposed wind farm provides some vertical visual reference, though this is visually more recessive than the turbines. 5.8.84 The magnitude of visual effect arising from the proposed wind farm development is judged to be High based on the proximity of the unobstructed views and the high degree to which the turbines occupy the available field of view. The significance of effect which takes into account the sensitivity of the principal receptor (local motorists with a Medium level of sensitivity to change) in combination with the magnitude of effect is deemed to be Major- Moderate.
Viewpoint 3: Public footpath at the entrance to Cripplegate/ North End in Southminster
5.8.85 The viewpoint is located adjacent to a public footpath and residential properties along the eastern edge of Southminster. The viewpoint has an elevated position of approximately 20m AOD with the nearest turbine located 2.8km to the south east. From this location the angle of view is approximately 180o running from south to north. 5.8.86 Reference should be made to Figures 5.17a and 5.17b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.87 From this location the turbines will be visible in mid distance views to the south east above tree cover in the foreground. The turbines will occupy approximately 19o of the available panorama which equates to 5% of the available 360o view. It should, however, be noted that the available views towards the turbines from the footpath further to the east of the assessment viewpoint are significantly reduced by the screening effect of the mature hedgerow which runs parallel to the footpath.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 85 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.8.88 The turbines will break the horizon to the south east and will read as separate entities with irregular spacing. The turbines will represent a new element within the view, though they will remain subservient to the broad expanse of the marsh and sky. The meteorological mast (associated with the proposed Middlewick wind farm), together with three other masts on horizon provide some vertical context for the turbines. 5.8.89 The magnitude of visual effect arising from the proposed wind farm development is judged to be Medium. The main receptor at this viewpoint will be residents with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed, resulting in a Major – Moderate level of significance of visual effect. This acknowledges the relatively high degree of occupancy of the turbines within available field of view and the proximity of views from an elevated position.
Viewpoint 4: Land to the front of St James Church, Dengie
5.8.90 The viewpoint is located on land off Keelings Road on a small verge adjacent to St James Church. The church occupies an elevated position of approximately 15m AOD with views to the south across the Dengie marshes. The angle of view is around 90o with vegetation and farm buildings screening more distant views to the south east and south west. The nearest turbine is approximately 3.8km to the south. 5.8.91 Reference should be made to Figures 5.18a and 5.18b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.92 From this location the turbines will, for the most part, appear as an evenly spaced array which are visually prominent in views to the south. The two turbines furthest to the east sit close to one another and interrupt the spatial ‘rhythm’ of the other five turbines. The turbines will occupy a sector of view of approximately 23o which equates to 26% of the available 90o view. 5.8.93 The turbines will clearly represent a significant new element in the landscape. However, the availability of long distance views across the marshes and broad horizon will remain intact and the turbines will become an element of this much broader view. The aforementioned masts will also provide a vertical context for the turbines though these are more visually recessive. 5.8.94 The magnitude of visual effect is judged to be High – Medium due principally to the proximity and unobstructed nature of views in combination with the relatively high degree of occupancy of the turbines within the available field of view. Visitors to the church are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. This results in a Major – Moderate significance of visual effect.
Viewpoint 5: Public footpath located to the south of Tillingham
5.8.95 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath to the south of the village of Tillingham and occupies a slightly position at approximately 22m AOD. From this position the angle of view is 180o and the nearest turbine is located 5.3km to the south. 5.8.96 Reference should be made to Figure 5.19a and 5.19b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.97 The turbines will be visible in the centre of the view above the line of trees and hedgerow to the south. The turbines will appear evenly spread and will occupy a sector of view of approximately 17o. This equates to 9% of the available 180o view. 5.8.98 From this fixed position the vegetation will mask the lower portion of each turbine though the extent of screening will increase in views further south along the public footpath. The turbines occupy a relatively small amount of the available field of view and, because of the visual impact of vegetation in the foreground will have only limited presence in the overall view. 5.8.99 The magnitude of effect is therefore judged to be Low. The main receptor at this viewpoint will be walkers with a High sensitivity to the proposed type of change, resulting in a Moderate level of significance of visual effect.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 86 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Viewpoint 6: Public highway adjacent to the Bridgewick Arts Centre
5.8.100 The viewpoint is located at the southern end of Bridgewick Road adjacent to Bridgewick Arts Centre and to the north of Court Farm. The viewpoint is situated on low lying ground at approximately 2m AOD. From this location the angle of view is approximately 270o and the distance to the nearest turbine is 3km. 5.8.101 Reference should be made to Figures 5.20a and 5.20b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.102 The turbines will be prominent in views to the south west where the landscape is both flat and open with few vertical elements except for locally prominent telegraph poles and the Turncole wind farm met mast. The turbines would appear as separate entities with an irregular spacing, occupying a sector of view of approximately 21o . This equates to 8% of the available 270o view. 5.8.103 The turbines will clearly introduce a significant new element in the landscape. However, the availability of long distance and panoramic views across the marshes and towards the coast will remain intact and the turbines, which occupy a relatively small amount of the available field of view, will become an element of a much broader view. 5.8.104 The magnitude of visual effect is therefore judged to be Medium. The main receptor at this viewpoint will be residents with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed, resulting in a Major – Moderate significance of visual effect.
Viewpoint 7: St Peter’s Church located to the west of Bradwell
5.8.105 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath adjacent to St. Peter’s Church, to the west of Bradwell-On-Sea, and lies within 500m of the coastal shoreline to the east. The viewpoint occupies low lying ground at approximately 2m AOD. From this location the angle of view is broadly 270o and the distance to the nearest turbine is 11.1km. 5.8.106 Reference should be made to Figures 5.21a and 5.21b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.107 The proposed wind farm will be located to the south/ south west occupying approximately 8o of the illustrated 135o view (refer to Figure 5.21a) and a considerably smaller proportion of the overall available view. The turbines will appear as separate entities with an even spread and distribution. The turbines sit relatively low in the landscape with the blade tips only just breaking the horizon. Slightly elevated ground to the south and south west forms a low backdrop to the wind farm. Pylons which extend to the west are significant vertical elements in an otherwise flat landscape. It should also be noted that the consented Bradwell wind farm, once constructed will be a major visual element in the foreground. 5.8.108 The overall magnitude of visual effect is judged to be Low, principally on account of the limited sector of view that the turbines will occupy in combination with the distance of the view which reduces the prominence of the development in the landscape. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The significance of visual effect, as a result, is judged to be Moderate.
Viewpoint 8: Public footpath located to the immediate south of Canewdon
5.8.109 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath, known as Gays Lane, to the north of the village of Canewdon. The viewpoint occupies an elevated position in relation to surrounding land at a height of 30m AOD. The angle of view is broadly 180o and follows the east - west orientation of the Crouch river valley. The distance to the nearest turbine is 8.3km. 5.8.110 Reference should be made to Figures 5.22a and 5.22b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.111 The proposed wind farm will be located to the east occupying approximately 6o of the illustrated 135o view (refer to Figure 5.22a) and a considerably smaller proportion of the overall available view. From this location, and in conditions of good visibility, the turbines will be seen on the eastern horizon beyond the settlement of Burnham-On-Crouch. From this
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 87 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
distance the eye will not instinctively be drawn to the wind farm but will tend to scan the wider landscape for more readily identifiable features and elements. 5.8.112 The presence of the wind farm will not alter the principal characteristics of the existing view which is dominated by a rolling agricultural landscape and river valley and, against this, the backdrop of the expansive sky. It should be noted that the adjacent playing fields have no discernable views towards the wind farm due to the mature hedgerow which runs along the boundary of the field. 5.8.113 Overall the magnitude of visual effect arising from the proposed wind farm development is judged to be Low – Negligible. This is principally on account of the limited sector of view that the turbines will occupy in combination with the distance of the view which reduces the prominence of the development in the landscape. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The significance of visual effect, as a result, is judged to be Slight.
Viewpoint 9: Coastal footpath on Wallasea Island
5.8.114 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath which follows the sea defence along the isolated and remote north coast of Wallasea Island. The elevated view extends through 360o across extensive tracts of arable farmland to the south and open and sparsely settled marshes to the north. The distance to the nearest turbine is 3.4km. 5.8.115 Reference should be made to Figures 5.23a and 5.23b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.116 The proposed wind farm will be clearly visible in near distance views across the River Crouch and will appear as a regularly spaced array rising from the flat and open landscape of the Dengie Marshes. The turbines will occupy a sector of view of 26o which equates to around 7% of the overall 360o view. The turbines will be the only significant vertical elements along the northern horizon and are therefore likely to become the focus for views across an otherwise simple landscape. However, the River Crouch provides a significant buffer in the foreground and, in terms of the effect on anticipated views, will place the proposed turbines in a separate landscape which is remote from Wallasea Island. 5.8.117 Overall the magnitude of visual effect is judged to be Medium – High which takes into account the scale and presence of the turbines in an otherwise simple and low lying landscape. This said, the turbines will occupy a relatively small sector of an otherwise broad and expansive view. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The significance of visual effect is deemed to be Major – Moderate.
Viewpoint 10: Sea wall at Heybridge Basin to the east of Maldon
5.8.118 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath which follows the sea wall to the east of Heybridge Basin. To the south of the footpath are a number of residential properties which have first floor views across the River Blackwater. The viewpoint is located at approximately 2m AOD and affords broadly 270o views across the estuary and towards inland areas to the north. From this position the nearest turbine is approximately 14.1km. 5.8.119 Reference should be made to Figures 5.24a and 5.24b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.120 The proposed wind farm will, in conditions of good visibility, appear in views along the ridgeline to the south east and will occupy approximately 4o of the illustrated 135o view (refer to Figure 5.24a). This equates to less than 2% of the available 270o view. 5.8.121 The photomontage illustrates that only the upper reaches of the turbine blades will be visible and that they will be largely assimilated within existing vegetation along the ridge. From this distance the eye will not instinctively be drawn to the wind farm but will tend to be drawn to activity on the water and to more visually dominant features in near views. 5.8.122 Overall the magnitude of visual effect is judged to be Negligible, principally on account of the distance of the view, the limited sector of view that the turbines will occupy and the
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 88 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
visual stimulus which is generated by activity on the Estuary. Residents are the principal visual receptor at this viewpoint location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The corresponding significance of visual effect is therefore judged to be Minimal.
Viewpoint 11: Coastal footpath to the south of Goldhangar
5.8.123 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath which runs alongside a small inlet on the River Blackwater to the south of Goldhangar and lies at approximately 2m AOD. The nearest turbine lies to the south east at a distance of approximately 12.9km. A 360o panoramic view is afforded from this viewpoint. 5.8.124 Reference should be made to Figures 5.25a and 5.25b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.125 The wireframe model shows that the proposed wind farm will sit in views to the south east and occupy approximately 5o of the sector of view. This equates to just over 1% of the available panoramic view. The localised screening effect of shoreline vegetation will restrict views of the wind farm from this fixed position but it should be noted that views will be more accessible to the immediate west of this viewpoint. 5.8.126 The photomontage demonstrates that, in conditions of good visibility, only the upper sections of the turbines will be visible on the horizon and above the low ridgeline. From this distance the eye will not instinctively be drawn to the wind farm but will tend to be drawn to the immediate shoreline and to the wider horizon where St. Lawrence and Bradwell Power Station are recognisable features. 5.8.127 Overall the magnitude of visual effect is judged to be Negligible, principally on account of the distance of the view, the limited sector of view that the turbines will occupy and the visual stimulus which is generated by activity on the Estuary. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this viewpoint location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The corresponding significance of effect is therefore judged to be Minimal.
Viewpoint 12: Public footpath to the south of Tollesbury Marina
5.8.128 The viewpoint is located on locally elevated ground, at approximately 4m AOD, to the immediate south of Tollesbury Marina. The viewpoint allows a 360o panoramic view across the estuary and areas inland to the north. The nearest turbine is located some 12.5km to the south. 5.8.129 Reference should be made to Figure 5.26a and 5.26b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.130 The wireframe model shows that the wind farm will occupy an angle of view of approximately 7o, which equates to around 2% of the available view.. However, the turbines will be barely imperceptible above the ridgeline and vegetation and views will, in any case, tend to be drawn towards the Power Station further to the west. 5.8.131 Overall the magnitude of visual effect is judged to be Negligible, principally on account of the large degree to which the turbines are screened by landform and vegetation and by the competing visual presence of the Power Station. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal.
Viewpoint 13: Beachfront at West Mersea, Mersea Island
5.8.132 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath along Victoria Esplanade adjacent to the beachfront at West Mersea. The viewpoint lies at approximately 2m AOD and affords a 180o view along the Blackwater Estuary. The nearest turbine is located 14.9km to the south. 5.8.133 Reference should be made to Figures 5.27a and 5.27b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.134 The wireframe model shows that the turbines will occupy approximately 6o of the sector of view, which equates to less than 4% of the available view. The individual turbines will, in conditions of good visibility, be discernible elements, arranged at broadly regular intervals.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 89 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Electricity pylons provide a vertical context and will extend to either side of the turbines at broadly the same height. 5.8.135 Overall the magnitude of effect is judged to be Low – Negligible due, in part, to the distance of the view and the focus of views which will tend to concentrate on the estuary, beach front and water based activity. Beach users are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a Medium - High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of effect is therefore deemed to be Slight.
Viewpoint 14: Public footpath adjacent to the beach front at Point Clear
5.8.136 The viewpoint is located on a public footpath adjacent to the sea wall and to the rear of the beachfront at Point Clear. The viewpoint is at approximately 1m AOD and from here the distance to the nearest turbine is approximately 20km. The viewpoint affords near 360o views with the principal focus across the broad mouth of the Estuary and out to sea in a southerly and easterly direction. 5.8.137 Reference should be made to Figures 5.28a and 5.28b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.138 The turbines will occupy approximately 4o of the illustrated 135o view (refer to Figure 5.28a) and a considerably smaller proportion of the overall available view. From this position the wind farm will be seen as a very distant feature on the horizon and will constitute a peripheral element in views which are dominated by the bay and activity on the Estuary. Bradwell Power Station and associated pylons provide a distant vertical reference for the turbines. 5.8.139 Overall the magnitude of effect is judged to be Negligible, principally due to the distance of the view and the limited proportion of the available view which the turbines will occupy. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal.
Viewpoint 15: Public footpath adjacent to the beach front west of Jaywick
5.8.140 The viewpoint is located adjacent to the sea wall to the western end of Jaywick. The viewpoint lies at approximately 1m AOD and from here the distance to the nearest turbine is approximately 20.6km. The viewpoint affords near 360o views with the principal focus to south across the broad mouth of the Estuary and out to sea and includes views of Gunfleet Sands offshore wind farm which is visible on the eastern horizon. 5.8.141 Reference should be made to Figure 5.29a and 5.29b which show a wireframe and photomontage of the proposed development from this viewpoint. 5.8.142 The wind farm will, in conditions of good visibility, appear on the distant south western horizon located on a narrow strip of land which forms part of the Dengie peninsula. The wireframe model demonstrates that the turbines will occupy approximately 4o of the sector of view equating to just over 1% of the available 360o view. 5.8.143 From this distance the eye will not instinctively be drawn to the wind farm but will tend to scan the much broader sea view together with more localised points of interest along the shoreline which includes Gunfleet Sands offshore wind farm and the beaches and sea defences. The turbines will, for the most part, appear as recessive elements in the landscape though this will depend on the position of the sun and resultant reflective glare. 5.8.144 The overall magnitude of effect is judged to be Negligible on account of the distance of the view and the fact that the principal focus for views is drawn elsewhere across a very broad horizon. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location, with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore deemed to be Minimal.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 90 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 5.10: Summary of Visual Effects
VP Location Grid Ref Approx Designation Principal Baseline Baseline Magnitude Significance No. Distance Receptor Quality Sensitivity of Visual of Effect from Group Effect nearest turbine 1 Marsh Road, 595861, 2.20km None Residents Medium High Low Moderate Burnham-On- 196937 Crouch 2 Twizzlefoot Bridge 597486, 2.90km Dengie SLA/ Motorists Medium – Medium High Major - 197108 Coastal High Moderate Zone 3 Public Footpath, 596261, 2.80km None Residents Medium – High Medium Major - Southminster 200028 High Moderate 4 Church of St. 598943, 3.80km Dengie SLA Visitors to Medium - High High- Major - James, Dengie 201604 / Coastal Church High Medium Moderate Zone 5 Public Footpath, 599292, 5.30km Dengie SLA/ Walkers Medium – High Low Moderate Tillingham 203077 Coastal Low Zone 6 Bridgewick Road 601560, 3.00km Dengie SLA Residents Medium – High Medium Major – adjacent to 199756 / Coastal High Moderate Bridgewick Arts Zone Centre 7 Chapel of St. Peter on 603105, 11.10km Dengie SLA/ Walkers Medium – High Low Moderate the Wall, Bradwell- 208163 Coastal Zone (visitors to High On-Sea church) 8 Public Footpath off 590144, 8.30km Upper Walkers Medium - High Low – Slight Gays Lane, 194803 Crouch SLA High Negligible Canewdon / Coastal Protection Belt
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 91 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
VP Location Grid Ref Approx Designation Principal Baseline Baseline Magnitude Significance No. Distance Receptor Quality Sensitivity of Visual of Effect from Group Effect nearest turbine 9 Coastal footpath, 596738, 3.40km Coastal Walkers Medium - High Medium - Major - Wallasea Island 194531 Protection High High Moderate Belt/ Crouch - Roach Marshes SLA 10 Coastal footpath, 587428, 14.10km Blackwater Residents Medium – High Negligible Minimal Heybridge basin 207149 Colne SLA / High Coastal Zone 11 Coastal footpath, 590660, 12.90km Blackwater Walkers Medium – High Negligible Minimal Goldhangar 208452 Colne SLA / High Coastal Zone 12 Public Footpath, 596895, 12.50km Blackwater Walkers Medium - High Negligible Minimal Tollesbury Marina 210315 Colne SLA / High Coastal Zone 13 Victoria Esplanade, 601899, 14.90km None Beach Medium – Medium – Low – Slight West Mersea 212392 Users High High Negligible 14 Coastal footpath, 608767, 20.00km None Walkers Medium High Negligible Minimal Point Clear 215337 15 Promenade, 613586, 20.60km None Walkers Medium – High Negligible Minimal Jaywick 212680 Low
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 92 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Visual Effects on Public Rights of Way
5.8.145 Effects on the visual amenity of Public Rights of Way (PROW) in the vicinity of the Site were assessed. Particular reference is made to effects on National and Regional Trails and Cycle routes. Assessments are informed by viewpoints which are located on PROW and by site visits and reference to aerial photography to ascertain the likely extent and nature of views available from the routes. Other publicly accessible locations such as permissive rights of way, open access land, Woodland Trust sites or similar are also considered, although it should be borne in mind that these do not have the protection which is afforded to PROW. The assessment assumes that walkers, using the rights of way identified in the following section, have a high sensitivity to the type of change that is proposed.
Visual Effects on Long Distance Footpaths
5.8.146 The ZTV studies indicate that intervisibility with the proposed wind farm is for the most part limited to the eastern extents of the route, comprising a 9km length stretching between St. Peter’ Chapel in the east and extending approximately 2km to the west of Tillingham. 5.8.147 In reality, views towards the proposed wind farm are largely intermittent to the west of Tillingham because of intervening vegetation and substantially screened by buildings within Tillingham. It is only to the east, towards the coast, that views are more accessible. Here, the footpath would be between 6.5km and 11km from the turbines with generally open views, though again with some localised screening/ filtering by intervening vegetation. To the east of Tillingham, the magnitude of effect is generally considered to be Low such that, depending on the direction of travel, there would be a minor alteration to the view. Further to the west, the magnitude of visual effect is considered to be Low reducing to Negligible within Tillingham itself where buildings and vegetation create substantial screening. As walkers have a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed, the overall significance of visual effect will range from between Moderate where intervisibility is at its greatest, towards the coast, reducing to Slight to the west of Tillingham then to Minimal within Tillingham itself.
Visual Effects on Local Definitive Rights of Way
5.8.148 There are relatively few designated footpaths within a 5km radius of the Site. Most ‘inland’ paths connect to the coastal path which extends around the perimeter of the Dengie peninsula. FP18 and FP24 are the closest to the Site at a distance of approximately 1km. FP 18, to the south west of the Site, forms a short route linking Marsh Road with the coastal footpath and Burnham-On-Crouch; FP 24 to the east of the Site follows a north-south route from the coastal path towards Montsale. The open and flat nature of the landscape and proximity of these paths to the proposed development will result in a High – Medium overall magnitude of visual effect for walkers using these routes. Similarly, users of the elevated coastal path will gain largely uninterrupted views of the wind farm development though from a more distant viewing position; along the southern and eastern coastal path the magnitude of visual effect is therefore considered to be Medium. 5.8.149 The significance of visual effect is considered to be Major along those footpaths within broadly a 2km radius of the Site. This level of significance reduces to Major - Moderate when viewed from footpaths beyond 2km and along the coastal path.
Visual Effects on the travelling public
5.8.150 The ZTV studies indicate that the proposed wind farm would be visible from a small number of mainly minor roads which thread across the Dengie peninsula within a 10km radius of the Site. The users of local roads, which are the principal transport corridors within a 5km radius of the Site, will have a Medium sensitivity to the type of change proposed.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 93 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
B1021 from Burnham-On-Crouch to Bradwell Waterside:
5.8.151 There will be intermittent views of the proposed wind farm along this route. Site observations suggest that roadside vegetation and buildings will provide localised screening which is most evident in the larger built up areas of Burnham, Southminster, Tillingham and Bradwell-On-Sea. The magnitude of visual effect upon the principal receptor (motorists with a Medium sensitivity) is deemed to be Low – Negligible . The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore considered to be Slight.
B1018 (to the west of Southminster):
5.8.152 Intermittent views of the proposed wind farm are likely, though roadside vegetation (generally low hedgerows and trees) and isolated properties will create variable screening along the route. In places, only turbine blades are likely to be visible above tree cover. Within Southminster, the proposed turbines would be screened by built development. The magnitude of visual effect upon the principal receptor (motorists with a Medium sensitivity) is deemed to be Low – Negligible. The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore considered to be Slight.
B1010 (to the west of Burnham-On-Crouch):
5.8.153 Views of the proposed wind farm will be filtered and screened along the majority of the route towards Burnham-On-Crouch by roadside vegetation and by isolated properties and agricultural buildings. The extent of screening increases on the approach to Burnham, such that the proposed wind farm would not be visible through much of the urban area. The magnitude of visual effect upon the principal receptor (motorists with a Medium sensitivity) is deemed to be Low – Negligible. The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore considered to be Slight.
Minor roads within the Dengie Marshes
5.8.154 The open nature of the landscape within the Dengie marshes will afford largely uninterrupted views of the turbines from the minor roads which extend to the north and south, broadly within a 3km radius of the Site. Although some localised screening will occur as a result of vegetation cover and buildings in the landscape, the frequency and close proximity of views will lead to a High - Medium magnitude of visual effect. The resulting significance of visual effect is therefore considered to be Major - Moderate.
5.9 Construction and Decommissioning
Impact of Construction Plant and Construction Activities
5.9.2 Turncole Wind Farm will be constructed over a period of approximately 12 months. During the period of construction it is inevitable that both permanent and temporary landscape and visual effects will arise. These will comprise a loss of landscape fabric; visual effects arising from vehicle movements both on and off-site; and construction activities themselves which will include erection of the turbines, anemometer mast, control building, on site cabling routes, grid connections (Chapter 13); access tracks; highways improvements; and new and upgraded culverts to facilitate site access. 5.9.3 During construction there will be considerable activity on site. The construction works will involve the use of large construction plant including cranes and the movement of other vehicles such as excavators and trucks. Vehicle movements to and from the Site will be strictly controlled and subject to a vehicle routing plan which is discussed in detail in Chapter 10 of the ES. In addition to the movement of vehicles there will also be temporary lighting to facilitate safe working. A site compound will be established to the south west of the Site measuring 60m by 50m. This will be fenced to provide a secure enclosure and will include an area for temporary storage of materials and plant. 5.9.4 Visual effects, arising from construction activity, are largely unavoidable owing to the open nature of the surrounding landscape and the proximity of a number of properties to the Site itself. However these effects are temporary in nature and will not continue beyond the end
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 94 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
of the construction period. Furthermore, the Site sits within a much larger and open landscape in which broad views are a characteristic. The construction site, whilst visible, will only form a relatively small sector of available views from most locations within the Dengie peninsula - the exception being primarily properties located less than 1km from the Site (refer to residential amenity assessment). The overall magnitude of visual effects during the construction of Turncole Wind Farm is considered to be Low resulting in a Moderate significance of effect in a local context. 5.9.5 In terms of effects on the physical fabric of the Site a number of measures have been employed to minimise potential disturbance. This includes careful consideration in terms of siting of turbines and routing of access tracks to ensure that land take is kept to a minimum. Where possible existing farm access and routes will be utilised (refer to Section 5.7, Design Mitigation). Some effects on the landscape fabric will be temporary in nature. For example, the disturbance to arable land to accommodate cable routing will be undetectable once vegetation has re-established along the cable route. Similarly, where interventions to create vehicle access have been necessary, the intensively managed arable vegetation will mature on a cyclical basis and integrate surfaced routes back into the softer character of the adjacent landscape. Overall, in terms of the landscape resource and fabric the magnitude of effect during the construction period is considered to be Low to Negligible, resulting in a Slight significance of effect.
Impact of Decommissioning Activities
5.9.6 At the end of the operational life of the wind turbines or in any event at the expiry of planning permission (usually 25years) there will be a review of Turncole Wind Farm. If it is decided to decommission the wind farm rather than reapply for planning permission with full assessment, site clearance and reinstatement of the Site will take approximately 12 months. The decommissioning operations will comprise: dismantling of turbines and transformers followed by removal off-site; turbine foundations will be partially removed to a depth of 1m and the land returned to an agricultural standard; below ground electrical connections will be disconnected and left in situ; Access tracks may be retained or removed depending on potential need for future agricultural purposes; and The substation building will be decommissioned and equipment removed off site. 5.9.7 Decommissioning activities will require the use of sizeable plant and equipment throughout the period as structures are dismantled and moved off-site. Whilst the visual and landscape effects of deconstruction would be noticeable, the effects will be of a short duration and limited to the Site and specific vehicle routes surrounding the area. Where there are retained elements, such as access tracks and buildings, they will, over a period of 25years, have become assimilated into the rural landscape and are likely to be reused to service the agriculture which surrounds them. The overall magnitude of landscape and visual effects is considered to be Low resulting in a Moderate significance of effect throughout the decommissioning phase.
5.10 Cumulative Effects
Introduction
5.10.2 This Section assesses the cumulative landscape and visual effects which are likely to arise from the proposed development in combination with other operational and consented wind farms and those wind farms which are currently in the planning system but are yet to be determined. 5.10.3 The wind farms which form the basis of this CLVIA have been approved by Maldon District Council and by Natural England through the consultation process described in Section 5.2. A
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 95 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
total of five wind farms have been identified. These are listed below and illustrated on Figure 5.10. Table 5.11: Cumulative Wind Farm Developments
Name Type of Status Height to Approx min. developmen blade tip distance from t Turncole Wind Farm Gunfleet Sands Offshore Operational 131m 22km Phase I Gunfleet Sands Offshore Operational 135m 23km Phase II Kentish Flats Offshore Operational 115m 23km Bradwell Wind Farm Onshore Consented 121m 8.0km Middlewick Wind Onshore Refused 125m 1.3km Farm 5.10.4 It should be noted that, at the time of writing, the Middlewick Wind Farm application has been refused planning permission and an appeal may be pending (though not confirmed). Maldon District Council has requested, however, that Middlewick should still inform the CLVIA for the Turncole application. 5.10.5 In addition to the above, two further onshore wind farms were identified through desk top study, namely Earls Hall Farm and Port of Sheerness. However, it was agreed, through consultation with MDC and NE, that they should not form part of the cumulative assessment on the basis that i) both sites are located within different landscape character areas (therefore minimal cumulative effects upon landscape character); and that ii) any cumulative visual effects associated with these two consented wind farms are highly unlikely to be significant. 5.10.6 It should also be noted that the modelling data used for the Gunfleet Sands 2 development is that used for the original consents application which was the publically available data at the time of the consultation process for Turncole Wind Farm. The operational Gunfleet Sands 2 scheme now comprises 18 as-built turbines indicating that the extent of visual effect from the as-built scheme will be marginally less than that indentified within this assessment. This has no significant bearing upon this assessment.
Methodology
5.10.7 The cumulative assessment has been undertaken in accordance with relevant guidelines using a combination of computer generated ZTVs (refer to Figures 5.11-5.13) and cumulative wireframe and photomontage studies (refer to Figures 5.15c – 5.29c and 5.15d – 5.27d) to help inform field based observations. The assessment does not address the magnitude or significance of the effect arising from the individual wind farm developments included within the CLVIA, but looks at the additional landscape and visual effects arising from the combination of turbines at Turncole with one or more identified wind farm development.
Cumulative Landscape Effects
5.10.8 Similar to the landscape effects set out earlier in this Chapter, the magnitude and significance of cumulative effects on landscape character are a function of the baseline sensitivity of each character area, the number and scale of the proposed wind farms in that character area and the overall size of the landscape area and its defining constituent elements.
LCA E1: South Essex Farmlands
5.10.9 In the section, Potential Effects on County Level Landscape Character, it was considered that there would be a Moderate – Slight, reducing to Minimal significance of effects on the landscape character of this area arising from the construction of Turncole wind farm in isolation.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 96 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.10.10 The introduction of Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational wind farms, would have no additional impact on the landscape fabric of the LCA. A localised additional alteration to views from more open areas to the south of the ridgeline would be noticeable, particularly in the absence of Middlewick wind farm. However, views are not considered a major defining characteristic of the LCA. 5.10.11 In summary, the overall magnitude of cumulative effect on LCA E1 is considered to be Low - Negligible, which combined with a Medium sensitivity to change for this character area, results in a Slight - Minimal significance of cumulative effect.
LCA F2: Crouch and Roach Farmland
5.10.12 In the section, Potential Effects on County Level Landscape Character, it was considered that there would be a Negligible significance of effects on the landscape character of this area arising from the construction of Turncole wind farm in isolation. 5.10.13 The introduction of Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational wind farms, would have no additional impact on the landscape fabric of the LCA. Similarly, long distance views (a defining characteristic of the LCA F2) would remain, though the composition of these views would marginally change with the addition of Turncole in combination with Bradwell wind farm. 5.10.14 In summary, the overall magnitude of cumulative effect on LCA F2 is considered to be Negligible, which combined with a High sensitivity to change for this character area, results in a Minimal significance of cumulative effect.
LCA F3: Dengie and Foulness Coast
5.10.15 As previously discussed, the proposed Turncole wind farm would be wholly located within the Dengie and Foulness Coast Landscape Character Area. In addition, the consented Bradwell wind farm together with Middlewick wind farm (subject to it receiving consent) would also be situated within the LCA F3. In the section, Potential Effects on County Level Landscape Character, it was considered that, within the central portion of LCA F3, there would be major – moderate effects on the landscape character arising from the construction of Turncole wind farm, such that key defining elements including remoteness, and sense of isolation and an absence of development would be altered. 5.10.16 The addition of Turncole, in combination with Bradwell would further increase the geographical spread of turbines within the LCA. However, the relatively low number of turbines in both developments and the distance apart would limit the cumulative visual impact. 5.10.17 The magnitude of cumulative effect on the central portion of the landscape character area is therefore considered to be Medium, which coupled with a High sensitivity to this type of change for the LCA, would result in a Major - Moderate significance of cumulative effect. In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the magnitude of effect would reduce to Low as Turncole would be assimilated into a landscape which already supported two other wind farms. The resulting significance of effect would similarly reduce to Moderate.
LCA F4: Blackwater Estuary
5.10.18 In the section, Potential Effects on County Level Landscape Character, it was considered that there would be a negligible significance of effects on the landscape character of this area arising from the construction of Turncole wind farm in isolation. 5.10.19 The introduction of Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational wind farms, would have no additional impact on the landscape fabric of the LCA or on the perceptual and aesthetic characteristics. The composition of views would be marginally altered as Turncole would extend the spread of turbines along the ridge line and would be seen in combination with Bradwell.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 97 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.10.20 In summary, the overall magnitude of cumulative effect on LCA F4 is considered to be Negligible, which combined with a High sensitivity to change for this character area, results in a Minimal significance of cumulative effect.
LCA F5: North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands
5.10.21 In the section, Potential Effects on County Level Landscape Character, it was considered that there would be a negligible significance of effects on the landscape character of this area arising from the construction of Turncole wind farm in isolation. 5.10.22 The introduction of Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational wind farms, would have no additional impact on the landscape fabric of the LCA or on the perceptual and aesthetic characteristics. As with LCA F4, the composition of views would be marginally altered as Turncole would extend the spread of turbines along the ridge line and would be seen, albeit partially screened behind vegetation, in combination with Bradwell. 5.10.23 In summary, the overall magnitude of cumulative effect on LCA F5 is considered to be Negligible, which combined with a High sensitivity to change for this character area, results in a Minimal significance of cumulative effect. Table 5.12: Summary of Cumulative Effects on County Level Landscape Character Area
Area Approximate Sensitivity to Magnitude of Significance of Distance the Cumulative Cumulative Effect from Site Development Operational (minimum) Effect LCA F3: -km High Medium Major – Moderate Dengie and (reducing to (reducing to Moderate if Foulness Low if Middlewick is consented Coast Middlewick is / constructed) consented / constructed) LCA E1: 1.5km Medium Low - Slight - Minimal South Essex Negligible Farmlands LCA F2: 2.0km High Negligible Minimal Crouch and Roach Farmland LCA F4: 8.5km High Negligible Minimal Blackwater Estuary LCA F5: 10.0km High Negligible Minimal North Blackwater and Colne Coastal Farmlands
Cumulative Visual Effects
5.10.24 Three ZTVs have been prepared which show the cumulative visual effect with reference to: Turncole Wind Farm in combination with the consented Bradwell Wind Farm and ‘in planning’ Middlewick Wind Farm(Figure 5.11); Turncole Wind Farm in combination with the operational Offshore Wind Farms (Figure 5.12); and A combined ZTV showing the cumulative effects arising from Turncole Wind Farm in combination with the other five wind farms within the study area (Figure 5.13).
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 98 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.10.25 The combined ZTV (Figure 5.13) clearly shows that the areas where Turncole is visible in combination with all of the other wind farms is restricted largely to the eastern perimeters of the Dengie marshes where the landscape is predominantly flat and vegetation and development is largely absent, together with offshore areas to the east of the Thames Estuary and Blackwater Estuary. The extent to which a combination of wind farms is visible from a fixed location decreases significantly beyond a distance of 20km from the Site. Therefore, the distribution of viewpoints from which the cumulative visual assessment has been made is largely restricted to an area within 10km of the Site with a small number located in a zone between 10km and 20km from the proposed turbines.
Methodology
5.10.26 The assessment draws on guidance contained within the Scottish Natural Heritage publication Cumulative Effect of Wind Farms version 2 (April 2005) in which visual effects arising from combined and sequential views are addressed. The guidance defines these two methods of assessment in the following terms: “Combined visibility occurs when the observer is able to see two or more developments from one viewpoint……..combined visibility may be either in combination (where several wind farms are within the observer’s arc of vision at the same time) or in succession (where the observer has to turn to see the various wind farms)” “Sequential effects occur when the observer has to move to another viewpoint to see different developments. Sequential effects should be assessed for travel along regularly used routes like major roads or popular paths.” 5.10.27 The guidance also goes on to state that cumulative visual effects will vary in degree with: “ the number and sensitivity of visual receptors; The duration, frequency and nature of combined and sequential views……….; and The relative impact of each individual wind farm, with regard to visual amenity”
Cumulative Visual Assessment – Combined Visibility
5.10.28 This section summarises the anticipated combined cumulative visual effects arising from the turbines at Turncole Wind Farm in combination with the other sites. A total of 11 viewpoints were identified and agreed with MDC and NE as the basis for assessment of cumulative visual effects.
Cumulative Viewpoint 1: Marsh Road, Burnham-On-Crouch
5.10.29 Turncole wind farm lies 2.2km from the viewpoint and occupies 18o of the panoramic 360o view. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.15c) and photomontage (Figure 5.15d). 5.10.30 The photomontage, supported by field observations, indicates that views towards Bradwell Wind Farm (consented) will be largely filtered by vegetation and buildings in views to the north east. Similarly, the operational offshore wind farms (Gunfleet Sands I and II and Kentish Flats) are screened by vegetation and buildings in the foreground. 5.10.31 The visual impact of introducing Turncole wind farm into the view is negated to a large degree by the concentration of buildings and vegetation off Marsh Road which, from this specific viewpoint, will filter much of the proposed development as illustrated in the photomontage (Figure 5.15d). It is acknowledged, however, that from other similar viewpoints within the vicinity, the filtering effects of the existing vegetation and built form may not be as great. 5.10.32 In summary, the overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered to be Low. Residents are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Moderate.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 99 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.10.33 In the event that Middlewick Wind Farm is consented and constructed, Turncole wind farm, (though largely filtered from view) would effectively read as an extension of the Middlewick development as it occupies a similar sector of the view and has a similar arrangement of turbines. The Turncole turbines, which are closer to the viewpoint, would however appear larger and therefore more prominent in the view than those associated with the Middlewick wind farm. The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effect would be Low – Negligible given the extent of screening afforded to Turncole by the buildings and vegetation cover. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is judged to be Slight.
Cumulative Viewpoint 2: Twizzlefoot Bridge, Marsh Road
5.10.34 Turncole wind farm lies 0.7km from the viewpoint and occupies 52o of the panoramic 360o view. The turbines would read as broadly two separate groups comprising 2 and 5 turbines. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.16c) and photomontage (Figure 5.16d). 5.10.35 The wireframe/ photomontage studies indicate that, of the consented and operational wind farms, only Bradwell wind farm would be visible in combination with Turncole. Gunfleet Sands I & II wind farms are located at considerable distance from the viewpoint (25.3km and 24.7km respectively) and are screened by shelterbelt and hedgerow vegetation along the eastern horizon. In winter, the screening effect of leaf cover will be absent, however it is anticipated that the layering and density of vegetation in middle and longer distance views, will continue to provide an effective screen from this viewpoint location. Similarly, Kentish Flats offshore wind farm is sited at a considerable distance from the viewpoint (23.6km) and, in this view, sits behind a dense hedgerow in the foreground which extends along the road verge. Again, it is anticipated that in the absence of leaf cover, the layering and density of vegetation in short and longer distance views will continue to effectively screen the Kentish Flats wind farm. 5.10.36 Bradwell wind farm sits immediately to the left of the Turncole turbines and occupies approximately 5o of the broader 360o view. The turbines would be located 9.3km away from the viewpoint and the photomontage indicates that they would appear significantly smaller than the Turncole turbines and read as a completely separate development. 5.10.37 From this location, Turncole wind farm will have a strong visual presence in the landscape and, compared with the baseline condition (in which only Bradwell wind farm would be visible), would greatly extend the sector of view in which turbines are recognisable vertical features. The introduction of Turncole is likely to draw the eye to this sector of an otherwise much broader view. 5.10.38 In summary, the magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm in combination with the consented Bradwell wind farm is considered to be High resulting in a significant alteration to the view such that the baseline condition is fundamentally changed. Local motorists are the principal receptors at this location with a Medium- High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Major - Moderate. 5.10.39 In the event that Middlewick Wind Farm is consented and constructed, Turncole wind farm would sit in the foreground and partially overlap the Middlewick turbines. The Turncole turbines, which are closer to the viewpoint, would appear up to four times larger and therefore far more prominent in the view than those associated with the Middlewick wind farm. The introduction of Turncole would extend, by a factor of 2, the extent to which wind farm developments occupy this sector of much broader view. The magnitude of cumulative visual effect would be Medium, resulting in a Moderate significance of cumulative visual effect.
Cumulative Viewpoint 3: Footpath off Cripplegate / Northend, Southminster
5.10.40 Turncole wind farm lies 2.8km from the viewpoint and occupies 19o of a 180o view which extends broadly from south west to north east. The turbines would read as one group with each turbine a broadly similar scale albeit with irregular spacing. A visual representation
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 100 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.17c) and photomontage (Figure 5.17d). 5.10.41 The photomontage studies, supported by field observation, indicate that, of the consented and operational wind farms, only Bradwell wind farm would be visible in sequential views in combination with Turncole wind farm. Vegetation cover in near views to the north east provide full screening of Gunfleet I and II turbines. Similarly, vegetation extending along the south eastern horizon, in combination with the distance of view (26.7km) prevents views of the operational Kentish Flats wind farm. 5.10.42 Bradwell Wind farm occupies 4.5o of the broader 180o view and would appear as a tight group with the blade tips breaking the horizon to the north east. Turncole wind farm would occupy a separate arc of view to Bradwell and would therefore be viewed in succession with, rather than in combination with, Bradwell. Furthermore, a hedgerow, which forms a field boundary to the north east, will partially screen the Bradwell turbines leaving only the blade tips visible. 5.10.43 As views of Bradwell wind farm are largely screened and the development occupies a separate sector of view to Turncole wind farm, the resulting magnitude of cumulative visual effect arising from the Turncole development is judged to be Medium. The principal receptor group at this location are residents with a High sensitivity to this type of proposed changed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore Major - Moderate. 5.10.44 In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the photomontage studies indicate that, from this particular viewpoint, it would largely be screened by hedgerow field boundaries in the foreground, therefore, the magnitude of cumulative visual effect (in combination with the other consented/ operational wind farms) would be Low, resulting in a Moderate significance of effect.
Cumulative Viewpoint 4: Church of St James, Dengie
5.10.45 Turncole wind farm lies 3.8km from the viewpoint and occupies 23o of the 90o view. The turbines would read as a single group with regular spacing – though a degree of stacking is likely to the east of the array where two turbines will appear in close proximity to one another. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.18c) and photomontage (Figure 5.18d). 5.10.46 The photomontage studies, supported by field observation, indicate that no other consented or operational wind farms will appear in the view in combination with Turncole wind farm. Vegetation cover and buildings in the foreground will effectively create a year round screen, blocking views of the Gunfleet Sands and Kentish Flats offshore developments. 5.10.47 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered to be High – Medium. Visitors to the church are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Major - Moderate. 5.10.48 In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the photomontage studies indicate that the array of turbines would be situated to the east of the Turncole turbines and would occupy 29o of the available view. The Middlewick turbines would be closer to the viewpoint and, compared with Turncole, would appear as a more disjointed and less harmonious array, comprising three separate rows of turbines with an irregular spacing in each row. Furthermore, from this viewpoint Middlewick turbines would appear to be approximately twice the size of the Turncole turbines. 5.10.49 The introduction of the Turncole development in combination with Middlewick would result in turbines being prominent across almost the full sector of a view which is framed by mature trees and telegraph wires/ poles in the foreground. The magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole in combination with Middlewick is considered to be Medium, resulting in a Moderate – Major significance of effect where visitors to the church are deemed to be the principal receptors.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 101 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Cumulative Viewpoint 5: Footpath off Tillingham Road (B1021), Tillingham
5.10.50 Turncole wind farm lies 5.3km from the viewpoint and occupies 17o of the 180o view. The turbines would read as a single group with regular spacing, though views are partially filtered by field boundary vegetation in the near distance. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.19c) and photomontage (Figure 5.19d). 5.10.51 The photomontage studies, supported by field observation, indicate that no other consented or operational wind farms will appear in the view in combination with Turncole wind farm. Vegetation cover in the foreground, in combination with a gently sloping topography will effectively screen views of the Kentish Flats offshore wind farm to the southeast and Gunfleet Sands offshore wind farm to the east. 5.10.52 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered Low. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Moderate. 5.10.53 In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the photomontage studies indicate that the turbines would appear sequentially alongside the Turncole development and occupy a similar sector of the view. There would be a degree of overlap and stacking in the central portion of the view and vegetation cover along the field boundary would screen lower portions of both the Middlewick and Turncole turbines. Middlewick turbines would appear as a more disjointed array, broadly arranged in three separate, irregularly spaced groups. This would contrast visually with the more regularly spaced Turncole turbines. 5.10.54 In summary, the introduction of the Turncole development, in combination with the Middlewick development, would result in a Low – Negligible magnitude of cumulative visual effects, due to the screening impact of vegetation and the modest increase in the overall sector of view in which turbines appear. The significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Slight.
Cumulative Viewpoint 6: Bridgewick Farm, Bridgewick Road
5.10.55 Turncole wind farm lies 3km from the viewpoint and occupies 21o of an approximately 270o view. The turbines would read as a single group but with irregular spacing. A degree of stacking would be evident to the right of the array with two turbines overlapping in views. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.20c) and photomontage (Figure 5.20d). 5.10.56 The photomontage studies, supported by field observation, indicate that no other consented or operational wind farms will appear in the view in combination with Turncole wind farm. The Kentish Flats offshore wind farm is considered to be sufficiently distant as to be imperceptible in views, whilst screening vegetation adjacent to Bridgewick Farm provides full screening of the consented Bradwell turbines. 5.10.57 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered Medium. Residents are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Major - Moderate. 5.10.58 In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the photomontage studies indicate that the turbines would appear sequentially alongside the Turncole development and occupy a similar sector of the view. Turncole wind farm would however appear smaller in scale than the Middlewick development due to the increased viewing distance. An irregular spacing of turbines from this viewpoint is a common feature of both the Turncole and Middlewick arrays. 5.10.59 In summary, Turncole will have a strong visual presence and, in combination with Middlewick, will result in a modest increase in the overall sector of view in which turbines
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 102 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
will be prominent features. The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects is considered to be Low resulting in a Moderate significance of cumulative visual effect.
Cumulative Viewpoint 7: The Chapel of St. Peter on the Wall, Bradwell-On-Sea
5.10.60 Turncole wind farm lies 11.1km from the viewpoint and occupies 8o of an approximately 270o view. The turbines would read as a single group with regular spacing. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.21c) and photomontage (Figure 5.21d). 5.10.61 Photomontage and wireframe studies indicate that the operational Gunfleet Sands (phases I and II), the consented Bradwell Wind Farm and the ‘in planning’ Middlewick wind farm developments would be visible in combination with the proposed Turncole wind farm. 5.10.62 Bradwell wind farm would occupy the same sector of view as Turncole but would be visually more dominant due to the proximity of the development (1.4km) to the viewpoint. Turncole would sit very low on the southern horizon, partially screened by intervening vegetation, and would appear approximately seven times smaller than the closest Bradwell turbine. 5.10.63 Gunfleet Sands I & II offshore wind farms are visible in clear weather conditions on the eastern horizon. They occupy a separate sector of the view to Bradwell and Turncole wind farms and are therefore seen in sequence with, rather than in combination with, the other developments. It is considered, however, that the introduction of Turncole wind farm would have little impact in terms of increasing the overall visual prominence of wind farm development in sequential views. 5.10.64 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered Low. Visitors to the church are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Moderate. 5.10.65 In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the photomontage studies indicate that the turbines would occupy the same sector of view as the Turncole development and would appear to be of a similar scale and spatial arrangement. Turncole and Middlewick would therefore effectively read as one development from this viewpoint location. For this reason, the assessed magnitude of cumulative visual effect is considered to be Negligible, resulting in a Minimal significance of cumulative visual effect, noted above, are unaffected by the presence of the Middlewick development.
Cumulative Viewpoint 8: Footpath off Gays Lane, Canewdon
5.10.66 Turncole wind farm lies 8.3km from the viewpoint and occupies 6o of an approximately 180o view. The turbines would read as a single, irregularly spaced group, with a degree of overlap to the left of the array, such that a moderate stacking effect is evident. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.22c) and photomontage (Figure 5.22d). 5.10.67 Photomontage and wireframe studies indicate the operational Gunfleet Sands (phases I and II), consented Bradwell Wind Farm and the ‘in planning’ Middlewick wind farm developments would be visible in combination with the proposed Turncole wind farm. 5.10.68 In reality, Gunfleet Sands I & II are located at considerable distance from the viewpoint (32.9km) and are likely to be visible on only the clearest of days. Vegetation along the ridgeline, in the middle distance, would also substantially screen views of Bradwell wind farm, such that only the tips of the turbine blades are likely to visible. 5.10.69 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered Low - Negligible. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Slight.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 103 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.10.70 Should Middlewick wind farm be consented and constructed it would be partially visible above the tree lined ridge to the north of Burnham-On-Crouch and sit alongside, though separated from, the proposed Turncole development. The scale of the turbines, from this viewpoint, would be broadly similar to Turncole and would similarly extend across 6o of the 180o view. The introduction of Turncole would result in a small increase in the overall sector of view in which turbines were visible features; however, in the context of the broader view, this is relatively insignificant. In summary, if Turncole is assessed, in combination with Middlewick and the aforementioned consented and operational developments the magnitude of cumulative visual effect is considered to be Negligible resulting in a Minimal significance of cumulative effect.
Cumulative Viewpoint 9: Coastal Path, Wallasea Island
5.10.71 Turncole wind farm lies 3.4km from the viewpoint and occupies 26o of a panoramic 360o view. The turbines would read as a single, and for the most part, an evenly spaced group. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.23c) and photomontage (Figure 5.23d). 5.10.72 Photomontage and wireframe studies indicate that the operational Gunfleet Sands (phases I and II) and the Kentish Flats offshore wind farms, together with the consented Bradwell Wind Farm and the ‘in planning’ Middlewick wind farm developments would be visible in combination with the proposed Turncole wind farm. 5.10.73 In reality, the turbines associated with both Gunfleet Sands I & II and Kentish Flats wind farms would be barely perceptible, due in part to screening vegetation on the horizon, and by the distance of view. Intervisibility is likely to be further impaired by adverse atmospheric and meteorological conditions. Bradwell wind farm would, however, be visible in a north easterly direction, at a distance of 11.9km, and would appear in the same sector of view as Turncole wind farm, occupying 5o of the panoramic view. Turncole wind farm, being significantly closer to the viewpoint, would exert a strong visual presence which is likely to draw attention away from the more distant, and in terms of perceived scale, much smaller Bradwell wind farm. The overall sector of view in which turbines are visible would substantially increase with the introduction of Turncole wind farm (5o increasing to 26o). It should be noted, however, that in the context of the 360o panoramic views this increase remains modest. 5.10.74 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered High - Medium. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Major - Moderate. 5.10.75 The inclusion of the 'in planning' Middlewick development as part of the cumulative assessment would result in a slightly lower magnitude of effect as the proximity of the Middlewick development to this viewpoint, would create a much stronger visual precedent in the landscape. The cumulative visual effect of Turncole, in combination with the operational, consented and 'in -planning ' wind farms, would be Low resulting in a Moderate significance of effect.
Cumulative Viewpoint 13: Victoria Esplanade, West Mersea
5.10.76 Turncole wind farm lies 14.9km from the viewpoint and occupies 6o of a panoramic 360o view. The turbines would read as a single and evenly spaced group which are partially screened by vegetation along the ridgeline to the south. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.27c) and photomontage (Figure 5.27d). 5.10.77 Photomontage and wireframe studies indicate that the operational Gunfleet Sands (phases I and II) and the Kentish Flats offshore wind farms, together with the consented Bradwell Wind Farm and the ‘in planning’ Middlewick wind farm developments would be visible in combination with the proposed Turncole wind farm.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 104 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.10.78 In reality, Kentish Flats are not visible on the southern horizon due to the distance of view which is just over 35km. Gunfleet Sands I & II occupy a separate sector of the view to Bradwell, Middlewick and Turncole wind farms and are therefore seen in sequence with, rather than in combination with, the other developments. Turncole wind farm would be a relatively recessive feature which sits between existing pylons and is partially screened by vegetation along the ridgeline. Bradwell, in comparison, would exert a much stronger visual presence and tend to draw the attention of the viewer at this location. 5.10.79 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered Low. Beach users are the principal visual receptor at this location with Medium - High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Moderate - Slight. 5.10.80 Should Middlewick wind farm be consented and constructed the baseline condition would differ only slightly. The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effect is considered Negligible, resulting in a Minimal significance of cumulative visual effect.
Cumulative Viewpoint 15: Promenade to the south of the Martello Tower, Jaywick
5.10.81 Turncole wind farm lies 20.6km from the viewpoint and occupies 4o of a panoramic 360o view. The turbines, which would only be visible on clear days and in favourable light conditions, would appear as a single and evenly spaced group on the south-western horizon. A visual representation showing the cumulative arrangement of turbines from this viewpoint is illustrated in the wireframe (Figure 5.29c). 5.10.82 Wireframe studies indicate that the operational Gunfleet Sands (phases I and II) and the Kentish Flats offshore wind farms, together with the consented Bradwell Wind Farm would be visible, in combination with the proposed Turncole wind farm. 5.10.83 In reality, Kentish Flats are imperceptible on the southern horizon due to the distance of the view (33.3km). Gunfleet Sands, however, are a notable landmark to the east and are a focus for views. Bradwell and Turncole wind farms would be seen in sequence with Gunfleet Sands, rather than in combination, as they occupy a different sector of a broad view. Turncole wind farm would be a recessive and isolated element in long distance views. Bradwell wind farm, by comparison, would command a greater presence and tend to be a focus for views across the estuary. 5.10.84 The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effects arising from Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational schemes, is considered Negligible. Walkers are the principal visual receptor at this location with a High sensitivity to the type of change proposed. The resulting significance of cumulative visual effect is therefore considered to be Minimal. 5.10.85 Should Middlewick wind farm be consented and constructed the baseline condition would differ only slightly. The overall magnitude of cumulative visual effect is considered Negligible, resulting in a Minimal significance of cumulative visual effect.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 105 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 5.13: Summary of Cumulative Visual Effects
VP Location Approx Designation Principal Baseline Turncole in combination with Turncole in combination Distance Receptor Sensitivity Consented and Operational wind with Consented , No. from Group farms Operational and Middlewick nearest wind farms turbine Magnitude of Significance of Magnitude of Significance Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative of Visual Effect Visual Effect Visual Effect Cumulative Visual Effect 1 Marsh Road, 2.2km None Residents High Low Moderate Low- Slight Burnham-On- Negligible Crouch 2 Twizzlefoot 2.9km Dengie SLA/ Motorists Medium - High Major – Medium Moderate Bridge Coastal Zone High Moderate 3 Public 2.8km None Residents High Medium Major – Low Moderate Footpath, Moderate Southminster 4 Church of St. 3.8km Dengie SLA / Visitors to High High – Medium Major – Medium Moderate - James, Dengie Coastal Zone Church Moderate Major 5 Public 5.3km Dengie SLA/ Walkers High Low Moderate Low – Slight Footpath, Coastal Zone Negligible Tillingham 6 Bridgewick Road 3.0km Dengie SLA / Residents High Medium Major – Low Moderate adjacent to Coastal Zone Moderate Bridgewick Arts Centre, 7 Chapel of St. 11.1km Dengie SLA/ Walkers High Low Moderate Negligible Minimal Peter on the Coastal Zone (visitors Wall, Bradwell- to On-Sea church)
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 106 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
VP Location Approx Designation Principal Baseline Turncole in combination with Turncole in combination Distance Receptor Sensitivity Consented and Operational wind with Consented , No. from Group farms Operational and Middlewick nearest wind farms turbine Magnitude of Significance of Magnitude of Significance Cumulative Cumulative Cumulative of Visual Effect Visual Effect Visual Effect Cumulative Visual Effect 8 Public Footpath 8.3km Upper Walkers High Low – Negligible Slight Negligible Minimal off Gays Lane, Crouch SLA / Canewdon Coastal Protection Belt 9 Coastal 3.4km Coastal Walkers High High – Medium Major - Low Moderate footpath, Protection Moderate Wallasea Island Belt/ Crouch - Roach Marshes SLA 13 Victoria 14.90km None Beach Medium – Low Moderate – Negligible Minimal Esplanade, West Users High Slight Mersea 15 Promenade, 20.70km None Walkers High Negligible Minimal Negligible Minimal Jaywick
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 107 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Cumulative Visual Assessment – Sequential Visibility
5.10.86 The cumulative ZTV studies, shown in Figures 5.11 – 5.13, illustrate where the proposed Turncole wind farm would potentially be visible in combination with one or more of the other five operational, consented and ‘in planning’ wind farms. The zone of cumulative intervisibility corresponds with a network of transport routes and rights of way, from which sequential views are likely to be afforded. 5.10.87 The principal vehicle routes which form the basis of the assessment include: the B1021 which connects Bradwell Waterside and Burnham-On-Crouch; the B1010 between Burnham- On-Crouch and Woodham Mortimer; the B1018 between Cold Norton and Southminster; and Marsh Road (Burnham-On-Crouch) which runs to the immediate south of the Site. The B1010 and B1018 are particularly significant in that they provide the main vehicular access onto the Dengie peninsula from the major settlements to the west. 5.10.88 In terms of assessing cumulative sequential effects from public rights of way, St Peter’s Way has been considered.
B1021 (Bradwell Waterside – Burnham-On-Crouch)
5.10.89 The nature of sequential views along the B1021 is largely determined by the extent of built development and the occurrence of roadside vegetation. The general orientation of travel (north - south) would mean that the wind farms are, for the most part, in motorists’ peripheral vision rather than in a direct line of view. Furthermore, the winding nature of the road and its rural condition is likely to concentrate motorists’ attention on the road rather than towards other elements in the wider landscape. 5.10.90 The ZTV studies (refer to Figure 5.13) indicate that where the B1021 passes through the larger settlements of Burnham-On-Crouch, Southminster and Tillingham, views across the wider landscape are generally truncated, such that wind farms would not be evident. Away from the built up areas, many sections of the road are flanked by tall hedgerows and sporadic tree cover with only limited sections allowing more open views towards Turncole, Middlewick and Bradwell wind farms. The ZTV studies indicate that between Burnham-On- Crouch and Tillingham, Turncole is likely to be seen intermittently, in combination with both Bradwell wind farm and Middlewick wind farm (should it be consented and constructed). There are small sections on the southern approaches to Southminster and Asheldham where only Turncole would be visible, in combination with Middlewick wind farm (should it be consented and constructed). The ZTV studies also indicate that, between Tillingham and Bradwell-On-Sea, Turncole wind farm would be largely screened, leaving only intermittent views of the consented Bradwell wind farm. 5.10.91 The overall magnitude of cumulative sequential effect is considered to be Low where views towards the proposed Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented, operational and ‘in –planning’ wind farms, are available, reducing to Negligible within the built up settlements and to the north of Tillingham, where greater filtering and screening would greatly restrict views towards Turncole. The resulting significance of effect, which takes into account the Medium – High sensitivity of motorists to the type of change proposed, is considered to be Slight – Moderate where views are more readily accessible, reducing to Minimal in the built up areas and to the north of Tillingham.
B1010 (Burnham-On-Crouch - Woodham Mortimer) and B1018 (Cold Norton – Southminster)
5.10.92 The B1018 and B1010 are the main arterial roads entering the Dengie peninsula and views along both routes are largely orientated towards the east. The ZTV studies, supported by field observations, indicate that, to the east of Althorne, Turncole wind farm is likely to be visible for prolonged periods in combination with Bradwell and Middlewick wind farm (should it be consented and constructed). However, intervening vegetation along both roads, and within the wider landscape to the east, will filter and screen views, such that frequently, only the upper portions of turbines will appear above tree lines. The ZTV studies also indicate that views towards the operational offshore wind farms (Gunfleet Sands and
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 108 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Kentish Flats) are available along short sections of both roads, particularly the B1010. In reality, both of these wind farms are imperceptible, as a result of screening vegetation, the distance of the view, and the general speed of travel. Extended views become increasingly screened by development on the approaches to Southminster (B1018) and Burnham-On- Crouch (B1010) such that wind farms are largely absent in the wider landscape. 5.10.93 The overall magnitude of cumulative sequential effect is considered to be Low where views towards the proposed Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented, and ‘in – planning’ wind farms, are available, reducing to Negligible on the approaches to, and within, Southminster and Burnham-On-Crouch. The resulting significance of effect, which takes into account the Medium – High sensitivity of motorists to the type of change proposed, is considered to be Slight – Moderate where views are more readily accessible, reducing to Minimal in the built up areas.
Marsh Road
5.10.94 Marsh Road extends into the Dengie marshes on an east west alignment and passes through an open and sparsely populated landscape. The ZTV studies indicate that along this route there are frequent and extended views towards Turncole wind farm in combination with each of the other operational, consented and ‘in planning’ wind farms. Turncole wind farm, which is located within 1km of Marsh Road would have a dominant and fairly continuous presence in sequential views along Marsh Road, with the consented Bradwell development and Middlewick development (should it be consented and constructed) appearing as smaller and more recessive element, as illustrated in cumulative viewpoint 2 (Figure 5.16c). There are infrequent, glimpsed views, from the eastern end of Marsh Road, of the more distant Gunfleet Sands development, though further west, intervening vegetation increasingly screens these views. Kentish Flats offshore wind farm is imperceptible from Marsh Road as a result of the distance of view and extent of screening vegetation on the south western horizon. It should be noted that the sequential views experienced by motorists on Marsh Road are broadly similar to those likely to be experienced on the wider, though limited, network of minor roads which extend into the open landscape of the Dengie marshes. 5.10.95 The overall magnitude of cumulative sequential effect is considered to be High along Marsh Road, where views towards the proposed Turncole wind farm, in combination with the operational, consented, and ‘in –planning’ wind farms, are frequently available. The resulting significance of effect, which takes into account the Medium – High sensitivity of motorists to the type of change proposed, is considered to be Major - Moderate.
St Peter’s Way
5.10.96 In a sequential view travelling east from Tillingham, the consented Bradwell wind farm would have an increasing presence as the path approaches the development and passes within 1km of the nearest turbine. Turncole wind farm and Middlewick wind farm (should it be consented and constructed) would occupy a separate sector of this view and would read as more recessive elements in much broader views across the southern horizon. Gunfleet Sands is also visible for prolonged periods on the eastern horizon, subject to prevailing weather conditions. In a sequential view, travelling south from St Peter’s Chapel, Bradwell wind farm would again be the focus of views, with Middlewick and Turncole developments appearing as subordinate elements in the same sector of the view. This is illustrated in cumulative viewpoint 6 (Figure 5.20c). 5.10.97 It should be noted that the sequential views experienced by walkers using St Peter’s Way are broadly similar to those likely to be experienced by users of the other rights of way which extend into the northern parts of the Dengie marshes. Reference should also be made to Section 5.8 Visual Effects on Public Rights of Way. 5.10.98 The overall magnitude of cumulative sequential effect is considered to be Low along the section of St. Peter’s Way located to the east of Tillingham; reducing to Negligible within, and to the west of, Tillingham where views are increasingly filtered and screened. The resulting significance of effect, which takes into account the High sensitivity of walkers to the type of change proposed, is considered to be Moderate to the east of Tillingham, reducing to Minimal within and to the west of Tillingham.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 109 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.11 Visual Effects on Residential Amenity
Introduction and Methodology
5.11.2 Views from private property are not a material consideration in determining planning applications unless the proposed change is sufficiently unpleasant or intrusive to cause unacceptable harm to residential amenity. For this reason, the effects on the closest residential properties are assessed separately to the viewpoints, specifically in order to identify whether the effects would result in unacceptable harm to residential amenity. 5.11.3 The impact on a dwelling in terms of amenity will not necessarily be the same as the visual effect for a nearby viewpoint as the assessment of effect on a dwelling needs to take into account the fact that a dwelling comprises a number of viewpoints; some indoors and some outdoors; from different rooms with different uses; and including both views towards and views away from the proposed development. The degree to which a residential property draws its character from the surrounding landscape may also be a consideration. 5.11.4 The methodology for assessing the visual effects on residential amenity is derived from an emerging consensus (based on a number Public Inquiry decisions) that in terms of visual effects, “oppressive” or “overbearing” views (words used by planning inspectors to define such potentially unacceptable harm), are only likely to exist within 1km of the Site. However, for the purposes of this LVIA residential properties within a 2km radius of the proposed wind farm development have also been assessed. This acknowledges the open and flat character of the landscape and the potential this creates in affording direct and largely uninterrupted views from residential properties beyond the 1km boundary. 5.11.5 The residential amenity survey was carried out through a combination of desk based study and a site visit utilising OS 1:50 000 mapping and aerial photography of the area. This identified the properties and approximate orientation of buildings in relation to the proposed wind farm, intervening woodland blocks, and any significant planting around the properties. These observations were then verified by a site visit. The site visit enabled assessment of the local topography, planting not shown on the mapping and confirmed orientation of the residential buildings. It was not possible to assess every property up close due to restricted access along private roads but in these cases an assessment was made from the nearest point. In each case the following observations were noted; Proximity of property to the Site Main building orientation towards the Site Garden/boundary planting or walls Intervening woodland or hedgerows between the Site and property Local topography Existing views and surrounding landscape character
Visual appraisal
5.11.6 A total of 13 residential properties have been identified within a 1km radius of the proposed wind farm and these are identified on Figure 5.14.
West Wycke Farm
5.11.7 West Wycke Farm is located off Marsh Road and comprises a two storey residential property incorporating gardens to the south (front of property) and to the east. The house has a north-south orientation with the front of the property facing south towards Marsh Road. It is enclosed along its northern and western boundary by agricultural buildings. 5.11.8 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 0.8km to the north of the property. There are likely to be uninterrupted views of the proposed wind farm from first floor rear windows. Views from garden areas and rear facing first floor windows are likely to be restricted by adjacent outbuildings and garden vegetation
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 110 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
West Wycke Bungalow
5.11.9 This property is located to the immediate east of West Wycke Farm and comprises a detached residential property incorporating gardens at both the front (south) and rear (north). There are also a number of outbuildings to the rear of the property. The property is largely enclosed by coniferous vegetation along its eastern boundary which forms a windbreak and by outbuildings and garden vegetation to the rear of the property. The adjacent West Wick property abuts the western boundary. 5.11.10 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 0.8km to the north of the property. Views towards the turbines from rear (north) facing ground floor windows are likely to be filtered by adjacent outbuildings and vegetation. However, there are likely to be more open views of the turbines from the rear gardens though this could not be ascertained from the site visit because of access restrictions.
Great West Wycke Farm
5.11.11 The house is set back from Marsh Road and sits within private grounds which extend on all sides of the main building. The spine of the property runs north to south with the main building elevations facing east and west. Stands of mature/ semi mature trees are concentrated in the vicinity of the substantial pond and to the east of the drive way. A laurel hedgerow around the perimeter of the property defines the transition from garden landscape to open arable farmland which extends in all directions. 5.11.12 The nearest turbine will lie 0.83km to the north of the property (refer to wireframe model, Figure 5.30). The principal focus and direction of views from both the house and garden is to the north and northwest across an extensive and open landscape. On the basis that views from the main living areas and garden towards the proposed turbines are unobstructed and likely to be dominated by the proposed wind farm development the effects on visual amenity are deemed to be considerable.
Redward Cottages
5.11.13 The property is located along a private access road and comprises a detached dwelling with substantial garden areas principally to the north of the property which extend to Marsh Road. The house is orientated east – west with the front of the property facing west. The property sits in an open landscape and is surrounded on all sides by extensive areas of arable farm land. 5.11.14 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.02km to the north of the property. There are likely to be oblique views towards the proposed wind farm from both the east and west facing elevations of the property. Views towards the proposed wind farm from the northern garden are likely to be unrestricted though localised screening may occur from trees in the vicinity of Great West Wick.
New Bungalow
5.11.15 New Bungalow sits within the curtilage of a poultry farm which includes 5 large low rise poultry sheds. The property fronts onto Marsh Road with an extension to the rear comprising east and west facing elevations. There is a small garden area which wraps around the property. A low native species hedgerow extends along the western boundary. The property sits in an open landscape and is surrounded on all sides by extensive areas of arable farm land. 5.11.16 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 0.8km to the north of the property. Oblique views towards the proposed wind farm are likely from the east and west elevation of the property and garden areas. The lower portions of the turbines are likely to be screened by hedgerow vegetation along the western garden boundary and by the pitched roof of the poultry sheds to the east of the property.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 111 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Poultry Farm
5.11.17 This is a small single storey detached property which is also located within the curtilage of the poultry farm and sits to the east of New Bungalow, fronting onto Marsh Road. The property has a garden area which is predominantly to the rear (north side) and bounded by close boarded fencing. The property sits within a flat and open landscape dominated on all sides by arable farmland. 5.11.18 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 0.8km to the north of the property. Oblique views towards the proposed wind farm are likely from the east and west elevation of the property, with more direct views from the garden area and north facing windows. The low pitched roofs of the poultry sheds will from part of the view to the northwest and will screen the lower portions of the turbines in these views. Views to the north and north east from the garden area and north facing windows will be largely unrestricted though the turbines will only occupy a small sector of a much wider view which is gained from the property.
East Wick Cottages (1 &2)
5.11.19 East Wick Cottages (1&2) comprise 2no semi detached properties which are accessed from Marsh Road. The properties have a north-south orientation with north facing rear gardens. Agricultural outbuildings are located to the rear (north) of the properties and create enclosure around the garden areas. The properties sit in an open landscape and are surrounded on all sides by extensive areas of open arable farm land. 5.11.20 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.0km to the north west of the two properties. There are likely to be views towards the proposed wind farm from ground floor north facing windows and from rear garden areas. However, the screening effect of outbuildings to the rear of both properties will result in only the upper portions of the turbines being visible. Views from south (front) and east facing windows will be unaffected by the proposed development.
East Wick Cottages (3 & 4)
5.11.21 Eastwick Cottages (4 & 5) comprise 2no. semi detached properties which are accesses from Marsh Road (refer to wireframe model, Figure 5.31). The houses, which are set back from Marsh Road, have a north- south orientation with garden areas mainly to the front (north) and rear (south) together with a number of outbuildings and livery, located to the front of the properties. A hedgerow and trees extend along the northern boundary of the properties and beyond this lies open farmland. 5.11.22 The nearest turbine will lie 1.08km to the north west of the two properties. There are likely to be direct and largely uninterrupted views towards the proposed wind farm from ground floor north facing windows and from rear garden areas.
Turncole Farm
5.11.23 Turncole Farm comprises a detached house and gardens surrounded by a number of large agricultural buildings. The main dwelling has an east –west orientation with the principal garden areas located to the south and west of the property. There are a small number of isolated trees and tree groups located around the property with hedgerows following the western garden boundary. Beyond the house and outbuildings arable farmland extends in all directions across the marshes. 5.11.24 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 0.75km to the southwest of the property. The main focus of views from the house is in a westerly direction and therefore not towards the proposed wind farm. Direct and largely unobstructed views towards the proposed turbines are likely from garden areas and south facing windows, though the more easterly turbines are likely to be partially screened by outbuildings to the south of the dwelling.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 112 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Broadward Farm
5.11.25 Broadward Farm is an isolated detached property comprising a single storey dwelling and garden areas. The property has a northeast – southwest orientation with garden areas to the front (north) and rear (south). The property has relatively open aspect to the south and east though trees and hedgerow along the western boundary create an effective screen which restricts views to the west. 5.11.26 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 0.78km to the southwest of the property (refer to wireframe model, Figure 5.32). There are likely to be uninterrupted views towards the proposed wind farm from south facing windows and from the rear garden area resulting in a considerable change in the nature of existing views.
Wraywick Cottage
5.11.27 Wraywick Cottage is an isolated detached property which is set back from Marsh Road. The dwelling has a broadly north east- south west orientation garden areas to the front (south west facing) and rear (north east facing). There is extensive tree cover around the property which is likely to substantially screen views across the surrounding landscape. The south facing boundary with Marsh Road is formed predominantly by a line of tall coniferous trees. 5.11.28 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.05km to the south of the property. The principal focus of views from the front of the dwelling is in a south westerly and westerly direction and therefore not towards the proposed wind farm. In addition, the extent of tree cover surrounding the property is likely to substantially screen any views towards the proposed wind farm from south facing garden areas and living spaces.
Properties within 2km of the proposed wind farm
5.11.29 An additional 14 residential properties have been identified within a 2km radius of the proposed wind farm and these are identified on Figure 5.14.
Wraywick Farm
5.11.30 Wraywick Farm comprises an isolated detached property with associated agricultural out buildings. The property has a north east – south west orientation with large garden areas predominantly to the rear (north) of the property. To the front (south) of the property, formal and naturalistic hedgerows create enclosure around the garden areas. The property is accessed via a private track which connects to Marsh Road. 5.11.31 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.35km to the south west. Views towards the proposed wind farm from south facing windows and front garden are largely uninterrupted, though at an oblique angle.
Ringdoves
5.11.32 Ringdove comprises a single detached property with associated outbuildings located to the front (west) and side (south) of the property. The main dwelling has an east – west orientation with gardens situated to the front and rear (east). The rear garden is relatively enclosed with tree cover and hedgerow extending along the northern, eastern and southern boundary. 5.11.33 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.75km to the east of the property. Direct views towards the proposed wind farm are likely from east facing rear windows and from the main garden area, though boundary vegetation is likely to screen the lower portions of the proposed turbines.
Rumbolds
5.11.34 Rumbolds comprises a large detached property which is set back from the access road. The property is orientated east-west with large paddock areas to the front and rear of the property. Garden areas are situated to the front (west), side (south) and rear (east) of the property. The property has a relatively open aspect to the rear with views across the
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 113 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
adjacent farmland. The southern perimeter is less open with a hedgerow and intermittent trees forming an intact field boundary. 5.11.35 The nearest turbine will lie 1.61km to the east (refer to wireframe model, Figure 5.33). Direct views towards the proposed wind farm are likely from the windows on the eastern elevation and from the rear garden areas. However, the turbines will only occupy a relatively small sector of the wider panoramic view across the Dengie marshes.
Goldsands Bridges
5.11.36 Goldsands Bridges comprises a large detached property which is set amongst a number of agricultural buildings. The property has a north south orientation with garden areas extending along the south and east facing elevations. Hedgerow and trees extend around the eastern, southern and western perimeter with sporadic tree cover spread around the grounds. Arable farmland surrounds the property on all sides. 5.11.37 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.7km to the east. Views from the house are focussed primarily to the south and therefore not directly towards the proposed turbines. However a number of first floor windows along the eastern wing are likely to have more direct views towards the turbines though some degree of screening may be provided by garden vegetation and trees along the eastern boundary.
Newmans Farm
5.11.38 Newmans farm comprises a detached residential property with garden areas and two large outbuildings within a largely flat and open landscape setting. The farmhouse is arranged in a ‘T’-shape with principal views orientated both to the south and to the east. There are a number of trees within the curtilage of the property which, in combination with the outbuildings, filter views from the main dwelling and garden areas. 5.11.39 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.6km to the east of the farm. Views towards the proposed wind farm from the property and outdoor spaces will be partially obscured by the outbuildings and by trees and boundary treatment within the garden areas. There may be oblique views from the south facing wing of the farmhouse to the turbines in the east. There will be clear views towards the turbines from the outbuildings to the east of the main dwelling and from the approaches to the property from access tracks.
Dammerwick Farm House
5.11.40 Dammerwick Farm House comprises a detached residential property with adjacent agricultural outbuildings. The farmhouse is orientated east - west with the front of the property facing towards the west. Garden areas extend to the east of the main dwelling and are enclosed by a boundary wall and mature trees which extend along the Marsh Road frontage. 5.11.41 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.7km to the east of the farm. Views towards the proposed wind farm from the east facing elevation and rear garden are likely to be substantially screened by the mature trees situated within the garden and along Marsh Road.
Holliwell Farm
5.11.42 Holliwell Farm comprises a principal dwelling orientated east- west with associated gardens to the front (east) and rear (west). There are also extensive out buildings to the north of the main dwelling. The house is fringed by hedgerow and mature trees along its north facing and western boundary. Beyond the curtilage of the property, arable farm land extends in all directions across the flat marsh landscape. 5.11.43 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.75km to the west of the property. There are likely to be views towards the proposed wind farm from west facing (rear) windows and from the rear garden, though boundary vegetation will provide a degree of localised screening. Views from the front of the property and from the eastern (front) garden will remain unaffected by the proposed wind farm.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 114 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Coney Hall Cottages
5.11.44 There are two isolated semi detached properties located within a heavily wooded area to the south of Coney Hall. It was not possible, from site observations, to obtain clear views of the properties, or indeed views emanating from the properties and therefore assessment is based wholly on aerial photography and OS mapping data. 5.11.45 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.6km to the north west. It is assumed however that the dense vegetation which fully encloses the properties is likely to substantially screen any views towards the proposed wind farm to the north west.
Coney Hall
5.11.46 The property is located at the eastern end of Marsh Road and is orientated north - south with substantial garden areas situated to the rear (south). The dwelling is set within fairly dense tree cover which extends to the south and encloses both the buildings and gardens. This is in stark contrast with the more open arable farm land to the north and west. 5.11.47 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.55km to the west. The screening effect of adjacent vegetation and the general orientation of the building is likely to result in no or very filtered views towards the proposed wind farm from garden areas and from windows on each of the building elevations.
Deal Hall
5.11.48 Deal Hall is a large detached property located amongst a number of agricultural buildings. The property is orientated east-west and is set within dense tree cover located principally to the rear (west) of the property. It was not possible from site assessment or from aerial photography to ascertain the extent or location of any garden areas associated with the property. Beyond the heavily planted perimeter of the property, the landscape returns to typically open arable farmland which extends in all directions. 5.11.49 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.45km to the west of the property. The dense tree cover to the rear of the property is likely to provide substantial screening of the proposed wind farm development though during periods when these trees are not in leaf filtered views of the proposed turbines are likely.
New Montsale
5.11.50 New Montsale is a large isolated and detached property set back from the main access road. The property is orientated north-south with large garden areas to the rear (south). The property is surrounded by dense tree cover which includes a continuous belt of coniferous trees along its eastern and southern facing boundaries. Open farmland extends in all directions beyond the residential curtilage. 5.11.51 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.25km to the west of the property. The dense coniferous tree cover surrounding the property is likely to substantially screen the wind farm development at all times of the year.
Old Montsale
5.11.52 The property is a detached dwelling with a northeast – southwest orientation comprising gardens to the front and rear. A large workshop complex is located to the immediate northwest with its own lawn areas to the front and rear. The dwelling and front gardens have a relatively open aspect with views across the surrounding landscape. 5.11.53 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.3km to the west. Views towards the proposed turbines will be largely unobstructed though the development will sit to one side of the principal vista and will occupy a relatively small extent of a much wider panoramic view.
Montsale Bungalow
5.11.54 Montsale bungalow comprises an isolated detached dwelling comprising three wings arranged in a horseshoe form and orientated on a broadly north-south axis. Garden areas are
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 115 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
located principally to the front (south) of the property and screened from the road by a tall coniferous hedge which extends part way along the eastern boundary of the property. Arable farmland extends in all directions beyond the curtilage of the dwelling. 5.11.55 The nearest turbine will lie 1.16km to the west of the properties (refer to wireframe model, Figure 5.34). The main focus of views is in a southerly direction and therefore not directly towards the proposed wind farm development. However, there are likely to be oblique views towards the proposed wind farm from the exposed end of the south facing garden. Views in a westerly direction towards the proposed turbines will be largely screened by the coniferous hedgerow along the eastern plot boundary though filtered views may be possible where gaps in the tree cover exist.
Middlewick Cottage
5.11.56 Middlewick Cottage is an isolated detached property located along a private track to the north east of the proposed Turncole wind farm. The property has a north south orientation with garden areas to the rear (north) and front (south). The property has a largely open aspect though substantial shelterbelt tree planting extends along its eastern boundary. 5.11.57 The nearest turbine will lie approximately 1.6km to the south. Views towards the proposed wind farm from ground floor south facing windows and front garden areas are likely to be largely filtered by garden hedgerows and field hedgerows on adjacent land. Views towards the proposed wind farm from first floor south facing windows are likely to be largely uninterrupted, though slightly oblique.
Summary
5.11.58 The majority of the residential properties within a 1km radius of the development are isolated dwellings with a broadly north – south orientation. All have garden areas and all are surrounded by an open and remote landscape with widely scattered vegetation and few buildings. 5.11.59 For a number of properties, localised and partial screening of the turbines is likely due to the close proximity of outbuildings (often agricultural scale) and, to a lesser degree by garden vegetation. These properties include West Wycke Farm, West Wycke Bungalow, East Wick Cottages (1 & 2), Redward Cottages, New Bungalow and Poultry Farm. For a small number of properties, views towards the proposed wind farm from principal living areas and outdoor spaces would be largely uninterrupted giving clear views of the turbines. These include Great West Wycke Farm, East Wick Cottages (3 &4) and Broadward Farm. However, despite a substantial change in the nature of views from these properties, as a result of the influence of the turbines, it is considered that the wind turbines in the outlook from these properties, would not be dominant or overbearing. 5.11.60 For the majority of properties beyond the 1km radius, the potential visual effects on residential amenity are largely negated by variable degrees of screening afforded by tree cover and shelterbelt planting within plot curtilages. The notable exceptions are Rumbolds and Old Montsale which have a more open aspect and are likely to have direct or oblique views of the proposed turbines - albeit at a distance in excess of 1km. However, in terms of visual effects, it is considered that “overbearing” views are not likely to occur from these properties as a result of the proposed development.
5.12 Overall Summary and Conclusion
5.12.1 The assessment process has sought to establish the full extent of the likely landscape, seascape, visual and cumulative effects arising from the proposed wind farm development at all stages of the project. 5.12.2 The wind farm would be located within a distinctive and sparsely populated area of reclaimed marshland comprising extensive low lying areas of arable farmland and sweeping tidal mudflats which extend along the coastal fringe. The wider 30km study area is
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 116 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
predominantly rural in character with dispersed medium to small scale settlements and extensive lengths of largely undeveloped coastline.
Effects on Visual Amenity
5.12.3 Significant visual effects are considered to arise within approximately 3km of the Site. Here, the landscape is characteristically open, flat and sparsely populated allowing largely uninterrupted inward and outward looking views. This zone broadly extends from Hall Road in the north to the coastal path alongside the River Crouch in the south. These major visual effects are experienced principally by people using the local rights of way, by residents who live in close proximity (within 1km) of the Site and by users of the local road network, particularly cyclists and horse riders. 5.12.4 A decrease in the significance of visual effects, arising from the proposed development, occurs beyond the defined boundaries of the Dengie marshes. This is due to a number of factors including: An increase in settlements to the west of the Dengie marshes which are predominantly inward looking and provide localised screening of views towards the proposed wind farm; An increase in screening vegetation along highways and within the South Essex/ Crouch and Roach landscape character areas; Rising landform along the northern extents of the Dengie peninsula, such that views towards the Site from the north of the Blackwater Estuary are significantly screened; and Reduced intervisibility associated with increasing viewing distances. This may be accentuated by poor weather conditions.
Effects on Landscape Character
5.12.5 The effects on landscape character are similarly restricted to a relatively small geographical area. Significant effects on landscape character are limited to the Site itself and to the central parts of the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA in which the Site is located. There would be no significant change to the landscape or visual character of the surrounding LCAs within the study area as a result of the proposed development. 5.12.6 Within this immediate landscape, the turbines, and the movement of the blades, will be prominent features. However, there is likely to be only a limited loss of existing landscape fabric (predominantly arable farm land) to accommodate the development. This limited loss would be largely temporary and reversible, such that, following the decommissioning phase, the Site landscape will be restored to existing agricultural uses. Some of the intrinsic visual and aesthetic characteristics of the Dengie and Foulness Coast LCA will be altered by the proposed wind farm development; this includes the sense of remoteness, which is derived, in part, from an absence of major development. However, it should be noted that the development comprises a relatively small number of turbines and would occupy only a small part of a much broader landscape. It could also be reasonably argued that the turbines would sit within a largely man made landscape which has been reclaimed from the sea and intensively managed to support the growing of crops and grazing of livestock. To this end, the turbines could be seen as a complimentary element in this simple and evolving man- made landscape.
Effects Local Landscape Designations
5.12.7 Significant landscape and visual effects on local landscape designations, arising from the proposed development, are limited to a small central portion of the Dengie Marshes Special Landscape Area, together with the eastern extents of the Coastal Zone in Maldon District. There would be no significant landscape or visual effects on any of the other local landscape designations identified within the 30km study area. Furthermore, the proposed development is not located within or near any national landscape designations.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 117 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
5.12.8 Finally, significant cumulative landscape and visual effects arising from the proposed Turncole development, in combination with four other consented and operational wind farms, are similarly limited to a small geographical area.
Cumulative Visual Effects
5.12.9 Significant cumulative visual effects are only experienced by those receptors within an approximate 3km radius of the proposed Turncole development who will experience views of the Turncole turbines, principally in combination with the consented Bradwell turbines; these receptors, each with a high or medium- high sensitivity to the type of change proposed, include a number of residents on Marsh Road and Bridgewick Road together with users of public rights of way and local roads in close proximity to the Site. The significance of cumulative visual effects decreases considerably beyond the approximate 3km radius of the proposed Turncole development. In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, the overall significance of cumulative visual effect will largely reduce, such that significant visual effects are experienced only to the immediate north (within approximately 3km) of the proposed Turncole development.
Cumulative Landscape Effects
5.12.10 Significant cumulative landscape effects arising from the development of the proposed Turncole wind farm, in combination with the consented and operational wind farms, are limited to a small, central part of the Dengie and Foulness Coast Landscape Character Area. The remainder of the LCA would be largely unaffected in terms of its physical, perceptual and aesthetic characteristics. Similarly, there would be no significant cumulative landscape effects within the adjacent LCAs within the study area. In the event that Middlewick wind farm is consented and constructed, there would be no significant cumulative landscape effects.
Conclusion
5.12.11 In conclusion, the extent of significant landscape and visual effects is limited to a small geographical area within the central part of the Dengie marshes. The proposed development would sit within a locally large scale, largely man-made and intensively farmed landscape which has a scale and simplicity capable of accommodating the proposed turbines. It is reasonable to conclude that the proposed development would have a direct relationship with the land and landscape which is reflected in the simple form and function of the turbines. Furthermore, the consented Bradwell wind farm, which is of a similar scale to the Turncole development, will provide a physical and visual context for this Proposal.
Chapter 5 - Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment – Page 118 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6 ECOLOGY ASSESSMENT
6.1 Introduction
6.1.1 URS/Scott Wilson were commissioned by RES UK & Ireland Ltd (RES) to undertake the Ecological Assessment of the proposed Turncole Wind Farm development as described in Chapter 4 and referred to as ‘the Proposal’ and illustrated in Figure 4.2. The position of the turbines in relation to ecological receptors has also been considered during the design and assessment process, a constraints map showing ecological constraints combined with other constraints is shown in Figure 3.3. All Chapters and Figures referred to in this Chapter are found in Volume 2 and Volume 3 of the ES respectively. 6.1.2 Throughout this Chapter use of the term ‘the Site’ is used to define land within the site development boundary and is shown on Figure 6.1, otherwise the term ‘survey area’ is used and is defined in Section 6.3. The Site and surrounding land is located in an intensively managed arable landscape located within the Greater Thames Estuary Natural Area. 6.1.3 The work undertaken by URS/Scott Wilson involved a desk study and a range of habitat and protected species surveys. Specifically, the following field surveys were undertaken between spring 2009 and autumn 2010: combined Phase 1 Habitat survey and Ecological Risk Appraisal, bat activity survey, badger survey, water vole survey, breeding bird survey, over-wintering bird survey, vantage point bird surveys (both for over-wintering birds and marsh harriers) and a dawn and dusk vantage point bird survey. 6.1.4 The results of the surveys undertaken have shown that the Site supports a rather limited and structurally undiverse range of habitats. As such, no other survey work was considered necessary. 6.1.5 A comparable programme of bird surveys had previously been undertaken by Ecology Consulting during 2005/06. This additional survey data has been incorporated into this Chapter, allowing consideration to be given to trends and variation in the bird usage of the Site. 6.1.6 The purpose of these surveys was to identify the type and quality of habitat that may be affected by the Proposal, to identify the presence of any protected or vulnerable species or sensitive areas where conflicts might arise, and to provide, where appropriate, data to inform the mitigation process.
6.2 Legal and Policy Context
6.2.1 The following legislation relates to species that could potentially occur within the Site or be affected by the Proposal: The Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010 (the Conservation Regulations) The Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) The Countryside and Rights of Way (CRoW) Act 2000 Natural Environment and Rural Communities (NERC) Act 2006 The Protection of Badgers Act 1992 The Hedgerow Regulations 1997 6.2.2 Particular attention has been paid to relevant national, regional and local planning policy and strategy documents. These are listed below: Planning Policy Statement 9: Biodiversity and Geological Conservation (PPS9) Maldon District Replacement Local Plan (November 2005) and Saved Policies
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 119 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
UK Biodiversity Action Plan Essex Biodiversity Action Plan Natural England’s ‘The Greater Thames Estuary Natural Area Profile’ 6.2.3 These policies and strategies support the conservation of non-statutory designated sites, and of habitats and species of biodiversity value. They also encourage the positive management of habitats for nature conservation. 6.2.4 PPS9 sets out the Government’s national policies on different aspects of planning in England that regional planning bodies and Local Planning Authorities (LPAs) should adhere to. Key relevant principles of this policy are: Planning decisions should be based on up-to-date information about the environmental characteristics of their areas; Planning decisions should aim to maintain, enhance, restore or add to biodiversity interests; In taking decisions LPAs should ensure that appropriate weight is attached to designated sites, protected species, and to biodiversity interests within the wider environment; and The aim of planning decisions should be to prevent harm to biodiversity interests. 6.2.5 It also emphasises that development proposals provide many opportunities for building-in beneficial biodiversity features as part of good design and that when considering proposals, LPAs should maximise such opportunities in and around developments. 6.2.6 The relevant nature conservation policies in the Local Plan are CC1 to CC5. Policy CC5 relates to the ‘protection of wildlife at risk on development sites.’ It states: ‘Planning permission will not be granted for any development that would be liable to cause demonstrable harm to a species of animal or plant, or its habitat, protected under law, unless conditions are attached requiring the developer to take steps to secure their protection. If development is likely to affect features of nature conservation interest, planning permission will not be granted for development there unless either: the development would not harm them; or adequate mitigation measures are put in place; or the importance of the development outweighs the value of the features. Where there is special wildlife value, or where wildlife gains can be achieved, the developer will be required to: Take steps during development to secure the protection of the nature conservation interest; Carry out any identified mitigation measures; Carry out any identified habitat enhancements. Relocation of the wildlife interest from the development site will only be considered in exceptional circumstances.’ 6.2.7 Finally, Natural England’s Natural Area Profile sets out key nature conservation objectives for the farmed landscape that are needed to enable the maintenance, recovery and enhancement of key habitats and natural features within the Greater Thames Estuary Natural Area. The expectation is that these objectives will primarily be achieved through positive changes in agricultural land management although other development and land management opportunities might also have a contribution to make in terms of helping to:
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 120 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Maintain and enhance characteristic farmland bird and other wildlife communities Ensure sustainable management 6.2.8 In developing the Proposal, full regard has been given to the national, regional and local planning policies that cover the area. The majority of these policies are linked to the statutory protection afforded by the legislation listed in paragraph 6.2.1. The UK Biodiversity Action Plan has been considered as has the Essex Biodiversity Action Plan. 6.2.9 The various policies that are relevant to Turncole Wind Farm are set out in Chapter 2 and are discussed in depth in the Planning Statement which accompanies, but does not form part of, this ES.
6.3 Spatial Scope
6.3.1 The extent of the field surveys is the Site as shown on Figure 6.1, with the exception of the Phase 1 Habitat and bird surveys which covered expanded survey areas (see Section 6.5 for more detail of this). 6.3.2 In addition, field survey work was undertaken to clarify the ecological risks (if any) associated with the proposed highway improvement works. 6.3.3 The extent of the desk studies extended beyond the field survey area, depending upon the zone of influence of the resource under consideration (e.g. internationally designated sites, nationally designated sites and bats). These modified study areas reflect standard best practice and the maximum distances within which statutory consultees would typically be expected to comment (e.g. 2km for Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs)). Accordingly, the desk study identified any internationally designated statutory sites within 10km of the study area; bat records within 5km of the study area; nationally and locally designated statutory sites within 2km of the study area; and, locally designated non-statutory sites, Biodiversity Action Plan (BAP) habitats and notable species (except bats) within 1km of the study area. 6.3.4 In addition, a desk study was undertaken to identify any statutory and non-statutory nature conservation designations associated with the proposed highway improvement works.
6.4 Technical Scope
6.4.1 The following resources and receptors have been considered in this Ecological Assessment: Statutory designated sites Non-statutory designated sites Significant undesignated habitats or features Notable species 6.4.2 The impacts and potential effects on these resources and receptors considered in this study comprise loss of, or damage to, sites and habitats resulting from: Land-take Pollution Change in land-use Disturbance 6.4.3 and loss of, or damage to, species resulting from: Loss/damage to habitat (see above) Noise, vibration, human activity, light intrusion etc
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 121 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.5 Consultation
6.5.1 Consultations took place in 2005 and 2010 through the Scoping process with Maldon District Council and direct correspondence between RES and consultees. Following these consultations the scope of the surveys was defined, see Section 6.6. 6.5.2 Natural England were consulted in 2010 with regard to the results of the bat and bird surveys and for additional advice and comment when finalising the Ecological Mitigation and Enhancement Strategy that will accompany the Proposal.
6.6 Methodology
6.6.1 The determination and appraisal of the baseline conditions present at the Site was undertaken through a combination of desk study and field surveys. 6.6.2 For the desk study, the organisations listed in Table 6.1 were approached for background records as outlined in the spatial scope in Section 6.3. 6.6.3 Only those organisations likely to hold protected species records pertinent in the context of the Site and the development proposal were contacted. In the case of badgers, it was considered that the presence or absence of this species was better determined through direct site survey, particularly given that none of the Site has public access (limiting opportunities for data collection by third parties). 6.6.4 The scope of the desk study was reviewed following completion of the Ecological Risk Appraisal. The Ecological Risk Appraisal did not identify any additional ecological issues requiring consideration as part of the desk study process (see Section 6.7). 6.6.5 Information obtained during the course of a desk study is dependent upon people and organisations having made and submitted records for the area of interest. As such, a lack of records for a particular protected species does not automatically mean that such species do not occur in the study area. Likewise, the presence of records for protected species does not automatically mean that these species still occur within the area of interest. Table 6.1 Sources of background data Organisation Data Obtained
County Bird Recorder No response
Essex Ecology Services (EECOS) Protected species records. Information on the distribution of Local Wildlife Sites
Essex Bat Group Bat records
Essex BAP website Information on the local BAP
UK BAP website Information on the national BAP
Multi-Agency Geographic Information for Information on statutory designated sites the Countryside (MAGIC) website (Sites of Special Scientific Interest, Special Protection Areas, Ramsar sites, Special Areas (www.magic.gov.uk) of Conservation, Local Nature Reserves) and ancient woodlands
Essex Local Wildlife Sites website Local wildlife sites (http://maps.localwildlifesites.org.uk)
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 122 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.6.6 The field surveys undertaken for this development by Ecology Consulting (2005/06) and URS/Scott Wilson (2009/10), and described in more detail below, comprised: Phase 1 Habitat survey (2009) Ecological Risk Appraisal (2009) Appraisal of highways works (2010) Bat activity survey (2009 and 2010) Badger survey (2009 and 2010) Water vole survey (2010) Breeding bird surveys (2006 and 2009) Over-wintering bird surveys (2005/06 and 2009/10) Standard vantage point bird observations for marsh harrier and over-wintering birds (2005/06 and 2009/10) Dusk and dawn vantage point bird observations (2009/10)
Phase 1 Habitat survey
6.6.7 A Phase 1 Habitat survey was undertaken by an experienced botanist on the 9th June 2009, according to standard survey methodology (JNCC, 2007). The survey identified and mapped all Phase 1 Habitat types present within the Site and on adjacent land. 6.6.8 The Site was surveyed on foot, with areas of habitat mapped and coloured according to type. Dominant, typical and notable plant species were recorded for each habitat type within a set of field notes. Target notes were also made for any areas or features of particular interest. These notes have been incorporated into the main text. 6.6.9 During the survey, any hedgerows present were also assessed and identified as intact or defunct (gappy) and species-rich or species-poor.
Ecological Risk Appraisal
6.6.10 The Ecological Risk Appraisal was undertaken at the same time as, and is essentially an adjunct of, the Phase 1 Habitat survey. 6.6.11 During the Risk Appraisal, the ecologists used their professional experience to assess the Site and to confirm that the existing survey programme was appropriate and to identify any additional survey needs. In particular, the following potential survey needs were considered: reptiles amphibians botany invasive non-native plant species
Appraisal of the highways works
6.6.12 An Ecological Risk Appraisal was undertaken of the proposed highways works, shown in Figure 10.2 to clarify the habitat context and any protected species risks associated with the limited land take requirements. This work was undertaken on the 3rd September 2010 with additional site investigation on the 24th September 2010.
Badger survey
6.6.13 Although the badger is not a rare mammal over most of England, it benefits from specific legal protection under the provisions of the Protection of Badgers Act 1992. It is widely
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 123 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
known that badgers have been the victim of persecution and cruelty over many years. It is unlawful, with certain exceptions, to wilfully kill, injure, take or possess a badger, or attempt to do so. It is also an offence to cruelly ill-treat a badger and, again with certain exceptions, to intentionally or recklessly disturb or interfere (obstruct, destruct, damage or disturb) with a badger sett. A licence may be granted by Natural England for the purpose of development (amongst other reasons) as defined in Section 55 (1) of the Town and Country Planning Act 1990. 6.6.14 National Planning Policy Statement 9 (PPS9) is also pertinent to the protection of badgers in relation to development. This states that: ‘the likelihood of disturbing a badger sett, or adversely affecting badgers’ foraging territory, or links between them, or significantly increasing the likelihood of road or rail casualties amongst badger populations, are capable of being material considerations in planning decisions.’ 6.6.15 A full walkover of the Site was undertaken by experienced ecologists as part of the 2009 Phase 1 Habitat survey with searches made for setts and signs of badger activity. The survey approach was informed by the standard methodology detailed in the Mammal Society publication Surveying Badgers (Harris et al. 1989) and used during the National Badger Survey (Cresswell et al. 1990). This involved searching for field signs associated with badger including setts, runs, foraging activity, latrines and footprints. Other signs searched for included scratching posts near the sett and hairs caught on fences. Observations continued to be made during the other surveys subsequently undertaken on the site in 2009. 6.6.16 Once the layout of the Proposal was formalised, a re-inspection of the relevant parts of the Site was undertaken for badgers on the 11th July 2010. 6.6.17 All suitable habitats within 30m of the proposed locations of any infrastructure, associated construction activity and possible micro-siting requirements were searched for signs of badger. The search distance is the maximum likely zone of influence previously advocated by Natural England (English Nature, 2002), although Natural England has recently moved away from a rigid prescriptive approach (see Natural England, 2009a) and now allows more opportunity for ecologists to utilise their professional judgement to determine which activities do and do not have the potential to cause an act of disturbance (as defined by the legislation) and what the zone of influence associated with those activities is likely to be. 6.6.18 Using nationally recognised sett classification criteria (Harris et al. 1994; Creswell et al. 1990) all setts were categorised as either main, annex, subsidiary or outlier. Summary definitions for this categorisation are presented in Table 6.2. 6.6.19 This classification allows a measure of importance to be assigned to setts. For example, a disused outlier sett would not be considered as important as a main breeding sett if development were to disturb them. Table 6.2 Summary definitions for badger sett categories Sett category Description
Main Have several entrance holes with high levels of activity, including large spoil mounds, freshly excavated earth, well marked paths and usually a fresh latrine present. There is often evidence of discarded bedding, which may indicate breeding.
Annex Close to a main sett and usually clearly linked to the nearby main sett by well-worn paths. Normally active with several holes, although with some holes displaying less obvious signs of badger activity.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 124 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Subsidiary Generally less than 5 entrance holes and some distance from a main sett and without obvious linking paths. The holes can be very variable in signs of usage and are often much less consistently in use than those of main or annex
Outlier Usually consist of a single or double hole with varying levels of activity.
Water vole survey
6.6.20 The water vole receives full protection under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) and is a priority species listed in the UK BAP. 6.6.21 The network of drains within the Site is very extensive and would take weeks to survey in its entirety for water voles. Given this, and because all of the drain network had similar potential to be used by water voles, the survey for water voles was undertaken once the Proposal layout was known so that survey effort could be focussed on those drains relevant to the Proposal. 6.6.22 Two experienced ecologists undertook a presence/absence survey for water voles on the 11th July 2010, concentrating on those drains where new or upgraded bridge crossings would be located. 6.6.23 Survey conditions were considered to be optimal and the survey was undertaken following a run of several days’ good weather, thus ensuring that field signs would be more obvious than they would be after a period of heavy rainfall. 6.6.24 The presence or absence of water vole was determined by a thorough search of both banks for signs of water vole activity as described below (after Strachan & Moorhouse, 2006): Actual sightings of water vole Sounds of water vole entering the water Latrines showing discrete piles of droppings Tunnel entrances (above and below water) Cropped ‘garden’ or ‘lawn’ around tunnel entrances Feeding stations Pathways in the vegetation and to the water’s edge Footprints in mud 6.6.25 Signs of other mammals, particularly otter (Lutra lutra), American mink (Neovison vison) and brown rat (Rattus norvegicus) would also be recorded if found.
Bat activity survey
2009 survey
6.6.26 All bat species and their roosts, whether occupied or not, are fully protected nationally under the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). In England and Wales this Act has been amended and strengthened by the CRoW Act 2000. Bats and their roosts also receive protection under European law. This is enacted in the UK via the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010. 6.6.27 The objective of the bat activity survey was to collect data to determine which bat species use the site, the sizes of the populations of each species present and any patterns in the bat usage of the site i.e. which parts of the site are important to bats and which parts are less important.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 125 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.6.28 Current good practice guidance (Bat Conservation Trust, 2007; Natural England, 2009b; Rodrigues et al. 2008) requires that survey effort be distributed over the complete bat active period to ensure coverage of key seasons. These key seasons are spring and early summer, when bats are preparing to form maternity colonies, and autumn, when colonies are dispersing and migratory activity may be observed. 6.6.29 The survey effort required to allow a subsequent representative assessment of the Site was based on an expected likely threat to bats using the Site of ‘low to medium’ as defined using Natural England (2009b). 6.6.30 The survey work undertaken comprised a combination of detector surveys and a bat roost potential survey. 6.6.31 Prior to the commencement of the first detector survey a daytime site walkover was undertaken to identify areas of habitat which may offer potential roosting and foraging habitat for bats. From this information a transect route was devised for the detector survey that covered a range of potential roosting and foraging habitats as well as more open areas (see Figure 6.2). 6.6.32 Three evening and one dawn detector surveys were undertaken between May and September 2009 in accordance with the current best practice survey guidelines (Bat Conservation Trust, 2007). 6.6.33 The transect route was walked at a steady speed and bat activity was detected/recorded using handheld heterodyne/frequency division bat detectors (e.g. Bat box III) connected to a recording device (an Archos Gmini mp3 player). The surveys commenced at any suspected bat roosting sites (structures and/or trees) to record any bats emerging from these. A number of listening station stops (sample points) were incorporated, interspersed along the transect route where the surveyor would stop for a period of 3 to 4 minutes. 6.6.34 Each dusk survey commenced half an hour before sunset and was completed within 3 hours of sunset. The dawn survey commenced approximately two hours before sunrise and continued until sunrise. 6.6.35 Survey visits were scheduled for dates when appropriate weather conditions were expected. Appropriate conditions were those with an absence of rain and/or strong wind and with evening temperatures above 7°C (preferably above 10°C). 6.6.36 In addition to the detector survey a bat roost potential survey was undertaken. An inspection for signs of roosting bats was undertaken at Turncole Farm, other farm buildings and any mature trees on the Site. Close focusing binoculars were used to inspect the exterior and interior (where accessible) of the buildings/trees from the ground. Potential bat access/egress points and features with the potential to support roosting bats (e.g. cracks, crevices, roof voids) were identified and recorded along with any evidence which may have indicated the location of roosts, such as: Stains around entrance holes (resulting from the deposition of oil secretions in bat fur) Scratch marks around entrance holes (resulting from bat claw holds) Bat droppings Feeding remains Odours or noise characteristic of bats 6.6.37 During the building inspections, floors, surfaces and beams were searched (utilising binoculars, a powerful torch and endoscope) for any bat droppings, urine staining, feeding remains or other signs of roosting bats. Where signs of bat activity were identified, the approximate number and distribution of this evidence was recorded.
2010 survey
6.6.38 Following consultation with Natural England on the findings of the 2009 bat survey, the scope of the further survey work to be undertaken in 2010 was determined.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 126 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.6.39 In accordance with Natural England’s recommendations, the robustness of the data collected in 2009 was increased by undertaking additional bat activity transect surveys to ensure that coverage of the Site adequately reflected the placement of the wind turbines (wind turbine locations were not known in 2009). 6.6.40 In addition, over and above the recommendations of Natural England, passive monitoring was also undertaken in 2010 to provide additional data on bat activity in the vicinity of the Proposal wind turbines, the locations of which were largely fixed at that time (see Figure 3.4). 6.6.41 The specific survey periods for both the transect and passive monitoring surveys were the 27th May to 6th June, 12th to 19th July and 15th to 24th September. The transects surveyed in 2010 and the Anabat locations are shown on Figure 6.2. 6.6.42 The passive monitoring survey was based on recent informal discussion articles published in the Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (IEEM) journal, particularly Cathrine & Spray (2009). The survey used Anabat detectors (also known as data loggers) to undertake surveys of bat activity in the vicinity of the Proposal wind turbines. 6.6.43 The Anabats were positioned on the ground (opportunities to install the Anabats at height were investigated but were not feasible) at four discrete locations to provide coverage of habitats associated with the proposed turbines (Figure 6.2). Placement also had to be responsive to current land management and this led to the Anabats being placed near field boundaries, in closer proximity to good bat foraging and commuting habitats than might otherwise have been desirable. The data must be viewed in this light and may over- estimate likely bat activity further out into the arable fields where the turbines would be located. 6.6.44 The Anabats were left out for periods of three full nights at three different periods over the active season (spring, summer and autumn), giving a total of nine nights of survey data for each location. Two Anabats were used, meaning that the three discrete periods of survey each required six days to complete. Survey periods were extended where necessary to account for periods of poor weather and the spring bank holiday (resulting in additional data for the latter). The final (autumn) survey of Anabat location B had to be rescheduled for the period 27th to 30th September, as the original equipment was destroyed by farm machinery on the first attempt. 6.6.45 The bat sound recordings made during the surveys were later analysed to determine the species involved. This provided data on the species present in the vicinity of each of the wind turbine locations and the number of passes made by each species. The number of passes is not directly correlated with the number of individual bats involved and many of the passes recorded will be a result of repeat activity by relatively few bats. However, the data can be used as an indicator of the relative significance of specific locations for bats.
Breeding bird survey
6.6.46 Two seasons of breeding bird survey have been undertaken in support of the preparation of the ES. In 2006 breeding bird surveys were undertaken by Ecology Consulting on the 13th April, the 11th/12th May and the 13th/14th June. In 2009 breeding bird surveys were undertaken by URS/Scott Wilson on the 8th May, 23rd/24th May and the 12th/13th June. 6.6.47 The methodology employed for the 2006 and 2009 breeding bird survey followed the standard approach detailed in Scottish Natural Heritage (SNH) (2005). This methodology is summarised below. 6.6.48 The breeding bird survey was undertaken to determine the composition, distribution and conservation value of the breeding bird population present in the survey area. 6.6.49 A territory mapping method based on a ‘scaled down’ three visit version of the Common Bird Census (CBC) (see Marchant, 1983; Bibby et al. 1992) was undertaken. This approach is appropriate for most lowland circumstances, particularly those, such as at the Site, where there is only a limited suite of habitats present and the landscape is dominated by intensively managed arable farmland. While the CBC has now been replaced by the
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 127 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Breeding Bird Survey (BBS) for undertaking national censuses of bird populations, the BBS approach is not considered appropriate for site assessment studies as it is designed for the survey of large areas and does not necessarily produce the type of detailed site-specific information required for wind farm assessment (SNH, 2005). 6.6.50 The aim of the CBC is to collect breeding data on the majority of bird species present in a study area, but the survey method acknowledges that it cannot guarantee all breeding species will be recorded. This is because species such as owls are rarely evident during survey work conducted before midday. Widely ranging and secretive species are also not necessarily recorded during CBC fieldwork. Additional species-specific surveys can be required to address this but only where pertinent in the site context. No such additional work was required to supplement the standard territory mapping approach undertaken for this development (with the except of the marsh harrier survey, see below). 6.6.51 The survey area comprised the site and a buffer 500m out from the site boundary (Figure 6.1). The surveyor had no right of access onto private land outside the land ownership associated with the Proposal so surveys were undertaken from publicly accessible land, or from the Site, looking on to the survey area. The three survey visits were spread over the breeding bird season of late April to mid-June. The survey programme was not so rigid that it could not compensate for short term and inter-annual variances in climatic conditions (e.g. a late arrival of spring), instead it was important to ensure the survey work undertaken over a period that would maximise the detection of breeding bird species potentially using the site, both resident and migrant species. 6.6.52 Each survey visit required two man-days, with each survey visit taking up to six hours to complete over the period 5:30/6:00am to 12:00pm. Cold, windy or wet days were avoided because the activity, and thus detectability, of breeding birds would be much reduced. 6.6.53 The survey involved walking all of the field boundaries within the Site. The route was walked slowly with the surveyor stopping periodically to scan the survey area with binoculars. The start point was randomly selected on each survey visit. 6.6.54 The location, movements and activities of birds present were recorded onto base-maps using standard British Trust for Ornithology (BTO) species and activity codes. 6.6.55 During the assessment of farmland sites it is beneficial to record habitats as part of the survey approach so that habitat associations can be used to inform the subsequent impact assessment and mitigation proposals. Given this, the surveyor recorded information on the distribution of different habitat types. This information was also collected during the Phase 1 Habitat survey.
Over-wintering bird survey
6.6.56 The methodology employed for the 2005/06 (Ecology Consulting) and 2009/2010 (URS/Scott Wilson) was consistent with the standard approach detailed in SNH (2005), although Ecology Consulting covered a survey area wider than that required by the methodology. Ecology Consulting also restricted their survey to ‘target’ bird species (see next Section) while URS/Scott Wilson recorded all species seen. 6.6.57 The over-wintering bird survey was undertaken to determine the composition, distribution and conservation value of the over-wintering bird population present in the survey area. 6.6.58 The methodology was the same as that used for the breeding bird survey. However, six survey visits were undertaken, one per month, over the main over-wintering period of October to March, also each survey visit started early in the morning and continued until finished.
Standard vantage point bird observations
Scope of survey
6.6.59 The methodology employed for the 2005/06 (Ecology Consulting) and 2009/2010 (URS/Scott Wilson) vantage point watches followed the standard approach detailed in SNH (2005).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 128 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
While the results of the vantage point watches are complementary to the other bird surveys undertaken, particularly the over-wintering surveys, they also have an additional specific function as the data collected can be utilised to derive estimates of the collision risk posed by the wind farm to birds. 6.6.60 The SNH (2006) guidance acknowledges that while all bird species are subject to general protection through the Wildlife & Countryside Act and the Birds Directive, this does not mean that all species are equally pertinent in the context of the assessment of wind farm developments. 6.6.61 Only some species are normally of concern either because they are rare or vulnerable or because they are dependent on habitats which are limited or subject to land use change. Birds on Annex 1 to the Birds Directive, regularly occurring migratory species [including those that comprise part of the designated interest of statutory nature conservation sites] and birds on Schedule 1 of the Wildlife & Countryside Act are recognised in statute as requiring special conservation measures. There are also non-statutory lists (e.g. red and amber listed Birds of Conservation Concern) which present a more comprehensive picture of birds whose populations are at some risk either generally or in part of their range. Assessment of the impacts of a wind farm on birds normally need not consider birds outwith the above categories. 6.6.62 Moreover, some species, because of their habitat preferences and/or flight behaviour, are unlikely ever to be impacted upon by a wind farm. For example, species that remain wholly with woodland are unlikely to be at risk of collision (unless turbines are placed in woodland clearings). Similarly, species which normally remain close to the ground are only likely to be subject to a low collision risk, though there may be periods when they too fly higher and are then at risk e.g. during breeding displays or when being harried by other bird species. 6.6.63 SNH (2006) advises that fewer than twenty bird species are within the categories of birds requiring a level of special care, and utilise habitats or have flight behaviours such as to give rise to potential damaging effects. A further ten to fifteen species may be encountered in specific parts of the UK. Not all of these species would be expected to occur in Essex, so an abridged list of ‘target species’ is provided in Table 6.3. SNH only specify a need to consider light-bellied brent geese (Branta bernicula hrota), however for the purposes of this assessment it is considered that there is no obvious reason why dark- bellied brent geese (Branta bernicula bernicula) should be excluded (particularly as it is listed as part of the designated interest of some of the identified Natura 2000 sites) and as such Table 6.3 has been amended to cover all brent geese. 6.6.64 The survey data will clarify which, if any, species are pertinent in the context of this development i.e. which species occur within the vicinity of the Site. The assessment process will largely be limited to those pertinent species listed in Table 6.3, with consideration also given to any other species which might, exceptionally, also merit assessment. These additional species, as identified through field survey, are little egret (Egretta garzetta), barn owl (Tyto alba) and short-eared owl (Asio otus) because they are nationally uncommon species and Amber Listed (Eaton et al. 2009); mallard (Anas platyrhynchos), shelduck (Tadorna tadorna) and teal (Anas crecca) because they species are Amber Listed and potentially at risk by virtue of their relative manoeuvrability; peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus), merlin (Falco columbarius) and kestrel (Falco tinnunculus) because they are Amber Listed and potentially at risk because of their hunting behaviour; cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo) because the taxonomy of this species is under review (ultimately it may be segregated into two species) and it is potentially at risk by virtue of its size and relative manoeuvrability; and, sparrowhawk (Accipiter nisus) and grey heron (Ardea cinerea) because, while not rare species (best estimate of 39,000 breeding pairs of sparrowhawk nationally in 2000 and 13,000 nests of grey heron in 2003, Baker, 2006; Marchant et al. 2004), they are both potentially at risk because of their size and behaviour. Table 6.3 Bird species potentially at risk of impacts from onshore wind farms (adapted from SNH, 2005 and excluding species that would not reasonably be expected to occur in Essex)
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 129 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Arctic skua great skua nightjar
bean goose Greenland white-fronted goose osprey
brent goose (both races) greenshank pink-footed goose
corn crake hen harrier red kite
curlew honey buzzard slavonian grebe
dunlin little egret short-eared owl
greylag goose marsh harrier whimbrel
golden plover merlin whooper swan
Survey approach
6.6.65 Two years of vantage point bird survey were undertaken in support of the preparation of the ES. The survey approach taken is summarised below. 6.6.66 Vantage point watches are a means of quantifying the flight activity of ‘target’ bird species (see above) that take place within the wind farm envelope (i.e. flights over/through the wind farm and other flights in the surrounding landscape visible from the vantage point(s) covering the wind farm), with the principal aim of determining collision risk. Activity patterns and time spent flying within the turbine envelope may also allow an assessment of the consequences of displacement. 6.6.67 The main objective of vantage point watches is to gather sufficient observations so that a representative measure of total bird activity is obtained. Based on the SNH (2005) guidance, thirty-six hours of observation were undertaken per vantage point, in blocks of six hours per month, over the course of the main bird over-wintering season of October to March. In addition, a minimum of thirty-six hours of observation were undertaken over the breeding period (April to July) to detect any movements of marsh harriers (Circus aeruginosus), although in practice all movements of larger non-passerine bird species were recorded. 6.6.68 In 2005/06 over-wintering bird surveys were undertaken on the 26th and 31st October, 17th and 28th November, 3rd and 17th December, 25th and 30th January, 16th and 23rd February and 10th and 31st March. In 2009/10 over-wintering bird surveys were undertaken on the 27th/28th October, 25th/26th November, 16th/17th December, 27th/28thJanuary, 23rd/24th February and 10th/11th March. 6.6.69 In 2006 the marsh harrier vantage point watches were undertaken on the 13th April, 28th April, 11th May/12th May, 13th/14th June and 24th July. In 2009 marsh harrier watches were undertaken on the 8th May, 23rd/24th May, 12th/13th June, 30th June, 13th/14th July and 31st July. 6.6.70 Data on bird flight activity was collected during timed watches from strategic vantage points covering the defined survey area (Figure 6.7a, Summer Vantage Point locations and Figure 6.7b, Winter Vantage Point Locations). Vantage points were selected to achieve maximum visibility over the area of the proposed turbines with no point being greater than 2km from either vantage point. The same vantage points were used in both survey periods. 6.6.71 In 2005/06 and 2009/10 two vantage points were established, with the survey time being split between the two vantage points. The 2005/06 surveys were undertaken at a time before the SNH survey methodology (published in 2005) was widely adopted. The wintering bird surveys in 2009/10 were undertaken from a single vantage point because the survey area was more tightly constrained to collect more data for the wind farm envelope (in accordance with the standard approach) and less data for a wider survey area where
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 130 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
interaction with the Proposal would not reasonably be expected. Vantage point watch durations varied slightly between the years and the seasons and were as follows: Summer 2006, four 4.5 hour watches from each of VP1 & 2 during April to July (18 hours in total) Summer 2009, six 3 hour watches from each of VP1 & 2 during May to July (18 hours in total) Winter 2005/06, 6 hours of observations per month from each of VP1 & 2 during October to March (36 hours in total per vantage point) Winter 2009/10, 6 hours of observations (undertaken as two 3 hours watches to avoid observer fatigue) per month from VP 1 during October to March (36 hours in total) 6.6.72 The watches were undertaken between dawn and dusk (i.e. during daylight) by a single observer under conditions of good visibility. Surveys were also undertaken over the dawn and dusk periods but these are described separately. 6.6.73 The area in the field of view was scanned using binoculars and/or tripod-mounted telescope until a target species (see above) was detected, at which point it was followed until it ceased flying or was lost from view. The time that the target bird was detected and the flight duration were recorded. The route followed was plotted in the field onto a suitably scaled map (to allow the identification of any regular flight lines). Bird flight heights were estimated at the point of detection and then at 15 second intervals thereafter. This data was recorded onto bespoke survey forms designed for this purpose. 6.6.74 Flight height estimates were calibrated through reference to fixed features within the landscape of known height e.g. trees or telegraph poles. The flight heights could subsequently be classified as below turbine blade sweep height (Band A), turbine blade sweep height (Band B) and above turbine blade sweep height (Band C) on the turbine specification had been determined.
Dawn and dusk vantage point bird observations
6.6.75 The objective of this was to investigate the level of bird feeding activity during the dusk and dawn periods. 6.6.76 The methodology for the 2009/10 dawn and dusk surveys was comparable, except for the timings and the number of vantage points, to that employed for the standard vantage point surveys. Six hours of observations were undertaken per month from VP 1 over the period October 2009 to March 2010 (3 hours of observation starting two hours before dawn and 3 hours at dusk starting one hour before sunset). 6.6.77 Light levels dictated that the recording of the precise track of bird movements was only possible for one hour either side of sunset and sunrise. For the remaining hour of each dusk or dawn watch any low flying or grounded birds present in the fields immediately in front of the vantage point were recorded using a night-vision monocular mounted to the rear of a 200mm camera lens. Illumination was provided by a 5 million candle power spotlight fitted with an infrared filter. During this period, particular attention was given to listening for bird calls with the intention of recording species such as lapwing, golden plover and geese. Where such calls were heard, these were followed up by night vision observations to record numbers and flight tracks.
Calculating an estimate of collision risk
6.6.78 SNH has developed a methodology for assessing the collision risk posed by onshore wind farms to birds. This methodology is described in a guidance note (SNH, 2000) and has been utilised as part of the assessment process for the Proposal. 6.6.79 The methodology comprises a two stage process. The first stage is the collection of the necessary field data (see above) while the second stage involves the calculation of collision risk using the SNH Band Model.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 131 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.6.80 The model utilises a range of parameters (including bird data and the turbine specifications) to estimate collision risk based on two scenarios: (1) ‘birds flying through a wind farm on a regular basis’ and (2) ‘birds that might spend time within the bounds of a wind farm on a regular or random basis’. In the case of this study there were no bird species that made regular flights through the wind farm and so the second of the two scenarios was used to calculate collision risk for all of the bird species recorded from the vantage points. 6.6.81 The model is based on simplified predictions of bird behaviour and the wind turbine specifications. It gives an estimate of the likely number of bird strikes per year for individual species flying at the height of the turbine blades. 6.6.82 The model allows the calculation of a ‘no avoidance risk’ i.e. an estimated rate of collision assuming that birds fly as if the wind turbine structures were not there and take no avoiding action. It assumes that if a bird is hit it is killed, either immediately or through injury. 6.6.83 Clearly, as acknowledged by SNH (2000), this is overly simplistic and most birds do take avoiding action. The result of a no avoidance calculation must therefore be moderated by an ‘avoidance factor’ which represents the (often high) proportion of birds which are likely to take effective avoiding action. 6.6.84 Chamberlain et al. (2006) carried out sensitivity analysis of the model in which they looked at the effect of making a 10% variation in the input parameters to the model. This study found that input parameters, such as turbine length, width and rotation speed made a similar difference (c.10%) to the likely number of bird collisions. However, the main finding was that bird avoidance proved to be the most influential parameter, with a 10% reduction in bird avoidance leading to a 2000% increase in predicted bird casualties, i.e. there is potential for collision risk to be grossly over or under-estimated. 6.6.85 Studies looking at bird avoidance tend to return wildly varying results and as a consequence Chamberlain et al. (2006) concluded that they could not recommend the use of the Band model without further research into avoidance rates. Despite this, with there being no other methodology for assessing the likelihood of bird collision and with this approach being favoured by Natural England, we have applied the model as part of the assessment process. 6.6.86 While published data on avoidance factors is relatively limited, it is gradually growing and for many species and species groups it is possible to make an informed assumption on likely avoidance rates based on the published data. SNH has indicated (SNH, 2010) that it accepts that for all species an avoidance factor of 95% can be applied as a worst case scenario where no specific species or species group avoidance rates are available. Where higher species/species group avoidance rates are available and utilised for collision calculations then these will be fully referenced. 6.6.87 The dusk/dawn flight observations recorded using night vision equipment have not been entered into the collision model because the distance from vantage points that observations could be made was much reduced and not directly comparable with the daylight observations. The purpose of the night surveys was to understand species movements during the dawn/dusk period and not to quantify collision risk. The dusk/dawn observations have however been taken into account in the impact assessment.
Evaluation of nature conservation value
6.6.88 The methodology for evaluating and assessing effects on receptors (flora and fauna) is based on the Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment published by the Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (IEEM, 2006) but with reference to other pertinent, receptor-specific, guidance such as that published for bats (Rodrigues et al. 2008 and Natural England, 2009b). 6.6.89 The methodology applied can be summarised by the following key steps: Evaluation of the ecological receptors within the zone of influence in the relevant geographical context.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 132 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Identification of the range of potential impacts which may occur as a result of the proposed development. Assessment of the effects on each receptor prior to mitigation measures being implemented. Identification of relevant mitigation measures to avoid, reduce or offset impacts, along with opportunities for enhancement followed by a re-assessment of effects. Assessment of significance of residual effects on species and populations. Consideration of residual effects in terms of national and local wildlife planning policy, and legal requirements relating to species and habitats. 6.6.90 IEEM (2006) guidance recommends that receptors be assigned to one of the following geographic scales of value: international, national, regional, county, district and local (Table 6.4).
Assessment of ecology and nature conservation value
6.6.91 An approach to evaluation of the nature conservation value of a given site was first presented in A Nature Conservation Review (Ratcliffe, 1977). The criteria used for evaluation of the importance of sites for nature conservation include:
Size (area or extent) Position within an ecological/geographical unit Rarity Typicality Diversity Recorded history Fragility Naturalness Potential value Intrinsic appeal
6.6.92 In the UK these criteria were developed, and in most instances quantified, for the selection of sites of national importance for nature conservation designated as SSSI. A similar approach has been taken to identify the most important sites at a county or district level, although criteria may be applied qualitatively. These sites are designated by the local planning authority, wildlife trust or local committee. This is done using the guidance of the Ratcliffe Criteria, but with allowance for the appropriate geographical level as described in Essex Local Wildlife Sites Partnership (2010). The categories of site value shown in Table 6.4 have been adopted for this study.
The value of species
6.6.93 Assessment of the importance of the presence of species of plants and animals is based on the status of populations internationally, nationally and in the county according to their distribution, abundance, and whether or not they are in decline. 6.6.94 The status of species that are rare or threatened is outlined nationally in the UKBAP list (www.ukbap.org.uk) and locally in the LBAP (www.essexbiodiversity.gov.uk). There are national criteria for rarity and level of threat to populations for different groups of species. Species may be widespread or common nationally, but of scarce occurrence in the county. Conversely, a species may be common in a county context, but considered rare nationally. In addition, some species, termed legally protected species such as bats, badger and the more common species of reptiles are given statutory protection that protects them from harm or forms of disturbance. 6.6.95 The assignment of value to a specific resource requires that the assessor make use of relevant published evaluation criteria (where available, such as CPBRC (2009)). Where
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 133 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
published evaluation criteria do not exist, for example guidance for assigning value below the county value is rarely available, it has been necessary to apply best judgement, supported by a reasoned argument. The following categories of species value have been adopted for this study (Table 6.4).
Table 6.4 IEEM scales of ecological value IEEM scale of Criteria Example value International High importance and Internationally designated sites (e.g. rarity, international SACs) scale and limited Sustainable area of a habitat listed in potential for Annex I of the Habitats Directive, or substitution smaller areas of such habitat where they are essential to maintain the viability of a larger whole Sustainable population of a species listed in Annex IV of the Habitats Directive and Annex 1 of the Birds Directive National (UK) High importance and Nationally designated sites (e.g. SSSIs) rarity, national scale, Regionally important sites with limited or regional scale with substitution possibilities limited potential for Sustainable area of a priority habitat substitution identified in the UK BAP Sustainable population of a species listed on Schedules 1, 5 and 8 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act, of a priority species identified in the UK BAP, of a UK Red Data Book species, or of a nationally rare species (15 or fewer 10 km squares in the UK) County (Essex) and High or medium Regionally important sites with potential District (Maldon) importance and rarity for substitution Locally designated sites at local or regional (e.g. SINCs) scale and limited Sustainable area of a priority habitat potential for identified in the Cambridgeshire BAP or substitution National/Regional Area BAP Sustainable population of a priority species identified in the Essex BAP, in the National/Regional Area BAP or as a Nationally Scarce species (16-100 10 km squares in the UK) Local Low or medium Undesignated sites that are good importance and rarity, examples of a more widespread habitat, local scale or species-poor examples of a habitat of note (as described above), or of earth heritage interest Population of a species that is of low importance and rarity but of some interest locally Negligible Not applicable The IEEM scale does not encourage the classification of ecological resources below the local scale of value. All sites, habitats and species will have some form of inherent value of at least local value.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 134 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Assessment of degree of impact on ecology and nature conservation value
6.6.96 In some ecological assessments, the potential impacts of a project are assessed initially assuming there is no embedded mitigation (that which has been incorporated into the design of the project), and then reassessed with embedded and other mitigation measures included. Ecologists have contributed to the development of the Proposal, so it would be difficult to separately assess a case ‘without embedded mitigation’. Embedded mitigation already incorporated includes: utilising baseline data to minimise or avoid impacts on ecology where possible implementing appropriate buffers of water vole habitats and ponds implementing Natural England (2009b) guidance for bats detailed proposals for ecological enhancement that are integral to the Proposal 6.6.97 The ecological impact assessment is therefore of the Proposal as designed. Sources of potential impacts of the Proposal are identified and then the degree of those impacts assessed. The rationale for assigning these qualitative summaries of impact is supported through the provision of additional information as shown in Table 6.4. 6.6.98 The assessment of the significance of potential effects arising from this Proposal is considered at the construction, operational and decommissioning stages. The significance of an effect is derived from combining the magnitude of an impact with the sensitivity and value of the ecological receptor. Significant effects are those which, either alone, or in combination, will have a material influence on the decision making process. In order to arrive at a conclusion, the standard RES significance matrix (Table 1.3, Chapter 1) has been applied, moderated by professional judgement as appropriate. 6.6.99 The first step in the assessment process is to determine the sensitivity of each ecological receptor. See Table 1.1, Chapter 1 for definitions of sensitivity (as per the first paragraph of 6.6.89 and Table 6.4). 6.6.100 The magnitude of the effect on the baseline can then be assessed considering the scale, extent of change, nature and duration of effect. Table 1.2, Chapter 1 provides the definitions of magnitude used for the purposes of this assessment (as per the second paragraph of 6.6.89). 6.6.101 Using these definitions, a combined assessment of sensitivity and magnitude can then be undertaken to determine how significant an effect is (as per the second paragraph of 6.6.89), as demonstrated in Table 1.3, Chapter 1. Where effects are usually considered significant, they have been shaded. 6.6.102 Interpretation by experienced ecologists will be carried out on a case-by-case basis using qualitative or, where practicable, quantifiable measures.
Assessment of significance of effects
6.6.103 This ES is required to predict likely significant environment effects in terms of the Town and Country Planning (Environmental Impact Assessment) (England and Wales) Regulations 1999 (SI 1999 No 293), (as amended) (the ‘EIA Regulations’). 6.6.104 An overall assessment for each affected feature (depending upon its value and the magnitude of the potential impacts upon it) has been undertaken and is summarised in the impact assessment table (Table 6.22). 6.6.105 Effects on ecology and features of nature conservation importance can be direct or indirect and include both adverse (negative) and beneficial (positive) effects. In most cases beneficial effects will arise from the provision of new habitats as part of the Proposal. The assessment considers the scale at which such a contribution matters. In most cases, it will take time for new habitats to establish and accrue wildlife value. Despite this time lag, new habitats can be expected to be important (beneficial) at the local scale, but in some cases, such provision can make a contribution to local BAPs and may be important at District or even County scale.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 135 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.6.106 A conservative approach has been used in the assessment to avoid over-stating the potential benefits of new habitats or under-stating the impacts of the Proposal. 6.6.107 An assessment of significance is not reached without also referring to the sensitivity of the affected receptor. 6.6.108 It is important to attribute a level of confidence by which the predicted effect has been assessed, particularly in the case where only a qualitative assessment can be made. The criteria for these definitions are set out in Table 6.5. Unless otherwise stated, confidence levels are certain/near certain. Table 6.5 Confidence levels
Confidence Level Description Certain/ near-certain Probability estimated at 95 % chance or higher. Probability estimated to be at or above 50% but Probable below 95 %. Probability estimated to be at or above 5 % but Unlikely less than 50 %. Extremely unlikely Probability estimated at less than 5 %.
6.6.109 Wherever possible, URS/Scott Wilson (in conjunction with other environmental specialists) has liaised with RES to influence the design such that potential impacts to ecological receptors are understood and either avoided or minimised within the proposed works. After this process has been exhausted, mitigation or avoidance measures have been put forward wherever a significant adverse effect has been identified and such measures are feasible. Priority is given to the mitigation of significant impacts on protected species or areas of district or greater level of importance, or where the impact is likely to have a significant adverse effect, although other measures to reduce non-significant effects are also given consideration where practicable or otherwise concomitant with industry best practice. Potential enhancement of wildlife habitats has also been considered where appropriate. 6.6.110 Following the development of mitigation and enhancement proposals the residual effects are then assessed.
Assessment of Cumulative Effects
6.6.111 Wind farm schemes of potential relevance to the consideration of cumulative effects are summarised in Chapter 4. 6.6.112 During the assessment of cumulative effects reference has been made to Cumulative effect of windfarms (SNH, 2005). While this guidance has been developed for Scotland, guidance issued by SNH is widely adopted in England e.g. by Natural England as it provides a considered and useful framework for the consideration of cumulative effects. 6.6.113 SNH (2005) states that the issue of what constitutes ‘the vicinity’ within which schemes should be included in a cumulative assessment demands careful judgement according to the nature of the cumulative issues. The range of assessment may depend on the range and territories occupied by the species and generally, the area within which a cumulative assessment is required should relate to the issues involved. 6.6.114 SNH (2005) states that cumulative effect assessment can be resource intensive, as it requires knowledge, at least in outline, of the effects of each existing or proposed development within the vicinity. SNH therefore consider that cumulative effect assessments should be sought only where it is considered that the cumulative effect of a proposal, taken with other existing or proposed projects, could be a major factor in determining the acceptability of a development from a natural heritage standpoint and hence may affect the eventual planning decision.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 136 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.6.115 In accordance with SNH guidance, the cumulative assessment will only consider a limited number of target species and habitats. These will usually be: Species and habitats considered to be of high conservation importance, and/or Species and habitats considered to be vulnerable to wind farms by virtue of their behaviour or ecology. 6.6.116 Species and habitats of high nature conservation importance are not defined. These have been interpreted as threatened species and habitats protected by legislation (including international and national statutory nature conservation sites and County Wildlife Sites (CWS)) or otherwise listed in County or National Red Data Books and Lists; as well as habitats that are functionally important for the above species or otherwise help support the designated interest of statutory nature conservation sites and CWS. 6.6.117 The attributes of species populations that increase their vulnerability to cumulative effects are (after Landscape Design Associates, 2000): Individuals with large home or feeding ranges in relation to the area affected by a wind farm and the dispersion of breeding territories (e.g. some upland birds of prey) Populations suffering from other sources of habitat loss Rarity and/or scale and rate of decline Limited capacity to replace ‘lost’ individuals due to, for example, low breeding rates or the absence of a surplus pool of non-breeding animals Regularity of use of flight lines between feeding and roosting areas 6.6.118 Overlooked in this list but equally pertinent (and acknowledged by SNH, 2005) is the behaviour and ecology of the specific species under consideration. Where species do not routinely move at a height that would put them at risk of collision, or where they are not expected to be vulnerable to disturbance resulting from an operational wind farm, then this would counteract to a large degree any considerations based on the above attributes.
6.7 Results of the Desk Study
6.7.1 The results of the desk study are discussed below. Table 6.24 assesses the relative nature conservation values of the identified resources.
Statutory and non-statutory protected sites
6.7.2 There are nine closely associated international statutory ecological designations within 10km of the Site. These are all located on the Essex coast, to the south, north and east of the Site. These designations are summarised as Table 6.6. Table 6.6 Natura 2000 & Ramsar designations within 10km of the Site, See Figure 6.10.
Designation Minimum distance Designated interest from the Site Crouch & Roach 1,390m to the south Note that some of the cited population data may have Estuaries (Mid- been superseded by the more current Ramsar data. Essex Coast This will receive further attention in subsequent Phase 3) SPA sections, where pertinent. Wintering Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 18,607 waterfowl 2.5% of British population of hen harrier (Circus cyaneus) 1% of the British population of dark-bellied brent goose
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 137 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Designation Minimum distance Designated interest from the Site (Branta bernicla bernicla) Crouch & Roach 1,390m to the south Extent and diversity of saltmarsh habitat that Estuaries (Mid- represents, in concert with the other four mid-Essex Essex Coast Ramsars, 70% of the Essex resource and 7% of the Phase 3) Ramsar British resource 13 nationally scarce plant species Important invertebrate populations Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 16,970 waterfowl 2.1% of the wintering British population of dark-bellied brent goose Essex Estuaries 1,390m to the south The following Annex 1 habitats: SAC Estuaries Mudflats and sandflats not covered by seawater at low tide Salicornia and other annuals colonising mud and sand Spartina swards (Spartina maritimae) Atlantic salt meadows (Glauco-Puccinellietalia maritimae) Mediterranean and thermo-Atlantic halophilous shrubs (Sarcocornetea fruiticosi) Sandbanks which are slightly covered by seawater all of the time Foulness (Mid- 2,200m to the south Note that some of the cited population data may have Essex Coast been superceded by the more current Ramsar data. Phase 5) SPA This will receive further attention in subsequent sections, where pertinent. Breeding 5.8% of the British population of avocet (Recurvirostra avocetta) At least 1% of the British population of little tern (Sterna albifrons) 1.8% of the British population of common tern (Sterna hirundo) 2.3% of the British population of sandwich tern (Sterna sandvicensis) 1.6% of the British population of ringed plover (Charadrius hiaticula) Wintering Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 107,999 waterfowl 2.5% of British population of hen harrier 14.6% of the British population of bar-tailed godwit (Limosa lapponica) 7.9% of the British population of avocet 4.4% of the British population of dark-bellied brent goose
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 138 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Designation Minimum distance Designated interest from the Site 11.7% of the British population of knot (Calidris canutus) 1.3% of the British population of oystercatcher (Haematopus ostralegus) 2.5% of the British population of grey plover (Pluvialis squatarola) 0.8% of the British population of common redshank (Tringa totanus) Foulness (Mid- 2,200m to the south Extent and diversity of saltmarsh habitat that Essex Coast represents, in concert with the other four mid-Essex Phase 5) Ramsar Ramsars, 70% of the Essex resource and 7% of the British resource Nationally rare and scarce plants Red Data Book invertebrates Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 82,148 waterfowl 3% of the wintering British population of dark-bellied brent goose 1% of the wintering British population of common redshank 1.4% of the wintering British population of oystercatcher 1.7% of the wintering British population of grey plover 3.4% of the wintering British population of bar-tailed godwit (Limosa lapponica) 4.9% of the wintering British population of knot (Calidris canutus) Dengie (Mid- 2,530m to the east Note that some of the cited population data may have Essex Coast been superceded by the more current Ramsar data. Phase 1) SPA This will receive further attention in subsequent sections, where pertinent. Wintering Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 31,454 waterfowl 2.5% of British population of hen harrier 0.8% of the British population of dark-bellied brent goose 2.4% of the British population of knot 1.4% of the British population of grey plover Dengie (Mid- 2,530m to the east Extent and diversity of saltmarsh habitat that Essex Coast represents, in concert with the other four mid-Essex Phase 1) Ramsar Ramsars, 70% of the Essex resource and 7% of the British resource 11 nationally scarce plants Red Data Book invertebrates Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 43,828 waterfowl 2% of the wintering British population of dark-bellied
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 139 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Designation Minimum distance Designated interest from the Site brent goose 3.2% of the wintering British population of knot 1.8% of the wintering British population of grey plover Possibly also bar-tailed godwit which comprises 2.1% of the wintering British population Blackwater 9,950m to the north Note that some of the cited population data may have Estuary (Mid- been superceded by the more current Ramsar data. Essex Phase 4) This will receive further attention in subsequent SPA sections, where pertinent. Breeding 0.9% of the British population of little tern 6% of the British population of pochard (Aythya ferina) 1.6% of the British population of ringed plover Wintering Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 109,964 waterfowl 2.5% of British population of hen harrier 5.1% of the British population of dark-bellied brent goose 2.4% of the British population of dunlin (Calidris alpina alpina) 0.7% of the British population of ringed plover 2% of the British population of black-tailed godwit (Limosa limosa islandica) 3% of the British population grey plover Blackwater 6,950m to the north Extent and diversity of saltmarsh habitat that Estuary (Mid- represents, in concert with the other four mid-Essex Essex Phase 4) Ramsars, 70% of the Essex resource and 7% of the Ramsar British resource Inverterate fauna Internationally important over-wintering assemblage that regularly supports 105,061 waterfowl 4% of the wintering British population of dark-bellied brent goose 2% of the wintering British population of dunlin (Calidris alpina alpina) 6.2% of the wintering British population of black-tailed godwit (Limosa limosa islandica) 1.7% of the wintering British population grey plover Possibly also shelduck which comprises 1% of the wintering British population, golden plover (Pluvialis apricaria) which comprises 1.7% of the wintering British population and common redshank which comprises 1.6% of the wintering British population 6.7.3 There is one SSSI within 2km of the Site. This is the Crouch and Roach Estuaries SSSI and falls entirely within the boundaries of the Crouch & Roach Estuaries (Mid-Essex Coast Phase 3) SPA and Ramsar and the Essex Estuaries SAC. The SSSI was designated for its marine and coastal habitats and associated invertebrate and internationally important bird populations.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 140 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.7.4 The above designated sites fall within the Mid-Essex Coast Important Bird Area (IBA), a large complex of estuaries and sand-silt flats, including the Blackwater, Colne and Dengie Estuaries and Maple Sands. The designation of IBAs is a non-statutory initiative of BirdLife International and their partner organisations (e.g. the RSPB) that aims to identify and protect a network of sites, critical for the conservation of the world's birds. IBAs are particularly important for species that congregate in large numbers, such as wintering and passage water birds and breeding seabirds. Many sites have also been identified for species of global and European conservation concern. 6.7.5 There are no Local Nature Reserves, ancient woodlands or Local Wildlife Sites within 1km of the Site. 6.7.6 There are no statutory or non-statutory designations directly associated with, or in close proximity to, the proposed highways works.
UK Biodiversity Action Plan habitats
6.7.7 There are three possible priority habitats present within the Site, these are ‘arable field margins’, ‘ponds’ and ‘hedgerows’ (see Figure 6.1 for more detail on the distribution of these). 6.7.8 The specific nature conservation value of these examples of priority habitat is not known. Not all examples of these habitats are necessarily of equal value. Designation as a priority habitat reflects that such habitats are in a sub-optimal state nationally and that action is required. It does not imply, and was never intended to imply, any specific level of importance for these habitats (Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management, 2006). However, under the CRoW Act 2000 there is still a requirement for planning authorities to pay due regard to the presence of UK Biodiversity Action Plan habitats when considering planning applications. 6.7.9 The addition of hedgerows to the list of priority habitat types recognises that hedgerow networks can play an important functional role in connecting other priority habitat types (UK BAP Steering Group, 2008). The limited and highly fragmented hedgerow resource associated with the Site (see Section 6.9) is insufficiently inter-connected and linked to other habitats, to serve anything more than a low habitat connectivity function at the local level. 6.7.10 The identified ponds (excluding garden ponds) may or may not qualify for consideration under the UK BAP, dependent upon whether it supports any UK BAP priority species. A precautionary stance has been taken and it has been assumed that the ponds are of UK BAP quality. 6.7.11 It would be difficult to assess the specific value of the arable field margins present within the Site, as there is no precise definition of the priority habitat that would allow a comparison of the relative value of different examples of the habitat type (UK BAP Steering Group, 2008). That said, inferences can be made based on the results of the Phase 1 Habitat survey, the protected species surveys and the bird surveys. It must also be acknowledged that arable farmland is not a scarce resource within the Natural Area. On this basis, the arable field margins associated with the Site are unlikely to be a high priority for recognition under the UK BAP.
Statutory protected and other notable species
6.7.12 Essex Ecology Services provided two pertinent protected species records. A single positive record of water vole was provided (near River Crouch, TQ960954, 1997). In addition, evidence was provided to indicate that a wider systematic water vole survey had been undertaken on the Dengie Peninsular in 1998. No positive records resulted from this survey, suggesting that water voles may be scarce in the landscape surrounding the Site. However, this is not supported by the findings of the water vole survey which found abundant signs of water vole within the Site. 6.7.13 A single record of a badger sett was also provided. This sett was not closely associated with the Site and there is therefore no need, particularly given the persecution still suffered by
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 141 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
this species, to make specific reference to the location of the sett. However, the record does demonstrate that badgers are present in the wider landscape surrounding the Site. 6.7.14 The Essex Bat Group provided only one bat record for the search area. This is a 2007 record of common pipistrelle (Pipistrellus pipistrellus) at TQ937922. It is not identified whether this record relates to a casual observation or a bat roost.
6.8 Results of the Field Surveys
6.8.1 The results of the field surveys are discussed below and the key features (resources) identified are presented in Figures 6.1 to 6.6. Table 6.24 assesses the relative nature conservation values of the identified resources.
Phase 1 Habitat survey
6.8.2 The habitats identified from the results of the Phase 1 Habitat survey are mapped in Figure 6.1. Within the Site, arable farmland was the dominant land-use type and semi-natural habitats were scarce and restricted to field margins. The habitats present in the surrounding landscape were broadly similar to those present within the Site, with arable farmland being the dominant habitat type. 6.8.3 In approximate order of descending spatial area the semi-natural habitats present on Site or in close association with the Site were: cultivated and disturbed land, improved grassland, plantation woodland, drains, scrub, ponds, dry ditches and hedgerows. Built-up areas also occurred as roads, hardstanding, farmyards and dwellings with gardens and associated outbuildings. 6.8.4 None of the recorded habitats are of types listed on Annex 1 of the EU Habitats Directive. Three possible UK BAP priority habitats occurred. These were arable field margins, ponds and hedgerows. However, the hedgerow resource was species-poor, limited in extent and very fragmented. While the existing hedgerow resource had potential to be improved through the implementation of proactive enhancement measures it was considered that in its present state it would be unlikely to merit consideration under the UK BAP. The limited extent of the hedgerow resource and its identified composition meant that a specific hedgerow survey was not required. 6.8.5 Similarly, based on the results of the Phase 1 habitat and other surveys undertaken, the arable field margins associated with the Site are not of any great floristic or faunal interest. As such, a strong case can not be made for these field margins being a priority under the UK BAP, although there is potential for improvement through the implementation of proactive enhancement measures.
Cultivated and disturbed land
6.8.6 Within the survey area this habitat type was dominated by the arable subtype. Oil-seed rape and cereals were the main crops grown but maize was present in two fields at the time of survey. 6.8.7 The edges of the arable fields supported a range of common ruderal plant species that included common field-speedwell (Veronica persica), ivy-leaved speedwell (Veronica hederifolia ssp. hederifolia), charlock (Sinapis arvensis), prickly sow-thistle (Sonchus asper ssp. asper), chickweed (Stellaria media), sterile brome (Anisantha sterilis), dove’s-foot crane’s-bill (Geranium molle), common vetch (Vicia sativa ssp. sativa), cleavers (Galium aparine), annual meadow-grass (Poa annua), black-bindweed (Fallopia convolvulus), groundsel (Senecio vulgaris ssp. vulgaris), scented mayweed (Matricaria recutita), common poppy (Papaver rhoeas), knotgrass (Polygonum aviculare) and blackgrass (Alopecurus myosuroides). 6.8.8 No notable or scarce arable flora were recorded.
Improved grassland
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 142 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.8.9 This habitat was present predominantly as several fields at Turncole Farm, which were heavily grazed by the Farm’s dairy herd. 6.8.10 This habitat also occurred as narrow verges, too small to map, along the edges of roads and tracks. The flora of such verges included perennial rye-grass (Lolium perenne), cock’s-foot (Dactylis glomerata), annual meadow-grass, field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis), cow parsley (Anthriscus sylvestris), great plantain (Plantago major ssp. major), wall barley (Hordeum murinum) and hoary cress (Lepidium draba ssp. draba).
Plantation woodland
6.8.11 Several areas of semi-mature, broad-leaved plantation woodland occurred within the survey area. They were all of a similar character and a similar age (10 to 15 years approximately). 6.8.12 The plantations comprised a mix of native and non-native tree species including: hawthorn (Crataegus monogyna), pedunculate oak (Quercus robur), blackthorn (Prunus spinosa), whitebeam (Sorbus aria), Swedish whitebeam (Sorbus intermedia), ash (Fraxinus excelsior), elder (Sambucus nigra), wild cherry (Prunus avium), apple (Malus domestica), white willow (Salix alba), field maple (the non-native Acer campestre var. leiocarpum) and alder (Alnus glutinosa). 6.8.13 On the immediate western side of the old barn at Old Turncole, there was a small plantation of non-native poplar trees (Populus sp.). Next to the road at Monsale Bungalow there was recently planted plantation comprised of young whips. 6.8.14 In addition to the plantation woodland, the survey area also had occasional scattered trees on field boundaries and particularly in association with dwellings. On field boundaries, the main tree species was usually hawthorn. Elsewhere plantings of hybrid poplar occurred.
Drains
6.8.15 The survey area was crossed by a well connected network of drains. These drains, along with their associated improved grassland banks, comprised the dominant field boundary habitat within the survey area. 6.8.16 The drains varied in depth. The main drain that flowed past the western boundary of the Site was the largest and deepest but the bulk of the drain network within the survey area was shallow (less than 10cm depth at the time of survey) and likely to dry up in the summer. 6.8.17 The flora of the drains was typified by abundant to locally dominant stands of sea club-rush (Bolboschoenus maritimus) and common reed (Phragmites australis). Where the emergent vegetation was less dominant other flora occurred including (Ranunculus trichophyllus ssp. drouetii), celery-leaved buttercup (Ranunculus sceleratus), parsley water-dropwort (Oenanthe lachenallii), common duckweed (Lemna minor), creeping bent (Agrostis stolonifera) and false fox-sedge (Carex otrubae).
Scrub
6.8.18 One area of the survey area was defined as scrub (Target Note 4, Figure 6.1), although this was not a uniformly dense stand and instead also comprised an area of rough, unmanaged, false oat-grass dominated improved grassland. The dense to scattered scrub here was typified by hawthorn, elder, dog-rose (Rosa canina), bramble and blackthorn. There were also localised young plantings of hybrid poplar (Populus x canadensis), wild cherry, Leyland cypress (X Cuprocyparis leylandii), sycamore (Acer pseudoplatanus) and non-native field maple.
Ponds
6.8.19 Five ponds, excluding the waste water management lagoon at Turncole Farm, were identified within the survey area. There is also a sixth waterbody, a farm reservoir, at Great West Wick.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 143 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.8.20 Pond 1 (Target Note 8, Figure 6.1) was of relatively recent origin and was located within an area of semi-mature, broad-leaved plantation. 6.8.21 Pond 2(Target Note 2, Figure 6.1) was a large pond apparently created to benefit waterfowl. The pond had several islands and the vegetation present included sea club-rush and spiked water-milfoil (Myriophyllum spicatum). 6.8.22 Pond 3 (Target Note 7, Figure 6.1) was a large man-made pond of relatively recent origin. It was quite shallow and had a flora of common reed, sea club-rush, spiked water-mifoil and fennel pondweed (Potamogeton pectinatus). 6.8.23 Pond 4 (Target Note 5, Figure 6.1) was a small, concrete ornamental fish pond located in the garden of Monsale Bungalow. 6.8.24 Pond 5 (Target Note 6, Figure 6.1) was an artificial garden pond with a plastic liner in the garden of Old Montsale. 6.8.25 In addition to the above, there was a wastewater management lagoon located next to the farmyard at Turncole Farm (Target Note 3, Figure 6.1). This was of negligible wildlife value.
Dry ditches
6.8.26 Dry ditches occurred on the boundaries of some fields. These were typified by a rank grassland flora of false oat-grass, tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea), rough-stalked meadow- grass (Poa trivialis), cow parsley and couch (Elytrigia repens). Where soils were wetter (but without standing water being present) common reed was locally abundant.
Hedgerows
6.8.27 Hedgerows were a very scarce resource within the survey area being isolated in occurrence and of limited extent. All of the hedgerows were species-poor and comprised of dominant hawthorn with some elder and elm-leaved bramble (Rubus ulmifolius).
Ecological Risk Appraisal
6.8.28 A small stand of the Schedule 9 weed species Japanese knotweed (Fallopia japonica) was recorded on the road verge between Muscle Bridge and Twizzlefoot Bridge at TQ97099690 (Target Note 1, Figure 6.1). 6.8.29 The only species of reptile likely to use the survey area would be the grass snake (Natrix natrix). Habitat suitable for use by grass snakes was limited and primarily restricted to the network of drains and associated rough grassland habitat. Given the context of the survey area (predominantly intensive arable farmland) and the nature and land take requirements of wind farm developments, it was considered that a specific reptile survey was not required and that instead any residual risk would be best addressed through careful site design and planning. 6.8.30 All of the identified ponds had some amphibian potential. However, the intention of the design process was to avoid these ponds and their associated terrestrial habitat. As a result of this process it was possible to restrict infrastructure to areas of the Site distant from the potential amphibian habitat and/or to intensively managed arable farmland of negligible value for amphibians. Given this, it was judged that there would be no reasonable likelihood of any effects on amphibians and their habitats and an amphibian survey was therefore not required. Any residual risk could be effectively managed through a commitment to implement an appropriate precautionary working method statement. 6.8.31 No other potential ecological issues were identified that were not already incorporated into the proposed survey programme.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 144 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Appraisal of the highways works
6.8.32 The results of the appraisal of the proposed highways works are summarised in Table 6.7. No ecological constraints, with the exception of nesting birds, were identified in association with the proposed work areas. Table 6.7 The habitats and ecological risks associated with the proposed highways works (see Figure 10.2 for the location of each detail) Detail Habitats present Risk/Further action 1 Disturbed improved verge and hardstanding None, re-inspect prior to works 2 Disturbed, mown, improved verge None, re-inspect prior associated with dwelling to works 3a Mown, improved, visibility splay None, re-inspect prior to works 3b (including Linear belt of scrub dominated by elm None except need to temporary land suckers, improved grassland, eutrophic consider nesting birds, take) duck pond within 93m re-inspect prior to works
Pond not considered a risk as it is of relatively recent origin, impacted by domestic ducks and had a HSI score of 0.23 (poor) 4 (including Disturbed improved verge, extensive None except need to temporary land hardstanding, arable, old agricultural consider nesting birds, take) building (of corrugated iron construction) re-inspect prior to and elder bushes; eutrophic duck pond works within 25m on opposite side of the road Pond not considered a risk as it is of relatively recent origin, impacted by domestic ducks and had a HSI score of 0.23 (poor) 5 Mown visibility splay between road and None, re-inspect prior pavement to works 6 Improved, nettle-dominated bank of dry None, re-inspect prior ditch to works
Mature hedgerow abutting road Mitigation for nesting birds 7 Improved verge in front of heavily None, re-inspect prior managed hedge and young semi-mature to works trees of no bat roost potential 8 Improved verge in front of heavily None, re-inspect prior managed hedge to works 9 Mown verges associated with dwellings and None, re-inspect prior boundary hedgerow to works 10 Improved verge and defunct, heavily- None, re-inspect prior managed hedge to works 11 Mown improved verge and Leyland Cypress None, re-inspect prior hedge, village setting to works 12 Improved verge adjacent to dwellings None, re-inspect prior to works 13 Improved verge None, re-inspect prior
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 145 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
to works 14 Improved and semi-improved verge, None, re-inspect prior including road junction visibility splay and to works compacted field gateway 15 Urban hardstanding and mown improved None, re-inspect prior verge to works 16 Improved verge abutting arable None, re-inspect prior to works 17 Improved verge abutting arable None, re-inspect prior to works 18 Wide, mown, improved verge None, re-inspect prior to works 19 Wide, mown, improved verge None, re-inspect prior to works 20 Wide improved verge None, re-inspect prior to works 21 Improved verge abutting arable None, re-inspect prior to works 22 Improved verge abutting arable None, re-inspect prior to works 23 Improved verge abutting drain with water Method statement vole potential, Japanese knotweed present Re-inspect prior to on verge works 24 Improved verge abutting drain with water Method statement vole potential Re-inspect prior to works 25 Improved verge, arable, blackthorn hedge None except need to consider nesting birds, re-inspect prior to works 26 Improved verge None, re-inspect prior to works 27 Wide improved verge, near drain with Method statement water vole potential Re-inspect prior to works 28 Wide improved verge and arable None, re-inspect prior to works 29 Wide improved verge, Leyland Cypress None except need to consider nesting birds, re-inspect prior to works 30 Wide improved verge and arable None, re-inspect prior to works
Badger survey
6.8.33 No signs of badger were found during the badger survey and therefore, at the time of survey, there was no evidence of badger activity present anywhere in close proximity to the Proposal. 6.8.34 Evidence of the presence of badgers was found elsewhere within the Site, during the Phase 1 Habitat survey, in the form of an active main sett. This sett is distant from the proposed infrastructure and there is no reason to expect that badgers would be affected by the Proposal. 6.8.35 Badgers are still subject to persecution and it is generally accepted that it is inappropriate to provide information on the locations of their setts within documents that will have a wide circulation. Detail of the precise location of the sett is not pertinent to the Proposal (as it is in a location where it could not possibly be affected) and has therefore been
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 146 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
treated as confidential. This information can be provided upon request to appropriate bodies and has already been provided to the local Badger Group.
Water vole survey
6.8.36 Abundant evidence indicating the presence of a viable water vole population was found in all of the relevant drains (those that would be affected by the Proposal) except the drain between Turbines 2 and 3. The presence of abundant water vole droppings provided definitive evidence of the presence of this species. 6.8.37 No evidence of water voles was found in the drain between Turbines 2 and 3, however, based on the evidence for the other drains a precautionary approach should be taken and it should be assumed that this drain has the potential to support water voles. 6.8.38 Atypically, the water vole signs were found in association with drains that held negligible standing water in both 2009 and 2010. It is speculated that the extensive, dense stands of sea club-rush within these drains provides sufficient cover to protect water voles from the risk of predation, allowing them to utilise drains that would be sub-optimal in other situations. 6.8.39 Because the water voles were occupying drains that held negligible standing water, droppings were widely distributed and were not aggregated into clearly demarcated latrines as would typically be the case. This made it impractical to reliably count the number of latrines present but the abundance of droppings would be indicative of a strong population. There is no robust method for estimating population size based on field signs alone, instead a capture-mark-recapture survey would be required and such an invasive study is not appropriate in most circumstances (Strachan and Moorhouse, 2006). 6.8.40 The length of female water vole territories (males are not territorial and have typical home ranges of 60 to 300m) varies between 30m and 150m dependent on habitat quality (Strachan and Moorhouse, 2006). Even it is assumed that the drains provide habitat conditions suitable for the highest density of water voles (i.e. one territory every 30m or so) it would still be reasonable to expect that at each bridge crossing no more than two female territories might be affected along with one to two male home ranges.
Bat activity survey
2009 building inspections
6.8.41 No evidence of bat roosts was found during the daylight inspection of the buildings at Turncole Farm. However, there were features for potentially suitable roosting in the roofs of some of the barns, but these could not be inspected in detail. The results of the detector surveys (see below) identified the presence of small common pipistrelle (Pipistrellus pipistrellus) roosts in two barns. Low numbers of bats were observed emerging from barns at sample points 1 (Turncole Farm) and 18 (Old Turncole) (Figure 6.2). 6.8.42 Evidence of bats, in the form of a few pipistrelle droppings, were found during the daylight inspection inside a wooden cart shed close to the entrance track at Turncole Farm. This suggests use of the shed as a foraging area and this conclusion is supported by the pattern of bat activity recorded during the detector surveys. 6.8.43 There are no mature woodlands within the Site. No individual trees were noted with any evidence of bat roosts.
2009 detector survey
6.8.44 The results of the detector surveys are given as Tables 6.8 to 6.10. Figure 6.2 shows observed patterns of activity across the Site. 6.8.45 Bat activity across the Site was low with three species recorded. These species were common pipistrelle, soprano pipistrelle (Pipistrellus pygmaeus) and noctule (Nyctalus noctula).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 147 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.8.46 Common pipistrelle, the most commonly recorded species, was recorded in low numbers with a maximum count of thirteen bats with no more than three recorded at any one sample point. Activity was concentrated mainly around buildings, with their associated woody plantings, and close to linear features such as tracks, hedges and drains. 6.8.47 A single soprano pipistrelle was recorded passing along a drain at sample point 3. 6.8.48 A single noctule was recorded passing over the road at Turncole Farm at sample point 1. 6.8.49 The results confirmed the presence of two small common pipistrelle roosts, one in the large barn by the road at Turncole Farm (sample point 1) and one in the barn at sample point 18. The roost at Turncole Farm is likely to support a low number of non-breeding bats. Based on the available data the barn at sample point 18 is used by just one bat. No evidence was found to indicate the presence of any maternity roosts or other significant roost types in the survey area. Table 6.8 Results of the first detector survey (2009) VISIT 1 – Dusk Date: 28th May 2009 Sunset time: 21:04 Weather conditions: 18°C at 21:00, 12°C at 22:00. 2/10 cloud, no wind, dry. Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 1 21:00 1 21:45 21:45 Common pipistrelle S Emerging from the large Barn at Turncole Farm 1 21:51 21:51 Common pipistrelle Foraging around farm yard 3 22:03 22:04 1 x common E to W Pass along drain pipistrelle 1 x soprano pipistrelle 4 22:09 22:09 Common pipistrelle N to S Foraging along track 4 22:13 22:13 Common pipistrelle Foraging along track Between 22:25 22:25 Common pipistrelle Pass along road 1 and 7 7 22:27 22:27 Common pipistrelle Pass over barns 11 22:50 22:50 Common pipistrelle N to S Pass along drain 12 22:58 22:58 Common pipistrelle Foraging around barn 15 23:25 23:26 3 x common N to S Foraging along track pipistrelle 20 00:24 Table 6.9 Results of the second and third detector surveys (2009) VISIT 2 – Dusk & Dawn Date: 14th July 2009 Sunset time: 21:12 Sunrise time 05:00 Weather conditions: 16°C at 21:00, 15°C at 22:00. 1/10 cloud, light W wind, dry. Reversed route Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 20, 19 21:00 None 18 21:55 21:59 Common pipistrelle Emerging from barn 17,2,3, None 4,5 6 22:30 22:30 Common pipistrelle Foraging around poplar trees 1 22:38 22:38 Noctule E to W Pass over road 7 22:49 22:49 Common pipistrelle Pass 9 22:59 22:59 Common pipistrelle N to S Pass
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 148 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
South 23:10 23:19 2 x common N to S Pass of 9 pipistrelle 7 23:30 23:36 Common pipistrelle Foraging around barns 8,10 None 11 00:10 00:10 Common pipistrelle Pass 12 00:20 00:22 Common pipistrelle Foraging 13,14,1 None 5,16 Transect repeated again until dawn. 12 02:14 02:14 Common pipistrelle Pass 7 03:39 03:40 Common pipistrelle Pass near to barns 1 03:45 03:50 2 x common Foraging around pipistrelle barns 1 04:50 Survey End Table 6.10 Results of the forth detector survey (2009) VISIT 3 – Dusk Date: 4th Sept 2009 Sunset time: 19:39 Weather conditions: 16°C at 19:00, 14°C at 21:00. 7/10 cloud, light wind, dry. Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 20 19:40 19 None 18 20:33 20:40 Common pipistrelle Emerging from barn. Foraging around barn and trees 17 20:45 20:45 Common pipistrelle Foraging around trees 1 20:56 20:56 Common pipistrelle Pass near road 2 21:17 21:17 Common pipistrelle Foraging by tree 3 to 16 None 16 23:00 End
2010 detector survey
6.8.50 The results of the detector surveys are given as Tables 6.11 to 6.14. Figure 6.2 shows observed patterns of activity across the Site. 6.8.51 Only very limited bat activity was recorded and, as in 2009, it was restricted to field boundary habitats. Table 6.11 Results of the first detector survey (2010) VISIT 1 – Dusk Date: 1st June 2010 Sunset time: 21:01
Weather conditions: 11°C, 2/10 cloud, no wind, dry. Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 21:00 None 11-12 22:10 22:10 Common pipistrelle Pass 11 22:13 22:13 Common pipistrelle Pass 11 22:17 22:17 Common pipistrelle Pass 19 23:00 23:00 Common pipistrelle Pass 19 23:10 23:10 Soprano pipistrelle Pass 23:30 Survey end Table 6.12 Results of the second detector survey (2010) VISIT 2 – Dusk Date: 15th July 2010 Sunset time: 21:12
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 149 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Weather conditions: 20°C, 3/10 cloud, light to moderate wind, dry. Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 21:00 None 23:30 Survey end Table 6.13 Results of the third detector survey (2010) VISIT 3 – Dusk Date: 14th September 2010 Sunset time: 19:19 Weather conditions: 16°C, 8/10 cloud, moderate wind, dry. Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 19:00 None 12 20:05 20:05 Common pipistrelle Pass 21:30 Survey end Table 6.14 Results of the forth detector survey (2010) VISIT 4 – Dawn Date: 29th September 2010 Sunrise time 06:41 Weather conditions: 10°C, 0/10 cloud, no wind, dry.
Sample Time Time Species Direction Activity Point Start End of flight 04:00 None 06:30 Survey end
2010 passive monitoring survey
6.8.52 The results of the passive monitoring survey are given as Table 6.15. Figure 6.2 shows the four locations where Anabats were placed. Anabats typically have a recording range of up to 100m with the detection range being dependent on the species-specific sound charcteristics of bat calls. So bats with high frequency, quiet or directional calls (such as brown long-eared bats, a species not recorded for the Site) may only be detected at distances of typically less than 10m, while bats with low frequency and loud calls (such as noctules) may be detected as far away as 100m or more. The typical range for most species in open habitats is somewhere in the middle of this and would encompass typical wind turbine stand-off distances. As such, while the Anabats were placed to record bat activity in the vicinity of each wind turbine they were sufficiently close to favourable bat foraging habitats and commuting routes, from which the wind turbines had been offset in accordance with Natural England (2010) guidance, that any bat activity associated with these habitats would also be recorded. Given this, the results of the passive monitoring survey must be interpreted with reference to the other available data and the known ecology of the species involved (see the impact assessment, Section 6.11). 6.8.53 The passive monitoring survey recorded the presence of five different bat species. The bat species recorded were: common pipistrelle, soprano pipistrelle, noctule (also recorded during the 2009 survey) and Nathusius’ pipistrelle and Daubenton’s (recorded for the first time in 2010). 6.8.54 As with the previous survey, the main bat species present in 2010 were common pipistrelle (peak of 76 passes during the spring visit, vicinity of Anabat C) and soprano pipistrelle (peak of 30 passes during the autumn visit, vicinity of Anabat D). It is considered that the bat activity recorded is probably associated with trees and drains (located greater than 50m from the turbine blades), consistent with the findings of the 2009 bat activity survey. The number of passes recorded per minute over each night is likely to over-estimate the number of individual pipistrelle bats involved and instead is expected to involve repeated activity by relatively few bats. 6.8.55 A singleton Nathusius’ pipistrelle was recorded during the spring and autumn surveys. This low level of activity is suggestive of only a limited transitory, perhaps migratory, occurrence and does not indicate the presence of a population of this species. It is also
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 150 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
possible that the record relates to a singleton animal that has attached itself to a colony of one of the other two pipistrelle species using the Site. 6.8.56 A single pass by a Daubenton’s bat was recorded during the autumn survey at Anabat location A. This is consistent with the presence of a single animal of this species. 6.8.57 Noctule was recorded infrequently during the spring and summer surveys. Again, the number of passes and the pattern of activity recorded are consistent with the presence of singleton animals of this species. 6.8.58 It is not possible to comment on the precise proximity of the above species to the wind turbines, although noctules range widely and this species could have been anywhere within a 100m radius. As such, greater emphasis needs to be placed on the number of passes recorded and the relative flight ecology of each species (see Section 6.11). Table 6.15 Number of bat passes recorded by each Anabat during the 2010 passive monitoring survey
Survey Anabat Location Visit A B C D Night 1 Night 1 Night 1 Night 1 to 4 1 (May) 23:31 Common No bats Common pipistrelle No bats pipistrelle (3 passes Night 2 (13 passes over over period 23:31 to Noctule (1 faint pass period 02:29 to 01:48) at 21:41) 03.28) Night 2 Common pipistrelle (1 Nights 2 Soprano pipistrelle (2 pass at 23:39) Common pipistrelle passes over period Soprano pipistrelle (1 (13 passes over 22:26 to 22:46) pass at 00.02) period 22:08 to Common pipistrelle (4 Night 3 00:34) passes over period No bats Night 3 00.08 to 03.30) Common pipistrelle Night 3 (76 passes over Soprano pipistrelle (2 period 22:05 to passes over period 03:44) 22:26 to 01:22) Noctule (1 faint pass Common pipistrelle (4 at (23:58) passes over period Nathusius pipistrelle 23:45 to 03:40) (1 pass at 00:28) Night 4 Common pipistrelle (24 passes over period 22:12 to 03:14)
Common pipistrelle 4 Common pipistrelle 1 Common pipistrelle No bats Max. Soprano pipistrelle 2 Soprano pipistrelle 1 76 no. Noctule 1 Nathusius’ pipistrelle passes 1 Mean Noctule 1 passes Common pipistrelle 4 Common pipistrelle Soprano pipistrelle 2 <1 per Common pipistrelle night Soprano pipistrelle <1 Noctule <1 32 Nathusius’ pipistrelle <1 Noctule <1
Night 1 Night 1 Night 1 Night 1 2 Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle No bats No bats (June/ (31 passes over (60 passes over Night 2 Night 2 July) period 22:24 to period 22:18 to Soprano pipistrelle (3 Common pipistrelle (6 04:14) 03:21) passes over period passes over period 22:49 Soprano Soprano pipistrelle 22:23 to 22:25) 02:13 to 03:20) pipistrelle (10 passes (29 passes over Common pipistrelle (6 Soprano pipistrelle (1 over period 22:49 to period 23:28 to passes over period pass at 03:26) 03:32) 03:27) 22:59 to 02:30) Night 3
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 151 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Survey Anabat Location Visit A B C D Night 2 Night 2 Night 3 Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle (10 passes over (10 passes over (11 passes over (11 passes over period 22:44 to period 04:33 to period 23:12 to period 22:18 to 03:43) 09:12) 04:59) 03:46) Soprano pipistrelle (4 Soprano pipistrelle (7 Soprano pipistrelle (9 Soprano pipistrelle (2 passes over period passes over period passes over period passes over period 23:04 to 03:43) 05:13 to 09:08) 01:02 to 04:58) 22:31 to 03:19) Noctule (1 pass at Night 3 Night 3 Noctule (1 pass at 00:07) Soprano pipistrelle (1 Soprano pipistrelle (1 23:20) pass at 04:57) pass at 00:00) Common pipistrelle (2 passes over period 00:12 to 00:13)
Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Max. 31 60 11 10 no. Soprano pipistrelle 10 Soprano pipistrelle 29 Soprano pipistrelle 3 Soprano pipistrelle 4 passes Noctule1 Noctule 1
Mean passes Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle 7 Common pipistrelle 5 per 14 24 Soprano pipistrelle 2 Soprano pipistrelle 2 night Soprano pipistrelle 6 Soprano pipistrelle 13 Noctule <1 Noctule <1
Night 1 Night 1 Night 1 Night 1 3 Soprano pipistrelle (3 Soprano pipistrelle (4 Common pipistrelle No bats (Sept) passes over period passes over period (37 passes over Night 2 19:58 to 21:41) 19:22 to 21:04) period 19:41 to Common pipistrelle Night 2 Common pipistrelle (6 22:41) (16 passes over the Soprano pipistrelle (2 passes over the Soprano pipistrelle period 19:21 to passes over period period 19:41 to (13 passes over 21:48) 20:12 to 20:53) 21:31) period 19:48 to Soprano pipistrelle Night 3 Night 2 22:23) (30 passes over Soprano pipistrelle (4 Soprano pipistrelle (1 Night 2 period 19:28 to passes over period pass at 01:36) Common pipistrelle (6 23:04) 20:04 to 21:41) Night 3 passes over period Night 3 Common pipistrelle (3 No bats 19:51 to 01:52) No bats passes over period Soprano pipistrelle (1 20:36 to 21:52) pass at 20:58) Daubenton’s (1 pass Night 3 at 23:32) Soprano pipistrelle (2 Nathusius pipistrelle passes over period (1 pass at 01:05) 19:47 to 23:05) Night 4 Common pipistrelle (4 Soprano pipistrelle (3 passes over period passes over period 20:18 to 23:56) 19:43 to 19:48) Night 4 Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle (1 (22 passes over pass at 19:43) period 19:50 to rain 01:51) Night 5 Common pipistrelle (3 passes over period 19:41 to 23:42)
Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle 6 Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle Max. 22 Soprano pipistrelle 4 37 16 no. Soprano pipistrelle 4 Soprano pipistrelle 13 Soprano pipistrelle 30 passes Nathusius pipistrelle 1 Daubenton’s 1
Mean Common pipistrelle 6 Common pipistrelle 2 Common pipistrelle Common pipistrelle 5 passes Soprano pipistrelle 3 Soprano pipistrelle 2 10 Soprano pipistrelle 10 per Nathusius’ pipistrelle Soprano pipistrelle 3
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 152 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Survey Anabat Location Visit A B C D night <1 Daubenton’s <1
Breeding bird survey
6.8.59 The current standard reference on the conservation status of the UK bird fauna is Eaton et al (2009). This publication places UK bird species on one of three lists (Red, Amber or Green). Red List birds are of high conservation concern, Amber List birds are of medium conservation concern, Green List birds are not currently believed to be of conservation concern. This publication therefore provides a constructive framework for the analysis and assessment of the results of the breeding bird survey. 6.8.60 Table 6.16 summarises all breeding species recorded in the survey area during the two survey seasons (2006 and 2009). The locations of the Red, Amber and Green List bird territories recorded in 2006 and 2009 are shown in Figures 6.2 and 6.3. It is worth reiterating that the survey area comprised the Site and the area, where visible/accessible, 500m out from the Site boundary. 6.8.61 Figures 6.3 and 6.4 shows that in both 2006 and 2009 bird territories were distributed widely across the survey area. However, it also shows that the territories for most species were focussed on semi-natural field boundary habitats, arable field margins and the built environment. Only four species made any substantive use of the arable fields, these species were skylark, corn bunting, reed bunting and yellow wagtail. Because these species were able to make use of this abundant habitat resource they were among the most abundant breeding species (as defined by the number of territories) within the survey area, belying the Red List status of these species (see below). 6.8.62 In both 2006 and 2009, no evidence was found that would suggest that marsh harriers were breeding within the survey area. This is discussed further in the results of the vantage point observations. 6.8.63 Ten Red List bird species were recorded within the survey area. These species are corn bunting, cuckoo, house sparrow, lapwing, linnet, skylark, starling, turtle dove, yellowhammer and yellow wagtail (Table 6.16 and Figures 6.3 and 6.4). All of the recorded Red List species are also listed in the UK BAP. 6.8.64 Territories of all of the Red List species were recorded in both survey years, except for cuckoo and turtle dove which were only recorded in 2009 and starling and yellowhammer which were only recorded in 2006. One location was identified where a cuckoo was seen on more than one survey occasion and it was considered reasonable to assume that this species was breeding in this general area. The possibility of additional breeding activity by this secretive species cannot be ruled out. 6.8.65 The total numbers of territories recorded for each species were very similar between 2006 and 2009. There was a slight increase in 2009 in the assigned number of linnet territories, although it is difficult to assign territories to this semi-colonial nesting species. In addition, some inter-annual fluctuation in the number of territories is to be expected for most breeding bird species. 6.8.66 There were notable increases in 2009 in the recorded number of corn bunting and yellow wagtail. It is considered that these positive increases may be a response to changes in land management. 6.8.67 Where suitable habitats were present then Red List species could be abundant e.g. skylark and corn bunting. However, some species were scarce despite the availability of potentially suitable habitat. For example, only one lapwing territory was identified in either survey year, with a different field used on each occasion and only in 2009 was this located within the Site. 6.8.68 Ten Amber List bird species were recorded within the survey area. These species were avocet, barn owl, curlew, dunnock, little grebe, meadow pipit, reed bunting, shelduck,
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 153 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
stock dove, and swallow (Table 6.16 and Figure 6.3 and 6.4). Of these, curlew, dunnock and reed bunting are UK BAP species and barn owl is a Wildlife & Countryside Act Schedule 1 species. It should be noted that the dunnock has been included in the UK BAP because it requires further species-specific research and at present listing does not infer any specific requirement for positive conservation action. 6.8.69 Avocet, barn owl, curlew, little grebe, shelduck and stock dove were only recorded in 2009. The breeding bird survey approach is not well suited to the detection of barn owl nesting sites. Given this it is likely that the nest site may have been in use for several years. Similarly, stock dove and waterfowl territories can be overlooked because they are often in locations with limited survey access and the behaviour of these species can make them difficult to detect. Avocet and curlew were not recorded holding territories within the Site. These two species occurred near Flake House towards the southern/outer limit of the survey area, where land was favourably managed for these wet grassland species. 6.8.70 Where species were recorded in both years then the numbers of territories recorded was similar between 2006 and 2009, although there is some evidence to suggest that the meadow pipit population may have declined. 6.8.71 Seventeen Green List bird species were recorded within the survey area and are listed in Table 6.16. Again, the results were relatively consistent between the two survey years both in terms of the number of species observed and the number of territories counted. 6.8.72 Brief comment must be made of the notable increase in the number of recorded reed warbler and whitethroat territories between 2006 and 2009. It is considered that this may be attributable to changes in land management e.g. inter-annual variations in drain clearance works (Graveland, 1999) or cropping patterns. Both species can utilise oil-seed rape crops for nesting, so any increase in this crop relative to other crop types, particularly if in place for several years, would be expected to increase opportunities for these two species. Table 6.16 Number of bird territories recorded during the 2006 and 2009 breeding bird surveys (excluding game birds) Species Territories 2006 Territories 2009 Status Corn bunting (Emberiza 27 104 Red List, calandra) UKBAP Cuckoo (Cuculus canorus) 0 1 Red List, UKBAP House sparrow (Passer Recorded from 4 Recorded from 5 Red List, domesticus) discrete locations with discrete locations with UKBAP approximately 26 pairs approximately 18 pairs present. Breeding present. Breeding activity was activity was concentrated around concentrated around areas with buildings. areas with buildings. Lapwing (Vanellus vanellus) 1 1 Red List, UKBAP Linnet (Carduelis cannabina) 5, number of pairs is 16, number of pairs is Red List, slightly higher than the slightly higher than the UKBAP number of territories number of territories due to this species due to this species semi-colonial nesting semi-colonial nesting habits. habits. Skylark (Alauda arvensis) 166 104 Red List, UKBAP Starling (Sturnus vulgaris) 3 0 Red List, UKBAP Turtle dove (Steptopelia 0 2 Red List, turtur) UKBAP Yellowhammer (Emberiza 1 0 Red List, citronella) UKBAP Yellow wagtail (Motacilla 11 41 Red List, flava) UKBAP
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 154 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Species Territories 2006 Territories 2009 Status Avocet (Recurvirostra 0 1 Amber List avosetta) Barn owl 0 1 Amber List, Schedule 1 Curlew (Numenius arquata) 0 1 Amber List, UKBAP Dunnock (Prunella 3 2 Amber List, modularis) UKBAP Little grebe (Tachybabtus 0 1 Amber List ruficollis) Meadow pipit (Anthus 7 1 Amber List pratensis) Reed bunting (Emberiza 39 37 Amber List, schoeniculus) UKBAP Shelduck 0 1 Amber List Stock dove (Columba oenas) 0 2 Amber List Swallow (Hirundo rustica) Recorded activity Nesting at two Amber List indicated breeding at locations: Broadward Turncole Farm, with Farm, where one pair approximately four was recorded, and pairs present. Turncole Farm, where three pairs were recorded. Blackbird (Turdus merula) 6 14 Green List Blue tit (Cyanistes 1 2 Green List caeruleus) Chaffinch (Fringilla coelebs) 4 18 Green List Collared dove (Streptopelia 6 0 Green List decaocto) Coot (Fulica atra) 0 2 Green List Goldcrest (Regulus regulus) 1 0 Green List Goldfinch (Carduelis 2 2 Green List carduelis) Great tit (Parus major) 1 6 Green List Greenfinch (Carduelis 6 5 Green List chloris) Long-eared owl (Asio otus) 0 1 Green List Mallard 1 5 Green List Moorhen (Gallinula 3 4 Green List chloropus) Pied wagtail (Motacilla alba) 2 1 Green List Reed warbler (Acrocephalus 1 121 Green List scirpaceus) Robin (Erithacus rubecula) 5 2 Green List Sedge warbler (Acrocephalus 25 15 Green List schoenobaenus) Whitethroat (Sylvia 6 43 Green List communis) Wren (Troglodytes 7 4 Green List troglodytes)
Over-wintering bird surveys
6.8.73 As for the breeding bird survey, Eaton et al. (2009) provides the framework for the analysis and assessment of the results of this survey. 6.8.74 Table 6.17 and Figures 6.5 and 6.6 summarise all over-wintering species recorded in the survey area during the two survey seasons (2005/06 and 2009/10). It should be noted that in the 2005/06 survey an emphasis was placed on only recording target bird species, whereas in 2009/10 all bird species were recorded. In addition, in 2005/06 the survey area was markedly larger (larger than required for the standard survey approach (SNH, 2005)) and point counts were undertaken at distant wetland features (farm reservoirs) regardless
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 155 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
of whether there was any evidence or any reasonable likelihood of the bird species present utilising or crossing the Site. In 2009/10 the survey area was reduced (to collect data for the wind farm envelope in accordance with SNH (2010)) but was still more extensive than that required to address the final Site boundary. Given this complicated history, the over- wintering bird data presented in Table 6.12 must be considered with reference to the locations of these records as illustrated on Figures 6.5 and 6.6. Access to more data than strictly required in the context of the submitted Proposal is beneficial as it sets the Site in a wider landscape context, further reinforcing the conclusion that there is no significant interaction between the bird fauna of the Site and wider survey area and that associated with the Natura 2000 sites associated with the Essex coast. 6.8.75 Eleven Red List bird species were recorded within the survey area. These species were corn bunting, grey partridge, herring gull, house sparrow, lapwing, linnet, skylark, song thrush, starling, tree sparrow and yellowhammer. In addition, hen harrier was recorded during the vantage point observations. Fieldfare and redwing could also be added to this list but it is considered that those birds associated with the Site are winter visitors from Europe and not representatives of the small breeding population (less than 20 pairs each) present in the north of Britain. All of the recorded Red List species are also listed in the UK BAP. 6.8.76 More lapwing were recorded in 2005/06 than in 2009/10, but very few of these were associated with the 2009/10 survey area. As such, when this is considered the number of lapwing present is more consistent between years. Flock sizes were generally modest but a flock of 350 birds was recorded in November 2009. 6.8.77 Starling was only recorded in 2009/10. Large numbers of birds were recorded feeding in the cattle yards at Turncole Farm. The maximum number of birds recorded per survey visit will be an over-estimate as the flocks were highly mobile and certain birds will have been observed more than once. The maximum flock size recorded was 2000 birds. 6.8.78 Twenty-three Amber List bird species were recorded within the survey area. Most of these species occurred only in low numbers and infrequently, for example one little egret was seen once over the two years of survey. Species occurring more frequently were black- headed gull, common gull, golden plover, mallard and reed bunting. In addition, short- eared owl and shelduck were recorded during the vantage point observations. 6.8.79 Black-headed gull was recorded consistently in 2005/06, perhaps reflecting the differing survey area that included distant farm reservoirs, but in 2009/10 it was only recorded in March when a maximum of 150 birds were counted. Common gulls were present in varying numbers throughout both survey seasons, but were again recorded more frequently in 2005/06, but there were no regular aggregations and the highest count in 2009/10 was 30 birds. There was a similar trend for golden plover. Mallard occurred in both survey seasons with a maximum count in 2005/06 of 25 birds. Reed bunting was only recorded in 2009/10 in low numbers (maximum count 19 birds) and it was predominantly associated with field boundary habitats. 6.8.80 Nineteen Green List bird species were recorded. These were mostly passerine species, or otherwise transitory occurrences of relatively few birds. Mute swan was recorded in 2005/06 but not 2009/10 and this is probably a consequence of the latter survey being more tightly constrained to the wind farm envelope. In addition, sparrowhawk and cormorant were recorded during the vantage point observations. Table 6.17 Number of Red and Amber List birds recorded during the 2005/06 and 2009/10 over-wintering bird surveys (excluding game birds) Species Month/Year Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March 05 09 05 09 05 09 06 10 06 10 06 10 Red List Corn - 25 - 9 - 32 - 32 - 30 - 33 bunting Fieldfare - 0 - 75 - 0 - 0 - 160 - 0 (Turdus pilaris)
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 156 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Species Month/Year Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March 05 09 05 09 05 09 06 10 06 10 06 10 Grey 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 partridge (Perdix perdix) Herring gull 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 0 (Larus argentatus) House - 65 - 0 - 30 - 70 - 78 - 55 sparrow Lapwing 155 0 303 415 2147 131 429 36 64 8 0 7 Linnet - 0 - 7 - 0 - 18 - 6 - 0 Redwing - 0 - 0 - 0 - 36 - 60 - 0 (Turdus iliacus) Skylark - 41 - 15 - 22 - 34 - 16 - 13 Song thrush - 0 - 0 - 0 - 3 - 1 - 1 (Turdus philomelos) Starling - 3510 - 1402 - 1000 - 515 - 1110 - 0 Tree - 0 - 0 - 0 - 3 - 0 - 0 sparrow (Passer montanus) Yellow- - 2 - 0 - 0 - 9 - 3 - 0 hammer Amber List Barn owl - 0 - 0 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 0 Black- 91 0 29 0 48 0 39 0 16 0 19 150 headed gull (Larus ridibundus) Bullfinch - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 2 - 0 (Phyrrula phyrrula) Common 43 0 70 0 389 0 260 13 117 0 34 30 gull (Larus canus) Dunnock - 5 - 8 - 0 - 0 - 4 - 2 Golden 47 0 247 2 1345 50 439 0 85 0 0 0 plover (Pluvialis apricaria) Great 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 black- backed gull (Larus marinus) Green 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 sandpiper (Tringa ochropus) Green - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 0 - 1 woodpecker (Picus viridis) Kestrel 5 2 4 1 4 0 5 0 5 0 1 0 Little egret 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Little owl - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 (Athene noctula) Mallard 113 25 81 2 12 0 2 10 3 10 6 22
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 157 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Species Month/Year Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March 05 09 05 09 05 09 06 10 06 10 06 10 Meadow - 5 - 9 - 0 - 12 - 17 - 0 pipit Merlin 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Mistle - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 1 - 0 thrush (Turdus viscivorus) Redshank 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 Reed - 7 - 11 - 7 - 17 - 19 - 13 bunting Shoveler 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 Snipe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 Stock dove - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 4 Teal 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 1 0 Whinchat - 0 - 0 - 0 - 2 - 0 - 0 (Saxicola rubetra) Green List Blackbird - 5 - 7 - 10 - 8 - 6 - 16 Blue tit - 1 - 4 - 1 - 1 - 4 - 3 Carrion - 3 - 6 - 4 - 0 - 0 - 0 crow (Corvus corone) Chaffinch - 11 - 35 - 12 - 19 - 22 - 96 Coot 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Goldfinch - 12 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 10 - 0 Great tit - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 3 - 0 Greenfinch - 10 - 10 - 1 - 0 - 0 - 0 Grey heron 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Magpie - 0 - 3 - 8 - 1 - 0 - 6 (Pica pica) Moorhen 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 4 0 0 Mute swan 4 0 11 0 11 0 2 0 13 0 4 0 (Cygnus olor) Peregrine 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 Pied - 9 - 15 - 67 - 37 - 32 - 8 wagtail Robin - 6 - 1 - 1 - 5 - 9 - 4 Stonechat - 0 - 1 - 4 - 0 - 18 - 0 (Saxicola torquata) Water rail 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 (Rallus aquaticus) Woodpigeon - 200 - 11 - 0 - 0 - 0 - 0 (Columba palumbus) Wren - 8 - 10 - 6 - 4 - 8 - 2
Vantage point bird surveys
Spring
6.8.81 The primary purpose of the summer vantage point surveys was to establish the level of marsh harrier activity within the Site (Table 6.18). In addition to marsh harriers a further sixteen target species were recorded during the surveys (Table 6.19).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 158 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.8.82 In 2006, only one marsh harrier was recorded in the survey area. This was a female bird which flew through the eastern part of the survey area, outside of the Site, on the 24th July. It was observed hunting at 3m above ground level for a period of 225 seconds. 6.8.83 In 2009, marsh harriers were recorded during five of the six survey periods (Table 6.18). Only a low number of birds were observed. Most observations involved male birds with a maximum of 2 males observed. A single female was observed on the first survey visit and a single juvenile on the last survey visit. No evidence of breeding was detected within the survey area and based on the pattern and level of activity observed, the Site and surrounding survey area appear to be of relatively low importance for marsh harriers. 6.8.84 Most of the marsh harrier activity observed (as detailed in Table 6.18) was outside the Site boundary and much of this was located outside the specified survey area to the east of the Site. Only relevant data (as prescribed by the SNH methodology) were entered into the collision risk model. This relevant data is summarised in Table 6.14. In 2006, 130 seconds of activity was recorded at turbine blade height (Band B) and 200 seconds in 2009, relative to 320 seconds above blade height (Band C) in 2009, and 980 seconds and 740 seconds below blade height (Band A) in 2006 and 2009 respectively. Table 6.18 Marsh harrier activity observed during the 2009 spring vantage point survey (all records) Survey Date Time Bird Time observed Location relative to Site No. in survey bands (seconds) 1 8 May 9.30 1 female A120 Over southern part of the Site B 80 2 23 May 12.15 1 female B 60 Crossing the Site C 200 24 May 7.50 1 male A 200 Outside of the survey area to the east 3 12/13 - None - - June 4 30 June 19.00 1 male A 300 Crossing the Site 5 13 July 14.20 1 male A 180 To east of Site B 60 C 180 15.00 1 male A 420 Outside of the survey area to the south 16.30 1 male A 300 Outside of the survey area to (same as at the east 14.20) 14 July 14.50 1 male A 120 Crossing the Site
6 31 July 7.30 1 male A 30 Outside of the survey area to (same) the east 8.20 A 600 To east of Site 8.45 A 120 Outside of the survey area to the east 9.00 C 300 Outside of the survey area to the east 10.00 A 120 To south of Site 10.25 1 juvenile A 180 To south of Site 10.46 (same) C 420 To south of Site 10.55 1 male A 80 Crossing site (same) C 120 Total seconds observed per survey band A 2,770 - B 200 C 1,220 6.8.85 Five other target bird species were recorded at turbine blade height (cormorant, grey heron, kestrel, little egret and mallard). Some of these records relate to single transitory chance occurrences, e.g. one record of a singleton little egret. A further 11 target species were recorded that were only observed flying at below turbine height (Table 6.19).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 159 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 6.19 Cumulative duration (seconds per survey year) of bird flights recorded during the summer vantage point surveys (restricted to data relevant to the SNH collision model) Species Time per band (seconds) Flight band below Flight band Flight band above turbine height (Band A) corresponding to turbine turbine height (Band sweep (Band B) C) Species recorded Year flying at turbine blade height 2006 2009 2006 2009 2006 2009 Cormorant 200 - - 360 - 360 Grey heron 695 180 - 360 - - Kestrel 1780 300 - 30 - - Little egret 345 40 460 - - 30 Marsh harrier 980 740 130 200 - 320 Mallard 1470 1180 - 240 - - Species only recorded flying Year above or below 2006 2009 2006 2009 2006 2009 turbine blade height Barn owl - 240 - - - - Common tern 760 - - - - - Curlew 165 - - - - - Golden plover - 30 - - - - Hobby 140 - - - - - Lapwing 2315 - - - - - Mute swan 1710 - - - - - Oystercatcher 45 - - - - - Peregrine falcon 145 - - - - - Redshank 25 - - - - - Shelduck 435 80 - - - -
Winter
6.8.86 Eighteen target bird species were recorded during the 2005/06 and 2008/09 vantage point surveys. Of these ten target species were recorded flying at a height corresponding to the turbine blade sweep. Eight target species were only recorded below the lowest point of the turbine blade sweep (Table 6.20). Only relevant data (as prescribed by the SNH methodology) were entered into the collision risk model. 6.8.87 Of the ten target species recorded at blade height, the cumulative times for golden plover and lapwing stand out as being particularly high based on the 2005/06 dataset. The recorded cumulative times for all species were more comparable in 2009/10, with lapwing spending the most time at turbine blade height. The 2005/06 cumulative times for golden plover and lapwing may reflect inter-annual variances in over-wintering bird numbers but may also be a reflection of the larger survey area in 2005/06 (supported by Figures 6.5 and 6.6) which would have resulted in more birds being recorded per unit of land area, due to areas on the periphery of the survey area being more favourable for these species. Table 6.20 Cumulative duration (seconds per survey year) of bird flights recorded during the winter vantage point surveys (restricted to data relevant to the SNH collision model)
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 160 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Species Time per band (seconds) Flight band below Flight band Flight band above turbine height (Band A) corresponding to turbine turbine height (Band sweep (Band B) C) Species recorded Year flying at turbine blade height 2005/06 2009/10 2005/06 2009/10 2005/06 2009/10 Cormorant 195 210 - 60 - - Golden plover 182470 30 301300 180 - - Grey heron 345 60 - 75 - - Kestrel 5705 1560 25 45 - - Lapwing 133140 19975 142125 1395 - 60 Merlin 550 300 - 60 - 0 Mallard 3550 2255 - 615 - 0 Peregrine falcon 240 435 - 511 - 120 Shelduck 190 480 - 120 - - Teal - 180 - 15 - - Species only recorded flying Year above or below 2005/06 2009/10 2005/06 2009/10 2005/06 2009/10 turbine blade height Barn owl - 8070 - - - - Hen harrier 1020 750 - - - - Little egret 2145 - - - - - Marsh harrier 630 - - - - - Mute swan 1150 - - - - - Short-eared owl - 195 - - - - Sparrowhawk 250 135 - - - - Redshank 170 60 - - - -
2009/10 Dusk/dawn vantage point surveys
6.8.88 A summary of the number of bird flights recorded during the dusk/dawn surveys are given in Table 6.21. Ten target bird species were recorded although only one of these (mallard) was a species of waterfowl (the primary emphasis of this survey). 6.8.89 In addition, all records of birds on the ground (i.e. using the survey area rather than just passing through it) were incorporated into the wintering bird dataset (see Figures 6.5 to 6.6). Timings and the number of seconds of all bird flights, where the whole of the vantage point area was visible, were combined with daytime vantage point watches and input into the collision model (see Tables 6.20 and 6.21). 6.8.90 The dusk/dawn data were consistent with that gathered during the daylight surveys and the cumulative 2009/10 over-wintering bird data, along with the data for 2005/06, show that there is no marked use of the survey area by waterfowl (see Figures 6.5 and 6.6). Table 6.21 The number of discrete bird flights recorded per month during the 2009/10 dusk/dawn surveys
Species Month Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb March Barn owl 0 2 3 4 3 6 Cormorant 0 0 0 0 0 1 Hen harrier 0 0 0 0 1 0 Kestrel 1 0 1 0 0 0 Lapwing 0 22 29 24 7 0 Mallard 0 0 0 0 0 7 Peregrine 0 0 0 0 0 1 Short-eared 0 0 0 0 1 0 owl Sparrowhawk 0 0 1 0 0 0 Teal 0 0 0 0 0 2 Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 161 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Predicted collision risk
6.8.91 The analysis of observed flight times using the SNH collision model is summarised in Tables 6.22 to 6.23. The tables provide estimates of collision risk with and without avoidance. However, it is generally accepted that an avoidance rate of at least 95% is likely for all bird species (SNH, 2000). Given, this greater weight is placed on the estimates derived assuming 95% avoidance. 6.8.92 Ten target bird species were recorded during the over-wintering vantage point surveys undertaken in 2005/06 and/or 2009/10 (Table 6.22). A very small collision risk (less than 1 bird per winter) was estimated for all but two species (golden plover and lapwing) based on both survey datasets. 6.8.93 A collision estimate of eight birds per winter was calculated for golden plover using the 2005/06 data but only 0.02 birds per winter based on the 2009/10 data. In part this is likely to reflect inter-annual variances in over-wintering bird numbers. It may also reflect the larger survey area in 2005/06 which would have resulted in more birds being recorded per unit of land area, due to areas on the periphery of the survey area being more favourable for this species. The final step of the collision risk assessment is to judge whether the estimated increased mortality will adversely affect the favourable conservation status of the species. While there is no evidence that the golden plovers recorded are part of the wintering bird fauna of the identified Natura 2000 sites it is constructive to assume that they may have been derived from the nearest SPA for which this species is part of the designated interest (data derived from the JNCC website http://www.jncc.gov.uk/page- 1419). This allows the estimated collision rate to be put in a wider context. The average non-breeding golden plover population of Foulness SPA (the closest pertinent SPA) is 3,359 birds. Given this, eight birds would represent 0.2% of this total. In reality, the golden plovers associated with the survey area are likely to have been drawn from a much wider area further reducing the significance of any losses (the entire UK SPA network alone is estimated to support an average of 67,233 golden plovers). Given this, it is unlikely that the favourable conservation status of the species would be adversely affected. 6.8.94 A collision estimate of four birds per winter was calculated for lapwing using the 2005/06 data but only 0.3 birds per winter based on the 2009/10 data. In part this is likely to reflect inter-annual variances in over-wintering bird numbers. As above, it may also reflect the larger survey area in 2005/06 which would have resulted in more birds being recorded. The final step of the collision risk assessment is to judge whether the estimated increased mortality will adversely affect the favourable conservation status of the species. While there is no evidence that the lapwings recorded are part of the wintering bird fauna of the identified Natura 2000 sites it is constructive to assume that they may have been derived from the nearest SPA for which this species is part of the designated interest (data derived from the JNCC website http://www.jncc.gov.uk/page-1419). This allows the estimated collision rate to be put in a wider context. The average non-breeding lapwing population of Foulness SPA (the closest pertinent SPA) is 7,687 birds. Given this, four birds would represent 0.05% of this total. In reality the lapwings associated with the survey area are likely to have been drawn from a much wider area further reducing the significance of any losses (the entire UK SPA network alone is estimated to support an average of 212,834 lapwings). Given this, it is unlikely that the favourable conservation status of the species would be adversely affected. 6.8.95 Natural England have stated that ‘in terms of the SPA a 1% mortality is considered significant’ (Francesca Shapland, 1st October 2010, pers. comm.). On this basis and with due regard to the worst case estimates the collision risk to lapwings and golden plovers would not be considered significant. 6.8.96 Five target bird species were recorded during the spring vantage point surveys undertaken in 2005/06 and/or 2009/10 (Table 6.23). A negligible collision risk (less than 1 bird over the survey period) was estimated for all species based on both survey datasets. 6.8.97 Four species (cormorant, grey heron, kestrel and mallard) were recorded during both the winter and spring surveys. The data from these surveys has been combined to derive a collision estimate for the 10 month period for which there is survey data. This gives revised
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 162 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
estimates as follows: cormorant, 0.09 birds assuming 95% avoidance1; grey heron, 0.07 birds assuming 95% avoidance; kestrel, 0.01 birds assuming 95% avoidance; and, mallard, 0.19 birds assuming 95% avoidance. Table 6.22 Predictions of the collision risk model derived from vantage point watches during each winter period for all target species recorded at turbine blade height Species Estimated number of collisions over Estimated number of collisions the winter period (October to over the winter period March) with no bird avoidance (October to March) with a bird avoidance rate of 95% Year 2005/06 2009/10 2005/06 2009/10 Golden plover 161.58 0.72 8.08 0.02 Cormorant 0 0.31 0 0.02 Grey heron 0 0.39 0 0.02 Kestrel 0.01 0.15 <0.01 0.01 Lapwing 83.39 5.75 4.17 0.29 Mallard 0 3.7 0 0.18 Merlin 0 0.22 0 0.01 Peregrine 0 2.32 0 0.12 falcon Shelduck 0 0.75 0 0.04 Teal 0 0.05 0 <0.01 Table 6.23 Predictions of the collision risk model derived from vantage point watches during the spring period for all target species recorded at turbine blade height Species Estimated number of collisions over Estimated number of collisions the spring period (April to July) over the spring period (April to with no bird avoidance July) assuming a bird avoidance rate of 95% 2005/06 2008/09 2005/06 2008/09 Cormorant 0 1.43 0 0.07 Grey heron 0 0.99 0 0.05 Kestrel 0 0.05 0 <0.01 Little egret 0.42 0 0.02 0 Marsh harrier 0.13 0.44 0.01 0.02 Mallard 0 0.15 0 0.01
Additional field records and comments
6.8.98 A large and extensive population of scarce emerald damselflies (Lestes dryas) was observed in association with all of the wet drains surveyed for water voles on the 11th July 2010.
Nature conservation value of the identified resources
6.8.99 An analysis of the nature conservation value of the resources identified for the Site, in the desk and field surveys, has been undertaken and the results are presented in Table 6.24. The analysis has been undertaken using the standard methodology developed by the Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (2006) (see Section 6.7 for further detail on this process). Table 6.24 Summary of the nature conservation value of identified resources
1 While a 95% avoidance rate has been applied here it may be that other, higher avoidance rates might be applicable, but in this case are not needed as significant effects are not predicted even at 95% avoidance
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 163 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Resource Value Rationale (where required) Crouch & Roach Estuaries International - SPA & Ramsar Essex Estuaries International - SAC Sites Foulness SPA & International - Ramsar Dengie SPA International - & Ramsar Blackwater SPA & International - Ramsar The Site and the surrounding landscape were dominated by arable farmland of comparable character. While arable margins are a UK BAP habitat this carries no requirement for site protection, unless merited by the presence of notable site- dependent flora or fauna. No notable flora were recorded. The available bird data shows that the arable fields were utilised by a limited suite of bird species. While some of these species are UK BAP Arable Local priorities and/or species of conservation concern there are no grounds to suggest that the Site was of overriding importance for these species. While the species recorded are experiencing pressures associated with national trends in agricultural land management arable habitats themselves have not substantially Habitats decreased and such species are still (within the relatively widespread. On this basis, this site) habitat is assessed as being of no more than local value. These habitats were comprised of a mix of native and non-native taxa, including plantings of dubious native origin (e.g. Acer campestre var. leiocarpum). None of the examples of these habitats present were of any great nature conservation Plantation value in their own right. However, woody Local to woodland habitats are a relatively scarce resource District and scrub on the Dengie Peninsular, and to a lesser extent in the wider landscape, and do have a quantifiable wildlife value, particularly for species that are otherwise limited by a lack of suitable habitats. On this basis, this habitat is assessed as being of no more than district value. This habitat resource was improved Grassland Local through enrichment, of very limited extent and relatively species-poor. None
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 164 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Resource Value Rationale (where required) of the component plant species observed were of high nature conservation significance. Whilst hedgerows are a UK BAP habitat and have value for wildlife, the hedges on Site were species-poor, of very limited extent and very fragmented. As a Hedgerows Local consequence they are unlikely to represent significant wildlife habitats (although they will have a wildlife value) or serve any significant habitat connectivity function. Drains were an extensive habitat within the Site and in the immediate vicinity of the Site, although they are likely to be less abundant elsewhere in the District away from the Dengie Peninsular. The associated wildlife is also likely to differ further inland, with the drains on the Site having a brackish influence which is reflected in the flora present. The drains form an extensive network of well- Drains County connected habitat. Breeding bird interest was closely correlated with field boundaries, including drains. The drains also represented important potential or actual habitat for water voles, scarce emerald damselfly, barn owl and bats. On the basis of these considerations, particularly the viable breeding population of water vole, an assessment of county value is justified. Such habitats are of negligible value although certain buildings are used by nesting birds and bats and the value of these buildings is likely to be higher as a consequence e.g. the barn used as a barn less than owl nest site. Based on 2005 data, there Local, rarely are 103 known barn owl pairs in Essex. Built (individual The pair using this barn therefore buildings constitutes just less than 1% of the Essex only) District population. It may therefore be appropriate to assign this barn district value, although this value would only apply as long as barn owls continue to use the barn. No notable flora were recorded and on the basis of the available habitat data no such species would be expected. This assessment is based on the value of Flora (all) Local individual species. Species associations (habitats) can have a higher value than Species any of their component species (see above). The only species recorded regularly using Bats (all the Site were common and soprano Local species) pipistrelles. These are still relatively common and widespread species. The
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 165 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Resource Value Rationale (where required) populations present are small, a reflection of relatively poor habitat quality and connectivity. Only records of singleton Daubenton’s bat, Nathusius’ pipistrelle and noctule were made. Noctule bats are a widely-ranging species and occasional casual records would not indicate the regular presence of this species. If the Site was of any significant value for this species then it would be reasonable to expect that this species would be recorded more regularly or in greater numbers. Similarly, singleton records of Daubenton’s and Nathusius’ pipistrelle are not indicative of regular usage or of a site that is of any great value for these species. The records for Nathusius’ pipistrelle suggest either a brief, transitory presence of singleton migrating bats in spring and autumn or the presence of a singleton bat of this species which has attached itself to either a common or soprano pipistrelle roost. Based on the level of activity recorded this species cannot be afforded a nature conservation value any higher than local. The badger is a still a common species and in some parts of the country the Badger Local population is increasing. In this instance protected status should not be used to infer nature conservation value. The findings of the water vole survey, which focused solely on those sections of drain that would require bridging for the Proposal, found abundant evidence (latrines and droppings) for the presence of water voles. Based on the number of droppings observed, the extensive and cohesive network of drains associated with the Site, including drains with very little standing water, contains a strong Water vole County population of water voles, although the data gathered does not allow the determination of population size. The water vole is threatened but still widespread so an assessment of national value cannot be substantiated at this stage. The criteria for selection of LWS state that any wetland system supporting a viable breeding population of water vole can be assigned county value. The NBN gateway shows records for this species from 75 hectads since 1990. This Scarce would place this species’ status towards emerald District the upper end of the Nationally Scarce damselfly category. Cham (2010) highlights the ongoing expansion of this species range nationally. Essex is within the core
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 166 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Resource Value Rationale (where required) national range of this species and the wider landscape surrounding the Site is expected to be of at least comparable value for this species. It is not listed on the UK BAP and Essex Local Wildlife Sites Partnership (2010) does not provide criteria for the selection of LWS based on the presence of this species. The site supports a relatively limited Breeding breeding bird fauna that is likely to be Local birds comparable to that present in the wider landscape. It is not practical to analyse every species in detail so this section restrict itself to a general appraisal with some species considered individually below where this is considered informative. The site supports a relatively limited wintering bird fauna that is likely to be comparable to or lower than (as indicated by comparison of the 2005/06 and 2009/10 datasets) that present in the wider landscape. No large aggregations were recorded within the Site and no significant interaction was Wintering observed with the Natura 2000 sites of the Local birds Essex coast. Where large aggregations of some species occurred near the Site e.g. lapwing and golden plover the numbers present would be considered to be small in the context of the total wintering populations present in Essex and England as a whole. Several of the species recorded represented only transitory occurrences rather than regular, site dependent populations. District or above value would be hard to justify given the large wintering bird populations present along the Essex coast. While a resident marsh harrier population would be of higher nature conservation value the survey data suggests only occasional transitory use of the site by Marsh marsh harriers and no breeding activity Local harriers was observed in either survey year. The Site does not appear to be of particular value for marsh harriers and is likely to be a sink for individuals arising from elsewhere in the wider landscape. The Site supports 1 pair of barn owls, representing 0.9% of the Essex population in 2005 (the most recent data identified). The pair using this barn therefore Barn owl District constitutes just less than 1% of the Essex population. In this context this pair would not be of county or higher value but district value could be justified.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 167 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.9 Future Baseline Conditions
6.9.1 Changes in the baseline conditions in the short term (less than 5 years) without the construction of the wind farm would likely be limited if the present farming regime remains. If the farming regime altered, then grassland habitats would be likely to suffer scrub encroachment in the long-term if unmanaged, whilst existing scrub and woodland would mature further. Grassland and other semi-natural habitats might also be lost to agricultural intensification. Arable species may also change in abundance if there were major changes in arable practice, including reductions in cultivated land, changes in cultivation regime, or increases or decreases in chemical inputs (fertiliser and herbicides). Changes in the distribution of some species would be likely to occur in line with changes in habitats as a result of ecological succession. There is likely to be movement of mobile species regardless of changes in land-use.
6.10 Constraints
6.10.1 A combined constraints map is presented in Figure 3.3. This divides the Site into different constraint areas to inform the design of the wind farm. 6.10.2 None of the international designations associated with the Essex coastline are considered to represent constraints in terms of the design process, although they will require consideration in the assessment of impacts. 6.10.3 While not strictly a constraint in the context of this section, the presence of a small population of Japanese knotweed on the road verge at TQ97099690 (Target Note 1, Figure 6.1) might have implications for the proposed highways works at Detail 23 (Table 6.7 and Figure 10.2), particularly if this stand and the associated soil were to be disturbed. Japanese knotweed is a Schedule 9 weed species under the provision of the Wildlife & Countryside Act and works in the vicinity of this species carry with them a legal burden of responsibility. 6.10.4 Three orders of constraint area can be identified, as defined by RES and detailed below:
First order constraints
6.10.5 First order constraints are those areas which should be avoided for positioning of turbines, tracks etc (as deemed significant with mitigation). 6.10.6 Five ponds (and an additional farm reservoir at Great West Wick) were identified within the survey area (Figure 6.1) that have some potential to support amphibians, including great crested newts. It was accepted by RES that it would be beneficial to specify minimum distances for all wind farm infrastructure to ensure that there was no reasonable likelihood of the Proposal affecting any amphibians present. Three buffer zones were identified based on English Nature (2001) guidance on great crested newts. This divides great crested habitat into areas of risk according to their distance from ponds (Figure 6.8, only ponds relevant to the Proposal (based on distance) are shown). 6.10.7 Land within 50m of a pond would be classifiable as high risk as it has the potential to represent immediate terrestrial habitat. Such land has been treated as a first order constraint (this is concomitant with the recommendations for bats also). This would not apply to arable farmland as this is regularly disturbed and intensively managed and is not considered to constitute suitable habitat for amphibians. It would also not apply to the upgrading of existing infrastructure e.g. crossings. 6.10.8 Land within 50 and 250m of a pond would be of moderate risk as it has the potential to represent intermediate terrestrial habitat. Such land has also been treated as a first order constraint (where practicable) where it is a semi-natural habitat. This would not apply to arable farmland as this is regularly disturbed and intensively managed and is not considered to constitute suitable habitat for amphibians. It would also not apply to the upgrading of existing infrastructure e.g. crossings.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 168 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.10.9 For the purposes of ensuring compliance with the requirements of the Protection of Badgers Act, the identified badger sett has been treated as a first order constraint. 6.10.10 For the purposes of protecting water voles and their habitats in accordance with the Wildlife and Countryside Act 1981 (as amended) as well as the protection of a district notable population of scarce emerald damselflies, all drains have been treated as first order constraints, except for purposes of essential site access (i.e. bridge crossings). 6.10.11 Pipistrelle bats are at medium risk of collision with wind turbines (Natural England, 2009b). For the purposes of best practice and to ensure that this development poses no more than a low risk to the local bat population, impacts to identified and potential bat movement and foraging corridors/habitats (all buildings, hedgerows, woodlands, ponds and drains) have been minimised. For the purposes of constraints analysis, bat habitats have been treated as a first order constraint on the placement of wind turbines. To achieve this, turbines will be positioned so that there is a 50m minimum stand-off distance from the blade tip to the nearest habitat feature used or likely to be bats (in accordance with current national guidance). It is recommended that turbines be offset from all habitats with the potential to be used by bats, regardless of the current pattern of activity identified through survey (this is concomitant with the protection of barn owls and other birds also). While pipistrelle bats are relatively faithful in terms of habitat usage it must be acknowledged that there are several areas with semi-mature woodland of relatively recent origin. The value of these habitats to bats is likely to increase as these habitats mature and a proactive approach to the positioning of turbines will ensure that the bat population is safeguarded throughout the active lifespan of the wind farm and will allow for a redistribution in bat activity in response to these new habitats, and potentially in response to the habitat enhancements that are likely to accompany this development. 6.10.12 The barn owl nest site has been treated as a first order constraint. As a Schedule 1 bird species the barn owl is protected against disturbance while it is engaged in breeding activity, in favourable conditions breeding activity can potential take place at any time of year. Disturbance is most likely to take place during the construction phase. It is difficult to specify a fixed buffer distance to mitigate against the risk of disturbance as different activities are likely to have different disturbance thresholds that operate over different distances. As a sensible precaution, no construction works will be undertaken within 50m of the nest site. 6.10.13 In addition, a 50m minimum stand-off distance from the blade tip to the nearest habitat feature has been implemented in the area surrounding potential barn owl foraging habitat. This is concomitant with the recommendations for bats also.
6.11 Second order constraints
6.11.1 Second order constraints are those areas in which turbines, tracks etc may be acceptable (not deemed significant with appropriate mitigation). 6.11.2 This category covers all areas of the Site not identified above, including arable land. 6.10.1 The arable land present on Site is, because of the intensive management regime in operation, of relatively limited ecological value, although the species that make use of this habitat might be of local or higher nature conservation significance. Arable field margins are also an important habitat in the context of the Natural Area. 6.11.3 The Site’s hedgerows and plantation woodlands are limited in extent and represent a valuable ecological resource in the local context. It is reasonable to expect that in most cases, because of the limited extent of these habitats, damage and/or losses of this habitat could be avoided. Where limited damage or losses cannot reasonably be avoided then compensation would need to be enacted. 6.11.4 Land greater than 250m from a pond would be classifiable as distant habitat and would be of low risk, particularly given the broader habitat context of the Site. Such land would be a second order constraint.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 169 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Third order constraints
6.11.5 Third order constraint areas are those that are suitable for the location of turbines, tracks etc (not deemed significant with or without mitigation). 6.11.6 Given the ecological importance of agricultural land, in the context of the Natural Area, no such areas have been identified.
6.12 Ecological Impact Assessment
Structure of the Ecological Impact Assessment
6.12.2 There follows an assessment of the direct and indirect ecological effects of the Proposal as detailed in Chapter 4 (Volume 2) and shown on Figure 4.1 (Volume 3). The grid connection route is discussed in Chapter 14. 6.12.3 Direct and indirect effects of the construction phase, the operational phase and lastly the effects of decommissioning the wind farm are assessed. 6.12.4 Proposed mitigation for the identified effects is presented in Section 6.12 and in Table 6.27. This will form the basis of an Ecological Mitigation and Enhancement Strategy (EMES, Appendix 6.1) for the Site to incorporate mitigation measures and biodiversity enhancement measures.
Proposal layout
6.12.5 The Proposal will require the construction of temporary and permanent infrastructure. These are described in detail in Chapter 4 of the ES. In summary this will comprise temporary construction compound, temporary storage area, temporary lay down areas, temporary and permanent crane hardstandings, and permanent infrastructure comprising seven wind turbines (with a maximum tip height of 126.5m), substation, new and upgraded tracks (including drain crossings), permanent met mast and underground electrical connections. 6.12.6 The final Proposal was designed using the ecological baseline data and identified constraints to assist in positioning. The application is for a wind farm that will be operational for 25 years. Should the wind farm be replaced or refurbished after 25 years, this would be subject to a future separate planning application and relevant assessments at the time and therefore the assessments presented here only consider the 25 year life. Permanent in the context of this assessment means the 25 year operational period. 6.12.7 The Proposal, including tracks to be upgraded, is distributed over approximately one third of the land area covered by the field surveys. The total permanent land take (excluding changes in land-use as a result of the implementation of ecological enhancement) would be approximately 5.73ha (2.7% of the total Site area). The on-Site access track layout has been designed to incorporate existing farm tracks, where practicable, and were located with farm management in mind, and by so doing losses of arable farmland and associated ecological features have been minimised. 6.12.8 The Proposal has ensured that land take will be restricted to the minimum practically required for the construction and operation of the wind farm. This approach will minimise habitat losses and will help prevent the need for agricultural intensification to offset land lost to cultivation. 6.12.9 The infrastructure required by the Proposal will be spaced widely enough apart so that one wind turbine does not impede wind flow to another turbine. This relatively low-density placement of infrastructure will allow the continued cultivation and cropping of most of the remaining arable land area and therefore will ensure that the maximum amount of arable habitat is left available. 6.12.10 For the purposes of best practice and to ensure that this Proposal poses no more than a low risk to the local bat population, turbines will be positioned so that there is a 50m minimum
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 170 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
stand-off distance from the blade tip to the nearest habitat feature used by bats (in accordance with current national guidance). 6.12.11 The Proposal has incorporated buffers around all ponds as shown on Figure 6.8. All works within 250m of ponds are within intensively managed arable farmland of negligible value for amphibians, with the exception of one existing crossing, between T5 and T7, requiring upgrade. 6.12.12 All infrastructure, with the exception of essential crossings, has been buffered from drains by at least 9m. Once the width of the existing bank top vegetation has been taken into account this will ensure a minimum final buffer width of 10 to 11m, more than required to conform with standard best practice guidance relating to water voles. 6.12.13 Consideration of the above has had a direct bearing on the assessment of ecological effects presented below.
Potential ecological effects
Construction and operational effects
Designated sites
6.12.14 There are no statutory or non-statutory nature conservation sites within the Site or in close association with the Site. As such, there is no potential for direct or indirect adverse ecological effects on these sites when considered in isolation (but see also the assessment of effects on birds and Sections 6.14 and 6.15). 6.12.15 The magnitude of effect on sites of high sensitivity is less than negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain).
Habitats
Temporary construction effects
6.12.16 Direct effects can be permanent (for the 25 year lifetime of the project) or temporary. The temporary effects of the proposed works are likely to occur during the construction phase and include laying the turbine parts down on the ground prior to erection, erecting the turbines, building the substation, access tracks, laydown area and hardstanding areas for cranes, use of temporary compounds, construction and dismantling of the temporary calibration masts, top soil storage and temporary fencing. 6.12.17 The construction phase will require temporary land take of 3.05ha, as detailed in Table 4.2 (Chapter 4), for the duration of the construction phase (estimated at c. 12 months). The affected habitats will be arable and improved grassland of low sensitivity. After the construction period, all temporary land take will be fully reinstated or otherwise used for ecological enhancement. 6.12.18 The installation of the permanent infrastructure will result in temporary effects due to, for example, the use of large machinery on the Site. Given that the Proposal lies within a working farm where large machinery is already operated, it is considered unlikely that the localised use of large machinery would produce adverse effects. 6.12.19 Limited tree pruning or tree/shrub removal may be required to create sufficient space to allow the construction of the track, and associated crossing upgrade, between Turbines 5 and 6. The trees here are semi-mature plantings involving tree stock of dubious native origin. Such minor works are unlikely to produce adverse permanent effects, but, depending on the timing of these works, legal requirements with regard to nesting birds may need to be considered. 6.12.20 The overall magnitude of effect resulting from temporary land take from habitats of low sensitivity is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 171 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.12.21 Indirect temporary effects may also occur as follows: 6.12.22 Physical site disturbance during dry weather may result in clouds of dust and the deposition of dust on vegetation of low sensitivity. The effects of dust deposition on vegetation are difficult to quantify, but are likely to be localised and temporary. The verges on the Site will already be experiencing periodic dust deposition as a result of the movements of agricultural machinery. The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (certain). 6.12.23 Physical disturbance during the winter could result in greater potential for soil compaction and run-off of arable farmland in habitats of low sensitivity. Compaction of arable farmland will be temporary and only present until the next cultivation event. The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (certain). 6.12.24 Pollution incidents may occur as a result of the construction phase with the potential to impact on air and water quality, although, in reality, the potential for pollution to occur is likely to be very low. The risk of pollution is likely to be lower, given the nature of modern farming, than the risks associated with current farming activities. 6.12.25 Throughout the construction phase, best working practices will be adopted and measures to protect the environment will be given in a Construction Method Statement (CMS). These good working practices along with careful planning will significantly reduce the potential for pollution incidents to occur. Details of construction methods are provided in Chapter 4. A detailed hydrological assessment can be seen in Chapter 8. RES Emergency Preparedness and Response and Spillage Procedures and environmental requirements for subcontractors are summarised in Appendix 4.3. The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (certain).
Permanent construction effects
6.12.26 The construction phase will require permanent land take of 5.73ha, as detailed in Table 4.1 (Chapter 4). 6.12.27 The construction of all permanent infrastructure (except the tracks which are considered separately, see below) will be confined to arable farmland of low sensitivity and require an approximate permanent land take (see Chapter 4) of 1.64ha. The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as low and the impact is assessed as minor (certain). 6.12.28 The siting of the new and upgraded access tracks has the greatest potential for habitat damage or loss, especially given that these will cover by far the greatest land area (4.1 ha.) (see Table 4.1, Chapter 4). The total length of new and upgraded track will be 6,200m and these will be 5.5m wide (wider on any bends). 6.12.29 The design of the track network broadly follows the existing network of (typically unsurfaced, vegetated) farm tracks but in most cases these have been realigned onto adjacent arable farmland. It is considered that this approach is ecologically beneficial as it will result in a net increase in buffer distances between arable farmland and drain habitats (see Section 6.13, Enhancement). In one case, the construction of a new track on arable land was considered preferable to upgrading and using an existing track because it would prevent prolonged disturbance to an established barn owl nest site. 6.12.30 The land take for the new tracks will be largely restricted to arable farmland of low sensitivity. The magnitude of effect is medium and the impact is assessed as minor/moderate (not significant, certain). 6.12.31 In addition to losses of arable farmland, there will also be some minor loss of improved grassland and drain habitats as follows: 6.12.32 There will be a loss of 1,250m2 of rank false oat-grass grassland of low sensitivity to facilitate the construction of the track between Turbines 4 and 5. Considered in isolation, the magnitude would be low and the impact associated with the limited loss of grassland of inherently low ecology and nature conservation value would be minor (not significant, certain). However, this grassland forms part of the habitat resource used by the resident
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 172 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
pair of barn owls for hunting. As such, refer to the species Section (6.12.53) for the assessment of the impact of this habitat loss. 6.12.33 There will be a loss of 10m of drain habitat and associated improved grass verges as a result of the construction of two new drain crossings (excluding culvert upgrades associated with existing crossings), one near Turbine 3 and one near Turbine 4. Considered in isolation, the impact associated with the limited loss of a locally common and widespread habitat would not be significant. However, there is a need to consider the direct and indirect affects on dependent fauna. As such, refer to the species Section for the assessment of the impact of this habitat loss. 6.12.34 The construction of the new crossings is also likely to result in limited, temporary, short- term disturbances to adjacent bank vegetation and soils. There will also be a low risk of pollution entering drains as a result of the operation of construction machinery in close proximity to the drains. Appendix 4.3 outlines emergency preparedness and response and spillage procedures that would be employed. 6.12.35 The upgrading of four existing crossings, is also likely to result in limited, temporary, short- term disturbances to adjacent bank vegetation and soils. The upgrading, where practicable, of existing bridges will reduce the need for new land take. The embedded design of the upgraded crossings (Figure 4.14) will be of a more sensitive design than the original crossings, resulting in a small net increase in habitat connectivity within the drain network. 6.12.36 Much of the new network of access tracks bisects or otherwise sub-divides large arable fields. This has reduced land-take of existing arable field margin habitat while at the same time resulting in a net beneficial increase in the length of field margin habitat, due to the formation of new field margins on each side of these tracks. In the modern agricultural landscape, much of the biodiversity interest associated arable fields (at least during spring and summer prior to harvest) is concentrated in field margins. Given this, the creation of new field margins may provide new niches for farmland wildlife. Table 6.25 Impacts directly attributable to the placement of permanent wind farm infrastructure Infrastructure Likely impacts (positive+ or negative-) Seven turbines with external (-) Loss of arable land. transformers and permanent (+) Potential for an increase in beneficial field hardstanding boundary habitats. Permanent crane hardstanding (-) Loss of arable land. for seven turbines (+) Potential for an increase in beneficial field boundary habitats. Substation, control building (-) Loss of arable land. compound and communications mast Met mast (including hardstanding) (-) Loss of arable land. Access tracks (-) Loss of arable land. (-) Loss of species-poor grassland. (-) Loss of semi-mature, broad-leaved plantation. (-) Loss of drain habitat. (+) Potential for a marked increase in beneficial field boundary habitats. (+) Potential value in buffering drain habitats from effects of agricultural activity (ploughing, run-off, agrochemical drift and noise disturbance).
Road improvement works
6.12.37 Some highways works will be required to facilitate the delivery of equipment and materials to the Site. See Details 1 to 30 on Figure 10.2 and Chapter 10 for more detail. 6.12.38 The main habitat loss associated with the widening works will be the limited, localised permanent losses of improved/poor semi-improved grassland within the Highways boundary
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 173 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
(as shown on Figure 10.2). Minor permanent losses of arable farmland may also occur. In addition, there will be a temporary loss of 500m2 improved grassland (Detail 3b, Figure 10.2). Both of these habitats are of low sensitivity and the magnitude of the effect is assessed as negligible. The impact is assessed as negligible (not significance, certain). 6.12.39 A section, approximately 50m in length, of blackthorn hedgerow will need to be removed to facilitate the highways works at Twizzlefoot Bridge (Detail 25) and 375m2 of scrub comprised of regenerating elm suckers (Detail 3b). There may also be localised requirements for tree/shrub pruning and the removal of an occasional semi-mature tree elsewhere along the route of the highways works. The magnitude of effect on woody habitats of low sensitivity is assessed as low and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain).
Operational effects
6.12.40 The principal direct effect of the operational phase is the unavoidable loss of habitat resulting from the placement of permanent wind farm infrastructure such as turbines, access tracks and the substation. The loss of habitat in these areas will be a permanent effect throughout the operational life of the wind farm. On the positive side, the placement of infrastructure may result in a net increase in edge habitats that could potentially be of benefit to wildlife. 6.12.41 These habitat losses have already been discussed above but for clarity are reiterated here. The majority of habitat that will be lost as a result of the Proposal will be arable land. There will also be a loss of limited sections of species-poor improved grassland, but it is expected that habitat reinstatement and enhancement measures will more than make up for these losses, both in terms of extent and habitat quality. As such, no permanent net loss of grassland is predicted, although new habitats will not be created in exactly the same locations. Total permanent land take will be approximately 5.73ha, Table 4.1 (Chapter 4), representing only approximately 2.7% of the total land within the Site. 6.12.42 Only a relatively small area of arable land will be permanently impacted. Arable habitats are resilient to regular short term disturbance and the arable habitats within the Site are not currently being managed to realise their full ecological potential. This is not to say that arable land has no ecological value (the opposite has been emphasised throughout the Chapter), just that the land take for the wind farm is unlikely to have an adverse effect on the habitat (and dependent wildlife) present. While there will be a net loss of arable farmland, the placement of infrastructure, particularly tracks, will also result in a net gain in the extent of field boundary habitats (see below). The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as low and the impact is assessed as minor (not significant, certain). 6.12.43 There might be a negligible risk of pollution associated with routine maintenance works during the operational phase or from fuel/oil spills associated with maintenance vehicles using the tracks. Appendix 4.3 summarises emergency preparedness and response and spillage procedures. The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed negligible (not significant, certain). 6.12.44 The implementation of the proposed ecological enhancement will result in the conversion of 1.7ha of arable to rough grassland, 0.049ha of arable to scrubby woodland and 300m of improved grassland bank-top vegetation to species-rich hedgerow. Given the wider biodiversity benefits likely to be secured as a result of these changes in habitat types no adverse effects are expected and net benefits are predicted. 6.12.45 The placement of infrastructure might result in an indirect decrease in the proportion of cropped arable land, over and above that associated with direct land take. This might come about as a result of infrastructure being placed in areas where it might directly inhibit access by farm machinery and therefore inhibit cultivation and/or harvesting activities. Given the current paucity of higher value wildlife habitat present on Site, this effect is more likely to result in net benefits to biodiversity, through an increase in field boundary habitats, than net negative effects (an attempt has been made to incorporate all such land into the enhancement plan that accompanies the Proposal). Biodiversity benefits would include benefits to the threatened, protected and BAP species listed in paragraph 6.12.27.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 174 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.12.46 The new vehicle access tracks (excluding the reinstated track to Turbine 3) will run parallel to two drains and will be placed a minimum of 9m away from these drains (to be determined with reference to the maximum extent of bank top vegetation). This is likely to result in an indirect permanent positive effect on the ecology of drain and bank habitats and associated wildlife. Such benefits will be realised through an expansion of grassland and tall herb vegetation and through a buffering of drains from the impacts of sediment, fertiliser and agrochemical runoff from adjacent arable land. An increase in the width of the vegetation band present along drains will result in an increase in habitat available to wildlife including the protected and BAP species listed above.
Species
Construction effects
6.12.47 The indirect effects of the construction phase on species are likely to relate primarily to disturbance and displacement. This might result from noise, physical site disturbance, vibration and light intrusion. The construction phase also represents the predicted peak in human activity at a wind farm. The effects will be temporary and will only occur on those days when work is being carried out. Likewise, while the zone of disturbance and displacement will vary in size according to the sensitivity of the specific species involved it is unlikely to encompass the whole Site, particularly as the Proposal will be limited to approximately half of the Site and given also that construction works will not be occurring in all parts of the Site simultaneously. This will ensure that there will always be places of refuge for wildlife. It is also reasonable to assume that the wildlife of an arable farm is, to some degree, habituated to the presence of large machinery and people. 6.12.48 Given the above rationale and the established baseline the overall magnitude of effect is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain). 6.12.49 Direct effects may also occur as follows: 6.12.50 The limited land take required by this development and the restriction of most of this to arable farmland would not be expected to effect the availability of suitable habitat for any species and therefore it is expected that there would be no measurable/significant increase in infra and intraspecific competition for resources. The Site is dominated by agricultural land the primary function of which is economic. As such, most of the agricultural land present on the Site is of relatively limited value for wildlife and this is reflected in, for example, the relatively low diversity and population sizes of bird species associated with the Site. As such, there are no regular large aggregations of species present in association with the arable farmland. The proposed ecological enhancements embedded within the design of the Proposal will create new, potentially higher value, wildlife habitats compensating for the losses of intensively managed arable farmland that is currently sub- optimal for wildlife. The magnitude of effect on species of arable farmland of low sensitivity is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain). 6.12.51 There will be a direct loss of 10m of drain habitat and associated improved grass verges as a result of the construction of two new drain crossings (excluding culvert upgrades associated with existing crossings), one near Turbine 3 and one near Turbine 4. This will result in a small net loss of habitat for dependent wildlife, including water vole population of county value and scarce emerald damselfly population of district value, when considered in the context of the total habitat resource within the Site and wider landscape. These works, along with those associated with the four crossings to be upgraded, also have the potential to disturb water vole, scarce emerald damselfly and their habitat adjacent to the works areas. It would be unlikely that each crossing would affect any more than two to four water voles and the land take required for the new bridges would represent no more than 20% of a typical water vole territory (see 6.8.40). However, the embedded design of these bridge crossings (see Figure 4.14) will ensure no loss of habitat connectivity for wildlife such as water vole, other rodents, grass snake etc and the design will ensure no adverse change in the established flow regime as a result of the construction of the crossings. There will be limited risk of disturbance and injury to water voles while this work is carried out,
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 175 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
however all works would need to be subject to a suitable working method statement to be agreed in advance with the Environment Agency (the statutory agency responsible for water voles). The loss of 10m of potential scarce emerald damselfly habitat is unlikely to compromise the favourable conservation status of this species when considered against the presence of extensive comparable habitat within the Site. 6.12.52 The magnitude of effect on species of low to medium (water vole and scarce emerald damselfly) sensitivity is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain). 6.12.53 There will be a loss of 1,250m2 of rank false oat-grass grassland to facilitate the construction of the track between Turbines 4 and 5. This grassland forms part of the habitat resource used by the resident pair of barn owls for hunting. However, it comprises only a relatively small part of the available suitable hunting habitat associated with both the area of scrub and the wider drain network within the Site. 6.12.54 The magnitude of effect on a barn owl population of medium sensitivity is assessed as low and the impact is assessed as minor/moderate (not significant, certain). The duration of the impact will only be until the ecological enhancements have established. 6.12.55 With one exception, no works are required any closer than 350m to any pond potentially suitable for amphibians (excluding works within intensively managed, regularly disturbed, arable farmland of no inherent value for amphibians). The upgrading of the crossing on the drain between Turbines 5 and 7 carries with it a low risk of disturbance or injury to amphibians. However, any disturbance would be of very short-duration and there would be no associated habitat loss (this is an upgrade to an existing crossing already used by large machinery and not a new crossing) or habitat fragmentation. Indeed, the mitigation embedded into the design of the crossing might result in enhanced habitat connectivity for amphibians. There is no reasonable likelihood of amphibians being adversely affected and therefore there is no impact to assess (see also Section 6.10 and paragraph 6.11.10). 6.12.56 The highway improvement works are low risk and protected species risks are restricted to water voles and nesting birds. One bridge may require upgrading, in which case the above rationale for water voles would apply although the bridge would be single span so would not directly affect the relevant watercourse. The implementation of standard best working practice (such practice will be incorporated into the CMS which will be conditioned) will ensure that there are no indirect effects on watercourses used by water voles. In addition, there might be limited potential for some highways work to disturb nesting birds. Depending on the timing of these works, legal requirements with regard to nesting birds may need to be considered and will ensure no impacts on nesting birds. Given this, the magnitude of any potential effect on wildlife of low to medium sensitivity is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain). 6.12.57 Possible effects on bats and the wider bird population are dealt with as discrete sections (see below).
Operational effects
6.12.58 The new vehicle access tracks (excluding the reinstated track to Turbine 3) will run parallel to two drains and, as stated in the assessment of habitat impacts, will be placed a minimum of 5m away from these watercourses. This is likely to result in direct and indirect permanent positive effects on the ecology of drain and bank habitats and associated wildlife. Such benefits will be realised through an expansion of grassland and tall herb vegetation and through a buffering of watercourses from the impacts of sediment, fertiliser and agrochemical runoff from adjacent arable land. An increase in the width of the vegetation present on the tops of drain banks will result in an increase in habitat available to wildlife including protected and BAP species such as water vole, barn owl and badger. The magnitude of the positive effect on wildlife of low to medium sensitivity is assessed as low and the positive impact is assessed as minor to minor/moderate (not significant, near certain).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 176 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.12.59 Collisions and disturbance to wildlife due to both the noise and movement of the wind turbines, and regular visits by maintenance vehicles, are likely to represent other potential effects of an operational wind farm (Percival, 2000). 6.12.60 Disturbance of wildlife is often mentioned as an issue of concern with regard to nature conservation (Gill, 2007). SNH (2006) advise that disturbance impacts need normally only be assessed for rare or vulnerable species dependent on habitats which are limited or subject to land use change; birds on Annex 1 of the Birds Directive; and, birds on Schedule 1 of the Wildlife & Countryside Act 1981 (as amended). 6.12.61 The principle way in which disturbance can impact on wildlife is by altering the ability of animals to exploit important resources. This can operate either through directly restricting access to resources such as food supplies, or by altering the actual or perceived quality of these sites (Gill, 2007). 6.12.62 Inferences are often made about the significance of disturbance on population size based on behavioural responses to disturbance e.g. displacement. However, this is rather simplistic and Gill & Sutherland (1999) have demonstrated that the effect on population size of redistribution in response to disturbance is dependent upon the strength of density dependence. Populations in which density dependence is strong (i.e. increased density results in higher overall mortality) can suffer population declines from only small redistributions in response to disturbance. By contrast, populations with weak density dependence can experience extensive redistributions with minimal impacts on population size. 6.12.63 While precise density dependence data is unavailable for the faunal species using the Site the above rationale does provide a sound basis for further consideration of the impacts of disturbance on the Site’s fauna, particularly birds. 6.12.64 The first pertinent point to acknowledge is that the Site comprises agricultural land, the primary function of which is economic. As such, most of the agricultural land present on the site is of relatively limited value for wildlife and this is reflected in, for example, the relatively low numbers of each bird species recorded breeding within the Site. As such, there are no regular large aggregations of bird species present and this in turn can be expected to reduce the strength of density dependence effects on breeding and over- wintering bird species. 6.12.65 The positive ecological effects that are expected to result from this Proposal might be expected to result in an increase in the extent and diversity of habitats available to fauna, including some bird species e.g. barn owl. The proposed ecological enhancements should mean that the implications of density dependence are, at best, negligible for most species or, at worst, temporary in nature and restricted to the construction phase of the Proposal. This is supported by studies on bird usage of wind farms. For example, Thomas (1999) found no significant difference between the densities of skylark and meadow pipit on wind farm and non-wind farm reference sites. Similarly, Winkelman (1992) found no effects on breeding lapwings. SNH (2005) have identified that the risk of exclusion is thought to be negligible for most species, especially small passerine bird species. 6.12.66 It is also pertinent to recognise that the Site is not covered by any nature conservation designations or nature reserves and as such possible disturbance issues need to be considered in this light. In such circumstances, it would be necessary for the impact of human presence to be demonstrably severe for it to be considered a valid concern (Gill, 1997). Given the biological baseline established in this report, it seems unlikely that disturbance, caused by an operational wind farm, will be of major concern and at worst it is only likely to be a temporary consideration. The Site is located on an active farm and the wildlife present is already likely to be well habituated to the presence of large machinery and to occasional noise and disturbance. As such, while there may be a temporary but insignificant peak in disturbance while wildlife acclimatise to the operational wind farm it is expected that after this wildlife would rapidly accept the presence of a wind farm as part of the background character of the Site. 6.12.67 The magnitude of any disturbance effect on wildlife of low sensitivity is assessed as low and the impact is assessed as minor (not significant, near certain).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 177 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.12.68 Collision of birds and bats (including barometric trauma effects with regard to the latter) with the blades of the wind farm may remain a permanent direct effect of the wind farm throughout its operational life. Such impacts are considered in more detail below.
Birds
6.12.69 As stated in the method statement (Section 6.6), the collision risk posed by a wind farm to the identified breeding bird population is likely to be more significant for some species than for others and only for some species will the risk be of nature conservation concern. 6.12.70 The target bird species which were recorded flying through the survey area during the vantage point surveys were: barn owl, common tern, cormorant, curlew, golden plover, grey heron, hen harrier, hobby, kestrel, lapwing, little egret, mallard, marsh harrier, merlin, mute swan, oystercatcher, peregrine, redshank, shelduck, short-eared owl, sparrowhawk and teal. Of these, golden plover comprises part of the designated interest of the identified Natura 2000 sites. The degree of mortality caused, and the basis for the collision risk analysis undertaken, will be dependent on (a) the rate at which birds pass at turbine height (rotor-height passage rate), (b) the rate at which birds take action to avoid rotor blades (avoidance rate) and (c) the resultant likelihood of a bird being hit when flying through the rotor (collision rate). 6.12.71 All bird species with an observed (based on 2 years of data) rotor-height passage rate of zero (i.e. bird species only recorded moving above or below the zone swept by the turbine blades) have been excluded from the collision risk analysis although some more general comment may be justified e.g. for owls. While it cannot be categorically stated that these bird species never fly at turbine blade height, based on the results of surveys employing a relatively high level of survey effort, such flights would likely represent atypical behaviour or chance events. A theoretical collision rate cannot be calculated in such circumstances and even if it could it would be expected to result in a theoretical collision risk of one bird every several decades or more. 6.12.72 The same rationale can be applied to those bird species for which only a very low passage rate has been observed (e.g. kestrel, little egret and grey heron). While, in this instance a theoretical collision rate has been calculated it must be considered with caution as again they may reflect atypical behaviour or chance events i.e. the actual collision risk may be lower still.
Waterfowl and waders
6.12.73 No large aggregations of target waterfowl and waders were recorded, with the exception of over-wintering lapwing and golden plovers in 2005/06. Possible reasons for the high numbers of the latter have been stated in previous Sections. 6.12.74 The only waterfowl and wader species observed flying at a height where they might be at risk of collision were: cormorant, golden plover, grey heron, lapwing, little egret, mallard, shelduck and teal. Based on the survey work undertaken the presence of little egret is considered to have been only a single chance occurrence. The SNH model predicted a very low collision risk for all species except lapwing and golden plover and there is unlikely to be any reasonable likelihood of significant adverse effects occurring to cormorant, grey heron, little egret, mallard, shelduck and teal. 6.12.75 The worst case collision risk estimates for over-wintering lapwing and golden plovers are four and eight birds respectively. When considered against the populations associated with the Foulness SPA (the closest SPA for which there is data) alone, this represents only a very small proportion of the Foulness populations of these species (0.2 and 0.05% respectively) and therefore an even smaller proportion of the likely total Essex populations of these species. The worst case collision risk is based on 95% avoidance which is likely to be overly cautious although at the time of writing SNH (the authors of the Collision Risk Model) had not published any further guidance for these species. Based on the available data it is unlikely that the Proposal would affect the favourable conservation status of these species. The magnitude of effect on lapwing and golden plover populations of low sensitivity is
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 178 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, near certain).
Marsh harriers and other birds of prey
6.12.76 The level of marsh harrier activity observed in association with the survey area was low and transitory, and the Site appeared to be relatively unattractive for this species. This species was only recorded at turbine blade height during the spring and the estimated collision risk was negligible (worst case of 0.02 birds per spring season). The worst case collision risk is based on 95% avoidance and may be overly cautious. Given the negligible collision risk there is unlikely to be any reasonable likelihood of significant adverse effects. 6.12.77 The only other birds of prey observed flying at a height where they might be at risk of collision were: kestrel, merlin and peregrine falcon. The SNH model predicted a negligible collision risk for all of these species and there is unlikely to be any reasonable likelihood of significant adverse effects occurring.
Owls
6.12.78 The Site supports a resident pair of barn owls and is also used on a lesser, sporadic basis by wintering short-eared owls. While there is a theoretical risk of owls colliding with the blades of wind turbines, in reality the typical barn and short-eared owl flight height when hunting is 1.5 to 4.5 m above ground level (Snow & Perrins, 1998 and consistent with first hand observations made by URS/Scott Wilson at several comparable wind farm sites in the region), well below the lower sweep of the wind turbine blades which would be a minimum of 33.5m from the ground. This is strongly supported by the data collected during the surveys and also guidance given in SNH (2006). Also pertinent to the consideration of collision risk is that the majority of bird collisions with turbines are thought to occur during bad weather when visibility is poor (Crockford, 1992). Barn owls, and by inference short- eared owls also, are known to hunt less in bad weather and during nights of continuous rain, hunting may not be attempted (Shawyer, 1998). As such, owls are likely to be least active during weather conditions that would put them at increased risk of collision with the blades of wind turbines. 6.12.79 Given the above, owls are not reasonably expected to be at risk from collision mortality since the lower sweep of the wind turbine blades would be a minimum of 33.5m from the ground. Most of the habitat affected by the Proposal is arable rather than rough grassland habitats associated with drains and field margins which provide more optimal foraging habitat for owls. The magnitude of effect on owl populations of medium value for ecology and nature conservation is therefore assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, near certain).
SPA birds
6.12.80 The data collected for the Proposal found no evidence indicating any significant interaction between the Site and the designated ornithological interest of the identified Natura 2000 sites. Of the bird species observed at turbine blade height that contribute to the designated interest of the identified Natura 2000 sites (this does not mean that the birds of these species recorded in the survey area are necessarily shared with these Natura 2000 sites as no flight lines were observed) none were predicted a significant collision risk. 6.12.81 The magnitude of effect on bird species that form part of the designated interest of the SPA, but that are assessed as being of low sensitivity with regard to the Proposal, is assessed as low and the level of any hypothetical impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, near certain).
Bats
6.12.82 A risk-based approach to the assessment of impacts has been followed in accordance with Bats and onshore wind farms: interim guidance (Natural England, 2009b). The design of the Proposal is in accordance with this guidance. As a consequence no significant adverse
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 179 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
effects are predicted. However, given the frequent emphasis placed on the possible effects of wind farms on bats it is considered helpful and pertinent to present a more detailed rationale regardless of the favourable design of the Proposal. 6.12.83 Impacts are generally considered at the scale of individual bats. However, in order to meet the requirements of the Conservation Regulations 2010 it also necessary to consider impacts at a population level. It is acknowledged that there is insufficient information available about the behaviour of bats at the UK level to assess the threat to populations (Natural England, 2009b). Impacts at this scale are therefore made with reference to professional and published knowledge of the individual species concerned. 6.12.84 Bats might potentially be adversely affected by wind farm developments as a result of: Death or injury through interaction with rotary blades Disturbance or severance of migration routes Disturbance or severance of local commuting routes Disturbance or loss of foraging habitats Disturbance or loss of roosts, although this is usually only relevant where wind turbines are located in woodland habitats or close to buildings 6.12.85 The risks would be highest if wind farm infrastructure were placed in such a way that they interacted with, prevented, inhibited or obstructed bat movements e.g. between roosts and foraging areas. The design of the Proposal is such that it would be extremely unlikely that such effects would occur and no significant effects are predicted. 6.12.86 The risk of death or injury as a result of collision or decompression barotrauma arising from the operation of the wind turbines is a function of the characteristics and behaviour of the individual bat species involved. The risk of an impact occurring is also a function of the position (proximity) of the turbine in relation to a feature of importance for bats (e.g. roost, commuting route). Natural England has assigned individual species of bat to three categories of risk according to a series of attributes, including habitat preference, echolocation characteristics and foraging technique. The levels of risk, and the species assigned to them are presented in Table 6.26 below. Table 6.26 Generic risk levels assigned by to the species of bat using the Site (after Natural England, 2009b) Low risk Medium risk High risk Daubenton’s bat common pipistrelle noctule soprano pipistrelle Nathusius’ pipistrelle 6.12.87 Natural England (2009b) states that the evidence in Britain is that most bat activity is in close proximity to habitat features. Activity has been shown to decline with distance from tree lines. This decline occurred both when bats were commuting and when foraging, although the decline is greater when animals were commuting. Monitoring studies have shown that bats in mixed farmland prefer to remain close to habitat features when commuting. Occurrence declined the farther pipistrelles went from linear features demonstrating that bats tend to favour traditional commuting routes. 6.12.88 For example, pipistrelle bats, the most frequent species within the Site, are known to follow fixed flight routes between roosts and foraging areas and they are highly faithful to these routes (Racey & Swift, 1985). This would suggest that movements of these species on Site would differ little from the pattern identified during the bat surveys. 6.12.89 Given the above, the risk of collision and barotrauma occurring has been reduced significantly, as identified above, through the implementation of minimum 50m stand-off distances for wind turbines, in accordance with current guidance (Natural England, 2009b). 6.12.90 Some residual risks may remain, however published information on bat mortality at UK wind farms is limited and often relates to projects involving smaller models of wind turbine that have blades that rotate at heights that are much closer to typical bat flight heights.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 180 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.12.91 Kunz et al. (2007) suggest that collisions with wind turbines are non-random and that bats can be actively attracted to them. They propose a number of explanations for this effect, including ultra-sound emissions which may attract bats; attraction of insects to the heat generated by the nacelles and the appearance of the monopole as a potential roost site. Caution must be applied before relating the findings of Continental studies to UK situations. Natural England (2009b) acknowledges this research and that such behaviour could put bats at risk of collision and barotraumas. However, they also emphasise the limited ‘fragmentary’ evidence for such effects. The current research has generally focused on wind farms located in forest habitats, where lines of wind turbines create new habitat corridors which may be attractive to bats. Given this, the findings are unlikely to be pertinent in intensively managed agricultural landscapes (like the Site), particularly where measures have been taken to off-set wind turbines from known or potential bat commuting and foraging habitats. 6.12.92 Regardless of how close bats fly to wind turbines the risk of collision or barotrauma events occurring will also be influenced by the height that bats fly at relative to the sweep of the turbine blades. Natural England (2009b) states that, because of the relative heights of wind turbines and their blades, most bat species in the UK are unlikely to come into contact with wind turbine blades during their normal movements i.e. they rarely fly that high. 6.12.93 Current knowledge of the ecology of most UK bat species suggests that they fly at a level below that swept by blades of wind turbines in the 2MW range. Given this, most of the bat species using the Site, particularly those species making the greatest use of the Site, would not be expected to fly at a height where they would interact with wind turbine blades. This would remove the risk of collision. Similarly, while barotrauma is poorly understood it is postulated that it results from bats flying through zones of low air pressure that can develop around the blades of a wind turbine. This would suggest that if bats are unlikely to fly at a height where they might physically interact with the blades of wind turbines then they would also be unlikely to fly at a height where there would be at possible risk of barotrauma. 6.12.94 Information published by the Warwickshire Bat Group (2008) suggests that common and soprano pipistrelle bats normally fly at a height of approximately 2m. They will occasionally fly higher, to 15m, where there are trees present, but mature/semi-mature trees are a scarce resource within the Site, being almost entirely confined to a limited number of hedgerows and plantation woodlands that are distant from the proposed wind turbines. Nathusius’ pipistrelle may fly higher when undertaking long distance migrations but typical flight heights in suitable terrestrial and freshwater habitats are in the range of 4 to 15m above ground level (Warwickshire Bat Group, 2008). 6.12.95 Daubenton’s bat, a species that does not make regular use of the Site and for which there is no evidence of a population, is also typically low flying as it feeds by gleaning prey from the surface of waterbodies. Its habitat requirements also mean that it would be unlikely to stray away from the network of drains associated with the Site into the arable fields. 6.12.96 Of the bat species recorded from the Site, only the noctule is known to frequently fly at a height, or over habitats, where it may interact with turbine blades. However, only very limited passes of this species were recorded. Given the known foraging range of this species (routinely moving over an area 5km out from the roost) this is insufficient evidence to suggest that this species is a regular user of the Site or dependent upon the habitats present within the Site. While this in itself does not mean that there is no risk of collision or barotrauma events involving this species, it does suggest that the risks are low both in terms of individual bats and the wider noctule population. Where monitoring has been undertaken no collisions involving this species have been recorded (Natural England, 2010). 6.12.97 Bats appear to be at greatest risk of collision with wind turbines during migration (Bach and Harbusch, 2007). UK bat species are not known to undertake the mass migrations noted in European populations, which are responsible for the greatest recorded mortalities at wind farms. However, low level migration of Nathusius’ pipistrelle may occur from Continental Europe into the UK. The UK breeding population appears to be more sedentary due to a more favourable climatic regime (Russ et al. 1998). The biggest migratory influxes appear to be in September (Bat Conservation Trust, 2010) but the available Site data for this
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 181 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
period indicate no more than low level migration by singleton bats of this species. However, this is not proven and regardless the level of activity is very low and would not indicate that the Site is of any great importance for this widely recorded but uncommon (but perhaps under-recorded) species. Regardless, there are no grounds to expect that this species would make any more use of open arable habitats than the other pipistrelle species using the Site nor that it would fly at turbine blade height when not migrating across open expanses of water (Russ, 2004; Bat Conservation Trust, 2010). 6.12.98 The faithfulness of bats to fixed flight routes suggests that they would be vulnerable to any effect that would disturb or displace bats from key commuting and foraging habitat. The Proposal involves no loss or obstruction of habitats currently or potentially used by bats. The proposed ecological enhancements would provide additional habitat gains and should ensure a net improvement in habitat quality. 6.12.99 Disturbance issues are less easy to assess but might occur if the movement of wind turbines or the lighting of the Proposal discouraged bats from accessing certain parts of their habitat. Infrared lighting of the wind turbines may be required for the purposes of aviation safety but this would be installed well above typical bat flight height and would therefore be unlikely to disturb bats as they use foraging and commuting habitats, all of which are offset from the wind turbines in accordance with current guidance. Light sensitivity varies between bat species but most species are generally tolerant to red light and sensitivity to infrared is so reduced that such lighting can be used to watch and film bats without disturbing them (Fure, 2006). Should the presence of lighting deter bats from approaching the wind turbines, then this would be beneficial in further negating any theoretical but unlikely (see above) collision risk. There would be no other permanent lighting of the Proposal (the control building would have external passive movement triggered lighting) and routine maintenance works would be undertaken during daylight hours. 6.12.100 There is no risk that this Proposal would cause disturbance or loss of any roost. Disturbance is defined in the context of the Habitat Regulations 2010 as an action ‘likely to significantly affect the ability of any significant group of animals of that species to survive, breed or rear or nurture their young; or the local distribution of that species.’ In this context, disturbance may arise as a result of any aspect of the turbine operation which prevents bats from using a roost. No bat roosts have been identified in close proximity to the Proposal or any other location where disturbance would be a realistic consideration. Following consideration of the above, and given the sensitive design of the Proposal, it is probable that the Proposal would not have a significant adverse effect on a bat population of low sensitivity. The overall magnitude of effect is assessed as low and the impact is assessed as minor (near certain).
Decommissioning effects
6.12.101 Given that decommissioning activity is unlikely to take place within a timeframe that can be reasonably assessed by this Chapter, it would be inappropriate to comment on this phase in too much detail i.e. the ecology of the Site has the potential to change considerably in the time period leading up to decommissioning, particularly given the proposed enhancement strategy. 6.12.102 That said, it is possible to surmise that the effects of the decommissioning phase on sites, habitats and species are likely to be comparable to those considered during the construction phase. However, such effects are likely to be less significant than those during construction due to the presence of an existing track network. It would be possible to restrict vehicles and machinery to these tracks during much of the decommissioning phase. Therefore, the temporary effects of decommissioning would not exceed those associated with construction. The overall magnitude of these effects is assessed as negligible and the impact is assessed as negligible (certain).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 182 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.13 Mitigation and Residual Effects
6.13.1 No significant (moderate/major and major) direct or indirect adverse effects, permanent or temporary, were predicted in Section 6.13 as a result of the construction, operation and decommissioning of the Proposal. 6.13.2 Given this, there is no strict requirement for mitigation over and above standard best practice and associated guidance from statutory consultees, which would be followed throughout the proposed works. Regardless, RES as a responsible developer will apply additional mitigation, as detailed below, so that it can be further assured that there would be no net adverse impact on the ecology of the Site as a result of the Proposal.
Timing of works
6.13.3 Construction work for the Proposal would be undertaken in a manner to minimise disturbance to wildlife and to ensure compliance with relevant legislation. A draft Ecological Mitigation and Enhancement Strategy (EMES) has been prepared for the Site (Appendix 6.1) detailing mitigation options and timing of construction works, plus where appropriate the scope of works for monitoring. A detailed programme of works would be described in the Construction Method Statement (CMS) and the expected sequence of events for the construction programme is given in Chapter 4 and outlined in Appendix 4.2. 6.13.4 Should the Proposal be approved then a detailed consultation would be undertaken with the relevant statutory agencies (Natural England) to refine and finalise the draft EMES. Once agreed the EMES would then be implemented across the Site throughout the construction, and, where relevant, operational and decommissioning phases of the Proposal.
Mitigation of the construction phase
6.13.5 As stated previously, the design of the Proposal means that land take will be restricted to the minimum required for the construction and operation of the wind farm. The relatively low-density placement of infrastructure will allow the continued cultivation and cropping of most of the remaining arable land area and therefore will ensure that the maximum amount of arable habitat is left available for use by farmland dependent wildlife. In the limited instances where there are certain pockets of land that can no longer be viably cultivated, then measures would be implemented, as part of the EMES that will maximise the ecological potential of these areas. 6.13.6 Topsoil removed during construction would be retained and reinstated on completion of the construction phase over the cable trenches, track shoulders and turbine foundation areas. This will reduce the amount of temporary and permanent habitat loss. If more soil is displaced than can be replaced, then any remaining soil would be spread onto arable land as close to the point of origin as possible. 6.13.7 Working areas, storage areas and access routes are indicated on Figure 4.2. The proposed works would be phased so that access tracks are constructed first. Vehicular access would be restricted to these access tracks throughout construction and future maintenance as far as reasonably practicable. A typical construction timetable can be seen in Appendix 4.2. 6.13.8 When new tracks are constructed, care will be taken not to cause unnecessary damage to, or compaction of, the roots of hedgerows and trees. 6.13.9 Temporary fencing would be used, as required, to protect trees and hedgerows during the construction phase of the Proposal. Trees would be protected in accordance with British Standard 5837: 2005. 6.13.10 It was recognised at the design stage that the new drain crossings required by the Proposal had the potential to impact on the water vole population. As such, the embedded design of the drain crossings has been developed to maintain habitat connectivity for water voles and other species (see Figure 4.14). The proposed design incorporates pipes built into the bridge structure approximately halfway up the side of the drain bank. Two such crossings
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 183 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
will be installed per bridge, one for each side of the channel. It is intended that these pipes will be adopted and used by water voles, allowing a safe means to traverse bridges and by so doing reducing the potential barrier effect posed, habitat fragmentation and the risk of increased predation pressure. The previous impact assessment has already taken account of this embedded mitigation. 6.13.11 There is no reasonable likelihood of the Proposal affecting amphibians as it is located within intensively managed arable farmland or, with the exception of one crossing that requires upgrading, otherwise only effects semi-natural habitats greater than 350m from the identified ponds. There would be no loss of habitat (indeed the embedded habitat enhancement proposals might reasonably be expected to secure a net increase in potential amphibian habitat) or habitat fragmentation as a result of the Proposal. This only leaves a minor risk of disturbance or injury associated with the construction phase of the Proposal and this can be addressed by method statement (detailed in the EMES, Appendix 6.1). No adverse effects to any species of amphibian would reasonably be expected following implementation of the EMES. 6.13.12 Land take for the new and upgraded tracks will always be biased towards arable farmland, so that where practicable existing field boundary habitats are protected and connectivity of such habitat is maintained. Any local losses of species-poor, improved verge habitat will be compensated for through new sowings of native verge that will be favourably managed to provide nectar, cover and hunting habitat for barn owls. As such, 1,250m2 of flower-rich tussocky grassland will be created to compensate for the loss of improved grassland. Additional habitat creation as part of the EMES will result in a significant net gain in grassland habitat. Following the implementation of this mitigation and enhancement, the magnitude of effect on barn owls is reassessed as negligible and the residual impact is assessed as negligible (not significant, certain) to low (positive). This habitat will also benefit other species foir which a negligible impact was predicted with or without mitigation. 6.13.13 The ecology surveys undertaken for the Proposal did not identify any signs of otter activity within the Site. No badger activity was found in any location where it would be pertinent in the context of the proposed layout. However, these species are highly mobile and, in accordance with best practice, a re-survey would be undertaken before any works were allowed to commence (both Site works and highways works). In addition, the status of the Site’s water vole population will be reassessed so that the data for this species are current. Due regard will also be given to the possible presence of Japanese knotweed and other Schedule 9 weed species. This approach will identify the current status of these species within the Site and the vicinity of the highways works. Where any of these species are found to be present an appropriate mitigation strategy would be produced and formalised through discussion, as appropriate, with Maldon District Council, Natural England and the Environment Agency. 6.13.14 Vegetation clearance works would be undertaken outside the bird nesting season or otherwise under ecological watching brief. 6.13.15 Where possible all construction material would be stored in the temporary storage areas until required. Where storage is unavoidable elsewhere on Site, then care would be taken to locate these in areas of least sensitivity, in particular arable land would always be chosen over semi-natural habitats. Materials would be stored in such a way that they are not used as a place of refuge by wildlife that might then be killed or injured when materials are removed. 6.13.16 The Environment Agency has published a series of Pollution Prevention Guidelines (http://www.environment-agency.gov.uk/business/topics/pollution/39083.aspx). All works would be undertaken in a manner that minimises the risk of pollution and disturbance to the environment
Mitigation of the operational phase
6.13.17 The scope for ecological impacts as a result of the Proposal, in terms of the remit of this assessment, are believed to be largely restricted to the construction phase or will
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 184 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
otherwise be addressed during construction (e.g. offsetting of wind turbines from bat habitat). As such there is only a very limited scope for ecological effects during the operational phase. No significant residual ecological effects are expected and if present would likely be negligible relative to the benefits for ecology and nature conservation that will result from the proposed habitat enhancement measures.
Mitigation of the decommissioning phase
6.13.18 Decommissioning activity is unlikely to take place within a timeframe that can be reasonably assessed by this Chapter so would be inappropriate to comment on this phase in too much detail i.e. the ecology of the Site has the potential to change considerably in the time period leading up to decommissioning, particularly given the proposed enhancement strategy. 6.13.19 That said, decommissioning works would be planned with care so as to minimise the potential for ecological effects. The applicant would provide the Maldon District Council with a Decommissioning Method Statement for decommissioning, prior to the commencement of decommissioning works. An ecological walkover would be undertaken to inform the development of the working method statement. Necessary ecological mitigation would be detailed in the method statement. 6.13.20 Where practicable vehicles and machinery would be restricted to the internal access tracks.
Enhancement of wildlife value
6.13.21 The land within the Site will continue to be managed (as presently) for intensive arable production, limiting opportunities for ecological enhancement. That said, the layout of the Proposal does present opportunities for ecological enhancement and other measures can be proposed that will provide new opportunities for wildlife while requiring no land take of productive arable farmland. Given this, where opportunities exist for enhancing the wildlife value of the Site then these would be taken. This will ensure accordance with the requirements of Planning Policy Statement 9 (PPS9) and the Local Development Framework. When developing the EMES for the Proposal consideration was given to guidance in RSPB (2003) which states: ‘Where wind farms are proposed, their development should respect and where possible further, the objectives and targets identified for priority habitats and species listed in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan (including areas identified as being able to make a positive contribution to meeting targets through, for example, recreation/re- establishment schemes and links, corridors and stepping stones required under Regulation 37 of the Habitats Regulations).’ 6.13.22 Given the current intensive agricultural management on the Site, combined with the current scarcity of higher value semi-natural terrestrial habitats, there is considerable scope for the introduction of a range of enhancement measures as part of this development. 6.13.23 A range of enhancement measures will be implemented as part of the Proposal and are detailed below. Supporting information on the enhancement proposals are provided as Figure 6.9. 6.13.24 The specific enhancement measures chosen are mindful of the local context of the Site, with particular reference to the relatively high wildlife value of the network of drains associated with the Site. As such, there is a need to balance opportunities for the creation of new habitats, such as woody plantings that might shade drain habitats of value to water vole and barn owl, against the benefits to ecology and nature conservation resulting from the retention and enhancement of existing habitats and their associated wildlife. 6.13.25 In addition, the Proposal actively avoids habitat enhancement proposals that might represent a significant attractant to bird species relevant in the context of the identified Natura 2000 designations. By so doing, and assuming no change in the baseline agricultural
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 185 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
regime, the low predicted risk to such birds can be maintained throughout the operational life of the wind farm. 6.13.26 The EMES has been developed to provide potential benefits, through a net increase in appropriate habitat, to threatened, protected and UK and Essex BAP species such as water vole, pipistrelle bats, pipistrelle bats, badger, brown hare, barn owl, various passerine birds. Natural England has been consulted in advance on the scope of the proposed enhancements. The selected enhancement measures will involve provision of: Bat boxes Barn owl nest boxes Flower-rich, tussocky grassland Species-rich hedgerow Scrubby woodland 6.13.27 It is considered that the value of the Site to bats is currently limited by a lack of habitats suitable for roosting. Bat boxes will be installed on suitable mature trees in two areas of plantation, thereby providing new opportunities for bat roosting in direct association with suitable foraging habitat away from the proposed turbines. 6.13.28 The Site is currently used by a single pair of barn owls and there are few buildings associated with the Site that are suitable for nesting and roosting. Three pole-mounted barn owl dual function nesting/roosting boxes will be installed at suitable locations selected to tie in with the other habitat creation proposals and also to support greater use of the Site, either by the current pair of barn owls or potentially by additional pairs. 6.13.29 The Proposal will provide 16,470m2 (1.6ha) of new native grassland (excluding an additional 1,250m2 of habitat compensation), representing a net habitat gain. The Chapter has highlighted the baseline ecology and nature conservation value of the Site’s drain habitats, particularly in the context of water voles, barn owls and scarce emerald damselfly. The EMES exploits the opportunity to expand the existing bank-top grass verges associated with the Site drains that will result from the sensitive placement of new tracks. The 5m increase in width of grassy bank-top vegetation will help to buffer the relevant drains from the unintentional effects of agricultural activity (e.g. physical disturbance, sedimentation, agrochemical drift) while also resulting in a net increase of habitat of potential value to water vole, barn owl as well as badger, brown hare and pipistrelle bats. Complementary habitat, of comparable wildlife value but not directly associated with drains, will be created at other locations within the Site. A native, locally appropriate, seed mix will be sown that will provide a combination of tussocky grassland and nectar-rich wildflowers. Tussocky conditions are necessary to provide habitat suitable for hunting barn owls and to provide cover for other wildlife such as water voles. 6.13.30 The Proposal will provide 300m of new species-rich native hedgerow immediately to the east of Turbine 4. This will connect to an existing hedgerow, effectively doubling its length, while also providing a habitat linkage between to areas of semi-mature plantation. This will provide additional shelter, feeding and nesting habitat for a range of passerine bird species as well as potential cover for badger and brown hare. 6.13.31 The Proposal will provide 4,980m2 (0.49ha) of new native scrubby woodland, providing additional shelter, feeding and nesting habitat for a range of passerine bird species as well as cover for badger, brown hare and potentially otter also. 6.13.32 The tree and shrub species will generally not exceed 10m in height in those areas where taller tree species might interfere with air flow to the wind turbines. However, this constraint allows the selection of a wide-range of native species that will provide dense cover and abundant flowers and fruit for wildlife. Species selected for new plantings might include hawthorn, dogwood (Cornus sanguinea ssp. sanguinea), hazel (Corylus avellana), guelder-rose (Viburnum opulus), wayfaring-tree (Viburnum lantana), wild privet (Ligustrum vulgare), dog-roses (Rosa spp.), spindle (Euonymus europaeus) and buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 186 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.13.33 In areas more remote from the wind turbines, the mix of tree and shrub species would be similar to the above but might also include occasional taller native species, particularly faster growing species such as ash (Fraxinus excelsior) and silver birch (Betula pendula). 6.13.34 Where grass and wildflower mixes are used, or trees and shrubs planted, these would be of traceable native origin and sourced as locally as possible. 6.13.35 All habitats will be managed favourably throughout the life of the wind farm to ensure the maximum potential for biodiversity gains.
6.14 Monitoring
6.14.1 A requirement for post-construction monitoring has been specified in the scoping response received from Maldon District Council. While monitoring is required this must be proportionate to the likely impacts, as well as the issues raised by the ES (SNH, 2009). Due to the lack of predicted significant impacts an intensive and wide-ranging programme of post-construction monitoring is not warranted but RES is happy to engage in further discussions on monitoring requirements with Maldon District Council and Natural England to refine the monitoring approach. 6.14.2 It is acknowledged that birds are a special case and because a low collision risk has been predicted for target species a precautionary approach is required and monitoring would be necessary (Francesca Shapland, Natural England, 1st October 2010 pers. comm.) RES also acknowledge that the collection of monitoring data will be of benefit for the future design of sensitive, low risk, wind farm developments. 6.14.3 Natural England have further advised that the monitoring programme should also include the evaluation of biodiversity gains over time arising from the ecological enhancements to be implemented as part of the Proposal. 6.14.4 The monitoring methodology proposed is capable of delivering results that can be used to both understand the impacts of wind farms in general, as well as delivering information on specific issues relevant to the Proposal (SNH, 2009; Natural England, 2010).
Bird population monitoring
6.14.5 The following outline monitoring proposal is based on SNH (2009). 6.14.6 It is currently proposed, subject to further discussion, that monitoring be undertaken in years 1, 3 and 5 years after the Proposal becomes operational. A monitoring report would be issued following the completion of each monitoring phase, to an agreed timeframe, to Natural England and Maldon District Council. 6.14.7 The breeding bird fauna associated with the Site is relatively depauperate, typified by species that are generally acknowledged as not being at risk from wind farms and clearly un-related to the bird fauna of the identified Natura 2000 sites. However, the proposed enhancements have the potential to benefit populations of passerine bird species and barn owls. Given this, while there is no strict need to undertake monitoring surveys of breeding birds it would be of value in determining the beneficial effects arising from the habitat enhancements. The breeding bird surveys undertaken for the baseline would be repeated and combined with a reduced (3 visit) vantage point survey to provide data on usage of the Site by target bird species such as raptors. This will allow cross-comparison of future data with the baseline, while acknowledging that there are no grounds to require a repeat of the intensive vantage point surveys undertaken to determine the baseline. 6.14.8 Consideration of wintering bird usage is more pertinent, given the proximity of the site to the identified Natura 2000 designations. Given this, it is proposed that the day time wintering and vantage point surveys undertaken for the baseline be repeated. Again, this will allow cross-comparison of future data against the baseline.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 187 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Evaluation of biodiversity gains arising from the enhancement scheme
6.14.9 It is proposed that monitoring be undertaken in years 1, 3 and 5 years after the Proposal becomes operational. Monitoring of birds has already been described above. 6.14.10 A general walkover will be undertaken to appraise the establishment of the new habitats and the ongoing development of these over time. The results of monitoring can be used to inform the ongoing management of these habitats. Where refinements to the management approach are required and practicable then these would be implemented to ensure that maximum biodiversity gains are achieved. 6.14.11 An attempt would be made to reach an arrangement with the local barn owl group so that the existing nest site and the boxes installed as part of the Proposal can be monitored on an annual basis to determine whether the habitat enhancement measures implemented as part of the Scheme have benefited barn owls. This may require additional monitoring of the existing nest site in year 1. An increase in barn owl recruitment, breeding pairs or habitat usage (as observed during the bird population monitoring surveys, see above) would be a good indicator of the success of the proposed enhancements. 6.14.12 Annual daylight inspections would be undertaken, in accordance with the above monitoring schedule, of the bat boxes to determine bat uptake. 6.14.13 Water vole activity would be monitored in a subset of the drain resource associated with the Site. An attempt would be made to gather data that could be used to extrapolate population size so that this can be monitored over time. This may require additional monitoring in year 1 to provide an initial population estimate and might be tied in with the proposed watching brief surveys. Searches will be made for signs indicating use of the water vole ‘tunnels’ that will be incorporated into the structure of all new and upgraded bridges. 6.14.14 In addition to the above, RES maintenance staff will undertake annual (non-invasive) visual inspections of the barn owl and bat boxes to determine the ongoing state of repair of these. The boxes would be repaired or replaced as appropriate in consultation with an ecologist. RES staff would also inspect the water vole tunnels to ensure that these remain unobstructed.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 188 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 6.27 Summary of the main ecological effects from Construction, Operation and Decommissioning (for quick reference only, please read in conjunction with this Chapter) Description of Possible Effect Sensitivity of Magnitude Significance Mitigation and Other Measure(s) Significance after Baseline Mitigation/Residual Environment Impact Temporary loss of arable and Low Negligible Negligible None required. Negligible improved grassland habitats (in context of species considered in this Chapter). Temporary risk of dust Low Negligible Negligible None required. Negligible deposition, run-off, compaction and pollution. Permanent loss of arable habitat. Low Low Minor Habitat loss unavoidable and cannot be Negligible compensated for. Beneficial ecological enhancements to be delivered through the EMES are likely to outweigh the loss of arable farmland. Permanent loss of, or damage to, Medium Low Minor/ None required but more than compensated Negligible 1,250m2 of species-poor, Moderate for, and a net gain secured, through the improved grassland used by a habitat creation measures to be delivered barn owl population of district through the EMES. ecology and nature conservation value. Loss of 10m total length of drain Low to Negligible Negligible The embedded crossing design has been Negligible habitat supporting a scarce Medium conceived to maintain habitat connectivity emerald damselfly population of for water voles. district ecology and nature conservation value and a water Works will need to be undertaken in vole population of county value. accordance with the working method statement to be agreed with the Environment Agency. Habitat losses for highways works Low Low Negligible None required or otherwise constrained by Negligible (worst case) legal obligations.
Works near drains will need to be
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 189 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Description of Possible Effect Sensitivity of Magnitude Significance Mitigation and Other Measure(s) Significance after Baseline Mitigation/Residual Environment Impact undertaken in accordance with the working method statement to be agreed with the Environment Agency.
Impacts on bats. Low Negligible Negligible Embedded design has ensured low scope Negligible to Minor / for effects to bats and their habitats. Moderate (positive)
EMES expected to create new opportunities for bats Impacts on water vole Medium Negligible Negligible The embedded crossing design has been Negligible to Low conceived to maintain habitat connectivity (positive) for water voles.
Works will need to be undertaken in accordance with the working method statement to be agreed with the Environment Agency.
EMES may create new opportunities for water voles Impacts on barn owls (habitat Medium Low Minor / Habitat loss will be compensated for, and a Negligible loss only) Moderate net habitat gain secured, through the habitat creation measures to be delivered through the EMES. Impact on all birds Medium Negligible Negligible None required. Habitat enhancements Negligible designed not to increase risk to birds. Disturbance and displacement of Low Negligible Negligible None required or otherwise constrained by Negligible other wildlife. legal obligations. Increase in permanent vegetation Medium Low Minor / No mitigation required, in the context of Minor / Moderate and other favourably managed Moderate this Site such changes would be beneficial. (positive) field boundary habitats at the (positive) expense of land that is not New habitats will require subsequent currently meeting its full appropriate management to ensure net biodiversity potential. benefits to wildlife.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 190 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.15 Cumulative Effects
6.15.1 The assessment of adverse cumulative effects on species and habitats can be restricted (see Section 6.6) to those species and habitats of high nature conservation importance and/or species considered to be vulnerable to wind farms by virtue of their behaviour or ecology (SNH, 2005). 6.15.2 The identified nationally and internationally important nature conservation sites listed in Table 6.13 support habitats and species for which, with the exception of birds, there would be no reasonable likelihood of any interaction with the Site. As such, these sites, and the habitats and species they support, could not, with the possible exception of birds, experience cumulative effects as a result of this Proposal. 6.15.3 With the exception of bats and birds, the baseline surveys have identified no other habitats and species associated with the Site that are of high ecology and nature conservation importance as defined in Section 6.2 and supported by Table 6.24, or that would otherwise be ‘vulnerable to wind farms by virtue of their behaviour or ecology’. On this basis, given the remit of this Chapter, there is no potential, with or without mitigation, for significant adverse cumulative effects to occur during either the construction, operation or decommissioning of the Proposal. 6.15.4 There could be a theoretical risk of adverse cumulative effects on bat and bird species in true ‘multi-site situations’ i.e. situations where several wind farms are developed within close proximity to one another in relation to the scale of movements and home range size of key species (as identified by SNH) (Landscape Design Associates, 2000). This is not the situation for the bat species identified from the Site, particularly given the distances from other proposed or operational wind farm sites and given knowledge of the behaviour and ecology of these species (see previous Sections). This is also considered not to be the case for birds given the scale of movements observed for target species and the limited interaction with the Natura 2000 designations of the Essex coast.
6.16 Information to Inform Appropriate Assessment
Introduction
6.16.2 Section 6.7 identifies the presence of five Natura 2000 sites within 1.3km and 6.9km of the Site. During the bird surveys undertaken for the Proposal the following species potentially associated with these designations, and for which may therefore constitute part of the designated interest of these designations, were recorded: golden plover, hen harrier, common tern and redshank. Lapwing is not listed in any of the relevant citations and Conservation Objective documents but is alluded to in other JNCC documents so has been included as a precaution. Only golden plover and lapwing was recorded during the vantage point observations flying at turbine blade height. The rest of the species were only present as rare chance occurrences e.g. a single observation of a singleton common tern was made during the two years of survey and this was flight was below turbine blade height. 6.16.3 Under Regulation 61(1) of the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010, any development likely to have a significant effect on a Natura 2000 site, either on its own or in combination with other projects, that is not connected with or necessary to its management for nature conservation, must be the subject of an Appropriate Assessment carried out by the relevant competent authority (in this case Maldon District Council). The aim of an Appropriate Assessment (AA) is to establish the implications of the plan or project for the conservation objectives of the protected site and to ensure that the plan or project will not adversely affect the integrity of that site. No specific method is required to carry out an AA, which may be conducted as an iterative process. 6.16.4 An applicant when applying for planning permission is required to provide such information as the competent authority may reasonably require to enable the authority to determine whether an AA is required and, if so, to enable it to make the assessment (Regulation 61(2) of the Conservation of Habitats and Species Regulations 2010).
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 191 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.16.5 Before the AA process is triggered it is necessary to undertake a screening process to determine whether any predicted impacts of the development are likely to be significant (EC, 2002). All impacts are to be judged with regard to the features for which the site has been designated (ecological impacts within a Natura 2000 site that do not relate to the designated features are dealt with through the normal planning process). A plan or project which has an effect on a protected site, but is not likely to undermine its conservation objectives, would not be considered to have a ‘significant effect’ for this purpose. 6.16.6 While the ecological impact assessment presented in this Chapter concludes that the Proposal is unlikely to have a significant impact on any of the features of the Natura 2000 sites in question, it is for the competent authority (Maldon District Council) to decide whether an AA is required. Therefore, we have taken a precautionary stance and this section along with data presented elsewhere in this Chapter provides the information necessary to enable the Council to consider whether an AA is required and, if so, to undertake the assessment.
Site integrity and conservation objectives
6.16.7 For the purposes of this assessment, and given the location of the Site relative to the identified Natura 2000 sites, it can be stated that there is no potential, significant or otherwise, for any adverse effects on any habitats and strictly marine species within the boundaries of the Natura 2000 sites. Given this, habitats (except where otherwise pertinent to birds), marine species and the Essex Estuaries SAC can be scoped out of further consideration. This leaves only the need to address birds. 6.16.8 The AA must conclude whether or not the Proposal would have an adverse affect on the integrity of the relevant sites, in the light of the Conservation Objectives for these sites. The definition of integrity of a site that has been adopted and advocated by the European Commission (EC, 2000) is: ‘the coherence of its ecological structure and function, across its whole area, which enables it to sustain the habitat, complex of habitats and/or levels of populations of the species for which it was classified.’ 6.16.9 The Conservation Objectives, as defined by English Nature (now Natural England) are essentially a distillation of this definition that makes reference to the specific habitats and species to which the designation refers. 6.16.10 The Conservation Objectives for birds focus on maintaining in favourable condition, subject to natural change, the habitats for the internationally important populations of breeding and wintering birds, internationally important populations of waterfowl and internationally important populations of regularly occurring migratory species. 6.16.11 The Conservation Objectives focus on habitat condition rather than bird populations in acknowledgement of the fact that bird populations can change as a result of events or trends occurring unconnected to the SPA e.g. on the breeding grounds of winter migrants. 6.16.12 At the time writing there was no additional Regulation 33 advice available for the Mid-Essex estuaries but based on guidance for other Natura 2000 sites in the region (The Wash and North Norfolk Coast) and the site-specific Conservation Objectives provided by Natural England (Francesca Shapland pers. comm., September 2010) it is anticipated that the following attributes are pertinent as a measure of favourable conditions of bird habitats: disturbance absence of obstructions to view lines extent and distribution of habitat food availability vegetation characteristics 6.16.13 A central tenet of the AA process is the determination of whether or not the Conservation Objectives are compromised by the proposed development, as the integrity of the site is
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 192 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
related to the Conservation Objectives (EC, 2000 and 2002). As such, the Conservation Objectives can be thought of as providing a series of tests on which the impact of a proposed development upon site integrity can be judged. The tests can then be used to demonstrate whether or not the Proposal would result in a significant deterioration or disturbance of any of the qualifying features, based upon their condition at the time of formal designation and in subsequent years where data are available.
Assessment
6.16.14 The Proposal will not have any direct effect on bird habitats within the relevant SPAs and therefore will not result in any effect on the extent and distribution of habitat, food availability or vegetation characteristics. Also, given the distance from the identified SPAs, the Proposal will not affect the ‘viewlines’ of, or otherwise disturb, birds using the coastal habitats present within the boundaries of the SPAs. The site does not represent a valuable feeding resource for birds associated with the SPAs and as such any disturbance effects will not be significant on those population 6.16.15 If the precedent set by the identified Regulation 33 advice (it is reiterated that there is no Regulation 33 advice for the Essex Estuaries) is adhered to, then effects associated with collision risk can be discounted as the conservation objectives are based on habitat. However, while not affecting the condition of habitats within the SPAs, collision risk might compromise the SPAs by reducing the population size of certain bird species. 6.16.16 Natural England have stated that ‘in terms of the SPA a 1% mortality is considered significant’ (Francesca Shapland, 1st October 2010, pers. comm.) 6.16.17 The bird data gathered for this Proposal identifies that a number of species listed on the citations for the pertinent SPAs have been recorded for the Site, namely golden plover, hen harrier, common tern and redshank. Lapwing has also been considered for the reason given above. Given the very infrequent occurrence of most of these species along with the observed typical flight heights, the lack of any significant or regular flight lines of these species and the worst case estimates of collision risk it is considered that no significant adverse effects on these species are likely. 6.16.18 While the 2005 data suggest occasional high flock sizes for golden plover and lapwing this is probably a reflection of the sampling of more favourable habitats located towards the outer limit of an expanded (larger than required) survey area (see Figure 6.5). The surveys in 2009 indicate that these counts may be over-estimates but consideration needs to be given to possible inter-annual variation in golden plover and lapwing numbers. Even so, the golden plovers and lapwings observed need not be necessarily be birds shared with the relevant Natura 2000 sites as no flight lines were observed. Given these uncertainties greater weight should be placed on the worst case collision risk estimates calculated for these two species, moderated by expert judgement. 6.16.19 A worst case collision estimate of eight and four birds per winter was calculated for golden plover and lapwing respectively using the 2005/06 data but acknowledging the larger survey area in 2005/06 which would have resulted in more birds being recorded per unit of land area, due to areas on the periphery of the survey area being more favourable for these species. The average non-breeding golden plover and lapwing population of Foulness SPA (the closest pertinent SPA) is 3,359 and 7,687 birds respectively. Given this, the collision estimates represent 0.2% and 0.05% of these totals respectively. This level is below the 1% mortality threshold set by Natural England and is therefore not significant. In reality, the golden plovers and lapwings associated with the survey area are likely to have been drawn from a much wider area further reducing the significance of any losses in the context of individual SPA and the wider Natura 2000 network.
Cumulative assessment
6.16.20 The in combination effects of the Proposal on the designated bird interest of the identified Natura 2000 sites will not be significant given the limited integration of this bird interest with the Site and the location of other wind farm developments considered in Chapter 5.
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 193 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
6.17 Summary and Conclusion
6.17.1 The Proposal is located almost entirely within intensively managed arable farmland. 6.17.2 The design process has sought to protect existing features of higher ecology and nature conservation value, such as watercourses, ponds, plantations, hedgerows, semi-improved verges, drains and bat and water vole habitat. In addition, where practicable, generous buffer zones separate the Proposal from such features. 6.17.3 Given the above, habitat losses are restricted to arable farmland, limited stretches of improved grassland and 10m of drain. 6.17.4 There are no statutory or non-statutory protected sites within the Site or that might otherwise be directly adversely affected by the Proposal (including consideration of effects on birds associated with Natura 2000 designations). 6.17.5 The ecology and nature conservation value of the Site has been investigated through a programme of desk studies and field surveys. These have confirmed that the Site supports only a limited range typical of the landscapes of this type. 6.17.6 A small resident bat population of local ecology and nature conservation value was identified and has been addressed as part of the design process for the Proposal. No significant impacts to bats are predicted. 6.17.7 A water vole population of probable county ecology and nature conservation value is associated with the Site’s drains and has been addressed as part of the design process for the Proposal. No significant impacts to water voles are predicted. 6.17.8 A moderately diverse breeding and over-wintering bird fauna was recorded but few ‘target species’ (species that might be at risk from wind farm developments based on current guidance) were recorded and most of these occurred only in low numbers or were otherwise transitory in occurrence. 6.17.9 The bird collision risk model and associated assessment predict no significant risk to target bird species as a result of the Proposal. 6.17.10 No significant, unmitigable, impacts on ecology and nature conservation are predicted as a result of the construction, operation and decommissioning of the Proposal. This includes consideration of cumulative effects. 6.17.11 A range of ecological enhancements accompanies the Proposal to ensure a net benefit to ecology and nature conservation and is set out in an EMES (Appendix 6.1) should the Proposal gain planning consent. These proposals are concomitant with various local and national planning policies.
6.18 References
Baker, H., Stroud, D.A., Aebischer, N.J., Cranswick, P.A., Gregory, R.D., McSorley, C.A., Noble, D.G. & Rehfisch, M.M. (2006) Population estimates of birds in Great Britain and the United Kingdom. British Birds 99: 25-44 Bat Conservation Trust (2007) Bat Surveys - good practice guidelines. Bat Conservation Trust Bat Conservation Trust (2010) website. http://www.bats.org.uk/pages/nathusius_pipistrelle_survey.html [accessed September 2010] Bibby, C.J., Burgess, N.D. & Hill D.A. (1992) Bird census techniques. Academic Press, London Cathrine, C. & Spray, S. (2009) Bats and onshore wind farms: site-by-site assessment and post- construction monitoring protocols. In Practice 64: 14-17 Cham, S. (2010) Wildlife reports. Dragonflies. British Wildlife 21(6):429
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 194 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Chamberlain, D.E., Rehfish, A.D., Fox, D., Desholm, M. & Anthony, S.J. (2006) The effect of avoidance rates on bird mortality predictions made by wind turbine collision risk models. Ibis 148: 198-202 Cresswell, P., Harris, S. & Jefferies, D. (1990) The history, distribution, status and habitat requirements of the badger in Britain. Nature Conservancy Council, Peterborough Crockford, N.J. (1992) A review of the possible impacts of wind farms on birds and other wildlife. JNCC Report 27. Joint Nature Conservation Committee, Peterborough Eaton, M.A., Brown, A.F., Noble, D.G., Musgrove, A.J., Hearn, R., Aebischer, N.J., Gibbons, D.W., Evans, A. and Gregory, R.D. (2009) Birds of Conservation Concern 3: the population status of birds in the United Kingdom, Channel Islands and the isle of man. British Birds 102: 296-341 EC (2000) Managing Natura 2000 sites: the provisions of Article 6 of the ‘Habitats’ Directive 92/43/EEC. European Commission, Luxembourg EC (2002) Assessment of plans and projects significantly affecting Natura 2000 sites. Methodological guidance on the provisions of Article 6(3) and 6(4) of the ‘Habitat’ Directive 92/43/EEC. Office for Official Publications of the European Communities, Luxembourg English Nature (2001) Great crested newt mitigation guidelines. English Nature, Peterborough English Nature (2002) Badgers and development. English Nature, Peterborough Essex Local Wildlife Sites Partnership (2010) Local Wildlife Site Selection Criteria. Essex Wildlife Trust Fure, A. (2006) Bats and lighting. The London Naturalist 85 Gill, J.A. (2007) Approaches to measuring the effects of human disturbance on birds. Ibis 14 (Suppl. 1): 9-14 Gill, J.A. & Sutherland, W.J. (1999) Predicting the consequences of human disturbance from behavioural decisions. In Gosling, L.M. & Sutherland, W.J. (eds.) Behaviour and conservation: 51-64. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge Graveland, J. (1999) Effect of reed cutting on density and breeding success of reed warbler Acrocephalus scirpacaeus and sedge warbler A. schoenobaenus. Journal of Avian Biology 30: 469- 482. Harris, S., Cresswell, P. & Jefferies, D. (1989) Surveying badgers. Mammal Society Occasional Publication No 9 Hill, D., Fasham, M., Tucker, G., Shewry, M. & Shaw, P. (2005) Handbook of biodiversity methods. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge Institute of Ecology and Environmental Management (2006) Guidelines for Ecological Impact Assessment. http://www.ieem.net/ecia/EcIA%20Approved%207%20July%2006.pdf JNCC (2007) Handbook for phase 1 habitat survey – a technique for environmental audit. Joint Nature Conservation Committee, Peterborough Kunz, T.H., Arnett, E.B., Erickson, W.P., Hoar, A.R., Johnson, G.D., Larkin, R.P., Strickland, M.D., Thresher, R.W. & Tuttle, M.D. (2007) Ecological impacts of wind energy development on bats: questions, research needs and hypotheses. Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment 5: 315-324 Marchant, J. (1983) BTO common birds census instructions. Maund & Irvine Ltd, Tring Marchant, J.H., Freeman, S.N., Crick, H.Q.P. & Beaven, L.P. (2004) The BTO Heronries Census of England and Wales 1928–2000: new indices and a comparison of analytical methods. Ibis 146: 323– 334 NCC (1989) Guidelines for the selection of biological SSSIs. Nature Conservancy Council, Peterborough Natural England (2009a) Interpretation of ‘disturbance’ in relation to badgers occupying a sett. http://www.naturalengland.org.uk/Images/WMLG16_tcm6-11814.pdf [accessed October 2010]
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 195 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Natural England (2009b) Bats and onshore wind turbines: Interim guidance, first edition. Natural England Technical Information Note TIN051 Natural England (2010) Assessing the effects of onshore wind farms on birds. Natural England Technical Information Note TIN069. Natural England, Peterborough Ratcliffe, D.A (1977) A nature conservation review. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge Rodrigues, L., Bach, L., Dubourg-Savage, M.-J., Goodwin, J. & Harbusch, C. (2008) Guidelines for consideration of bats in wind farm projects. EUROBATS Publication Series No. 3 (English version), UNEP/EUROBATS Secreteriat, Bonnn Russ, J. (2004) Nathusius' pipistrelle in Great Britain & Ireland. http://www.nathusius.org.uk/index.htm [accessed September 2010] Russ, J.M. Hutson, A.M., Montgomery, A.I., Racey, P.A. & Speakman, J.R. (2001) The status of the Nathusius’ pipistrelle (Pipistrellus nathusii Keyserling & Blasius, 1839) in the British Isles. Journal of the Zoological Society of London 254: 91-100 SNH (2000) Windfarms and birds: calculating a theoretical collision risk assuming no avoiding action. http://www.snh.org.uk/pdfs/strategy/renewable/COLLIS.pdf [accessed October 2010] SNH (2005) Survey methods for use in assessing the impacts of onshore windfarms on bird communities. http://www.snh.org.uk/pdfs/strategy/renewable/bird_survey.pdf [accessed October 2010] SNH (2006) Assessing significance of impacts from onshore windfarms on birds outwith designated areas. http://www.snh.org.uk/pdfs/strategy/renewable/Basis%20for%20guidance%20July%2006.pdf [accessed October 2010] SNH (2009) Guidance on methods for monitoring bird populations at onshore wind farms. http://www.snh.gov.uk/docs/C205417.pdf [accessed October 2010] SNH (2010) Guidance & information specific to bird interests. http://www.snh.gov.uk/docs/C205417.pdf [accessed October 2010] Shawyer, C. (1998) The barn owl. Arlequin Press, Chelmsford Snow, D.W. & Perrins, C.M. (1998) The birds of the Western Palearctic, concise edition. Oxford University Press, Oxford Thomas, R. (1999) Renewable energy and environmental impacts in the UK: birds and wind turbines. Unpublished MRes Thesis, University College London UK BAP Steering Group (2008) UK Biodiversity Action Plan Priority Habitat Descriptions. http://www.ukbap.org.uk/library/UKBAPPriorityHabitatDescriptionsfinalAllhabitats20081022.pdf [accessed October 2010] Warwickshire Bat Group (2008) Website of the Warwickshire Bat Group. http://www.jwaller.co.uk/batgroup/default.asp [accessed September 2010] Winkelman, J.E. (1992) The impact of the Sep wind park near Oosterbierum (Fr.), The Netherlands, on birds, 4: disturbance. RIN Report 92/5. DLO-Instituut voor Bos- en Natuuronderzoek, Arnhem
Chapter 6 - Ecology Assessment – Page 196 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7 ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURAL HERITAGE
7.1 Introduction
7.1.1 RSK Environment Ltd (RSK) was commissioned by RES to undertake an Archaeology and Cultural Heritage assessment for the site of a proposed wind farm at Turncole, Essex. This Chapter presents the results of a desk-based assessment, walkover survey and impact assessment. 7.1.2 The specific objectives are: To establish, from documentary sources, the known cultural heritage interest in the site and surrounding area; To assess, from existing sources, the potential cultural heritage interest in the site; To provide an assessment of the importance of the identified archaeological and heritage assets; To assess the overall impact (both physical and visual) of the proposed development on the known and potential cultural heritage constraints; and To make recommendations on the need for and scope of any mitigation where necessary. 7.1.3 This archaeological assessment was undertaken in accordance with Standard and Guidance for Archaeological Desk-Based Assessments, (Institute for Archaeologists) and the Institute for Archaeologists’ Code of Conduct. 7.1.4 Assessment of the grid route is in Chapter 13.
7.2 Legislation and Policy Context
7.2.1 The following table summarises the statutory legislation relating to the historic environment and relevant to this report. Table 7.1 Statutory Legislation Legislation Key Issues Ancient Monuments It is a criminal offence to carry out any works on or near to a and Archaeological Scheduled Ancient Monument without Scheduled Monument Areas Act (1979) Consent. Planning (Listed No works can be carried out in relation to a listed building without Buildings and consent. Designation of an area as a conservation area introduces Conservation Areas) general controls over demolition and development. Act (1990) Treasure Act (1996) The 1996 Act defines what constitutes ‘Treasure'. Any find of ‘Treasure' must be reported to the local Coroner Burial Act (1857) It is generally a criminal offence to remove human remains from any place of burial without an appropriate licence issued by the Ministry of Justice (MoJ), although recent legislative changes indicate that some cases are exempt from this requirement 7.2.2 The following table summarises the non-statutory protection relating to the historic environment and relevant to this report.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 197 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 7.2 Non-Statutory Legislation Legislation Key Issues Planning Policy Outlines government policy on the treatment of the historic Statement 5 (PPS5); environment (e.g. listed buildings, conservation areas, world Planning for the heritage sites, historic parks and gardens and battlefields) within Historic the local planning process. Also on the treatment of protected and Environment non-statutory protected archaeological ‘heritage assets’ within the local plan and development control process. Planning Policy Outlines government policy on renewable energy developments. Statement 22, Sites with nationally recognised designations (Scheduled Ancient Renewable Energy Monuments, Conservation Areas, Listed Buildings, Registered Historic Battlefields and Registered Parks and Gardens) should only be granted planning permission where it can be demonstrated that the objectives of designation will not be compromised by the development, and any significant adverse effects on the qualities for which the area has been designated are clearly outweighed by the environmental, social and economic benefits. 7.2.3 In accordance with the guidance outlined above, planning policies have been adopted by Essex County Council and Maldon District Council to safeguard the historic environment. Relevant policies are summarised in the baseline report (available on request).
7.3 Methodology for Establishing Baseline Conditions
7.3.1 Cultural heritage data was collected for the Study Area from the following sources: English Heritage National Monuments Record (NMR) for details of archaeological events, sites and monuments (both scheduled and non-scheduled), Registered Parks and Gardens and Registered Battlefields; English Heritage Aerial Photographs; The Historic Environment Record maintained by Essex County Council (HER). The HER contains details of archaeological sites and monuments (both scheduled and non-scheduled), historic parks and gardens, archaeological events and listed buildings; British Geological Survey (BGS) for information on the underlying geological deposits for the site; Essex County Archives, Essex Record Office for historic mapping and historical sources; Old-Maps.co.uk (landmark) provided the Ordnance Survey mapping sequence, at 1:10,560 and 1:2500. Magic.co.uk and the English Heritage downloads available on-line from the NMR were used to obtain data for Listed Buildings, Scheduled Monuments, Historic Parks and Gardens and Registered Battlefields within the wider study area; Pastscape.co.uk was used to inform background information; and The Maldon District Council website was used to obtain information on Conservation Areas. 7.3.2 Study Area A is an area of approximately 1km radius around the proposed development. It was designed to identify the known and potential archaeological and cultural heritage resource within the footprint of the proposed development, including access tracks, turbine locations and cable routes, and to determine the archaeological potential of the
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 198 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
development area through any local trends within or immediately adjacent to the development footprint. 7.3.3 Study Area B is designed to identify those heritage receptors identified as a material consideration by PPS22, where a visual impact is possible as a result of the proposed development. In this case, a maximum area of 10km radius from the proposed development is considered, in conjunction with the landscape and visual assessment and the project specific Zone of Theoretical Visibility (ZTV). This is for all Scheduled Monuments, Grade I and II* Listed Buildings, Registered Parks and Gardens, Registered Battlefields, World Heritage Sites and Conservation Areas, as these sites can be significant in terms of location, elevation, landscape dominance and prominence and inter-visibility. Visual impacts on Grade II Listed Buildings are considered up to 5km. Grade II Listed Buildings are considered within the principals of selection for listed buildings (Circular 01/07) to have a relatively lower importance than Grade II* or Grade I listed buildings and beyond 5km are very unlikely to be subject to any visual impact that would compromise the objective of their designation. 7.3.4 A gazetteer has been compiled, using information from the data sources listed above. The gazetteer includes a summary of the known archaeological and cultural heritage resource within the study area. The gazetteer is included in the baseline report (available on request). 7.3.5 Each individual field or land parcel (plot) within the red line planning application boundary was allocated and individual ‘Plot Number’ running from 1 –15. These are shown on Figures 7.1 and 7.2 and referenced in the text. 7.3.6 The footprint of the proposed development was systematically walked, using a plot-by-plot basis, by an appropriately qualified archaeologist. All additional land takes, including access tracks, were also visited as appropriate. The site visit noted the following current condition and nature of any recorded sites any potential unrecorded sites topography, land use and boundaries any constraints to future fieldwork and health and safety issues. 7.3.7 In addition, site visits were made to any sites where a visual impact had been determined possible or likely, referencing the ZTV and criteria outlined above. A proforma was completed for each target site, with comments under the following headings: intended site lines / intervisibility views to and from landscape situation dominance unaltered cultural landscape, and anticipated scale of proposed development
Methodology for Archaeological Trial Trenching
7.3.8 Archaeological trial trenching was undertaken during September 2010, by Archaeology South-East, on behalf of RES. Nineteen trial trenches, measuring 30m x 1.8m, were machine excavated across the area of proposed development under archaeological supervision. Fourteen trenches were excavated to test the archaeological potential of the turbine locations and due to construction impacts were excavated up to 1 metre in depth. The remaining five trenches were excavated to test the potential of the access routes and again due to construction impacts were excavated up to 0.6 metres in depth. 7.3.9 All of the trenches were excavated under constant archaeological supervision, using a 13 ton 360º excavator, fitted with a toothless ditching bucket. Revealed surfaces were
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 199 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
manually cleaned to identify any archaeological deposits or features. The sections of the trenches were selectively cleaned to observe and record their stratigraphy. All spoil removed from the trenches was scanned visually and also scanned with a metal detector for the presence of any stray, unstratified artefacts. 7.3.10 All encountered archaeological deposits, features and finds were recorded according to accepted professional standards in accordance with the approved ASE Written Scheme of Investigation (which had been approved by Essex County Council) using pro-forma context record sheets. Archaeological features and deposits were planned at a scale of 1:20 and sections generally drawn at a scale of 1:10. Deposit colours were verified by visual inspection.
7.4 Methodology for Assessment of Impacts
7.4.1 The relative importance of each cultural heritage receptor identified in the baseline assessment has been determined to provide a framework for comparison between different sites. The categories of importance do not reflect a definitive level of importance or value of a site, but a provisional one based on a range of factors including a site’s current status, period, rarity, available documentation, its survival, condition, representivity and potential (in line with the Criteria for Scheduling Ancient Monuments). When combined, these factors offer representations of the importance of a given resource and provide an analytical tool that can inform later stages of archaeological assessment and the development of appropriate mitigation. Table 7.3 Definitions of Sensitivity (importance) Level of Definition of Sensitivity Examples Sensitivity High Resource of national or international importance. Includes all statutory protected sites (Scheduled Monuments and Listed Buildings), as well as Registered Parks and Gardens and Battlefield, World Heritage Sites and Conservation Areas. Medium Resources of regional importance, including non-designated sites included in national, regional and local databases. Low Resources of local interest only, includes non-designated sites with previous disturbance. Unknown Sites where there is insufficient information to determine a level of sensitivity. 7.4.2 The magnitude of the effect on the baseline can then be assessed considering the scale, extent of change, nature and duration of effect. Table 7.4 Definitions of Magnitude Level of Definition of Magnitude Magnitude High Total loss or major alteration to key elements/features/characteristics of the baseline (pre-development) conditions such that post development character/composition/attributes of baseline will be fundamentally changed. Medium Partial loss or alteration to one or more key elements/features/characteristics of the baseline (pre-development) conditions such that post development character/ composition/ attributes of baseline will be partially changed Low Minor loss of or alteration Change arising from the loss/alteration will be discernible but underlying character/composition/attributes of the baseline condition will be similar to pre development circumstances/patterns Negligible Very minor loss or alteration to one or more key elements/features/characteristics of the baseline (pre-development) conditions. Change barely distinguishable, approximating to the “no
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 200 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
change” situation. Unknown The exact location, extent and/ or nature of the baseline receptor is not known and therefore the magnitude of change cannot be discerned.
7.4.3 Using these definitions, a combined assessment of sensitivity and magnitude can then be undertaken to determine how significant an effect is, as demonstrated in Table 7.5 below. Where effects are usually considered significant, they have been shaded: effects can be either beneficial or detrimental. Table 7.5 Significance Matrix
High Moderate Moderate / Major Major
Medium Minor / Moderate Moderate Moderate / Major
Low Minor Minor / Negligible Moderate
Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible MAGNITUDE Low Medium High SENSITIVITY
7.4.4 Once significant effects have been predicted, measures can be proposed to mitigate the probability or magnitude of those effects, resulting in the residual effects, which can be predicted. The design process of the wind farm is therefore iterative in that effects are continually predicted and the design accordingly modified to maximise beneficial effects and reduce detrimental ones, and the final wind farm design is the outcome of that process. 7.4.5 It is acknowledged that receptors considered for visual impacts are all considered to be of ‘High’ importance against the criteria outlined in Table 7.3 above. However, the sensitivity to visual impacts will not be the same for all receptors. A relative level of sensitivity to visual impact has therefore been taken into account when assessing these receptors. This is broadly based on the following criteria: Table 7.6 Relative sensitivity of receptors to visual impacts Level of Definition of Sensitivity Examples Sensitivity Sensitive Resource that has a significant prominence and/or group value where landscape situation is intrinsic to the understanding/ appreciation of the receptor and/or significant public accessibility and promotion. Examples include open aspect hillforts, deliberate vistas within Registered Parks and Gardens. Moderately Resource that has a medium prominence and/ or group value and/or sensitive previously unaltered cultural landscape. Examples include archaeological sites with distinct upstanding remains such as mottes or beacons, and undeveloped moorland containing barrows. Not Resource that has a negligible prominence, group value or public sensitive accessibility. Examples include buried archaeological sites (such as crop mark sites), which have no surface indicator.
7.5 Limitations of the Assessment
7.5.1 Generally, information held by public data sources is considered to be reliable. Certain limitations, common to any baseline report, should be borne in mind: Any HER can be limited because it depends on opportunities for research, fieldwork and discovery. There can often be a lack of dating evidence for sites;
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 201 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Documentary sources are rare before the medieval period, and many historic documents are inherently biased; and Primary sources, especially older records, often fail to accurately locate sites and can be subjective in any interpretation; 7.5.2 The limitations of any impact assessment include: The lack of clarity surrounding the extent of some sites. This makes it difficult to provide a precise assessment of potential impact; and The possibility that unknown sites will be encountered during construction.
7.6 Archaeological and Historic Background
7.6.1 A detailed archaeological and historic background is provided in the baseline report (available on request), it can however, be summarised that the site of the proposed development is low lying and within an area that was essentially salt marsh throughout the late prehistoric and early historic periods, before being drained for agricultural use during the last 200 years. The British Geological Survey (BGS) sheet (259) shows that the site lies on London Clay overlain by Alluvium. 7.6.2 Numbers referenced below in bold refer to entries in the gazetteer of archaeological sites in the baseline report (available on request), and accompanying Figure 7.1. 7.6.3 Mesolithic period activity is evident within the study area at RSK Site 33, a rolled axe head found at the Goldsands Road Pit near Southminster. 7.6.4 Cropmarks of a rectilinear enclosure at Burnham Wick have been interpreted as a Bronze Age or Iron Age settlement site (RSK Site 28). 7.6.5 Of note during the Iron Age/ Romano-British period is the emergence of a large number of ‘Salterns´ also referred to locally as ‘red hills’. These are areas where salt was produced by evaporating water from brine using briquetage. Salterns within the immediate area of the development that have been dated to the Iron Age/ Romano-British period are: RSK Site 1 saltern to the east of Broadward Farm; RSK Site 3 Saltern at Turncole Farm; and RSK Site 11 four salterns at Broadward Farm. Other sites firmly dated to the Iron Age within close proximity to the site are the scheduled monument to the south west of Oldmoor, RSK Site 213, a cropmark complex indicating an Iron Age settlement site, and the scheduled univallate hillfort at End Way Farm (RSK Site 214). The enclosure at Burnham Wick (RSK Site 28 above) is also possibly of Iron Age date and the enclosure and earthworks in Pandole Wood (see below) are believed to date from the Iron Age/ Romano-British periods. 7.6.6 Roman finds have been made throughout the area including possible cemetery and salt working sites at Tillingham and a number of dated salterns within close proximity to the propose development; RSK Site 2; saltern pottery and coin finds at Little West Wick and RSK Site 18 Saltern at Redward Farm. Also recorded is the Roman site at Pandole Wood, RSK Site 216. An earthwork enclosure within the wood is believed to be a Roman camp but may have earlier origins. Associated earthworks and finds (RSK Sites 17 and 26) relate to banks and ditches leading from the earthwork, interpreted as the line of a Roman Road. 7.6.7 A number of the protected sites in the area relate to high status medieval sites, including the moated sites at Broadward (RSK Site 4) and Southminster Hall (RSK Site 24). Many of the churches within the Study Area date to the medieval period and are protected as Grade II* Listed Buildings. Medieval industrial activity is also represented in the area with the saltern at Boreham Wick (RSK Site 22). It is however noted that the site of the proposed development was estuarine salt marsh during the medieval period. As such, the land would have been exploited for industrial and agricultural activities such as oyster farms (it is well documented that during the post medieval period Burnham-on-Crouch was known for oyster farming), fish weirs (early Medieval fish weirs are protected as Scheduled Monuments on the coastline to the east of Bradwell) and salt production.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 202 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7.6.8 Sea walls are evident on the historic mapping, RSK Sites 5, 9, 10 and 27 indicating an effort to defend the drained, reclaimed land. Also evident on the historic mapping are a number of properties, including those still in use and some that are no longer extant, within the study area: RSK Site 12 Flake House RSK Site 13 Middle West Wick RSK Site 15 Little West Wick RSK Site 16 Turncole RSK Site 39 Small building at Broadward Farm RSK Site 40 South Wick RSK Site 42 Plumborough RSK Site 43 Scrubwater Hall 7.6.9 During the last century the area has remained largely rural/ agricultural with a mixture of arable and pasture farming in a landscape of flat low lying countryside and nucleated villages. 7.6.10 During the modern period the area was recognised as being strategically important to home defences, particularly during the Second World War when a large number of pill boxes and other structures were constructed. Many have been listed as ‘Diver’ sites, and those recorded within close proximity to the proposed development are summarised below: RSK Site 6; South Wick Farm Blockhouse (unique defensive structure with Vickers machine gun tables); RSK Site 7/ 13; Anti aircraft gun site at Twizzlefoot Bridge; RSK Site 8; Gun emplacements and army camp, possibly dating from WWI; RSK Site 15; Southminster Giant Pillbox; RSK Site 36; Destroyed anti-aircraft gun site at Wraywick Farm; and RSK Site 41; Land ground and flight station used from 1915 to 1919 (WWI). 7.6.11 Also recorded is a Royal Observer Corps post used during the 1950s and 60s as a part of a national network of monitoring posts established to provide information in the event of a nuclear attack, RSK Site 30. A Scheduled Monument to the east of Burnham, on the north shore of the River Crouch relates to a minefield control tower and pillbox, both from World War II.
7.7 Baseline –Physical Impact Receptors
7.7.1 Within 1km of the boundary of the proposed development there are: No Conservation Areas No Scheduled Monuments No Registered Parks and Gardens No Registered Battlefields No World Heritage Sites 7.7.2 There are six listed buildings within 1km of the boundary of the proposed development RSK Sites 186 – 188 – Court Farmhouse, Brew/ Bakehouse and Barn RSK Site 183 – Old Montsale RSK Site 107 - Newman’s Farmhouse
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 203 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
RSK Site 108 - Dammerwick Farmhouse 7.7.3 There are 43 non-scheduled sites and monuments recorded from the NMR and HER and historic map regression within 1km of the site boundary. These are further listed in full in the gazetteer, in the baseline report (available on request) and summarised below. The majority are of local importance, which is rated as ‘low’ relative importance in Impact Assessment terms, four are considered to be of regional importance (or ‘medium’) and two are of unknown importance. Table 7.7 Baseline sites within 1km of proposed development boundary
RSK Site Description Period Importance Number 1 Industrial site - red hill. Saltern IA/ Ro Low Red Hill fragments, Romano-British pottery and a number of coins including one of silver from Little West Wick, Burnham marshes. Red hill: 2 probable Roman salt mound. Roman Low 3 Saltern at Turncole Farm Iron Age Low 4 Moat at Broadward Medieval Low A stretch of former sea-wall running parallel to a Post 5 former creek. South of West Wick medieval Low Blockhouse, totally unique in Essex; purely ‘defence’ structure, only three other pillboxes in Essex have been recorded with Vickers machine- gun tables, each of them with just one. No other pillboxes in Essex were designed with a combination of Vickers loopholes, ‘normal’ loopholes and an anti-aircraft machine-gun well. 6 Southminster Giant Pillbox, extant. Modern Medium A report, compiled in 1996 from wartime documentation, lists the ‘Diver’ anti-aircraft gun sites in east Essex in 1944. Second World War heavy anti aircraft battery at Twizzlefoot Bridge. No above ground evidence, possible soil mark 7 visible Modern Low WWII gun emplacements and associated buildings. Army camp (probably predating the guns) suggested to date from WWI.In 2008, while the pillbox still survives, there is nothing to show the former presence of the ‘Diver’ site. No above 8 ground evidence. Modern Low Post 9 Sea walls, Southminster medieval Low A long stretch of sea-wall running parallel to former creeks and partly cut through by Post 10 subsequent drainage medieval Low Four Redhills appearing as soilmarks on aerial photographs. The 1995 photos show the site in a narrow field; ploughing should afford greater 11 definition IA/ Ro Low Property called Flake House appears on OS first Post 12 edition mapping; 1880 1:10,560 medieval Low Property called Middle West Wick appears on OS Post 13 first edition mapping; 1880 1:10,560 medieval Low 14 Red hills consisting of finds of Fire Bars and Undated Low
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 204 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
RSK Site Description Period Importance Number Briquetage. Property called Little West Wick appears on OS Post 15 first edition mapping; 1880 1:10,560 medieval Low Property called Turncole appears on OS first Post 16 edition mapping; 1880 1:10,560 medieval Low Low bank leading NE from the NE corner of the rectangular earthwork in Pandole Wood (11243). The bank can be traced through the wood and probably represents the line of the original 17 Roman road. Roman Low Red hill now ploughed out. Roman pottery, including samian, found on the surface during 18 fieldwalking. Roman Low 19 Red hill at Coleward Farm. Saltern Undated Low 20 Site of red hill. Saltern Undated Low 21 Industrial site - red hill. Saltern Undated Low 22 Industrial site - red hill, medieval. Medieval Low Cropmarks: one ring ditch and, to the north, a 23 short length of broad ditched track way. Undated Low Part of a circular moat at the Hall identified from an estate plan. In 1086 the land was held 24 by the Bishop of London in desmesne. Medieval Medium Red hill photographed, from the air, while field 25 ploughed. Undated Low Stretches of earthwork ditches visible on aerial photographs, which appear to be perpendicular 26 to the scheduled stretch of Pandole Wood SM Roman Unknown Earthwork of bank and ditch, possibly a former 27 sea-wall, visible on aerial photographs. Undated Low Cropmarks of a rectilinear enclosure, considered to be that of a rectilinear Iron Age defended 28 enclosure. BA/ IA Medium 29 Parallel linear feature - trackway? Undated Low Royal Observer Corps Post. During the 1950’s/60’s a national network of 870 monitoring posts were set up to provide information in the event of a nuclear attack. Goldsands Road, 30 Southminster. Modern Medium Ditches of probable Medieval date with evidence of grain processing nearby. Also late Iron 31 Age/Roman pottery Medieval Low 32 Cropmarks of possible enclosures. Undated Unknown Butt-half of a rolled hand axe. Prehistoric Hand 33 Axe. Prehistoric Low Soilmarks of two, possibly three, redhills, 34 recorded by aerial photography.. Undated Low 35 Industrial site - red hill. Saltern Undated Low WWII ‘Diver’ Site No. N44 (destroyed), E of Wraywick Farm, Southminster. ‘Diver’ anti- 36 aircraft gun sites in east Essex in Modern Low
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 205 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
RSK Site Description Period Importance Number summer/autumn 1944 No surface evidence
Cropmarks of a former field-boundary and polygonal linear features of frost cracking. 37 Cropmarks of linear features. Undated Low Fragments of pottery found on the west side of 38 Pandole Wood. Undated Low Small building shown on the Ordnance Survey Post 39 first edition mapping; 1880, 1:10560 medieval Low Property called South Wick shown on Ordnance Post 40 Survey first edition mapping; 1880, 1:10,560 medieval Low Landing ground and flight station in use from 41 1915 to 1919. Modern Low Property called Plumborough shown on the Ordnance Survey first edition mapping; 1880, Post 42 1:10,560 medieval Low Property called Scrubwater Hall shown on the Ordnance Survey first edition mapping; 1880, Post 43 1:10,560 medieval Low 7.7.4 Modern aerial photographs comprising a series of vertical, colour prints from the 2000’s were viewed. The following observations are made: The drainage ditches and water courses used to demarcate the field pattern during the 19th century appear throughout the study area and site of proposed development; Although RSK Site 7 is no longer extant, a soil mark at the recorded location appears to indicate the pillbox’s original position; The aerial photographs support the model that the site lay within an area of former marsh, while the area to the west of Southminster and Burnham on Crouch was enclosed as farm land from an earlier period; Patches of ‘red earth’ visible to the north of the road may indicate the recorded locations of RSK Sites 1 and 3. Further patches visible at approximately TQ982977, and further areas to the north; Nothing is visible on the viewed aerial photographs to confirm the location of RSK Sites 2 or 14; Although a crop mark in the vicinity of RSK Site 4 could represent a moat, it is possibly too large in scale and also does not fully correspond with the location of the moat recorded by historic mapping. 7.7.5 The site of the proposed wind farm is considered to have the following potential with regard to buried archaeological remains; Early prehistoric period – some potential for stray finds prior to the Iron Age but limited potential for settlement sites given the marginality of the land. Iron Age/ Romano British – The area of the proposed development was exploited for salt production at ‘saltern’ or ‘red hill’ sites throughout the Iron Age and Romano British periods. There is a high potential for related remains of this period to survive within the area of the proposed development. Early Medieval/ Medieval – Settlement activity is considered unlikely given the marginality of the site, however it is expected (but largely unproven) that it
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 206 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
was exploited for industrial, agricultural and coastal activities, such as oyster farming, salt production and seasonal grazing. The potential for remains of this period relating to these activities is considered to be moderate. Post Medieval – During this period the area of the proposed development is believed to have been enclosed and a number of properties (probably small, agricultural holdings) were established. Many of these are no longer extant although buried deposits associated with these sites is expected to survive at known locations within the site boundary. At these locations the potential for the survival of buried archaeological deposits of local interest is high. Modern – There are a number of recorded World War II features within the area of the proposed development that are no longer extant. At these locations the potential for buried remains associated with World War II defensive structures is high.
7.8 Baseline – Visual Impact Receptors
7.8.1 There are no World Heritage Sites, Registered Parks and Gardens or Registered Battlefields within 10km of the proposed development. 7.8.2 There are four Conservation Areas within 10km of the proposed development: Burnham on Crouch Southminster Tillingham Bradwell on Sea 7.8.3 There are four Scheduled Monuments within 5km of the proposed development; RSK Site 213, an Iron Age/ Roman cropmark site to the south of Oldmoor (between Southminster and Asheldham); RSK Site 214, a slight hillfort dated to the Iron Age at Asheldham; RSK Site 215, a World War II control tower and pillbox at Holliwell Farm, over looking the Crouch estuary RSK Site 216, Roman earthwork site in Pandole Wood (near Southminster); 7.8.4 There are a further four Scheduled Monuments within 10km of the proposed development; RSK Site 217, Saxon shore fort and monastery at Bradwell on Sea) RSK Site 218 Decoy pond at Marsh House Farm RSK Site 219 Coastal fish weir at Pewet Island RSK Site 220 Romano British burial site on Foulness Island 7.8.5 There are six Grade II* Listed Buildings within 5km of the proposed development. In addition, there are 150 Grade II Listed Buildings within 5km of the proposed development. Of these 150 sites, six are recorded within approximately 1km of the proposed development boundary and are also discussed in Study Area A, above: RSK Sites 186 – 188 – Court Farmhouse, Brew/ Bakehouse and Barn RSK Site 183 – Old Montsale RSK Site 107 - Newman’s Farmhouse RSK Site 108 - Dammerwick Farmhouse 7.8.6 There are no Grade I Listed Buildings within 5km of the proposed development.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 207 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7.8.7 There is one Grade I and 12 Grade II* Listed Buildings within 5 – 10km of the proposed development.
7.9 Results of archaeological trial trenching
7.9.1 The full results of the archaeological trial trenching are included as Appendix 7.1 of this ES. 7.9.2 Of the nineteen trenches excavated, seventeen revealed no archaeological remains. 7.9.3 The evaluation produced two areas of archaeological material, located within Trenches 7 and 15. 7.9.4 Trench 7 appears to represent a Roman ‘Red Hill’, an area of salt working prevalent within the surrounding area. The presence of high status pottery and coinage indicates that this salt working area may represent only part of a larger complex. Indeed, further areas of potential salt working are known from the desk-based evidence throughout the area, particularly relevant are areas of cropmark evidence to the north of Trench 7. 7.9.5 A post-medieval ditch within Trench 15 appears to correspond to a field boundary associated with ‘Old Turncole Farm’, which was located just to the west of the trench. Only later post medieval finds were produced from the ditch, which was relatively shallow.
7.10 Assessment of Physical Impacts
Nature of physical impacts
7.10.2 The proposed development will involve several activities during construction, which have the potential for a direct impact on both buried and upstanding archaeological and cultural heritage resources. These activities include: Excavation of temporary construction compounds and access tracks (including improvements to existing road systems to allow for access of construction traffic). Excavation of turbine bases Excavation of permanent access tracks Excavation of service trenches, cable routes and substation sites. 7.10.3 No physical impacts on cultural heritage assets are expected during the operation of the proposed development. 7.10.4 A detailed description of the construction techniques to be used for the wind farm development can be found in Chapter 4 of this document.
Sites within areas of possible physical impacts
7.10.5 None of the sites recorded during the course of the desk-based assessment are impacted on by the development. The wind farm layout was designed to avoid the extent of all known heritage assets, whether designated or not and this has been achieved. 7.10.6 The ‘red hill’ or saltern material identified in Trench 7 during the archaeological trial trenching is within an area impacted by one of the proposed access roads. 7.10.7 The saltern is, provisionally, considered to be of local to regional (medium) sensitivity and the magnitude of change is, based on current knowledge, considered to be medium. Therefore the significance of impact will be moderate, which is not significant in Environmental Impact Assessment terms. A suitable programme of mitigation (see below) will successfully negate any moderate adverse effects. 7.10.8 The post medieval ditch identified within Trench 15 during the archaeological trial trenching is within an area impacted by one of the proposed access roads.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 208 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7.10.9 The ditch is, provisionally, considered to be of local (low) sensitivity and the magnitude of change is, based on current knowledge, considered to be low. Therefore the significance of impact will be minor, which is not significant in Environmental Impact Assessment terms. A suitable programme of mitigation (see below) will successfully negate any minor adverse effects.
Mitigation of Physical Impacts
7.10.10 The layout of the development has been designed to avoid all known sites of archaeological interest and therefore allow for preservation in situ. Subsequently, previously unrecorded archaeological remains have been identified and it has been agreed with Essex County Council that these do not require preservation in situ but that a programme of preservation by record, appropriately implemented, would provide adequate mitigation. 7.10.11 Essex County Council have provided a Brief (attached as Appendix 7.2) for the work they consider necessary to provide adequate preservation by record and this will be adhered to. 7.10.12 The area of the Saltern identified in Trench 7, and an area to the north where aerial photographs suggest a continuation of the salt working complex, will be subject to an archaeological excavation in advance of development for an area of approximately 250m linear by the width required for the construction of the access track (7.5m). 7.10.13 The excavation should be undertaken in advance of construction, to allow sufficient time for the adequate recording of all identified buried archaeological remains. 7.10.14 The work would be undertaken in accordance with a written scheme of investigation that has been approved by Essex County Council as advisors to Maldon District Council. 7.10.15 For the remainder of the site, an archaeological watching brief is recommended to monitor topsoil stripping ahead of construction activities for the main working areas (i.e. construction compound, substation site, access tracks/ cable corridors and turbine bases). Any identified archaeological remains observed will be adequately recorded, in accordance with a written scheme of investigation that has been approved by Essex County Council.
7.11 Assessment of Visual Impacts
Nature of visual impacts
7.11.2 The wind turbines, when constructed, have the potential to have visual impacts on both buried and upstanding archaeological and cultural heritage sites within the wider vicinity of the proposed development. These impacts include: Noise, flicker, sound, these impacts are possible during the operation of the wind farm for sites within 1 km of a turbine. Interruption of site lines and monument intervisibility is possible where the archaeological or cultural heritage site is superseded in terms of landscape prominence and/ or dominance by the proposed development thus diminishing the appreciation of the monument as it was originally intended or has subsequently been perceived. Views into and out of the area of interest, particularly in terms of conservation areas; the indirect impact is caused if the development becomes a significant factor in the views out of the protected site or to it from the surrounding landscape. This is especially significant if the designation of that area took account of the landscape (or townscape) setting of the designated area.
Sites where visual impacts are possible
7.11.3 Landscape and Visual Impact Assessment (LVIA) has been undertaken for the scheme and is reported in Chapter 5 of this ES. Site layout has been informed by the LVIA, and design
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 209 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
iterations take account of the receiving landscape and minimising visual impacts on key receptors within that landscape. 7.11.4 This Section considers those receptors identified by PPS22 as designated heritage assets that fall within the ZTV and where a visual effect as a result of the windfarm development may be expected.
Non Designated Assets
7.11.5 The non-designated heritage assets have, in the main, no surface indicators and are of low to medium relative importance. As such they are not considered to be sensitive to visual impacts. 7.11.6 The only site with any upstanding signature is the World War II pillbox, RSK Site 6. The pillbox is of an unusual design and in good condition so is determined to be of at least medium importance, although it is not scheduled. The pillbox lies outwith the boundary of the proposed development and its immediate setting is not infringed on. Views to and from the monument would include the proposed turbines but would still allow for wider views towards the estuary and in-land towards the peninsular. This pillbox and the scheduled World War II control tower and pillbox at Holliwell Farm (Site 215) are not intervisible at ground level and any intervisibility from an elevated position would not be blocked by the development as no turbines are proposed between the two monuments.
Scheduled Monuments
7.11.7 The following Scheduled Monuments lie within 10km of the proposed development and within the Zone of Theoretical Visibility: 213 Crop mark site at Oldmoor 214 Hillfort at Asheldham 215 WWII control tower and pillbox 216 earthwork in Pandole Wood 217 Saxon shore fort and monastery at Bradwell on Sea 218 Decoy pond at Marsh House Farm 219 Coastal fish weir at Pewet Island 220 Romano British burial site on Foulness Island 7.11.8 Sites 217 and 219 are nearly 10km from the proposed development and at that distance the turbines would only be glimpsed at a distance under good weather conditions and are not considered to have more than a negligible magnitude of impact. There is therefore considered to be no significance of impact on these sites. 7.11.9 Sites 218 and 220 are over 6km from the proposed development and low-lying with no deliberate views to or from that contribute to the special interest or reason for designation. They are therefore not considered to be very sensitive to visual impacts and the magnitude of impact at this distance would be low. There is therefore considered to be no significance of impact on these sites. 7.11.10 Site 216 is nearly 3km from the nearest turbine and entirely within an enclosed woodland with no views to or from the site. The site is therefore not sensitive to visual impacts and any magnitude of impact would be low from this distance. Likewise, site 213 is just over3km from the proposed development and although it is not as well screened as the site in Pandole Wood, it has very little surface indicator and is also not particularly sensitive to visual impacts. Again, given the intervening landscape screening, any magnitude of impact at this location would be low. There is therefore considered to be no significance of impact on these sites. 7.11.11 Site 214 is a hillfort at Asheldham, approximately 3.5km from the nearest turbine. The English Heritage Scheduled Monument Description says that:
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 210 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
‘The monument includes a slight univallate hillfort which lies to the south of Asheldham, on a plateau rather than a hilltop. To the south the land slopes away allowing the fort to be seen from considerable distances to the south and south east…. Part excavation … indicates that the unexcavated parts of the monument may survive well. Environmental evidence from the site will add greatly to our understanding of later prehistoric agricultural practices. Late prehistoric sites in Essex with surviving upstanding earthwork remains are very rare and although this site has been partly disturbed by gravel quarrying the majority of the external defences survive in comparatively good condition.’ 7.11.12 The special interest of the site is therefore in the buried archaeological evidence that the site is believed to contain but also as a rare upstanding example of a prehistoric monument in this part of Essex. Hillforts are commonly accepted as sites that were built to have a deliberate visual dominance and prominence over the landscape and the site at Asheldham appears to have been built to overlook the Crouch estuary and to be seen from the flat sea marsh to the south. 7.11.13 The site visit undertaken to assess the hillfort concluded that it is in a slightly elevated position with good views to the south towards the proposed development. The location is intended to have a landscape dominance and prominence. However the views towards the development are interrupted by intervening trees. 7.11.14 Consequently, it is considered that this site is sensitive to visual impacts but that the magnitude of impact at this location is low, given that it is mitigated through existing screening and distance which will lessen the perception of the wind farm as a dominant feature in the landscape. It will be possible to see the turbines within the distant views towards the estuary, but the turbines will not block this view or appear as a prominent feature within it, and from the marshes. Views to the site are already restricted by the trees that screen it and will not be altered. The significance of impact is therefore considered to be moderate, which is not significant in Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) terms. 7.11.15 Site 215 is a World War II pillbox and minefield control tower on the banks of the Crouch approximately 3km to the south of the nearest turbine. The English Heritage Monument Description reads: ‘The monument includes a fortified observation tower and a double-ended pillbox, both at the mouth of the River Crouch on its northern bank, enclosed within two separate areas of protection. The tower stands on the edge of an open field adjacent to the sea wall; the pillbox is built into the sea wall some 15m to the south east of the tower. In 1941 the main function of both structures was to control the estuary minefield which defended the River Crouch at this point…. The minefield control tower survives in particularly good condition and provides a unique record of the architecture and design of this type of combined observation/control post. The pillbox is its improvised forerunner and has an important role to play in illustrating the evolution of the full complement of defensive schemes employed here. Together the two structures provide a graphic illustration of the threat, acutely felt at the time, of the impending German invasion.’ 7.11.16 The special interest of the site is therefore in the standing remains, their specific location, condition and historic association. They were built to have a deliberate sight line out toward the estuary and formed part of a chain of defences, some of which survive elsewhere on the peninsula (e.g. Site 6) although many have since been destroyed. The setting of this site is not easy to determine, particularly given that the pillbox is built into the sea wall, but the control tower appears in flat open fields with good views through 360º. 7.11.17 Consequently, this site is considered sensitive to visual impacts. However, it was noted during the site visit that views towards the proposed development were interrupted by intervening buildings and trees, which to some extent provide mitigation. The magnitude of change at this distance and with the intervening landscape taken into account, is therefore
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 211 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
considered to be low. The significance of impact is therefore considered to be moderate and not significant in EIA terms.
Listed Buildings
7.11.18 The vast majority of listed buildings, of all grades, are either too far from the proposed development or sufficiently screened for any magnitude of change to occur; or not sensitive to visual impacts in that they were not built to have any prominence or dominance or intended vistas, sight-lines or intervisibility; or both. In these cases the significance of impact is judged to be none. Exceptions to this have been further assessed and the results are presented below: 7.11.19 Sites 186 – 188 are a group of Grade II listed buildings at Court Farmhouse approximately 2.5km from the nearest turbine. The views from these buildings are open towards the site and the turbines will be clearly visible. The buildings are listed as examples of local vernacular architecture and for their internal features. The setting of these buildings is essentially the group of farm buildings and the gardens and other outbuildings, more broadly also the agricultural land that gives the site a broader landscape context. The turbines will not impact on the special character of the site, for which it was listed. The sensitivity of these buildings to visual impacts is considered to be low, in terms of their special interest, and the magnitude of change to be medium. The significance of impact is therefore minor, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.20 Site 183 is Old Montsale, a Grade II listed building approximately 1.2km from the nearest turbine. The aspect from the site towards the turbines is more or less unbroken and the turbines will be visible. The building is listed for it’s local vernacular architecture. The setting of the building is essentially the house and garden, more broadly also the agricultural land that gives the site a broader landscape context. The sensitivity of this building to visual impacts is considered to be low, in terms of its special interest, and the magnitude of change to be medium. The significance of impact is therefore minor, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.21 Site 107 is Newman’s Farmhouse, a Grade II listed building approximately 1.5km from the nearest turbine. The views towards the turbines are screened by some intervening trees, but otherwise open and the turbines will be visible. The building is listed for it’s local vernacular architecture. The setting of the building is essentially the house and the gardens and other outbuildings, more broadly also the agricultural land that gives the site a broader landscape context. The sensitivity of this building to visual impacts is considered to be low, in terms of its special interest, and the magnitude of change to be medium. The significance of impact is therefore minor, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.22 Site 108 is Dammerwick Farmhouse, a Grade II listed building approximately 1.5km from the nearest turbine. The views towards the turbines are screened by some intervening trees, but otherwise open and the turbines will be visible. The building is listed for it’s local vernacular architecture. The setting of the building is essentially the house and the gardens and other outbuildings, more broadly also the agricultural land that gives the site a broader landscape context. The sensitivity of this building to visual impacts is considered to be low, in terms of its special interest, and the magnitude of change to be medium. The significance of impact is therefore minor, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.23 Site 125 is the Church of St Lawrence at Asheldham (3.5km from the nearest turbine), a Grade II Listed Building. The church has a slight tower, but is screened by mature trees and has very limited prominence. Views are open to the south, but interrupted by trees. The building is listed as an example of local religious architecture. The setting is essentially the churchyard, enclosed by mature trees. The sensitivity of this building to visual impacts is considered to be medium, in terms of its special interest, and the magnitude of change to be low. The significance of impact is therefore minor, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.24 Site 194 is the Church of St Mary at Burnham-on-Crouch, a Grade II* listed building approximately 3.5km from the nearest turbine. The church has a tower, but is screened by mature trees and has very limited prominence and interrupted views to the east, towards the development. The building is listed as an example of local religious architecture. The
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 212 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
setting is essentially the churchyard, enclosed by mature trees. The sensitivity of this building to visual impacts is considered to be medium, in terms of its special interest, and the magnitude of change to be low. The significance of impact is therefore minor, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.25 The Church of St James (Site 137), Dengie Manor (Site 136) and The Keelings (Site 170) are a group of Grade II Listed Buildings approximately 3.5km to the north of the nearest turbine. Dengie Manor and The Keelings are situated within enclosed grounds that are well screened from wider views towards the development. For these buildings there is no significance of impact. St James’ Church has an open aspect towards the development and turbines will be visible in the distance. The special interest for which the site has been designated is the ancient architecture and the building has no tower and no particular landscape prominence or dominance. The immediate setting of the church is the small walled graveyard, the associated buildings provide a broader landscape context. The sensitivity of the church to visual impacts is considered to be low, in terms of its special interest, the magnitude of change to be medium and the significance of impact therefore to be minor and not significant in EIA terms.
Conservation Areas
7.11.26 Bradwell on Sea conservation area is approximately 7.5km from the nearest turbine. The conservation area is considered to have a medium sensitivity to visual impacts, being largely in-ward looking (centred on the Church and historic village core) but having a special interest in terms of its landscape setting. The character statement for Bradwell on Sea conservation area states that: ‘The character of Bradwell Conservation Area has been determined by numerous factors, the following being the most significant: the proximity to the coast, its remote location within the county, a layout deriving from the historic landscape of Roman and Saxon origin, vernacular buildings, eighteenth and nineteenth century development, commercial activity, agriculture, marshes, wildfowl. This is a remarkably unspoilt Conservation Area. It is relatively unchanged from its 19th century appearance.’ 7.11.27 A ridge crosses the peninsular to the north of Dengie, running in an east – west direction. The ridge is not particularly high at its eastern end, but does provide a screening in the landscape looking from Bradwell south towards the development, in light of which, and also the distance that Bradwell lies from the proposed development and intervening trees and buildings which will further screen the turbines from this conservation area, the magnitude of change is considered to be very low. 7.11.28 Consequently, the significance of any visual impact is considered to be low, and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.29 Burnham-on-Crouch conservation area is approximately 3.5km from the nearest turbine. The conservation area is considered to have a medium sensitivity to visual impacts, being largely in-ward looking (centred on the historic core and river frontage) but having a special interest in terms of its location on the bank of the River Crouch, which gives the town its special character. The quay, established during the medieval period, was integral to the development of Burnham as a market town. The River dominates the town with fishing being a major industry. The Mildmay family of Burnham were granted the exclusive rights to the River Crouch by Charles 1 and in 1661 the rights to oyster beds in the River were leased to local companies and over the years Crouch Oysters came to national fame. At the time of writing a Conservation Area Review was not available for Burnham on Crouch. 7.11.30 The conservation area has an enclosed feel from the High Street, with buildings restricting any views out towards the development. From the river frontage, the development site would also be out of view. Turbines are likely to be viewed from the eastern edge of the conservation area, although some intervening trees and buildings provide screening. The magnitude of change is considered to be low-medium. 7.11.31 Consequently, the significance of any visual impact is considered to be minor - moderate, and not significant in EIA terms.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 213 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7.11.32 Southminster conservation area is approximately 3.5km from the nearest turbine. The conservation area is considered to have a low sensitivity to visual impacts, being more in- ward looking in terms of its special interest. The conservation area appraisal for Southminster lists the special interest as follows: ‘Southminster is a small town situated on the edge of undulating countryside overlooking the flatter land of the Dengie Marshes to the east. The long linear conservation [area] is centred on the offset crossroads formed by four principal roads which is punctuated by the square tower of St Leonard’s church. This Grade II* listed building dates to the 12th century and is by far the most important building in the conservation area.’ 7.11.33 A railway, modern development and mature woodland separate the conservation area from the development site. Views towards the development would not be possible from within the conservation area, unless from a very elevated position. The church tower of St Lawrence’s church is not very high or prominent and the development would not be seen from the church, nor the church from the surrounding area. Consequently the magnitude of change at Southminster is considered to be low. 7.11.34 The significance of any visual impact is considered to be minor and not significant in EIA terms. 7.11.35 Tillingham conservation area is approximately 5.5km from the nearest turbine. The conservation area is considered to have a medium sensitivity to visual impacts. The village lies on the top of the ridge that traverses the peninsular, and is one of the highest settlements in the locality. The landscape setting of the conservation area is integral to its special interest. The character statement for Tillingham conservation area identifies that: ‘The character of Tillingham has been determined by numerous factors, the following being the most significant: the remote location, Saxon layout, vernacular buildings, eighteenth and nineteenth century redevelopment and expansion, commercial activity, agriculture, marshes and wildfowl.’ 7.11.36 Despite this, the conservation area at Tillingham has an enclosed feel, and is screened from the surrounding landscape by mature trees. The proposed development would be visible from the southern edge of the conservation area, but the turbines would be only partially visible and would appear distant. The magnitude of change is therefore considered to be low. 7.11.37 The significance of any visual impact is therefore considered to be minor and not significant in EIA terms.
Mitigation of Visual Impacts
7.11.38 Site layout and design iterations have taken visual impacts on heritage receptors into account as far as possible. Where visual impacts have been assessed to remain likely following this, they have all been judged to be of moderate – minor significance and not therefore significant in EIA terms. Consequently, no further specific proposals for mitigating visual impacts are proposed.
7.12 Consultation
7.12.1 Consultation has been undertaken with Essex County Council throughout the preparation of this Chapter and supporting technical reports. Written Schemes of Investigation have been prepared and approved, as required. The consultation process is on-going and Essex County Council would be consulted again prior to construction, to ensure that the recommended mitigation was implemented to their approval. 7.12.2 English Heritage were consulted on the Scoping Report and responded on 01 June 2010, by letter. The ES Chapter has addressed the range of considerations advised by English Heritage as necessary, with the exception of marine archaeology. The site is on-shore with no offshore elements and no offshore receptors for visual impacts were identified.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 214 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7.13 Residual Impact
7.13.1 Following the implementation of the mitigation outlined in Section 7.10.10 – 15 above, and the completion of an appropriate programme of post excavation assessment and publication, there will be no residual physical impacts on any archaeological or cultural heritage receptors. 7.13.2 Moderate or minor visual impacts are expected on cultural heritage receptors within the wider landscape, during the operational lifespan of the turbines. These are not considered to be significant in EIA terms.
7.14 Cumulative
7.14.1 There are no cumulative physical impacts as a result of the proposed development, as no sites identified within the footprint of this development are impacted by any other development. 7.14.2 There are potential cumulative impacts on some cultural heritage receptors as a result of this application and the nearby application for the Middlewick Wind Farm. The following receptors are common to both this, and the Middlewick assessments. 7.14.3 The following table summarises the assessed level of visual impact for the common receptors: Table 7.8 Cumulative impacts
RSK Site Description Turncole Middlewick Cumulative Number Assessed Assessed Assessed Significance of Significance of Significance of Impact Impact Impact Marsh House Decoy 218 Ponds None Moderate/ Minor Not significant Slight univallate 214 hillfort Moderate Moderate/ Minor Not significant Minefield Control 215 Tower and Pillbox Moderate Moderate Not significant Earthworks in 216 Pandole Wood None Moderate/ Minor Not significant 186-188 Court Farmhouse Minor Major/ Moderate Significant 183 Old Montsale Minor Major/ Moderate Significant Southminster 223 conservation area Minor Moderate/ Minor Not significant Tillingham 224 conservation area Minor Moderate/ Minor Not significant 7.14.4 Court Farm and Old Montsale are not considered to be particularly sensitive to visual impacts in terms of the special interest for which both buildings have been designated. However, the cumulative magnitude of change is greater than that assessed for just the Turncole development and when taking Middlewick into account is considered to be high. This indicates a significance of cumulative impact, before mitigation, of moderate/ major. Major impacts are considered significant in EIA terms. 7.14.5 The cumulative effect on all other receptors does not create any more significance of impact and is not considered significant in EIA terms.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 215 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
7.15 Assessment of highways works along access route
7.15.1 Essex County Council has identified a number of ‘protected lanes’, considered to have significant historic and landscape value, generally originating from pre-historic track ways which have been in continual use since. Protected lanes are often narrow, and sometimes sunken. Due to their age and use they also have great biological value as well as landscape value. In Essex there are 398 protected lanes selected for their historic and landscape value. Maldon District Council has local planning policies to protect these lanes. 7.15.2 A search of the on-line interactive local plan designations map for Maldon District, and discussions with the District Planning Department indicate that none of the lanes effected by the proposed highways works, Figure 10.2, are ‘Protected Lanes’. 7.15.3 None of the proposed highways works effect any designated heritage assets. Where the proposed works fall within close proximity to any Listed Buildings, care will be taken to ensure that there are no residual effects and that any temporary visual impacts are promptly and fully reinstated on completion of the highway works. 7.15.4 The potential for encountering any previously unrecorded archaeological deposits within the area effected by the highway works is considered to be low. However, any of the highway works that involve below ground disturbance, such as topsoil stripping, will be monitored during construction by an appropriately qualified archaeologist to ensure that should any previously unknown archaeological deposits be encountered, they are appropriately recorded.
Chapter 7 - Archaeology and Cultural Heritage Assessment – Page 216 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8 HYDROLOGICAL ASSESSMENT
8.1 Introduction
8.1.1 SKM Enviros was commissioned by RES UK & Ireland Ltd. to prepare an assessment of the potential effects of the Proposal on the surface water and groundwater environment in terms of both quality and quantity, and provide an assessment of flood risk and likely changes to existing flood risk patterns. In addition, reporting also addresses the potential effects of the Proposal on soil and geology both on the Site and its immediate surroundings. 8.1.2 The Proposal is for a wind farm of seven three-bladed, horizontal axis wind turbines, each up to 126.5m maximum height to tip and would have associated electricity transformers, underground cabling, access tracks, access to public highway, rotor assembly pads, crane hardstandings, control building and substation compound, communications mast, and a permanent free-standing wind monitoring mast as described in Chapter 4. 8.1.3 The application is for a wind farm that will be operational for 25 years. Should the wind farm be replaced or refurbished after 25 years, this would be subject to a future separate planning application and relevant assessments at the time and therefore the assessments presented here only consider the 25 year life. All references in this Chapter to other Chapters are in Volume 2 of the Environmental Statement (ES) and all Figures are in Volume 3 of the ES. 8.1.4 During construction and commissioning there would be a number of temporary works including a construction compound, laydown area, enabling works construction compound, welfare facilities, turning head and four guyed meteorological masts up to 80 metres high (indicative hub height). 8.1.5 A detailed plan of the Site showing the proposed positions of the turbines is shown on Figure 4.1. Wind monitoring masts, access tracks, access from the highway, crane hardstandings, control building, sub-station compound, temporary construction compound and other infrastructure are shown in Figure 4.2 8.1.6 This Chapter assesses potential impacts during the construction, operation and decommissioning of the Proposal and outlines appropriate mitigation measures, where required, to control any predicted significant effects of the Proposal. The scope of the assessment was to identify: Constraints on the Proposal associated with the hydrology so that the most sensitive areas can be avoided or protected throughout the wind farm design process; Potential impacts and risks associated with construction, operation and decommissioning activities that can be controlled through best management practices; and, Mitigation measures to control and reduce likely significant effects of the Proposal on the water and soil environments, and to assess any residual post mitigation effects in terms of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) regulations. 8.1.7 The assessment is primarily concerned with the Site as shown in Figure 4.1 and its surroundings up to 2km from the Site boundary. However, where a hydrological connection deems it necessary, the assessment has considered locations beyond 2km from the Site boundary. The assessment also takes account of the potential for cumulative effects with other Proposals and includes a high level assessment of the grid connection.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 217 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.2 Legislative Context and Guidance
8.2.1 In addition to the planning policy framework relevant to this Proposal as set out in Chapter 2 of this ES, this assessment has been undertaken with regard to statutory and general guidance, and a range of environmental legislation including the following:
Statutory and General Guidance
Planning Policy Statement 25 (PPS25) – Development and Flood Risk (DCLG 2010); PPS25: Development and Flood Risk Practice Guide (DCLG, updated Dec 2009); Environment Agency Pollution Prevention Guidance Notes (PPG): o PPG1 General Guide to the prevention of water pollution; o PPG2 Above ground oil storage tanks; o PPG3 Use and Design of Oil Separators in Surface Water Drainage Systems; o PPG5 Works in, near or liable to affect water courses; o PPG6 Working at construction and demolition sites; o PPG7 Refuelling facilities; o PPG21 Pollution incident response planning; and, o PPG23 Maintenance of structures over water;
CIRIA publications: o C532 Control of water pollution from construction sites (2001); o C649 Control of water pollution from linear construction sites; and o C650 Environmental good practice on site (2005);
Environment Agency, Groundwater protection: policy and practice (GP3)(2007); Environment Agency, Policy regarding culverts; DEFRA Code of Practice for the sustainable use of soils on construction sites (2009); and, DEFRA Good practice guide for handling soils (MAFF 2000).
Legislation
Environmental Protection Act 1990; Environment Act 1995; Water Resources Act 1991; EU Water Framework Directive (2000/60/EC); Groundwater (England and Wales) Regulations (2009); Private Water Supplies Regulations (2009) EC Fisheries Directive (78/659/EEC); Land Drainage Act 1991; and Water Supply (Water Quality) Regulations 2007 (Amendment).
8.3 Assessment Methodology and Significance Criteria
8.3.1 This Section outlines the methodology adopted to assess the environmental effects of the Proposal upon the local water environment and underlying geology.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 218 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Assessment Methodology
8.3.2 The methodology is based upon the collection of information from a wide variety of data sources including published material and consultation with statutory bodies. Table 8.1 details the data sources referred to throughout the assessment.
Table 8.1 Data Sources Topic Source of data and information Climate: Flood Estimation Handbook (Centre of Ecology and Rainfall Hydrology, NERC, 1999); Environment Agency; CEH Hydrometric Register Topography: Ordnance Survey mapping Elevation, relief Landranger Series (1:50,000) Halstead and Maldon (Sheet 168) Explorer Series (1:25,000) Blackwater Estuary (Sheet 176) Surface Water: Environment Agency (www.environment-agency.gov.uk) Flooding Consultation and published sources on their website Water Quality Recreational waters and fisheries Groundwater: Environment Agency consultation Aquifer properties Source Protection Zones (SPZ) Groundwater Aquifer Designation mapping, Environment Agency website British Geological Society ‘The physical properties of minor aquifers in England and Wales’ Geology: BGS DigMapGB-50 digital mapping data Solid and drift Soil : Soil Survey of England Mapping (Scale 1:250,000), Map 6, Soil type Soils of South East England Water resources: Maldon District Council - Environmental Health Private Water Supplies Environment Agency Abstractions and Discharges
Significance Criteria
8.3.3 There are no published guidelines or criteria for assessing and evaluating effects on hydrology, hydrogeology or soils within the context of an ES. The assessment is based on a methodology derived from the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA) guidance. The evaluation is also based on Environment Agency (EA) guidance within its recently revised Pollution Prevention Guidance documentation, GP3 (EA, 2007). Mitigation measures are dealt with through legislation and guidance, embedded design and the assessment of local conditions. The methodology sets out a list of criteria for evaluating the environmental effects, as follows: The type of effect (i.e. whether it is positive, negative, neutral or uncertain); The probability of the effect occurring based on the scale of certain, likely or unlikely; The policy importance of the resource under consideration in a geographical context (i.e. international, national, regional, district or local), and on a scale of sensitivity (i.e. high, medium or low) as defined within Table 8.2; and
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 219 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
The magnitude of the effect in relation to the resource that has been evaluated, quantified using the scale high, medium or low, defined within Table 8.3.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 220 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.2 Definitions of Sensitivity Level of Definition of Sensitivity Examples Sensitivity International Important on a European or global level e.g. Coastal locations, Habitat and/or High Directive Sites Public water supplies and major aquifer National Important in England e.g. SSSIs. and/or High Local water supplies, including private water supplies where there is no alternative to private supplies
Regional Important in the context of the region; e.g. Local Nature Reserves, and/or catchment scale issues Medium Private water supplies, located within vicinity of mains water supply. Private water supplies used only for agricultural purposes and not drinking water District and/or Important in the context of the local district e.g., secondary aquifer Medium Local and/or Important within watersheds to which the Site may drain; within the Low Site and immediate vicinity e.g. non-aquifer, minor watercourses
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 221 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.3 Definitions of Magnitude Magnitude Surface water Riverine flow Riverine Groundwater Groundwater Geological Runoff regime Water Supply of effect quality Regime Morphology Levels Quality Changes Increase (>50%) in Reduction in Change in the Change in flows Increase in Detrimental Decrease in Disturbance or proportion of site water quality, quality of the of >5% resulting erosion and change in groundwater loss of cited rainfall changing water supply with in a measurable deposition, with groundwater levels quality, features of immediately quality status respect to DWS‡; change in conservation leading to an changing site geological Sites running off, with respect to change in the flow dilution interests put at identifiable change quality with of Special High changing surface EQS* for more of supply leading capacity or risk in groundwater respect to DWS Scientific water flows, flood than one month to reduction in flood risk flow regime and for more than 1% Interest (SSSI) risk or erosion water pressure and artesian flow, of samples such that the potential. loss of supply affecting water integrity of the supplies designation is harmed Increased (10-50%) Reduction in Measureable Change in flows Some increase in Detrimental Decrease in Some in proportion of water quality, change in the between 2-5% deposition and change in groundwater disturbance or site rainfall changing site quality of the resulting in a erosion regimes groundwater levels quality, loss to cited immediately status with supply for less measurable leading to an changing site geological running off, respect to EQS than 1% of samples change in identifiable change quality with features of Medium changing flood risk for less than one with respect to dilution in groundwater respect to DWS SSSIs but no or erosion month DWS; Temporary capacity and flow regime. for less than 1% harm to the potential discolouration and flood risk Measurable change of samples integrity of the elevated sediment in flow to water designation content. supplies and base flows Increase (<10%) in Measurable Measurable change Measurable Slight increase in Measurable change Measurable No disturbance proportion of site reduction in in water quality, change in river bed morphology in groundwater decrease in or loss to SSSIs rainfall water quality but but no change with flows of <2%, and levels, though no groundwater immediately no change with respect DWS. No but no change sedimentation appreciable change quality, but not Low running off, but no respect to EQS change in pressure in flood risk pattern. Minor in groundwater changing status change to flood or flow rates of erosion flow regime with regards to risk or erosion DWS potential
* EQS - Environmental Quality Standard, as laid down in relevant EU Directives and national legislation † DWS – Drinking Water Standards
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 222 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.3.4 Professional judgement is used to assess the findings in relation to each of these criteria to give an assessment as to significance (in EIA terms) for each effect. Effects are considered to be of major, moderate, minor or negligible significance. As a guide, a table has been developed whereby the combination of sensitivity and magnitude give the effect (Table 8.4). In some circumstances, it is not possible to apply a simple sensitivity and magnitude level to an effect as there may be many other variables that influence the effect. In such cases a full description of the reasoning behind the evaluation is given. Where an effect is deemed to be major, moderate or minor, this is deemed to be significant for the purpose of the EIA. Where an effect is deemed negligible, this is deemed as not significant in terms of the EIA.
Table 8.4 Significance Matrix
High Moderate Moderate Major Major Major
Medium Minor Moderate Moderate Major Major
Low Negligible Negligible / Minor Moderate Moderate MAGNITUDE Minor District Regional National International Local / Low / Medium / Medium / High / High SENSITIVITY The effects recorded in highlighted cells are ‘significant’ in terms of the Environmental Impact Assessment (England and Wales) Regulations 1999 8.3.5 Once significant effects have been predicted from a project design, measures can be devised to mitigate the probability or magnitude of those effects, resulting in the residual effects, which can be predicted and assessed. The design process of the wind farm is therefore iterative in that effects are continually predicted and the design accordingly modified to maximise beneficial effects and reduce detrimental ones, and the final wind farm design is the outcome of that process. 8.3.6 Previous experience of wind farm design and consultation with the Local Authority and consultative bodies are essential to this process. At an early stage in the project development, discussions were undertaken with statutory consultees and other bodies, including discussions about the scope of the EIA and the environmental assessment work required prior to the planning application for the Proposal.
8.4 Key Consultations
8.4.1 Before undertaking the assessment, key consultees with an interest in the hydrology, hydrogeology and geology of the locality were contacted. These included the EA, Anglian Water and the Environmental Health department of Maldon District Council. Table 8.5 presents a summary of the responses from these consultees.
Table 8.5 Summary of Key Consultations Consultee Consultee Feedback Environment Agency There are 2 current licensed abstractions and 2 deregulated (EA) abstractions within 2km of the Site.
Crouch and Roach Estuaries designated as Shellfish Waters (Shellfish Pollution Reduction Plans included in response).
Crouch and Roach Estuaries and Foulness also designated at Special Protection Areas and form part of the Essex Estuaries Special Area of Conservation, designated under the Habitats Directive.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 223 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
No relevant hydrometric data for the proposed area.
The assessment should reference Water Framework Directive objectives and standards. A summary is provided of the water quality standards that apply in Anglian Region, Eastern Area
Data provided includes: - List of Discharge Consents within 2km of the Site; - List of Discharge Consents with Dry Weather Flow information, within 2km of site; - Water Quality from 1 January 2000 to 19 March 2010; - GQA (including RQO which is the River Ecosystem Objectives), within 3km of site (NB: Data found for Freshwater at 3km and Groundwater at 2km); - Flood map showing the flood zone outlines for the area of the Site; - Modelled peak floodwater levels: - Abstraction licence details. Anglian Water Records confirm that Anglian Water does not have any assets within the red boundary line marked on proposal plans. Environmental Health Information on the public register indicates three recorded Maldon District private water supply boreholes within a 2km radius of the Site. Council These boreholes supply a total of 12 properties.
8.5 Baseline Description Conditions and Receptors
8.5.1 This Section describes the existing hydrological, hydrogeological and geological baseline conditions within the proposed site boundary and its immediate surroundings (as shown in Figure 8.1).
8.6 Site Visit
8.6.1 A detailed site visit was undertaken on the 1st April 2010 in order to assess the impacts of the proposed wind farm. Key issues/features were identified including surface water features, dominant soil types, geology and other land use characteristics likely to influence hydrological processes. The weather during the visit was dry and partly cloudy following a relatively dry few days.
8.7 Climate and Topography
8.7.1 The Site occupies an area of approximately 42.9 hectares (ha) of farmland approximately 3 km south east of the village of Southminster. Topographic levels across the Site range from only 0.1 metres above ordnance datum (mAOD) in the central region of the Site, rising to a maximum of 2.4 mAOD adjacent to Turncole Farm. The average elevation across the Site is a little over 1.0 mAOD, with flat gradients interspersed by shallow steep-sided drainage channels. 8.7.2 Average annual rainfall for the catchment is 515mm, based on data obtained from the Centre of Ecology and Hydrology indicating a moderately dry climate for the United Kingdom.
8.8 Surface Water
8.8.1 The Site and immediate surrounding area is situated on low lying agricultural land within Dengie Marshes, protected from tidal inundation by sea defences and drained by a series of man-made and natural drainage channels. To the north of the Site Asheldham Brook flows
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 224 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
from east to west discharging to sea via a sluice gate at Grange Outfall, north east of the Proposal. Pannel’s Brook and Redward Ditch drain land to the north east of Burnham-on- Crouch before passing along the south western site boundary and discharging to Crouch Estuary via sluice gates east of Burnham Wick. 8.8.2 The drainage network is heavily interlinked between Asheldham Brook to the north and Pannel’s Brook to the south west, with numerous tributaries, road drainage ditches and field drains serving the system. The whole area drains to larger collector drains to the rear of sea defences to the south and east of the Site where various sluice gate outfalls convey surface water through the sea defences at periods of low tide. During periods of extreme rainfall and high tide, flows can be pump discharged to the sea at Bridgewick Outfall approximately 3 km north east of the Site. The outfalls are maintained and controlled by the EA. The hydrological setting of the Site is presented in Figure 8.1. 8.8.3 Several surface water storage features are noted both within the site boundary and within 2 km of the Site. Within the site boundary, at Turncole Farm, two surface reservoirs and a small pond provide storage of water for irrigation purposes during dry periods. Three surface storage reservoirs are located between 350 m and 750 m of the south western site boundary at Newman’s Farm, Muscle Bridge and east of Burnham Wick. All three reservoirs are for irrigation purposes and topped up by flow within Pannel’s Brook and tributaries. Two further irrigation reservoirs are situated to the north west of the Site, one off Hall Road, approximately 1 km west of Wraywick Cottages and one adjacent to the access road to North Wycke Farm. Both reservoirs are topped up by flow within adjacent drainage channels. Several ponds and an irrigation reservoir are located at Goldsands Quarry, approximately 1.5 km west of the Site. 8.8.4 Surface water from within the site boundary is primarily managed by maintained field drainage channels with the majority of land to the south of Turncole Farm ultimately discharging to sluice gate outfalls south of the Site at Redward Farm. Fields to the north of Turncole Farm primarily drain to a tributary of Asheldham Brook and pass north east away from the Site.
8.9 Flood Risk
8.9.1 Indicative flood mapping provided by the EA shows the Proposal infrastructure to be completely within Flood Zone 3. Flood Zone 3 indicates a high risk of flooding, where the annual probability of tidal inundation is 0.5% or greater. It should be noted that the extent of Flood Zone 3 does not take account of existing flood defence infrastructure. 8.9.2 A separate Flood Risk Assessment has been prepared to meet the requirements set out in Planning Policy Statement 25: Development and Flood Risk (PPS25). The full Flood Risk Assessment Report is presented as Appendix 8.1 to the ES with a summary of the main points detailed below. The Flood Risk Assessment demonstrates, subject to the incorporation of mitigation measures, that flood risk can be managed such that there will be no measurable increase in flood risk to the Site or surrounding land. 8.9.3 The main risk to the Proposal is considered to be from extreme rainfall events resulting in surcharge of the existing drainage channels and tidal flooding from overtopping or failure of sea defences. Failure of local drainage channels or overtopping of sea defences would result in limited surface water ponding or waterlogging of low-lying open ground and would be unlikely to affect the operation or integrity of the Proposal. Design of wind farm infrastructure will be guided by recommendations made within this report, with drainage seeking to mimic the existing drainage regime through management of runoff from access tracks and turbine bases. Design of surface water management systems will also give due consideration to options incorporating Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS) see Appendix 4.5.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 225 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.10 Soil
8.10.1 According to the Soil Survey of England and Wales, Map 6, the Site and wider area are shown to be predominantly underlain by soils of the Wallasea 2 Association with deposits of Agney to the east, Ratsborough and Hurst to the west and north and Hamble 2 to the south west. 8.10.2 The Wallasea 2 and Agney Associations are generally observed over flat land and are characterised as slowly permeable calcareous and non-calcareous clayey soils, or calcerous silty soils, with groundwater controlled by ditches and pumps. The Ratsborough and Hamble 2 Associations are characterised by fine silty and fine loamy drift, with the Ratborough over Eocene clay. The Hurst Association is defined as river terrace gravel comprising coarse and fine loamy soils, variably affected by groundwater.
8.11 Geology
8.11.1 Geological mapping for the area (Figure 8.2) indicates the Site to be situated on a mantle of post glacial tidal flat or beach and tidal flat drift deposits. These drift deposits are underlain by a thick sequence of silty or sandy clays of the London Clay Formation.
8.12 Groundwater
8.12.1 The EA’s new Aquifer Designation mapping identifies different types of aquifer underlying England and Wales based on British Geological Survey mapping, in line with the Water Framework Directive. The designations reflect the importance of aquifers in terms of groundwater as a resource and also their role in supporting surface water flows and wetland ecosystems. 8.12.2 The Site is shown to be situated primarily over Unproductive Strata, indicating rock formations and drift deposits with a low permeability and negligible significance for water supply or river base flow. This classification is consistent with the presence of clays as detailed in Sections 8.10 and 8.11. A small area of the Site, east of Montsale, is situated over a Secondary Aquifer, with some permeable layers within the drift deposits capable of supporting local water supplies. Land surrounding the Site is primarily over Unproductive Strata, with some Secondary Aquifer identified within drift deposits to the west of the Site close to Southminster and Burnham on Crouch and to the east of the Site beyond Middle Wick, Montsale and Deal Hall. There are no EA source protection zones (SPZs) within or close to the Site.
8.13 Water Quality
8.13.1 The quality of water contained in rivers, estuaries, coastal waters and groundwater within the Essex region is now defined by a classification system which is in line with the Water Framework Directive. Surface waters are defined by two separate classifications, ecological and chemical, with the overall classification being the lesser of the two results. 8.13.2 There are three watercourses designated as Main River, with water quality classification, within the vicinity of the Site, Asheldham Brook to the north, Pannel’s Brook to the south west and Redward Ditch to the east of Pannel’s Brook, encroaching across the south western extent of the Site boundary. These watercourses and other surrounding water features are shown in Figure 8.1. 8.13.3 Each of the main river watercourses are defined as Moderate in terms of water quality. River Crouch to the south of the Site is defined as an estuarine waterbody. The estuary and coastal waters to the east of the Site, at the mouth of the estuary, are both classified as Moderate in terms of Ecological Quality and High for Chemical Quality. Groundwater is classified as Good in terms of quantitative quality and Good (deteriorating) in terms of chemical quality.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 226 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.13.4 Visual observations made during the site visit noted good aesthetic water quality within all watercourses and land drainage channels, where flowing water appeared clear and free from litter or debris.
8.14 Private Water Supplies
8.14.1 Consultation with the Environmental Health Department at Maldon District Council (MDC) and the EA has determined that there are several private water supplies on or within 2 km of the Site. Anecdotal evidence from residents at Turncole Farm, obtained during the site walkover inspection, confirmed the location of known private water supply boreholes within and surrounding the site boundary. Further information has been taken from data presented within the Middlewick Wind Farm Environmental Statement (RidgeWind, 2009). Details of private water supplies are contained below in Table 8.7 and shown on Figure 8.1. 8.14.2 MDC confirms there to be three registered boreholes for private water supply. These are defined in Table 8.7 as Turncole, Wraywick and Middlewick boreholes, serving a total of twelve properties. EA records detail an additional borehole at Montsale, although this is now a deregulated supply. The presence of this borehole was confirmed by residents at Turncole Farm and identified as supplying two properties and providing top up supply to an irrigation reservoir to the west of Montsale Bungalow. A final borehole is shown at Deal Hall although the two properties served are thought to be also supplied by mains water. 8.14.3 The review of geology and groundwater potential confirm that land under and surrounding the Site has only limited potential for water supply. Groundwater quality classifications indicate that the current Good chemical quality status is deteriorating and is anticipated to be Poor by 2015.
Table 8.7 Private Water Supplies Reference Property Property Name Source of Supply Borehole (Fig 8-1) NGR NGR 1 TQ 991 983 Turncole Farm Turncole Borehole TQ 991 983 2 TQ 984 986 Broadward Farm 3 TQ 984 992 Wraywick Farm Wraywick TQ 988 991 4 TQ 981 989 Wraywick Cottage Borehole 5 TR 013 987 Middlewick Farm 6 TR 013 988 Middlewick Lodge 7 TR 007 986 Middlewick Cottages – No.1 8 TR 007 986 Middlewick Cottages – Middlewick TR 013 989 No.2 Borehole 9 TR 014 991 Court Farm 10 TR 016 998 Bridgewick Farm North 11 TR 016 998 Bridgewick Farm South 12 TM 010 003 Brook Farm 13 TR 007 977 Old Montsale Montsale Borehole TR 006 978 14 TR 004 982 Montsale Bungalow 15 TR 010 971 Deal Hall Deal Hall Borehole TR 010 973 16 TR 007 974 New Montsale Cottage
8.15 Licensed Abstractions and Discharge Consents
8.15.1 Consultation with the EA has revealed there to be two current licensed water abstractions within 2 km of the Site, the details of which are shown in Table 8.6. It is assumed that the licence held by Strutt & Parker Ltd refers to the same source as Wraywick Borehole private water supply. 8.15.2 There are five recorded EA discharge consents within 2 km of the centre of the Site. The locations of these discharges are detailed within Table 8.7.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 227 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.6 Abstraction Licenses Ref Licence Holder Abstraction Purpose Maximu Date Source Location m Effectiv NGR Quantity e Strutt & Parker General Ltd Agriculture 35.0 01/04/0 Groundwate 1 Peverel House TQ 992 991 , General m3/d 8 r Hatfield Peverel Farming & CM3 2JF Domestic DJ Fisher Farms General TQ 977 984 Ltd Agriculture Raywick – 1370 01/11/8 2 Hall Farm , Spray Redward TQ 973 989 m3/d 4 Southminster Irrigation - Ditch
CM0 7EH direct
Table 8.7 Discharge Consents Ref Consent Discharge Discharge Maximu EA Ref Receiving Holder Location Location m Waterbody NGR Quantit y Deal Hall Farm Strutt & Burnham on TR 010 GWELF5051 Groundwat 1 5.0 m3/d Parker Ltd Crouch 972 9 er Essex Great Westwick Faccenda Fm TQ 984 PRENF1616 Redward 2 Group Burnham on 1.0 m3/d 967 3 Ditch (South) Ltd Crouch Essex Great Westwick Faccenda Fm TQ 984 PRENF1620 Redward 3 Group Burnham on 1.0 m3/d 967 1 Ditch (South) Ltd Crouch Essex Coney Hall Tributary Alex John Burnham on TR 008 PRENF1327 4 1.0 m3/d River Knapton Crouch 967 1 Crouch Essex Great Westwick Fm Tributary Mr JE TQ 988 PRENF0888 5 Burnham on 1.0 m3/d River Preston 966 7 Crouch Crouch Essex
8.16 Anglian Water Assets
8.16.1 Anglian Water confirm that they hold no records of any private infrastructure and only have a register of public apparatus. Anglian Water does not have any assets showing on their records within the site boundary.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 228 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.17 Baseline Sensitivity
8.17.1 Current site drainage is to ground infiltration, with excess flows passing to a heavily interlinked land drainage network, with numerous tributaries, road drainage ditches and field drains serving the system. The whole area drains to larger collector drains to the rear of sea defences to the south and east of the Site where various sluice gate outfalls convey surface water through the sea defences at periods of low tide. 8.17.2 Indicative flood mapping provided by the EA shows the site boundary to be completely within Flood Zone 3, indicating a high risk of tidal flooding; however the indicated extent of Flood Zone 3 does not take account of existing flood defence infrastructure. Design of wind farm infrastructure has been guided by recommendations made within a separate Flood risk Assessment report, with drainage seeking to mimic the existing drainage regime through management of runoff from access tracks and turbine bases. 8.17.3 The Site is underlain by slowly permeable calcareous and non-calcareous clayey soils, or calcareous silty soils, with drift deposits evident to the west. These deposits rest on silty or sandy clays of the London Clay Formation. The underlying geology is defined by the EA as Unproductive Strata, indicating rock formations and drift deposits with a low permeability and negligible significance for water supply or river base flow. Some Secondary Aquifer designations are identified within drift deposits to the west of the Site close to Southminster and Burnham on Crouch and to the east of the Site beyond Middle Wick, Montsale and Deal Hall. These groundwater resources are stored in permeable layers within the drift deposits and are capable of supporting local water supplies. 8.17.4 There are two EA licensed water abstractions within 2 km of the Site and five registered discharge consents. The abstraction licences relate to agricultural use. A total of thirteen private water supplies exist inside or within 2 km of the application boundary, with a further three properties close to the 2 km extent. All sixteen identified private water supplies rely on five identified groundwater abstraction boreholes, three of which are registered with MDC and one which is now deregulated.
8.18 Assessment of Effects and Mitigation Measures
8.18.1 This Section describes the potential effects of the Proposal based upon an assessment of the activities which will occur during the construction, operational and decommissioning phases of the wind farm Proposal, in relation to sensitive areas of the Site, prior to mitigation and management. The purpose of the following assessment is to identify key areas of concern where specific mitigation and management issues will be required. 8.18.2 An assessment of these potential effects determines the requirement and scope of mitigation measures to be either embedded within the design or to be incorporated into the construction or operation phases of the Proposal owing to a predicted significant effect. These are discussed in detail within Section 8.19. This Section, therefore, reflects the effects prior to any mitigation being implemented. A post mitigation assessment outlines the resultant effects following the implementation of all mitigation. These effects are referred to as ‘residual effects’ and are outlined in Section 8.23.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 229 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.8 Potential Impacts during the Construction Phase Magnitud Sensitivit Evaluatio Design Need for Duration Activity Potential Impact e of y of n of requireme mitigatio Comments of effect effect receptor effect nt n Constructi Changes in surface water Low Local/Low Long Negligible × Best practice track drainage on of runoff patterns which Term provisions to be part of the access access could result in a flooding track design tracks risk Generation of turbid Medium Local/Low Short Minor Trackside drains with the potential to runoff which could enter Term carry high sediment loads will not be local watercourses and allowed to discharge directly into the drains watercourse, drains or local ponds, but will discharge into a silt trap or buffer area of adequate width. Constructi Loss of streambed due to Medium Local/Low Long Minor Two new watercourse crossings are on of new track crossings and Term required on proposed new tracks Watercours the potential for input of within the application boundary. e crossings sediment to watercourses Mitigation needed to prevent impacts being crossed to the watercourse during crossing construction Generation of turbid Medium Local/Low Short Minor A total of six existing watercourse runoff which could enter crossings are proposed to be upgraded the watercourse as part of upgrade works to existing tracks within the application boundary. Mitigation needed to prevent impacts to the watercourse during crossing construction. Drainage with the potential to carry high sediment loads will not be allowed to discharge directly into the watercourse but will discharge into a silt trap or buffer area of adequate width. Wind Spillages of concrete Medium Local/Low Medium Minor × Mitigation is required to control turbine during foundation Term concrete pouring activities. In the and crane formation, which could event of pollution the RES Emergency pads enter local watercourses Response and Preparedness plan will
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 230 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
or impact groundwater be used, see Appendix 4.3. Discharge of groundwater Medium Local/Low Short Minor If dewatering is required during following dewatering (if Term excavation of the turbines, required) that has dewatering fluids will be directed into elevated suspended surface silt traps to ensure sediment sediments, which could does not enter the surrounding water enter watercourses features. Grid Could act as small Low Local/Low Short Negligible × Cable trenches will be backfilled with Connection drainage channels and Term materials of suitable permeability to and lead to turbid water prevent trenches acting as runoff Electric entering watercourses conduits cables and alteration of local runoff Site Spillages and leakages of Medium Local/Low Medium Minor Standard practice requires the storage activities oil, fuel, and other Term of materials within protective bunding potentially polluting of sufficient capacity to contain all substances e.g. concrete spillages (PPG2). Compliance with standard practice will be outlined within the EM&PPP. Best site management practices will be adopted to reduce the potential for any spillages or leakages of potentially polluting substances. In the event of an accidental spillage the RES Emergency Response and Preparedness plan will be used, see Appendix 4.3. Highway Generation of turbid Medium Local/Low Short Minor Trackside drains with the potential to Works runoff which could enter Term carry high sediment loads will not be local watercourses and allowed to discharge directly into the drains watercourse, drains or local ponds, but will discharge into a silt trap or buffer area of adequate width.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 231 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.9 Potential Impacts during the Operational Phase Magnitud Sensitivit Evaluatio Design Need for Duration Activity Potential Impact e of y of n of requireme mitigatio Comments of effect effect receptor effect nt n Access - Changes in surface Low Local Long Negligible × Mitigation will be in the form of track Tracks water runoff patterns /Low Term design and ongoing site maintenance which could change flooding risk - Generation of turbid Low Local/ Short Negligible × Mitigation will be incorporated into runoff which could enter Low Term the access track design to ensure local watercourses and suspended sediments within track Rookery Meadow Fishing runoff are controlled. See Pond Appendix4.5 for the RES SUDS Design Philosophy. Watercours - Blockage of the culvert Low Local/ Short Minor Mitigation will be in the form of e Crossings which could increase Low Term culvert design and an ongoing flood risk maintenance programme. Culverts will be oversized to reduce the potential for blockage. Site - Spillages and leakages Medium Local/ Medium Minor Best site management practices would activities of oil, fuel, and other Low Term be adopted to reduce the potential potentially polluting for any spillages or leakages of substances potentially polluting substances. In the event of an accidental spillage, a predefined ‘Pollution Incident Response Plan’ to be detailed within the EM&PPP.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 232 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.10 Potential Impacts during the Decommissioning Phase Magnitud Sensitivit Evaluatio Design Need for Duration Activity Potential Impact e of y of n of requireme mitigatio Comments of effect effect receptor effect nt n Access - Changes in surface Low Local/Low Long Negligible × Mitigation will be in the form of track Tracks water runoff patterns Term design and ongoing maintenance which could change flooding risk - Generation of turbid Low Local/Low Short Negligible × Mitigation will be incorporated into runoff which could enter Term the access track design to ensure local watercourses suspended sediments within runoff are controlled Wind - Generation of turbid Low Local/ Short Negligible Mitigation will be required to ensure turbine runoff which could enter Low Term sediments from decommissioning and crane local watercourses activities does not become entrained pads in runoff discharging to local watercourses Site - Spillages and leakages Medium Local Medium Minor Standard practice requires the storage activities of oil, fuel, and other Term of materials within protective bunding potentially polluting of sufficient capacity to contain all substances spillages (PPG2). Compliance with standard practice will be outlined within the EM&PPP. Best site management practices will be adopted to reduce the potential for any spillages or leakages of potentially polluting substances. In the event of an accidental spillage, a predefined ‘Pollution Incident Response Plan’ will be detailed within the EM&PPP.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 233 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.19 Avoidance Measures and Mitigation including Embedded Design Mitigation
8.19.1 The approach has been to avoid any potential effects via the wind farm design process wherever practicable. This includes providing buffer zones around watercourses where activities will be avoided, using suitable water resistant construction materials, ensuring site drainage provisions for wind farm infrastructure does not alter existing runoff regimes and avoiding drainage channel crossings where possible. Where avoidance measures have not been possible, precautionary mitigation measures will be utilised preventing or reducing any significant effects. These measures are described below for the construction, operation and decommissioning phases of the project.
8.20 Construction
Access Tracks
8.20.2 The on-site track layout is illustrated in Figure 4.2. The track layout is designed to minimise the impact to existing agricultural operations and land take, utilising existing farm tracks and land drain crossings where possible. 8.20.3 Construction of access tracks and continued use during the remainder of the construction phase may potentially generate turbid runoff. Access tracks will be of conventional ‘cut’ road design which requires the excavation of soil to a depth of some 400mm to provide a firm base for the access track. 400-500mm of compacted granular stone will then be placed upon a permeable geotextile liner. Track side drainage will be provided and tracks will have a camber to encourage the quick runoff of track drainage, see Figure 4.4 and 4.10 for design of access tracks and sustainable drainage system. The track side drainage will comprise either buffer strips or infiltration trenches to control entrained sediments. 8.20.4 To limit potential impacts of hardcore and excavated material entering watercourses or sediment levels increasing within surface water runoff, the Contractors will be required to adhere to Construction Method Statement and Environmental Management System (CMS and EMS) during construction activities that will be developed to control pollution and sediment levels during this stage, see Appendix 4.4 for environmental requirements for subcontractors. Such measures to be incorporated within this plan include storage of excavated soil for the access tracks with sufficient provision of buffer strips from the nearest watercourse. Measures will also include the routine working and emergency procedures for the control and mitigation of erosion and dust generation during excavations and soil handling. 8.20.5 Water quality and quantity testing of local private water supply boreholes should be undertaken as part of the Proposal development. Abstraction points should be tested prior to works commencing in order to ascertain the baseline quality and then further testing to be completed during and after construction. Any programme of water quality testing will be included within the EMS, with frequency of testing agreed with the EA and water users.
Watercourse Crossing
8.20.6 The current layout details two new crossings and six upgraded crossing points. All crossing points are over relatively minor land drainage channels, up to approximately 1.5 m in width. Where the crossings are required, these will be constructed in accordance with EA and CIRIA best practice guidance and will be agreed in advance with the EA. 8.20.7 The type of crossing method for the two new crossings will be chosen at the detailed design stage and will be based on the sensitivity of the respective drainage channels. The use of culverts will be minimised where possible. Where a crossing already exists for a local field drain the existing structure will be utilised. If replacement of the culvert is necessary, the culvert will be replaced on a like for like basis or with betterment to the existing structure. 8.20.8 The design of the culverts will be explored further within the detailed design phase of the Proposal. The construction of any drainage channel crossing will be bound by the protocols
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 234 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
of the CMS and EMS to avoid polluting watercourses with soil. Any required water quality testing will also be detailed within the CMS and EMS. 8.20.9 Antecedent conditions may dictate the use of a flow controls within the upstream channel and the pumping of stream flow around a crossing point during construction or upgrade works. This would enable the construction of the crossing without any risk of sediment input to the watercourse, thus protecting the water quality of the channel.
Wind Turbine Foundations and Crane Pads
8.20.10 When excavating the turbine foundations groundwater may be encountered. Any water will be pumped out and passed to a settling lagoon to allow suspended sediment to settle. Treated water will be passed either to a nearby drainage channel or through a buffer area of vegetation allowing seepage into the ground. The chosen method will be agreed with the EA prior to dewatering activities. 8.20.11 Concrete is highly alkaline and corrosive and has the potential to detrimentally impact watercourses or groundwater. To reduce the risk of impact concrete will be prepared and mixed off-site and transported to the site in ready-mix transport. Surface areas will also be protected from leaching using appropriate surface coverings. A wash-out pit will be located by the construction compound. Any drainage or water used for washing will be collected and directed to a sump for treatment prior to discharge, under EA consent requirements, to a nearby drainage channel. The appropriate classification of concrete§ for the environmental conditions will also be used in order to avoid the potential for leaching. 8.20.12 Temporary bunds (such as hay bales or railway sleepers) will be placed around pouring operations to contain spillages, see Appendix 4.3 for RES Emergency Preparedness and Response and spillage Procedures . Prior to pouring of concrete turbine excavations, the degree of weathering of bedrock should be assessed. It may be necessary to use a layer of protective compacted stone to ensure liquid concrete does not come into contact with underlying strata and groundwater. This would only be necessary if there was evidence of significant fracturing and groundwater flow. This will be determined by ground investigation prior to works commencing. 8.20.13 The Proposal may require piled turbine foundations, subject to further ground investigations. Piling works will be undertaken with reference appropriate guidance on the protection of groundwater during piling works (Piling and Penetrative Ground Improvement, Methods on Land Affected by contamination: Guidance on Pollution Prevention. NC/99/73 Environment Agency 2001). A Foundation Works Risk Assessment will be undertaken prior to construction in accordance with the foregoing relevant guidance, issued by the Environment Agency. This will assess the piling method being undertaken and the overall risk to underlying groundwater quality. 8.20.14 Soil will be excavated in accordance with DEFRA Guidelines for Handling Soil and the Construction Code of Practice for the Sustainable Use of Soils on Construction Sites to ensure that damage to soil structure is minimised. Such measures will include: Use of excavators and dump trucks for soil excavations and movements; Soil excavations to be carried out during dry weather, where possible; Dust suppression measures to be utilised; Re-use of soil around turbine footings where possible; Topsoil and subsoil to be excavated and stored separately; and, Excavated soil resources to be seeded and revegetated as quickly as possible, if not re-used, to avoid erosion potential.
Electric Cables
§ BS 8500 Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1 (Chloride in Concrete)
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 235 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.20.15 The on-site electric cables will be installed within small trenches, around 1.4m deep, that will be dug during dry weather conditions where reasonably practicable. These trenches will run alongside access tracks. Topsoil and subsoil will be excavated separately to ensure that the soil profile can be restored once the cables are in place. The cables will be placed within a sand sub base. Soil will be replaced as quickly as possible to avoid these small trenches becoming drainage pathways. The use of clay as an impermeable barrier may be undertaken at intervals along each trench to ensure the excavations do not become preferential flow paths, thus changing land drainage regimes.
Electrical Substation
8.20.16 The electrical substation will be located adjacent to the access track, just inside the southern site boundary, close to Turbine T4 and set back from land drainage channels. Indicative flood mapping provided by the EA shows the Proposal to be completely within Flood Zone 3. Flood Zone 3 indicates a high risk of flooding, where the annual probability of tidal inundation is 0.5% or greater. 8.20.17 Regard for risk is required within the design of the substation, including the positioning of the substation on a concrete plinth, a minimum of 600mm above local ground levels and the consideration of suitable water resistant construction materials. 8.20.18 Since the Proposal footprint of the substation is small, the damage to soil resources will be minimal and, other than adopting best practice measures for handling soils, no further precautionary mitigation is required.
Construction Compound and Site Activities
8.20.19 The storage of oils and other potentially polluting substances will be within the temporary construction compound. The compound and an adjoining temporary storage area are situated on the southern site boundary, close to Turbine T3 and set back from land drainage channels. Storage will be within impervious storage bunds with 110% capacity, so that any spillages or leaks are contained. 8.20.20 Construction machinery will be checked regularly. Any maintenance required would occur over hard standing or on a suitable impermeable ground cover within the construction compound. Refuelling will be limited to a designated area, on an impermeable surface, away from any drains or water bodies. Spill kits, absorbent mats and absorbent sands will be available on site at all times. Any spills will be cleaned up as soon as possible with any contaminated sands bagged up and disposed of correctly. All procedures will be outlined within the CMS and EMS. 8.20.21 Throughout the construction phase best working practices will be adopted and measures to protect the water environment will be incorporated in accordance with those set out within EA PPG notes as listed in Section 8.2.
Highways works
8.20.22 The results of the appraisal of the proposed highways works are summarised in Table 8.11. Table 8.11 The hydrological significance associated with the proposed highways works (cross reference to Figure 10.2 for the location of each detail) Detail Hydrological significance Risk/Further action 1 Approximately east of stream running into None Stow Creek 2 Approximately 100m west of stream None running into Stow Creek 3a Adjacent to stream Mitigation as described for access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 3b Adjacent to stream Mitigation as described for
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 236 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
(including access tracks and water temporary crossings as detailed in land take) Section 8.18 and 8.20 4 (including Approximately 100m north east of stream None temporary land take) 5 Approximately 500m north east of pond None 6 Approximately 300m south of Asheldham None Brook and 300m north of another stream 7 Approximately 300m south of Asheldham None Brook and 300m north of another stream 8 Approximately 400m south of Asheldham None Brook and 400m north of another stream 9 Approximately 400m south of Asheldham None Brook and 400m north of another stream 10 Approximately 400m south of Asheldham None Brook and 500m north of another stream 11 None None 12 None None 13 None None 14 None None 15 Approximately 200m south of stream None 16 Approximately 200m south of stream None 17 Approximately 250m south of stream and None pond 18 Approximately 250m south of stream and None pond 19 Approximately 250m south of stream and Mitigation as described for pond. A second pond is immediately to the access tracks and water south east crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 20 Pond immediately to the south and stream Mitigation as described for is immediately east access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 21 Stream immediately west Mitigation as described for access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 22 Streams pass approximately 250m north None and south 23 Streams pass approximately 250m north Mitigation as described for and south with another stream access tracks and water immediately to the north east crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 24 Streams pass within 100m east and west Mitigation as described for access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 25 Road crosses river Mitigation as described for access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 26 River immediately south of road Mitigation as described for access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 237 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
27 River immediately south of road Mitigation as described for access tracks and water crossings as detailed in Section 8.18 and 8.20 28 River passes Approximately 300m south None 29 River passes Approximately 300m south None 30 River passes Approximately 300m south None
8.20.23 Some highways works will be required to facilitate the delivery of equipment and materials to the Site. See Detail 1 to 30 on Figure 10.2, Volume 3 and Chapter 10 for more detail.
8.21 Operation
8.21.1 This Section describes the avoidance measures that will be incorporated into the Proposal during the operational phase to reduce effects on the water environment and soil. Apart from the operation of the wind turbines and general maintenance of the turbines, there will be few on-site activities during the operational phase. However, the Proposal has the potential to effect the water environment throughout its operation; therefore, a long-term strategy for sustainable mitigation has been developed.
Access Tracks
8.21.2 Access tracks will be constructed using a permeable geo-textile liner and crushed granular stone which will aid infiltration and reduce peak flows in surface water runoff. Tracks will also be finished with a camber to ensure that water is quickly shed to avoid erosion of track surfaces and turbid water generation. Small infiltration drains or vegetated buffer strips adjacent to the tracks will ensure that any runoff is adequately controlled in terms of quality and quantity. There will be no need for a direct discharge into any drainage channel / watercourse as the runoff rates will be relatively small and the use of buffer zones and/or soakaways will ensure that runoff filters into surrounding vegetation. These measures and others described in the EA PPG notes and CIRIA guidance, Section 8.2, will form part of the CMS and EMS, which the contractors will be required to comply with. The track drainage design will also ensure that runoff rates are not unnecessarily increased. 8.21.3 Methods incorporated into the scheme are designed to be sustainable and only limited maintenance is envisaged for the track network during the operation of the Proposal.
Electrical Substation
8.21.4 The electrical substation will be designed in accordance with best practice, which will ensure that there is no potential for leaks or pollution incidences from the building. The building will also be subject to routine checks and maintenance. 8.21.5 There would be a small quantity of sewage arising from the infrequent visits of maintenance staff and the outfall arrangements would be agreed with the Environment Agency. Waste could be stored in a septic tank and removed periodically by a licensed contractor or handled by small package treatment works. A rainwater collection system would be installed to provide water for flushing and sinks which would be topped up with water brought to site in containers, if necessary. 8.21.6 Excess rainwater falling on the roof of the building will be discharged to a soakaway or infiltration drain around the substation. The building will not be of a size to intercept significant quantities of water and no impact is expected on the underlying hydrogeology / hydrology of the Site.
Wind Turbine Foundations and Crane Pads
8.21.7 The turbines would be designed to prevent accidental releases from leaving the nacelle. Any accidental gear oil or other fluid leaks from the wind turbines would be contained inside the
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 238 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
towers, with the entrance situated above ground level. Any spillage or leaks would be cleaned up once detected. 8.21.8 Turbine foundations will lie up to 2.5m below natural ground level and will be reinstated so that the finished foundation platform will comprise of only the tower and crane hardstanding. Reinstatement of the turbine foundation will comprise backfilling the foundation area with topsoil and re-vegetating to allow for the natural infiltration of surface water. 8.21.9 The code of practice for concrete design, BS EN206:1:2000 Concrete Part 1: Specification, performance, production and conformity and BS8500-1:2006 Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1 Part 1: Method of specifying and guidance for the specifier, gives specification for the required resistance of concrete to sulphate attack. This ensures that when constructing in areas of acidic groundwater, the concrete mix is designed to withstand sulphate attack. It is therefore likely that the rate of alkaline leaching will be low, and will not be expected to have a significant effect on the local soil or groundwater conditions. The concrete used will be specified for Class 2 sulphate conditions in accordance with BS EN206:1:2000 Concrete Part 1: Specification, performance, production and conformity and BS8500-1:2006 Concrete – Complementary British Standard to BS EN 206-1 Part 1: Method of specifying and guidance for the specifier, as this is appropriate for mildly acidic groundwater.
Site Activities
8.21.10 Routine maintenance of the Proposal will be undertaken, which will require access to the Site by maintenance crews. During such activities, there may be the need to use oils, greases and other substances, leading to the potential for accidental spillages. However, such spillages are likely to be very small, and since site drainage will be limited, the risk to any downstream watercourse is small. An Environmental Management System (EMS), emergency preparedness and response, and spillage procedures will be in place in any event to take account of such circumstances, see appendix 4.3. 8.21.11 The Proposal will be operated in accordance with best working practices and measures to protect the water environment and will be in accordance with those set out within EA PPG notes. All vehicles visiting the Site will be equipped with emergency oil spillage kits.
8.22 Decommissioning
8.22.1 Similar precautionary measures to those proposed for the construction phase will be implemented as necessary, in accordance with best practice at that time. The top 1000mm of the foundations will be removed and then covered in soil. 8.22.2 Access tracks and watercourse crossings are likely to remain on site for use by the landowner. In the event that these are removed, precautionary measures outlined within the Decommissioning Method Statement will be followed.
8.23 Identification of Residual Effects
8.23.1 The potential of the Proposal to impact hydrological, hydrogeological and geological features was mitigated through a constraints based approach to the Proposal layout and design. This approach involved identifying environmental constraints, including those relating to hydrology, hydrogeology and geology at the earliest opportunity and applying these constraints when determining the proposed layout. 8.23.2 The magnitude and significance of potential impacts was assessed and included sedimentation/erosion, pollution and alteration to natural drainage patterns and runoff rates/volumes and flood risk. Prior to mitigation, there was the potential for impacts of Negligible to Minor significance to occur during both the construction and operational phases of the Proposal.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 239 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.23.3 This Section describes the likely residual effects following the incorporation of mitigation measures. Therefore, it describes the real predicted effects that could occur as a result of the Proposal.
8.24 Construction
Effects on Surface Water
8.24.2 The change to surface water runoff is predicted to be minimal with the introduction of measures to mimic natural runoff processes. Surface water quality will also be protected through measures formalised within the CMS and EMS and the requirement for the contractors to adhere to them. The CMS and EMS will provide measures to protect against sustained excessive sediment runoff into local watercourses. It is anticipated that during the Proposal there may be an increase in sediment loadings of runoff for the Site. However, this is predicted to be of short duration during periods of high intensity rainfall and as such it is considered that the effects upon the local water environment would not be significant. 8.24.3 As with any construction project there will be the potential for accidental spillages of pollutants used on-site. In the unlikely event of an emergency pollution incident, RES have an emergency response procedure to address the situation. These measures will be in place to reduce the potential of these occurrences and to respond to such occurrences. Therefore, as such occurrences would be temporary in nature and measures would be in place to clean and remove any pollutants the predicted significance of effects resulting from spillages of oil is considered not significant.
Effects on Groundwater
8.24.4 Beneath the Site, there is the potential for limited quantities of groundwater. However, measures preventing impacts to surface water features will significantly reduce potential for groundwater impacts from spillages and leaks. The likelihood of impact to groundwater is low and strict procedures will be in place to deal with any such instances, as such it is considered that any effect would be not significant. 8.24.5 The EA document ‘Piling and Penetrative Ground Improvement Methods on Land Affected by contamination: Guidance on Pollution Prevention describes potential risks associated with concrete migration into groundwater. This document considers that migration of concrete during piling would only occur in highly fractured and fast flowing groundwater environments. Such conditions are not anticipated at the Proposal site. Therefore, it is highly unlikely there will be any risk predicted from concrete in groundwater. 8.24.6 As with surface water, there is the potential for accidental spillages of oils or other potentially polluting substances to enter groundwater. Measures and protocols are in place to avoid the likelihood of such events occurring. Therefore, the risks to groundwater are considered not significant. 8.24.7 Accordingly, with the application of appropriate mitigation measures as discussed in this Chapter it is assessed that there will be no significant residual impacts on groundwater.
Effects on private water supplies
8.24.8 The mitigation measures proposed for the construction and operation of the wind farm are considered to be suitable for protecting the water quality upon and surrounding the Site. The private water supplies have been assessed, with the supplies to properties listed in Table 8.7 identified as having potential to be at risk. Residual risks following mitigation are small and as the source of potential contamination can be controlled the likelihood of effect to supplies is considered to be negligible. 8.24.9 The importance of private supplies to properties is recognised and it is considered that water supply quality should be monitored before, during and after construction at all identified source locations. Monitoring prior to any construction activity should take place over several months to establish a robust baseline for existing supply quality and quantities. Frequent monitoring during the construction and early operational phases will be checked
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 240 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
against the benchmark data to confirm both quality and quantity is maintained. Monitoring will be detailed within the EMS.
Effects on Soil
8.24.10 There is the need for soil excavations for turbine bases, electrical substation, construction compound, and electric cable trenches. These excavations will be carried out in accordance with DEFRA guidelines and code of practice to minimise the effects of the Proposal, and overall, the total area and volume of disturbance is very small (i.e. <2.5% of the total site area). 8.24.11 Excavated soil will be reused on the Site, preserving the subsoil and topsoil profile as far as reasonably practicable so that they can be re-vegetated quickly after construction. Areas of bare soil will be present for a short period of time and limited potential for erosion of soil is predicted, therefore the effects are predicted to be of low magnitude. Based on this, it is considered that any effect will not be significant. Soil will be replaced around turbine foundations and used for restoration of the temporary compounds and laydown areas. Any excess volume of soil would be spread in areas of the Site that are not environmentally sensitive. The overall predicted effect on soil is considered not significant.
8.25 Operation
Effects on Surface Water
8.25.2 There will be no significant changes to the surface water regime during the operation of the Proposal. The drainage provision for access tracks will ensure that there are no water quality issues or runoff changes. Activities on-site will be infrequent and therefore the risk of accidental spillages entering surface watercourses is remote. Since the likelihood of such events is low and strict procedures will be in place to deal with any such instances, it is considered that any effect would be not significant.
Effects on Groundwater
8.25.3 There are no predicted effects on groundwater quality during the operation of the Proposal. The concrete bases of the turbines do not represent a risk to groundwater once constructed as they are made using a sulphate resistant concrete. This composition means they will not degrade when in contact with acidic water.
Effects on Soil
8.25.4 There are no predicted effects on soil during the operation of the Proposal.
8.26 Decommissioning
Effects on Surface Water
8.26.2 The drainage provision for the access tracks will remain throughout decommissioning to ensure that there are no water quality issues or runoff changes. Activities on-site will be controlled and be maintained and therefore the risk of accidental spillages entering surface watercourses is remote. The same pollution prevention controls as implemented during the construction process will apply to decommissioning, and this would ensure that the predicted residual effects would be not significant.
Effects on Groundwater
8.26.3 There are no predicted effects on groundwater quality during the decommissioning of the Proposal. The concrete bases of the turbines do not represent a risk to groundwater once constructed as they are made using a sulphate resistant concrete. This composition means they will not degrade when in contact with acidic water. The groundwater table will not be interfered with during removal.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 241 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Effects on Soil
8.26.4 No effects are predicted during decommissioning as the intention is to restore soils back to a profile similar to the existing profile. Drainage and revegetation will also be monitored.
8.27 Evaluation of Residual Effects and Conclusions
8.27.1 It is normal practice within the ES to evaluate the significance of residual risks. The evaluation is based on the methodology described in Section 8.3. The results of the evaluation are illustrated in Table 8.12 8.27.2 The results of this assessment are based on there being effective use of mitigation strategies and that the CMS and EMS are agreed with the EA prior to any works commencing. 8.27.3 Potential effects were assessed according to best practice guidance within EIA Regulations. With the proposed mitigation and monitoring in place, the significance of the residual impacts of the Proposal on hydrological, hydrogeological and geological features will be negligible.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 242 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 8.12 Evaluation of the Residual Effects to the Water Environment
Type of Probability of Sensitivity of Magnitude of Effect of significance Effect effect effect receptor effect Ranking Rationale Construction Effects on surface water features -ve Unlikely Local/Low Low Negligible The use of cut off drains, bunding, oil traps - accidental spillages and adhering to best site management practices implemented through an EM&PPP Effects on groundwater features -ve Unlikely Local/Low Low Negligible Best site management practices adopting EA - foundation construction guidelines and measures implemented - accidental spillages through an EM&PPP Effects on Private Water Supplies -ve Unlikely District/Medium Low Negligible Risk assessment and hydrology assessment confirmed low risk to current supplies. Monitoring pre, during and post construction is recommended Effects on soil -ve Likely Local/Low Low Negligible All excavations will be carried out under - Excavation and replacement DEFRA guidelines. Excavated soil will be restored preserving the subsoil and topsoil profile so that they can be re-vegetated quickly after construction. Areas of bare soil will be present for a short period of time and limited potential for erosion of soil is predicted Operation Effects on surface water and -ve Unlikely Local/Low Low Negligible Best site management practices implemented groundwater features through an EM&PPP - accidental spillages of fuel/lubricant or other polluting substance Effects on Private Water Supplies -ve Unlikely District/Medium Low Negligible Low risk activities and controls in place remove all risks to private water supplies Key: Type Probability Sensitivity Magnitude Significance -ve = negative Certain International/High High Major +ve = positive Likely National/High Medium Moderate Unlikely Regional/Medium Low Minor District/Medium Negligible Local/Low
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 243 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
8.28 Statement of Effects
8.28.1 This assessment of hydrological impacts of the proposed wind farm has been undertaken by SKM Enviros. 8.28.2 The hydrological assessment comprised an information review, a site visit to identify local hydrology, water features and private water supplies, and consultation with the EA and local Environmental Health departments. A study of the underlying soil and geology and their hydrology has also been undertaken. 8.28.3 Identified risks were assessed according to best practice based on IEMA guidelines. Mitigation measures have been discussed to control potential impacts associated with the potential to cause pollution through elevated sediments in runoff and spillages of substances used during the construction process. 8.28.4 Sixteen potential private water supply properties have been identified supplied by five groundwater borehole abstractions, three of which are licensed and one which is now deregulated. All five boreholes are within 2 km of the Application Boundary. There are two EA licensed water abstractions within 2 km of the Site and five registered discharge consents. The abstraction licences relate to agricultural use. Risks associated with development of the wind farm are considered to be very small due to the underlying geological conditions and location and scale of activities proposed. However, a programme of monitoring is proposed before, during and after the wind farm construction of all identified private water supply sources. 8.28.5 Indicative flood mapping provided by the EA shows the Application Boundary to be completely within Flood Zone 3, indicating a high risk of tidal flooding; however the indicated extent of Flood Zone 3 does not take account of existing flood defence infrastructure. Design of wind farm infrastructure will be guided by recommendations made within a separate Flood Risk Assessment report, with drainage seeking to mimic the existing drainage regime through management of runoff from access tracks and turbine bases. 8.28.6 Additional works to be included in the grid connection route have been assessed and mitigation measures identified. Providing these mitigation measures are adhered to the impact has been assessed as being negligible. 8.28.7 Mitigation measures have been outlined to prevent and minimise impacts to groundwater and surface water resources (including private water supplies) as far as is practicable during the construction and operation of the wind farm. These measures focus on reducing and controlling runoff from access tracks and preventing/managing spills, leaks or concrete contamination of groundwater and surface water. Such measures will ensure local hydrology, hydrogeology and all private water supplies remain unaffected by the proposals.
Chapter 8 - Hydrological Assessment – Page 244 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
9 ACOUSTIC ASSESSMENT
9.1 Introduction
9.1.1 This Chapter contains an assessment of the acoustic impact of the proposed Turncole Wind Farm as described in Chapter 4 according to the recommendations & guidelines detailed in the ‘The Assessment and Rating of Noise from Wind Farms’ (ETSU, 1996). The basic aim of these guidelines is to ensure noise levels that will offer a reasonable degree of protection to the amenity of wind farm neighbours.
9.1.2 This Chapter focuses primarily on wind farm operational noise and its impacts upon the most acoustically sensitive neighbours. Noise impacts during the construction period are also considered: decommissioning is not discussed separately as noise levels resulting from it are expected to be lower than those from the construction activity.
9.1.3 To make this assessment, the following steps have been taken:
determination of the noise emission characteristics of the wind turbines – see Section 9.6; determination of the locations of the wind turbines – see Section 9.7; determination of the locations of the nearest, or most noise sensitive, neighbours – see Section 9.8; calculation of noise levels at the nearest neighbours due to the operation of the wind farm, using a sound propagation model – see Section 9.9; determination of indicative background noise levels for these neighbours, based on a background noise survey – see Section 9.11; determination of the acoustic assessment criteria in light of relevant guidance or regulations – see Section 9.12; evaluation of the acoustic assessment by comparing the estimated noise levels with the noise assessment criteria – see Section 9.13; & consideration of construction noise – see Section 9.19. cumulative impact assessment with another proposed wind farm - see Appendix 9.6.
9.2 Experience
9.2.1 RES have been project co-ordinators for several Joule1 projects, leading European research into wind turbine noise and were involved in producing the guideline ‘The Assessment and Rating of Noise from Wind Farms’ (ETSU, 1996) for the DTI in 1996.
9.2.2 In addition RES has carried out noise assessments and reported to several local authorities on wind energy projects including taking measurements on newly constructed wind farms to ensure compliance with planning conditions. Several papers have been produced for the Institute of Acoustics and other professional bodies.
9.2.3 For example, such papers include:
An Investigation of Blade Swish from Wind Turbines, by Dr P Dunbabin, RES;
1 DGXII European Commission funded projects in the field of Research and Technological Development in non-nuclear energy
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 245 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
An Automated System for Wind Turbine Tonal Assessment, Ms R Ruffle, RES, both in proceedings of Internoise 1996 & International Congress on Noise Control Engineering. Wind Turbine Measurements for Noise Source Identification, ETSU W/13/003914/00.REP, 1999, Dr P Dunbabin, RES et al. A Critical Appraisal of Wind Farm Noise Propagation, ETSU W/13/00385/REP, 2000 Dr J Bass, RES Aerodynamic Noise Reduction for Variable Speed Turbines, ETSU/W/45/00504/REP, 2000, Dr P Dunbabin, RES
9.3 General Overview of Wind Turbine Noise
9.3.1 Noise can have an effect on the environment and on the quality of life enjoyed by individuals and communities. The effect of noise is therefore a material consideration in the determination of planning applications.
9.3.2 As described by the Office of the Deputy Prime Minister in the companion guide to Planning Policy Statement 22 (PPS22): Renewable Energy (ODPM, 2004):
“There are two quite distinct types of noise source within a wind turbine. The mechanical noise produced by the gearbox, generator and other parts of the drive train; and the aerodynamic noise produced by the passage of the blades through the air.” “Since the early 1990’s there has been a significant reduction in the mechanical noise generated by wind turbines, and it is now usually less than, or of a similar level to, the aerodynamic noise.” “Aerodynamic noise from wind turbines is generally unobtrusive; it is broad band in nature and in this respect is similar to, for example, the noise of wind in trees.” (ODPM, 2004) 9.3.3 Aerodynamic noise is usually only perceived when the wind speeds are fairly low. In higher winds, it is generally masked by the normal sound of wind blowing through trees and around buildings.
9.3.4 The sources of construction noise, which is temporary, will vary both in location and their duration as the different elements of the wind farm are constructed and will arise primarily through the operation of large items of plant.
9.4 Legislative Framework & Guidance
9.4.1 The framework most commonly used within the UK for assessing the impact of noise from wind farms is the Department of Trade and Industry’s ‘The Assessment and Rating of Noise from Wind Farms’ (ETSU, 1996), hereafter referred to as ‘ETSU-R-97’. The methodology described in this document was developed by a working group comprised of a cross section of interested persons including, amongst others, environmental health officers, wind farm operators and independent acoustic experts. It provides a robust basis for assessing the noise impact of a wind farm and has been applied at the vast majority of wind farms currently operating in the UK.
9.4.2 The ETSU-R-97 document is endorsed for use in assessing and rating noise from wind energy developments in England by PPS 22 (ODPM, 2004) in addition to developments in Scotland by PAN 45 (Scottish Executive, 2002), within Wales by TAN8 (paragraph 2.16) (WAG, 2005) and within Northern Ireland by PPS 18 (DOE, 2007).
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 246 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
9.4.3 The basic aim of ETSU-R-97, in arriving at the recommendations contained within the report, is the intention to provide:
“Indicative noise levels thought to offer a reasonable degree of protection to wind farm neighbours, without placing unreasonable restrictions on wind farm development or adding unduly to the costs and administrative burdens on wind farm developers or local authorities.” (ETSU, 1996) 9.4.4 ETSU-R-97 makes it clear from the outset that any noise restrictions placed on a wind farm must balance the environmental impact of the wind farm against the national and global benefits that arise through the development of renewable energy resources.
9.4.5 The above guidelines have been used in this assessment in agreement with Maldon District Council’s Environmental Health Officer (RES, 2010).
9.4.6 BS 5228 ‘Noise control on construction and open sites’ (BSI) is identified as being suitable for the purpose of giving guidance on appropriate methods for minimising noise from construction activities.
9.5 Methodology
9.5.1 This acoustic impact assessment has been prepared by RES and is based on a proposed layout comprising 7 wind turbines.
9.5.2 In accordance with the recommendations of ETSU-R-97, the acceptance of the proposed wind farm is established by comparing the noise levels produced by the operation of the wind turbines with appropriate noise limits at nearby residential properties. The general principle is that the noise limits should be based on existing background noise levels (reflecting the variation in background noise with wind speed) except for very low background noise levels, in which case a fixed limit is applied.
9.5.3 Technical terms are explained in the glossary and all figures are included in the Appendix.
9.6 Noise Emission Characteristics of the Wind Turbines
9.6.1 Although not finalised, the turbine type for the proposed Turncole wind farm is likely to be acoustically similar to the Vestas V90 1.8 MW machine. This Chapter uses the acoustic data from the manufacturer’s general specification for all analysis (Vestas, 2010). The manufacturer has identified these values as warranted. Details assumed in this analysis are as follows:
a hub height of 80 m; a rotor diameter of 90 m;
sound power levels, LWA, for 10 m height wind speeds (v10) as shown in Table 9.1;
1/1 octave band spectra, 10 m height wind speeds (v10), as shown in Table 9.2; tonal emission characteristics such that no clearly audible tones are present at any wind speed2. 9.6.2 It is worth noting that the operation of this type of turbine may be altered by changing the pitch of the wind turbine blades resulting in a trade-off between power production & noise reduction. The data presented here is for the full power output operational mode.
2 Before this turbine type could be employed at Turncole, RES standard practice would be to seek to obtain a warranty from the manufacturer that the turbines will not incur a tonal penalty at the nearest noise sensitive properties, based upon the ETSU-R-97 guideline definition (ETSU, 1996).
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 247 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.1 Sound Power Levels for Standardised3 10m Height Wind Speeds for the Vestas V90 1.8 MW Wind Turbine
Standardised 10m A-Weighted Sound Power Level Height Wind Speed, -1 / dB(A) re 1 pW v10 / ms 4 95.0 5 99.4 6 102.6 7 104.3 8 105.0 9 105.0 10 105.0 11 105.0 12 105.0
Table 9.2 1/1 Octave Band Sound Power Level Spectra for the Vestas V90 1.8 MW Wind Turbine
A-Weighted Sound Power Level Octave / dB(A) re 1 pW Band / Hz -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 v10 = 6 ms v10 = 7 ms v10 = 8 ms v10 = 9 ms v10 = 10 ms 63 84.6 86.8 87.1 86.5 86.8 125 89.1 91.4 91.7 91.1 91.5 250 92.4 94.1 94.2 93.4 93.8 500 94.8 96.4 96.7 95.8 96.2 1000 97.5 98.9 99.5 98.8 99.3 2000 95.9 97.4 98.5 98.0 98.5 4000 93.9 95.9 97.0 99.3 97.5 8000 85.0 89.2 90.3 91.5 92.8 OVERALL 102.6 104.3 105.0 105.0 105.0
9.7 Locations of Wind Turbines
9.7.1 The proposed Turncole Wind Farm is located on the Dengie peninsula in Essex approximately 4 km from Burnham-on-Crouch and Southminster. The site is on arable farmland north of the river Crouch and close to the North Sea coast.
9.7.2 The locations of the proposed turbines are shown in Figure 9.1 (Appendix 9.1).
9.8 Locations of Nearest Neighbours
9.8.1 The locations of the nearest neighbours to the turbines have been determined by inspection of relevant maps and through site visits. More properties may have been identified but have not been considered critical to this acoustic assessment or may be adequately represented by another property. The locations considered are listed in Table 9.3 and are also shown in Figure 9.1 (Appendix 9.1).
9.8.2 Elevations, given in metres above mean sea level, have been determined from digital terrain data.
3 For a description of the “Standardised 10m Wind Speed” refer to Appendix 9B
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 248 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.3 Location of Nearby Neighbours
OSGB (1936 m) Co- Elevation House Name ordinates / m X / m Y / m West Wycke Farm 597924 196919 8 Great West Wycke Farm 598490 196714 8 1 Redward Cottages 598532 196564 8 New Bungalow 598818 196666 8 Old Montsale Farm 600729 197742 7 Turncole Farm 599105 198347 8 Broadward Farm 598483 198639 8 Wraywick Farm 598431 199214 9 Poultry Farm 598944 196651 7 3 East Wick Cottages 600254 196617 7 Deal Hall 601025 197108 7 New Montsale 600712 197419 7 Montsale Bungalow 600456 198210 7 Middlewick Cottage 600712 198664 8 Middle wick 601275 198759 7 Court Farm 601408 199092 7 Wraywick Cottage 598135 198948 9 Dammerwick Farmhouse 596297 196913 9 Newmans Farm 596221 197420 9 8 Dammerwick Cottages 596029 196953 9 Brook Farmhouse 595815 197145 9 1 East Wick Cottages 600105 196506 7 2 Coney Hall Cottages 600877 196576 6 Coney Hall 600901 196689 7 West Wycke Bungalow 597954 196928 8
9.8.3 The distances from each house to the nearest turbine are given in Table 9.4. It can be seen that the minimum house–to–turbine separation is 747 m.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 249 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.4 Distances from Nearby Neighbours to Nearest Proposed Turbine
House Name Distance / m Nearest Turbine West Wycke Farm 817 T1 Great West Wycke Farm 879 T3 1 Redward Cottages 1027 T5 New Bungalow 819 T5 Old Montsale Farm 1311 T7 Turncole Farm 747 T4 Broadward Farm 801 T2 Wraywick Farm 1344 T2 Poultry Farm 802 T6 3 East Wick Cottages 1048 T6 Deal Hall 1592 T6 New Montsale 1278 T6 Montsale Bungalow 1172 T7 Middlewick Cottage 1634 T7 Middle wick 2155 T7 Court Farm 2448 T7 Wraywick Cottage 1061 T2 Dammerwick Farmhouse 1769 T1 Newmans Farm 1673 T1 8 Dammerwick Cottages 1994 T1 Brook Farmhouse 2132 T1 1 East Wick Cottages 1019 T6 2 Coney Hall Cottages 1598 T6 Coney Hall 1574 T6 West Wycke Bungalow 802 T3
9.9 Calculation of Noise Levels at Receivers
Noise Propagation Model
9.9.2 Whilst there are several sound propagation models available, here RES has used the ISO 9613 Part 2 model (ISO, 1996), this being identified as most appropriate for use in such rural sites (ETSU, 2000). It should be noted that a specific interpretation of the ISO 9613 Part 2 propagation methodology has been employed as recommended by a group of independent acousticians experienced in wind farm noise issues working for both wind farm developers, local planning authorities and third parties in an article published as detailed in the Institute of Acoustics bulletin publication in February 2009 (Institute of Acoustics, 2009).
9.9.3 The model takes account of:
attenuation due to geometric spreading atmospheric absorption ground effects barrier effects (see Section 9.9.7 for details) 9.9.4 To make these predictions, it is assumed that:
the turbines are identical the turbines radiate noise at the power specified in Section 9.6
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 250 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
each turbine can be modelled as a point source at hub-height each dwelling is assigned a reference height to simulate the presence of an observer 9.9.5 To generate the ground cross sections between each turbine and each dwelling necessary for reliable propagation modelling, ground contours at 5 m intervals for the area of interest have been generated from digital terrain data. These contours, together with the locations of the turbines and nearest neighbours, are shown in Figure 9.1 (Appendix 9.1).
9.9.6 The predicted noise level has been changed from the LAeq to the LA90 descriptor (to allow comparisons to be made) by the use of an adjustment factor of -2 dB(A), as specified by ETSU-R-97.
Conservatism in Propagation Modelling
9.9.7 It has been shown, by measurement-based verification studies, that the ISO 9613 Part 2 model tends to slightly over-estimate noise levels at nearby dwellings (ETSU, 2000). Examples of additional conservatism modelled are:
downwind propagation is modelled in all directions. In reality, noise propagation biases towards downwind locations, therefore predicted values are over-estimations upwind and crosswind of the proposed wind turbines although, in reality, the ground is predominantly porous (acoustically absorptive) it has been modelled as ‘mixed’, i.e. a combination of hard and porous, corresponding to a ground absorption coefficient of 0.5 – see Appendix 9.3 for further discussion receiver heights are modelled at 4.0 m above local ground level, which equates roughly to first floor window level. This results in a predicted noise level anything up to 2 dB(A) higher than at the ‘standard’ assessment height of 1.2 - 1.8 m. trees and other non-terrain shielding effects have not been considered the barrier attenuations predicted by ISO 9613 Part 2 have been shown to be significantly greater than those measured in practice under downwind conditions (ETSU, 2000). Therefore, barrier attenuation according to the ISO 9613 Part 2 method has been discounted. In lieu of this, where there is no direct line of sight between the property in question and any part of the wind turbine a 2dB attenuation has been assumed, as recommended in the aforementioned Institute of Acoustics bulletin article (Institute of Acoustics, 2009).
Predictions
9.9.8 The wind speeds at which the acoustic impact has been considered have been chosen as these are likely to be the acoustically critical wind speeds. Below these wind speeds there is insufficient strength in the wind for the wind turbines to operate effectively and the noise emitted decreases rapidly. Above these wind speeds, as stated in ETSU-R-97, reliable measurements of background and turbine noise are difficult to make. However, if a wind farm meets the noise criteria at wind speeds lower than that presented, it is most unlikely that it will cause any greater loss of amenity at higher wind speeds due to increasing background noise levels masking wind farm generated noise.
9.9.9 Table 9.5 shows the predicted noise immission levels at the nearest neighbours at each wind speed considered, calculated from the operation of the proposed wind farm. The
maximum predicted noise immission level is 38.2 dB(A) at ‘Turncole Farm’ (at v10 equal to 8 ms-1).
9.9.10 Figure 9.1 (Appendix 9.1) shows an isobel (i.e. noise contour) plot for the site at a 10 m height wind speed of 8 ms-1. Such plots are useful for evaluating the noise ‘footprint’ of a given development.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 251 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.5 Predicted Noise Levels At Nearby Dwellings (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
Reference Wind Speed (Standardised v ) / ms-1 House Name 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 West Wycke Farm 27.0 31.4 34.6 36.3 36.7 35.9 36.4 36.4 36.4 Great West Wycke Farm 27.0 31.4 34.6 36.2 36.7 35.9 36.3 36.3 36.3 1 Redward Cottages 25.7 30.1 33.3 35.0 35.4 34.6 35.0 35.0 35.0 New Bungalow 27.3 31.7 34.9 36.5 37.0 36.2 36.6 36.6 36.6 Old Montsale Farm 21.0 25.4 28.6 30.3 30.7 29.9 30.3 30.3 30.3 Turncole Farm 28.5 32.9 36.1 37.7 38.2 37.4 37.8 37.8 37.8 Broadward Farm 26.7 31.1 34.3 35.9 36.3 35.6 36.0 36.0 36.0 Wraywick Farm 21.7 26.1 29.3 31.0 31.4 30.6 31.0 31.0 31.0 Poultry Farm 27.4 31.8 35.0 36.6 37.1 36.3 36.7 36.7 36.7 3 East Wick Cottages 22.5 26.9 30.1 31.8 32.2 31.4 31.9 31.9 31.9 Deal Hall 18.8 23.2 26.4 28.1 28.5 27.7 28.1 28.1 28.1 New Montsale 21.3 25.7 28.9 30.6 31.0 30.2 30.6 30.6 30.6 Montsale Bungalow 21.9 26.3 29.5 31.2 31.5 30.8 31.2 31.2 31.2 Middlewick Cottage 18.6 23.0 26.2 27.9 28.3 27.5 27.9 27.9 27.9 Middle wick 15.8 20.2 23.4 25.1 25.5 24.7 25.1 25.1 25.1 Court Farm 14.5 18.9 22.1 23.9 24.2 23.4 23.8 23.8 23.8 Wraywick Cottage 23.6 28.0 31.2 32.9 33.3 32.5 32.9 32.9 32.9 Dammerwick Farmhouse 17.3 21.7 24.9 26.6 27.0 26.2 26.6 26.6 26.6 Newmans Farm 17.7 22.1 25.3 27.0 27.4 26.6 27.0 27.0 27.0 8 Dammerwick Cottages 16.0 20.4 23.6 25.4 25.7 25.0 25.4 25.4 25.4 Brook Farmhouse 15.3 19.7 22.9 24.7 25.0 24.2 24.6 24.6 24.6 1 East Wick Cottages 22.8 27.2 30.4 32.1 32.5 31.7 32.1 32.1 32.1 2 Coney Hall Cottages 18.5 22.9 26.1 27.8 28.2 27.4 27.8 27.8 27.8 Coney Hall 18.7 23.1 26.3 28.0 28.4 27.6 28.0 28.0 28.0 West Wycke Bungalow 27.3 31.7 34.9 36.5 36.9 36.2 36.6 36.6 36.6
9.9.11 For illustrative purposes, Figure 9.2 (Appendix 9.1) shows the measured wind rose at Turncole over an extended period, as measured by a meteorological mast located on the proposed site. As discussed in Section 9.9.7, the noise prediction model employed is likely to overestimate the real noise immission levels for locations not downwind of the turbines. Figure 9.2 therefore may aid the reader as to the likelihood of over-estimation due to this factor.
9.10 Simplified Noise Assessment Procedure
9.10.1 Whilst ETSU-R-97 presents a comprehensive and detailed assessment methodology for wind farm noise, it also states that:
“if the noise is limited to an LA90,10min of 35dB(A) up to wind speeds of 10 m/s at 10 m height, then these conditions alone would offer sufficient protection of amenity, and background noise surveys would be unnecessary’” Error! Reference source not found.. 9.10.2 Table 9.6 shows a comparison of the maximum predicted noise levels at any considered wind speed with this recommended 35 dB(A) noise limit for each house. The term ΔL is used to denote the difference between the predicted wind farm noise level and the recommended limit. A negative value indicates that the predicted noise level is within the limit.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 252 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.6 Comparison of Predicted Noise Levels and Simplified Noise Limit (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
-1 Reference Wind Speed (Standardised v10) / ms House Name 8 Lp Limit ∆L West Wycke Farm 36.7 35.0 1.7 Great West Wycke Farm 36.7 35.0 1.7 1 Redward Cottages 35.4 35.0 0.4 New Bungalow 37.0 35.0 2.0 Old Montsale Farm 30.7 35.0 -4.3 Turncole Farm 38.2 35.0 3.2 Broadward Farm 36.3 35.0 1.3 Wraywick Farm 31.4 35.0 -3.6 Poultry Farm 37.1 35.0 2.1 3 East Wick Cottages 32.2 35.0 -2.8 Deal Hall 28.5 35.0 -6.5 New Montsale 31.0 35.0 -4.0 Montsale Bungalow 31.5 35.0 -3.5 Middlewick Cottage 28.3 35.0 -6.7 Middle wick 25.5 35.0 -9.5 Court Farm 24.2 35.0 -10.8 Wraywick Cottage 33.3 35.0 -1.7 Dammerwick Farmhouse 27.0 35.0 -8.0 Newmans Farm 27.4 35.0 -7.6 8 Dammerwick Cottages 25.7 35.0 -9.3 Brook Farmhouse 25.0 35.0 -10.0 1 East Wick Cottages 32.5 35.0 -2.5 2 Coney Hall Cottages 28.2 35.0 -6.8 Coney Hall 28.4 35.0 -6.6 West Wycke Bungalow 36.9 35.0 1.9
9.10.3 Noise levels at 17 of the 25 nearest neighbours are below the 35 dB(A) limit, indicating that the noise immission levels would be regarded as acceptable and the householders’ amenities as receiving ‘sufficient protection’ without further assessment requiring to be undertaken.
9.10.4 There are 8 properties that do not pass this simplified noise criteria as indicated in Table 9.6. Therefore, the ‘full’ acoustic assessment has only been considered at these. However, as background noise surveys were carried out at additional properties, as agreed with the local authority (RES, 2010) and detailed in Section 9.11, these properties have also been considered in the full acoustic assessment so as to provide a more comprehensive description of the acoustic impact of the proposed wind farm.
9.11 Indicative Background Noise
9.11.1 Since background noise levels depend upon wind speed, as indeed do wind turbine noise emissions, it is important when making reference measurements to put them in that context. Thus, the assessment of background noise levels at potentially sensitive neighbouring locations requires the measurement of not only noise levels, but concurrent wind conditions, covering a representative range of wind speeds. These wind measurements are made at the wind turbine site rather than at the properties, since it is this wind speed that will subsequently govern the wind farm’s noise generation. Often the neighbouring properties themselves will be sheltered from the wind and will consequently have relatively low background noise.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 253 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Background Noise Survey Procedure
9.11.2 Background noise measurements were undertaken by RES in accordance with ETSU-R-97 as detailed in Table 9.7 below. The residents of Great West Wycke Farm requested that the background noise survey would be limited to 6 weeks. Note that 4 East Wick Cottages is adjoined to 3 East Wick Cottages. Measurements were made at these locations as they are the most noise sensitive dwellings geographically spread around the proposed site and are likely to be representative of other houses in the locale. The background noise measurement locations were agreed in consultation with Maldon District Council, see Appendix 9.8 (RES, 2010). Table 9.7 Background Noise Survey Details
Measurement Period Instrument House Name Start End Duration Type Great West Wycke Farm 18/02/10 29/03/10 39 days Rion NL31 Broadward Farm 18/02/10 12/04/10 53 days Rion NL31 Turncole Farm 18/02/10 12/04/10 53 days Rion NL31 Montsale Bungalow 18/02/10 12/04/10 53 days Rion NL31 West Wycke Bungalow 18/02/10 12/04/10 53 days Rion NL31 4 East Wick Cottages 18/02/10 12/04/10 53 days Rion NL31
Instrumentation Arrangements
9.11.3 Sound level meters, and associated apparatus, were set-up over the dates shown in Table 9.7 to record the required acoustic information. These were housed in weather-proof enclosures, and powered by lead-acid batteries. The microphones were placed at a height of approximately 1.5 m above ground, and equipped with all-weather wind shields to provide an element of water resistance.
9.11.4 Noise levels were monitored continuously, and summary statistics stored every 10 minutes in the internal memory of each meter. The relevant statistics for noise assessment are: LA90,10min (The A-weighted sound pressure level exceeded for 90 % of the 10 minute interval), and LAeq,10min (the equivalent A-weighted continuous sound pressure level).
9.11.5 The meters were placed in moderately exposed positions, away from reflecting walls and vegetation. Photos of the equipment, in situ, may be seen in Appendix 9.4. The apparatus were calibrated before and after the survey period and no significant drift was detected. All instrumentation has been subject to laboratory calibration traceable to national standards within the last 18 months, details are provided in Appendix 9.7.
9.11.6 Wind speed and direction have been recorded by a data logger mounted on a meteorological mast as 10 min averages for the same period as for the noise measurements, and were synchronised with the acoustic data to allow correlations to be established. Refer to Appendix 9.2 for details of the specific wind speed measurement used for correlation.
Results
9.11.7 Figure 9.3 and Figure 9.4 (Appendix 9.1) show the measured wind roses at Turncole over the background noise survey period, as measured by the meteorological mast located on site.
9.11.8 The LA90,10min noise level time series recorded at the noise survey locations are shown in Figure 9.5 (Appendix 9.1). The concurrent 10min average wind speeds are shown superimposed on the figure.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 254 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Data Processing
9.11.9 Prior to analysis, the acoustic data were filtered and instances of unexpected ‘peaks’ removed – these may have been caused by rainfall or infrequent human activities such as periodic or intermittent operation of farm machinery – see Appendix 9.5. Note that, during the survey, rainfall was measured at the site by rain sensors installed by RES.
9.11.10 For each background noise measurement location, the measured noise data have been divided into two sets, as specified by ETSU-R-97: Table 9.8 Definition of Time of Day Periods
Time of Day Definition 18:00 - 23:00 every day Quiet waking hours 13:00 - 18:00 Saturday 07:00 - 18:00 Sunday Night-time hours 23:00 - 07:00 every day
9.11.11 Figure 9.6-9.11 (Appendix 9.1) shows LA90,10min correlated against wind speed for quiet waking hour periods at each survey location. In each case, a ‘best fit’ line has been fitted to the data and the suggested noise limits added.
9.11.12 Figure 9.12-9.17 (Appendix 9.1) shows LA90,10min correlated against the wind speed for night- time periods at at each survey location. In each case, a ‘best fit’ line has been fitted to the data and the suggested noise limits added.
9.11.13 Tables 9.9 & 9.10 below detail the LA90,10min background noise levels calculated from the derived ‘best fit’ lines, as described above: Table 9.9 Quiet Waking Hours Noise Levels (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
Quiet Waking Hours Noise Levels at Indicated Locations House Name Standardised 10 m Wind Speed / ms-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Great West 26.6 26.6 26.6 27.1 28.6 30.8 33.7 37.3 41.5 46.2 46.2 46.2 Wycke Farm Broadward 25.0 25.0 25.0 25.7 27.2 29.2 31.9 35.2 39.0 43.3 48.0 48.0 Farm Turncole 25.8 25.8 25.8 26.4 27.9 30.2 33.2 36.9 41.3 46.2 51.5 51.5 Farm Montsale 22.0 22.0 22.0 23.2 25.7 29.2 33.3 37.7 42.2 46.3 49.8 49.8 Bungalow West Wycke 22.4 22.4 22.4 22.9 24.1 26.1 28.9 32.6 37.2 42.9 49.7 49.7 Bungalow 4 East Wick 23.4 23.4 23.4 24.1 25.8 28.3 31.4 34.9 38.5 42.1 45.5 45.5 Cottages
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 255 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.10 Night-time Noise Levels (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
Night Time Noise Levels at Indicated Locations House Name Standardised 10 m Wind Speed / ms-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Great West 22.0 22.0 22.0 22.2 23.6 26.0 29.8 34.9 41.6 41.6 41.6 41.6 Wycke Farm Broadward 19.3 19.3 19.3 19.3 20.6 23.1 26.5 30.9 35.9 41.4 47.3 47.3 Farm Turncole 21.1 21.1 21.1 21.6 23.7 27.0 31.3 36.2 41.2 46.1 50.5 50.5 Farm Montsale 18.3 18.3 18.3 18.4 20.7 24.5 29.5 35.1 40.9 46.3 51.0 51.0 Bungalow West Wycke 17.7 17.7 17.7 17.8 19.5 22.6 26.7 31.3 36.1 40.6 44.6 44.6 Bungalow 4 East Wick 17.2 17.2 17.2 17.9 20.0 23.3 27.3 31.9 36.7 41.4 45.7 45.7 Cottages
9.12 Acoustic Acceptance Criteria
9.12.1 The acceptance of the proposed wind farm is established in accordance with the recommendations of ETSU-R-97. This is achieved by comparing the predicted noise levels produced by the proposed wind turbines at nearby residential properties with the noise limits at those properties, these derived from existing background noise levels. This approach has the advantage that the limits can directly reflect the existing noise environment (before the construction and operation of any wind farm) at the nearest properties and the impact that the wind farm / wind farms may have on this environment. ETSU-R-97 considers that absolute noise limits applied at all wind speeds are not suited to wind farms and that limits set relative to the background noise are more appropriate in the majority of cases.
9.12.2 ETSU-R97 state that different limits should be applied during quiet waking and night-time hours. The quiet waking hour’s limits are intended to preserve outdoor amenity, while the night-time limits are intended to prevent sleep disturbance. The general principle is that the noise limits should be based on existing background noise levels, except for very low background noise levels, in which case a fixed limit may be applied. The suggested limits are given below, where LB is the background LA90,10min and is a function of wind speed. During quiet waking hours and at low background noise levels, a permissible noise level of 35 - 40 dB(A) should be used. The exact value is dependent upon a number of factors: the number of nearby dwellings, the effect of the noise limits on energy produced and the duration and level of exposure. Considering this criteria, as specified by ETSU-R-97, RES have adopted an intermediate, 37.5dB(A), level. Table 9.11 Permissible Noise Level Criteria
Time of Day Permissible Noise Level 37.5 dB(A) for L less than 32.5 dB(A) Quiet waking hours B LB + 5 dB(A), for LB greater than 32.5 dB(A) 43.0 dB(A) for L less than 38.0 dB(A) Night-time hours B LB + 5 dB(A), for LB greater than 38.0 dB(A) 9.12.3 Note that a higher noise level is permissible during night-time hours than during quiet waking hours, as it is assumed that residents would be indoors. The night-time criterion is derived from the 35 dB(A) sleep disturbance criterion referred to in ETSU-R-97, with an allowance of 10 dB(A) for attenuation through an open window (which is conservative) and a correction of 2 dB(A) to allow for the use of LA90, rather than LAeq. Further details are given in ETSU-R-97.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 256 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Calculation of Acceptable Noise Limits from Background Noise Data
9.12.4 The ‘best-fit’ lines of Figures 9.6 – 9.17 (Appendix 9.1) have been used to deduce the acceptable noise limits at the background noise measurement locations. Table 9.12 shows the suggested quiet waking hours noise limits and Table 9.13 the suggested night time noise limits. Table 9.12 Recommended Quiet Waking Hours Noise Limits (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
Quiet Waking Hours Noise Limits at Indicated Locations House Name Standardised 10 m Wind Speed / ms-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Great West 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 38.7 42.3 46.5 51.2 51.2 51.2 Wycke Farm Broadward 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 40.2 44.0 48.3 53.0 53.0 Farm Turncole 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 38.2 41.9 46.3 51.2 56.5 56.5 Farm Montsale 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 38.3 42.7 47.2 51.3 54.8 54.8 Bungalow West Wycke 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.6 42.2 47.9 54.7 54.7 Bungalow 4 East Wick 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 37.5 39.9 43.5 47.1 50.5 50.5 Cottages
Table 9.13 Recommended Night-time Noise Limits (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
Night Time Noise Limits at Indicated Locations House Name Standardised 10 m Wind Speed / ms-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Great West 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 46.6 46.6 46.6 46.6 Wycke Farm Broadward 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 46.4 52.3 52.3 Farm Turncole 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 46.2 51.1 55.5 55.5 Farm Montsale 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 45.9 51.3 56.0 56.0 Bungalow West Wycke 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 45.6 49.6 49.6 Bungalow 4 East Wick 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 43.0 46.4 50.7 50.7 Cottages
9.12.5 The recommendations of ETSU-R-97 state that where there are groups of properties that are likely to have a similar background noise environment, it is appropriate to use data from one representative location as the basis for assessment at the other properties. The survey results inferred to be representative for each property considered is shown in Table 9.14. The specific choice of noise survey chosen has been made considering the distance to the nearest survey location and the likelihood of experiencing a broadly similar exposure as the survey.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 257 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.14 Assumed Representative Background Noise Survey Locations
Assumed Representative House Name Background Noise Survey
West Wycke Farm West Wycke Bungalow Great West Wycke Farm Great West Wycke Farm 1 Redward Cottages Great West Wycke Farm New Bungalow Great West Wycke Farm Old Montsale Farm Montsale Bungalow Turncole Farm Turncole Farm Broadward Farm Broadward Farm Wraywick Farm Broadward Farm Poultry Farm Great West Wycke Farm 3 East Wick Cottages 4 East Wick Cottages Deal Hall Montsale Bungalow New Montsale Montsale Bungalow Montsale Bungalow Montsale Bungalow Middlewick Cottage Montsale Bungalow Middle wick Montsale Bungalow Court Farm Montsale Bungalow Wraywick Cottage Broadward Farm Dammerwick Farmhouse West Wycke Bungalow Newmans Farm West Wycke Bungalow 8 Dammerwick Cottages West Wycke Bungalow Brook Farmhouse West Wycke Bungalow 1 East Wick Cottages 4 East Wick Cottages 2 Coney Hall Cottages 4 East Wick Cottages Coney Hall 4 East Wick Cottages West Wycke Bungalow West Wycke Bungalow 9.12.6 As recommended in ETSU-R-97, the absolute lower noise limits may be increased up to 45 dB(A) if the occupant has a financial involvement in the wind farm. As such, at Turncole Farm the absolute lower noise limit has been increased to 40 dB (A).
9.13 Acoustic Assessment
9.13.1 Table 9.15 shows a comparison of the predicted noise levels with the recommended quiet waking hours noise limits for each house where the full assessment procedure is being applied (see Section 9.10). The predicted noise levels at 1 ms-1, 2 ms-1 & 3 ms-1 have been assumed as equal to 4 ms-1, though this is a conservative measure. The term ΔL is used to denote the difference between the predicted wind farm noise level and the recommended limit. A negative value indicates that the predicted noise level is within the limit. Table 9.16 shows a comparison with the recommended night-time noise limits.
9.13.2 Noise levels at all locations are within both the quiet waking hours limit and night-time noise limits, at all wind speeds considered. The minimum margin of predicted noise levels below derived noise limits, for all wind speeds considered, during quiet waking hours, is - 0.5 dB(A) and the minimum margin during night time periods, for all wind speeds considered, is -4.8 dB(A).
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 258 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.15 Comparison of Predicted Noise Levels and Quiet Waking Hours Limits - (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
-1 Reference Wind Speed (v10) / ms House Name 1 2 3 4 5 6
Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L West Wycke Farm 27.0 37.5 -10.5 27.0 37.5 -10.5 27.0 37.5 -10.5 27.0 37.5 -10.5 31.4 37.5 -6.1 34.6 37.5 -2.9 Great West Wycke Farm 27.0 37.5 -10.5 27.0 37.5 -10.5 27.0 37.5 -10.5 27.0 37.5 -10.5 31.4 37.5 -6.1 34.6 37.5 -2.9 1 Redward Cottages 25.7 37.5 -11.8 25.7 37.5 -11.8 25.7 37.5 -11.8 25.7 37.5 -11.8 30.1 37.5 -7.4 33.3 37.5 -4.2 New Bungalow 27.3 37.5 -10.2 27.3 37.5 -10.2 27.3 37.5 -10.2 27.3 37.5 -10.2 31.7 37.5 -5.8 34.9 37.5 -2.6 Turncole Farm 28.5 37.5 -9.0 28.5 37.5 -9.0 28.5 37.5 -9.0 28.5 37.5 -9.0 32.9 37.5 -4.6 36.1 37.5 -1.4 Broadward Farm 26.7 37.5 -10.8 26.7 37.5 -10.8 26.7 37.5 -10.8 26.7 37.5 -10.8 31.1 37.5 -6.4 34.3 37.5 -3.2 Poultry Farm 27.4 37.5 -10.1 27.4 37.5 -10.1 27.4 37.5 -10.1 27.4 37.5 -10.1 31.8 37.5 -5.7 35.0 37.5 -2.5 3 East Wick Cottages 22.5 37.5 -15.0 22.5 37.5 -15.0 22.5 37.5 -15.0 22.5 37.5 -15.0 26.9 37.5 -10.6 30.1 37.5 -7.4 Montsale Bungalow 21.9 37.5 -15.6 21.9 37.5 -15.6 21.9 37.5 -15.6 21.9 37.5 -15.6 26.3 37.5 -11.2 29.5 37.5 -8.0 West Wycke Bungalow 27.3 37.5 -10.2 27.3 37.5 -10.2 27.3 37.5 -10.2 27.3 37.5 -10.2 31.7 37.5 -5.8 34.9 37.5 -2.6
-1 Reference Wind Speed (v10) / ms House Name 7 8 9 10 11 12
Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L West Wycke Farm 36.3 37.5 -1.2 36.7 37.6 -0.8 35.9 42.2 -6.3 36.4 47.9 -11.5 36.4 54.7 -18.3 36.4 54.7 -18.3 Great West Wycke Farm 36.2 38.7 -2.5 36.7 42.3 -5.7 35.9 46.5 -10.6 36.3 51.2 -14.9 36.3 51.2 -14.9 36.3 51.2 -14.9 1 Redward Cottages 35.0 38.7 -3.8 35.4 42.3 -6.9 34.6 46.5 -11.9 35.0 51.2 -16.2 35.0 51.2 -16.2 35.0 51.2 -16.2 New Bungalow 36.5 38.7 -2.2 37.0 42.3 -5.4 36.2 46.5 -10.3 36.6 51.2 -14.6 36.6 51.2 -14.6 36.6 51.2 -14.6 Turncole Farm 37.7 38.2 -0.5 38.2 41.9 -3.8 37.4 46.3 -8.9 37.8 51.2 -13.3 37.8 56.5 -18.7 37.8 56.5 -18.7 Broadward Farm 35.9 37.5 -1.6 36.3 40.2 -3.9 35.6 44.0 -8.4 36.0 48.3 -12.3 36.0 53.0 -17.0 36.0 53.0 -17.0 Poultry Farm 36.6 38.7 -2.1 37.1 42.3 -5.3 36.3 46.5 -10.2 36.7 51.2 -14.5 36.7 51.2 -14.5 36.7 51.2 -14.5 3 East Wick Cottages 31.8 37.5 -5.7 32.2 39.9 -7.7 31.4 43.5 -12.1 31.9 47.1 -15.3 31.9 50.5 -18.6 31.9 50.5 -18.6 Montsale Bungalow 31.2 38.3 -7.1 31.5 42.7 -11.2 30.8 47.2 -16.4 31.2 51.3 -20.1 31.2 54.8 -23.6 31.2 54.8 -23.6 West Wycke Bungalow 36.5 37.5 -1.0 36.9 37.6 -0.6 36.2 42.2 -6.0 36.6 47.9 -11.3 36.6 54.7 -18.1 36.6 54.7 -18.1
The term Lp is used to denote the predicted noise level due to the operation of the proposed wind farm The term ΔL is used to denote the difference between the predicted wind farm noise level and the recommended limit.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 259 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.16 Comparison of Predicted Noise Levels and Night Time Limits - (dB(A) re 20 Pa)
-1 Reference Wind Speed (v10) / ms House Name 1 2 3 4 5 6
Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L West Wycke Farm 27.0 43.0 -16.0 27.0 43.0 -16.0 27.0 43.0 -16.0 27.0 43.0 -16.0 31.4 43.0 -11.6 34.6 43.0 -8.4 Great West Wycke Farm 27.0 43.0 -16.0 27.0 43.0 -16.0 27.0 43.0 -16.0 27.0 43.0 -16.0 31.4 43.0 -11.6 34.6 43.0 -8.4 1 Redward Cottages 25.7 43.0 -17.3 25.7 43.0 -17.3 25.7 43.0 -17.3 25.7 43.0 -17.3 30.1 43.0 -12.9 33.3 43.0 -9.7 New Bungalow 27.3 43.0 -15.7 27.3 43.0 -15.7 27.3 43.0 -15.7 27.3 43.0 -15.7 31.7 43.0 -11.3 34.9 43.0 -8.1 Turncole Farm 28.5 43.0 -14.5 28.5 43.0 -14.5 28.5 43.0 -14.5 28.5 43.0 -14.5 32.9 43.0 -10.1 36.1 43.0 -6.9 Broadward Farm 26.7 43.0 -16.3 26.7 43.0 -16.3 26.7 43.0 -16.3 26.7 43.0 -16.3 31.1 43.0 -11.9 34.3 43.0 -8.7 Poultry Farm 27.4 43.0 -15.6 27.4 43.0 -15.6 27.4 43.0 -15.6 27.4 43.0 -15.6 31.8 43.0 -11.2 35.0 43.0 -8.0 3 East Wick Cottages 22.5 43.0 -20.5 22.5 43.0 -20.5 22.5 43.0 -20.5 22.5 43.0 -20.5 26.9 43.0 -16.1 30.1 43.0 -12.9 Montsale Bungalow 21.9 43.0 -21.1 21.9 43.0 -21.1 21.9 43.0 -21.1 21.9 43.0 -21.1 26.3 43.0 -16.7 29.5 43.0 -13.5 West Wycke Bungalow 27.3 43.0 -15.7 27.3 43.0 -15.7 27.3 43.0 -15.7 27.3 43.0 -15.7 31.7 43.0 -11.3 34.9 43.0 -8.1
-1 Reference Wind Speed (v10) / ms House Name 7 8 9 10 11 12
Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L Lp Limit ∆L West Wycke Farm 36.3 43.0 -6.7 36.7 43.0 -6.3 35.9 43.0 -7.1 36.4 45.6 -9.2 36.4 49.6 -13.2 36.4 49.6 -13.2 Great West Wycke Farm 36.2 43.0 -6.8 36.7 43.0 -6.3 35.9 46.6 -10.7 36.3 46.6 -10.3 36.3 46.6 -10.3 36.3 46.6 -10.3 1 Redward Cottages 35.0 43.0 -8.0 35.4 43.0 -7.6 34.6 46.6 -12.0 35.0 46.6 -11.5 35.0 46.6 -11.5 35.0 46.6 -11.5 New Bungalow 36.5 43.0 -6.5 37.0 43.0 -6.0 36.2 46.6 -10.4 36.6 46.6 -9.9 36.6 46.6 -9.9 36.6 46.6 -9.9 Turncole Farm 37.7 43.0 -5.3 38.2 43.0 -4.8 37.4 46.2 -8.8 37.8 51.1 -13.3 37.8 55.5 -17.7 37.8 55.5 -17.7 Broadward Farm 35.9 43.0 -7.1 36.3 43.0 -6.7 35.6 43.0 -7.4 36.0 46.4 -10.4 36.0 52.3 -16.3 36.0 52.3 -16.3 Poultry Farm 36.6 43.0 -6.4 37.1 43.0 -5.9 36.3 46.6 -10.3 36.7 46.6 -9.9 36.7 46.6 -9.9 36.7 46.6 -9.9 3 East Wick Cottages 31.8 43.0 -11.2 32.2 43.0 -10.8 31.4 43.0 -11.6 31.9 46.4 -14.6 31.9 50.7 -18.9 31.9 50.7 -18.9 Montsale Bungalow 31.2 43.0 -11.8 31.5 43.0 -11.5 30.8 45.9 -15.1 31.2 51.3 -20.1 31.2 56.0 -24.8 31.2 56.0 -24.8 West Wycke Bungalow 36.5 43.0 -6.5 36.9 43.0 -6.1 36.2 43.0 -6.8 36.6 45.6 -9.0 36.6 49.6 -13.0 36.6 49.6 -13.0
The term Lp is used to denote the predicted noise level due to the operation of the proposed wind farm The term ΔL is used to denote the difference between the predicted wind farm noise level and the recommended limit.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 260 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
9.14 Other Aspects of Noise
9.14.1 The frequency range of ‘audible noise’ is generally taken to be 20 Hz to 20,000 Hz, with the greatest sensitivity to sound typically in the central, 500 Hz to 4,000 Hz, region. The range from 10 Hz to 200 Hz is generally used to describe ‘low frequency noise’, and noise with frequencies below 20 Hz used to describe ‘infrasound’, although there is sometimes a lack of consistency regarding the definition of these terms in both common usage and the literature.
9.14.2 The main focus of this acoustic impact assessment is on broadband and tonal noise emission, the two most relevant types of noise emission for modern wind turbines, and both of which are types of ‘audible noise’. However, other aspects of acoustic noise are sometimes linked with wind turbines, including both ‘low frequency noise’ and ‘infrasound’ - these are discussed below.
9.15 Low Frequency Noise
9.15.1 Low frequency noise is always present, even in an ambient, ‘quiet’ background. It is generated by natural sources, including the sea, earthquakes, the rumble of thunder and wind. It is additionally an emission from many artificial sources found in modern life, such as household appliances (e.g. washing machines, dishwashers) and all forms of transport.
9.15.2 Leventhall (2003) notes that despite the numerous published studies there is little or no agreement about the biological effects of low frequency noise on human health and, in fact, direct evidence of adverse effects of exposure to low-intensity levels of low frequency noise (less than 90 dB) is lacking. He further notes that high levels of low frequency noise are required to exceed the hearing thresholds at these lower frequencies.
9.15.3 Noise emitted from wind turbines covers a broad spectrum from low to high frequencies. In 2004 a number of articles in the national press alleged that low frequency noise from wind turbines may give rise to adverse health effects.
9.15.4 A study on this issue is ‘Assessment of Low Frequency Noise from the Proposed West Mill Wind Farm Watchfield’ carried out by Dr Geoff Leventhall for Vale of the White Horse District Council, 8th March 2004 (Leventhall, 2004). Analysis in the low frequency region confirmed the presence of tonal peaks. However, the levels were below the average hearing threshold.
9.15.5 In February 2005, the BWEA published background information on low frequency noise from wind farms (BWEA, 2005). The conclusion to this states that:
"It has been repeatedly shown, by measurements of wind turbine noise undertaken in the UK, Denmark, Germany and the USA over the past decade, and accepted by experienced noise professionals, that the levels of low frequency noise and vibration radiated from modern upwind configuration wind turbines are at a very low level; so low that they lie below the threshold of perception, even for those people who are particularly sensitive to such noise, and even on an actual wind turbine site". (BWEA, 2005) 9.15.6 In May 2006, the DTI published a report on research by the Hayes McKenzie Partnership into claims that low frequency noise and/or infrasound emitted by wind turbines was causing human health effects (Hayes, 2006). The report concluded that there was no evidence that this was the case.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 261 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
9.16 Infrasound
9.16.1 In relation to infrasound, Leventhall states that frequencies below 20 Hz may be audible, although tonality is lost below 16 - 18 Hz, thus losing a key element of perception (Leventhall, 2004). He concludes that people can be reassured that there will be no serious consequences to peoples' health from infrasound exposure.
9.16.2 The authors of the BWEA report explain that:
“The infrasound generated by wind turbines can only be detected by the most sensitive equipment, and again this is at levels far below that at which humans will detect the low frequency sound. There is no scientific evidence to suggest that infrasound has an impact on human health.” (BWEA, 2005) 9.16.3 The BWEA report goes on to quote Leventhall (author of the DEFRA report on “Low Frequency Noise and its Effects” (BWEA, 2005)), as saying:
"I can state, quite categorically, that there is no significant infrasound from current designs of wind turbines". (BWEA, 2005) 9.16.4 A recent study by DEWI (German Wind Institute) (Klug, 2002) made infrasound measurements on a V66-1.65 MW wind turbine. The study concluded that the level of infrasound emitted by the wind turbine was far below (30 dB below) the threshold of human perception. Year long studies have also found that infrasound which cannot be heard is completely harmless and therefore no danger is posed by wind turbines (Ising, 1982).
9.17 Vibration
9.17.1 Structure borne noise, originating in vibration, is also low frequency, as is neighbour noise heard through a wall, since walls generally block higher frequencies more than lower frequencies.
9.17.2 A report by Snow (1997) gives details of low frequency noise and vibration measurements made at a wind farm. Measurements were made both on the wind farm site, and at distances of up to 1 km. It was found that the vibration levels at 100 m from the nearest turbine itself were a factor of 10 lower than those recommended for human exposure in the most critical buildings (i.e. laboratories for precision measurements), and lower again than the limits specified for residential premises (BSI, 1992). Noise and vibration levels were found to comply with recommended residential criteria, even on the wind turbine site itself, and the acoustic signal was below the generally assumed frequency range of audible noise i.e. below 20 Hz. In addition, it was found that there was no clear relationship between vibrational levels and wind speed, and that some vibrations appeared to come from other sources, as they were found even when the turbines were switched off.
9.17.3 More recently, in 2004/2005 researchers at Keele University investigated the effects of the extremely low levels of vibration resulting from wind farms on the operation of the seismic array at Eskdalemuir - one of the most sensitive such installations in the world. The results of this study have frequently been misinterpreted and, to clarify the position, the authors have explained that:
"The levels of vibration from wind turbines are so small that only the most sophisticated instrumentation and data processing can reveal their presence, and they are almost impossible to detect" (Styles, 2005). 9.17.4 They go on to say:
"Vibrations at this level and in this frequency range will be available from all kinds of sources such as traffic and background noise - they are not confined to wind turbines.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 262 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
To put the level of vibration into context, they are ground vibrations with amplitudes of about one millionth of a millimetre. There is no possibility of humans sensing the vibration and absolutely no risk to human health” (Styles, 2005)
9.18 Aerodynamic Modulation
9.18.1 The noise associated with wind turbines and commonly referred to as “Swish” is the modulation of aerodynamic noise produced at blade passing frequency (the frequency at which a blade passes a fixed point). This noise character is acknowledged by, and accounted for, in the recommendations of ETSU-R-97. However the aforementioned May 2006 DTI report (Hayes, 2006) researching low frequency noise and/or infrasound emitted by wind turbines noted that a related phenomenon known as ‘Aerodynamic Modulation’ (AM) - alternatively referred to as ‘Amplitude Modulation’, was, in some isolated circumstances, occurring in ways not anticipated by ETSU-R-97.
9.18.2 To determine whether or not AM was an issue which might require attention, in the context of the rating advice in ETSU-R-97, the Government took the view that further work was required (DTI, 2006) and subsequently commissioned the University of Salford to undertake further research in the area.
9.18.3 On 1 August 2007, the Government issued a statement (BERR, 2007) regarding the findings of a University of Salford (2007) report into AM of wind turbine noise which found that, of 133 operation wind farms in the UK at the time of the report, there were only 4 cases where AM may have been a factor. It is known that complaints have now subsided for 3 of these cases (one due to introduced mitigation by a wind farm control system) and in the remaining case investigations are ongoing. The statement says that:
“…the Government does not consider there to be a compelling case for further work into AM and will not carry out any further research at this time.” 9.18.4 In consequence the statement (BERR, 2007) makes it clear that the approach contained in the ETSU-R-97 report, to assess and rate noise from wind energy developments (ETSU, 1996), is still recommended.
9.19 Construction Noise
9.19.1 This section provides an assessment of the likely noise levels that may be produced during the construction of the proposed Turncole Wind Farm and the acceptability of these levels under current UK standards and guidance.
9.19.2 Sources of construction noise will vary both in location and duration as the different elements of the wind farm are constructed. However all construction noise effects will be temporary during the construction phase of the wind farm, estimated to be less than one year in length for significant works. Whilst noise will also arise during decommissioning of the wind farm (through turbine deconstruction and breaking of the exposed part of the concrete bases) this is not discussed separately as noise levels resulting from it are expected to be lower than those from the construction activity.
Significance Criteria
9.19.3 Construction activities are generally recognised as producing relatively high noise levels in comparison to other activities (e.g. industrial/commercial sites), but only for a limited duration. It is generally accepted that some degree of construction activity (hence construction noise) is essential and therefore that higher noise limits are appropriate for construction activities as opposed to other long term sources of noise. BS5228:2009 ‘Code of practice for noise and vibration control on construction and open sites’ Part 1 – Noise (BSI, 2009), provides guidance on the setting of environmental noise targets. Several methods of
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 263 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
assessing the significance of noise levels are presented. One such assessment methodology indicates that daytime construction noise levels below 65 dB(A) during weekdays (0700- 1900) and Saturdays (0700-1300), and below 55 dB(A) at evenings and weekends, would be considered acceptable. At Turncole construction activities will be limited to 0700-1900 Monday to Saturday except during turbine erection and commissioning.
Noise Predictions
9.19.4 Primary construction activities for which noise arises during the construction period are from: the construction of the turbine bases; the erection of the turbines; the excavation of trenches for cables; and the construction of associated hard standings, access tracks and construction compound. Noise from vehicles on local roads and access tracks will also arise due to the delivery of turbine components and construction materials, notably aggregates, concrete and steel reinforcement. It should be noted that the exact methodology and timing of construction activities cannot be predicted at this time, this assessment is therefore based on assumptions representing a worst-case scenario.
Construction Plant and Activities
9.19.5 The plant assumed for each construction activity is shown in Table 9.17. The number of items indicates how many of each plant are required for the specified activity, and the duration of activity is a percentage of a given 12h day period needed for that plant to operate. Overall sound power levels are based upon the data in Annex C of BS5228:2009, Part 1 – Noise.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 264 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.17 Construction Phases and Sound Power Levels Sound Activity Effective No. Activities Plant Power Duration Sound Power Items (LWA) (%) (LWA) Tracked excavator 113 2 100 Dump truck 113 2 100 Upgrade Access 120 Tipper lorry 107 4 50 Track Dozer 109 2 75 Vibratory roller 102 1 75 Tracked excavator 113 2 100 Construct Dump truck 113 2 100 119 temporary site Tipper lorry 107 2 50
compounds Vibratory roller 102 1 75 Lorry 108 1 75 Tracked excavator 113 3 100 Dump truck 113 2 75 Construct site 120 Tipper lorry 107 4 50 tracks Dozer 109 1 100 Vibratory roller 102 1 75 Tracked excavator 113 1 100 Construct Sub- Concrete mixer truck 108 2 50 115 Station Lorry 108 1 50 Telescopic Handler 99 1 100 Tracked excavator 113 3 100 Construct crane 120 Dump truck 113 2 100 hardstandings Tipper lorry 107 4 50 Tracked excavator 113 2 75 Dump Truck 113 2 75 Concrete mixer truck 108 4 50 Mobile telescopic crane 110 1 50 Construct turbine Concrete pump 106 2 50 122 foundations Water pump 93 1 100 Hand-held pneumatic breaker 111 1 75 Compressor 103 3 50 Piling 117 1 100 Poker vibrator 106 3 50 Tracked excavator 113 2 100 Dump truck 113 2 75 Excavate and lay 119 Tractor (towing equipment) 108 1 75 site cables Tractor (towing trailer) 107 1 75 Vibratory plate 108 1 50 Mobile telescopic crane 110 2 75 Lorry 108 1 75 119 Erect turbines Diesel generator 102 1 100 Torque guns4 111 4 100 Wheeled loader 108 1 100 Saws 114 1 50 Hydraulic breaker 121 1 50 Dump truck 113 1 75 Lay cable to Tipper lorry 107 1 50 120 substations Vibratory plate 108 1 75 Tandem roller5 102 1 75 Tractor & cable drum trailer 108 1 50 Lorry 108 1 75
4 Assumed equal to Hand-held pneumatic breaker 5 Assumed equal to Vibratory roller
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 265 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
9.19.6 Predictions of noise levels have been carried out using the methods prescribed in BS5228:2009 6 with adoption of the worst case scenario where all major construction activities take place at the nearest possible location to each assessed house. The results of these predictions, made at 6 representative critical properties to the proposed wind farm, are shown in Table 9.18. In all cases average noise levels over the construction period will be lower, particularly where high levels are predicted for work on the access tracks at close proximity to housing. Table 9.18 Results of Construction Noise Predictions
Predicted Sound Pressure Level (dB LAeq) Activity* Great West Broadward Turncole Montsale West Wycke 4 East Wick Wycke Farm Farm Farm Bungalow Bungalow Cottages Upgrade nearest 53.0 47.1 55.8 48.5 55.8 43.4 Access Track Construct temporary 51.5 44.8 45.0 39.2 53.4 40.3 site compound Construct nearest site 58.5 61.8 61.8 48.3 61.8 48.3 tracks
Construct Sub-Station 45.0 41.1 43.3 36.6 43.4 37.3
Construct nearest 49.5 50.4 51.1 46.7 50.4 47.8 crane hardstandings Construct nearest 51.0 51.9 52.5 48.1 51.8 49.2 turbine foundations Excavate and lay 48.2 49.2 49.8 45.4 49.1 46.5 nearest site cables
Erect nearest turbine 47.8 48.7 49.4 45.0 48.7 46.1
Lay cable to 43.8 44.8 45.4 41.0 44.7 42.1 substations Upgrade nearest 50.7 50.7 51.3 46.9 50.6 48.0 Access Track *Note that these activities may not take place simultaneously, see 9.19.9
Construction Traffic
9.19.7 Due to the provision of construction material and wind farm components, vehicle movements either into or away from the site shall increase levels of traffic flow on public roads in the area. Traffic regularly accessing the site is shown in ES Chapter 10 Transport and is assumed to be characterised by the sound power levels of Dump Trucks, Lorries and Concrete Mixers as a worst case. It is estimated therein that a total of 105 vehicle movements per day in each direction would be required during the most intensive period of activity.
9.19.8 Construction traffic noise has been quantified at this location using the method described in BS 5228:2009 Part 1. Using the distances from residential properties to the centre of the relevant carriageway where site traffic will be, the noise levels predicted are presented in Table 9.19. According to the assumptions made the maximum sound pressure level due to traffic flows at the most intensive period of activity will be 59.7 dB LAeq.
6 A 50% mixed ground attenuation has been used throughout to conservatively account for the arable nature of ground conditions at Turncole
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 266 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 9.19 Results of the Traffic Noise Predictions
Predicted Sound Pressure Level (dB LAeq) 4 East Activity Great West Broadward Turncole Montsale West Wycke Wick Wycke Farm Farm Farm Bungalow Bungalow Cottages Dump truck 42.9 44.4 55.4 38.4 55.4 35.6 Lorry 40.5 42.0 53.0 36.0 53.0 33.2 Concrete mixer truck 43.5 45.0 56.0 39.0 56.0 36.2 Total 47.3 48.7 59.7 42.7 59.7 39.9
General Construction Noise in Conjunction with Traffic noise
9.19.9 Worst case construction noise levels may occur when the following simultaneous activities occur: construction of nearest access tracks; construction of substation; construction of nearest crane hardstandings; and construction of nearest turbine foundations. Therefore cumulative predictions of these construction activities and the additional noise contribution from construction traffic have been calculated and are shown in Table 9.20. At all other times construction noise activity is predicted to be less than these levels. It should be noted that the predictions exclude the screening effects of local topography therefore actual levels of noise experienced at nearby residential properties could be lower. Table 9.20 Predicted Noise Due to Combined Traffic Noise and Turbine Construction
Predicted Sound Pressure Level (dB LAeq) 4 East Great West Broadward Turncole Montsale West Wycke Wick Wycke Farm Farm Farm Bungalow Bungalow Cottages Construction 59.8 62.5 62.7 52.7 62.6 53.4 Plant Noise Traffic Noise 47.3 48.7 59.7 42.7 59.7 39.9 Combined 60.1 62.7 64.5 53.1 64.4 53.6 Noise
Assessment
9.19.10 Table 9.20 shows that predicted noise levels from the combined effect of increased traffic flows and activities associated with construction of the wind farm are below the 65 dB(A) daytime target level specified by BS 5228 at all locations. The predictions made represent the worst case combination of most intensive traffic activity with simultaneous construction activity at the nearest possible location to each noise receptor.
9.19.11 On Saturdays, from 1300-1900, a lower 55dBA target may be applicable according to BS 5228. Table 9.20 shows 4 properties where, given the conservative assumptions made, combined traffic noise and site construction noise may be greater than this. Whilst unlikely to occur in reality, the next Section outlines mitigation available to ensure this target can be adhered to.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 267 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Mitigation
9.19.12 For all activities measures will be taken to reduce noise levels with due regard to practicality and cost as per the concept of ‘best practicable means’ as defined in Section 72 of the Control of Pollution Act 1974.
9.19.13 BS 5228 states that the ‘attitude of the contractor’ is important in minimising the likelihood of complaints and therefore consultation with the local authority will be required along with letter drops to inform residents of intended activity. Non-acoustic factors, which influence the overall level of complaints such as mud on roads and dust generation, will also be controlled.
9.19.14 Furthermore, the following noise mitigation options will be implemented where appropriate:
Consideration will be given to noise emissions when selecting plant and equipment to be used on site. Where appropriate, quieter items of plant and equipment will be given preference; All equipment should be maintained in good working order and fitted with the appropriate silencers, mufflers or acoustic covers where applicable; Stationary noise sources will be sited as far away as reasonably possible from residential properties and where necessary and appropriate, acoustic barriers will be used to screen them; The movement of vehicles to and from the site will be controlled and employees will be instructed to ensure compliance with the noise control measures adopted. 9.19.15 Site operations will be limited to 0700-1900 Monday to Saturday except during turbine erection and commissioning. Should it be considered necessary to reduce noise levels from the conservative predicted levels made, then the following mitigation measures would be considered to adhere to the 55dB(A) target level for Saturdays 1300-1900 only:
Construction of site tracks shall not be closer than 575m from the nearest property; Construction traffic would also be reduced and this would be to the equivalent of approximately 2 heavy vehicle movements past each property per hour; & At the nearest on-site locations to the four properties identified in Table 9.20 as potentially receiving construction noise levels in excess of the 55dB(A) target level, only one construction activity (as defined in Table 9.17) should take place at any one time. 9.19.16 However, it should be acknowledged that there are many strategies to reduce construction noise by the limitation of activities that would result in predicted noise levels being lower than the specified target. Any such measures should be considered adequate and the mitigation adopted should not be limited to the measures proposed.
9.20 Conclusions
9.20.1 The acoustic impact for the proposed Turncole Wind Farm on nearby neighbours has been assessed in accordance with the guidance on wind farm noise as issued in the DTI publication ‘The Assessment and Rating of Noise from Wind Farms’ (ETSU, 1996).
9.20.2 Noise levels due to the operation of the proposed wind farm have been predicted at nearby properties and, at all of these properties, the predicted noise levels are 38.2 dB(A) or below, at all considered wind speeds.
9.20.3 ETSU-R-97 recommends the use of a 'Simplified Assessment Method':
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 268 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
“if the noise is limited to an LA90,10min of 35 up to wind speeds of 10 m/s at 10 m height' going on to say 'then these conditions alone would offer sufficient protection of amenity, and background noise surveys would be unnecessary’” (ETSU, 1996) 9.20.4 The condition applies to 17 of the 25 properties considered and, in consequence, these properties would be regarded as having sufficient protection of amenity.
9.20.5 Background noise surveys have been carried out at 6 nearby properties and the measured background noise levels used to determine appropriate noise limits, as specified by ETSU-R- 97. The full assessment method is also applied at these properties.
9.20.6 For those properties requiring the full acoustic assessment procedure, the predicted noise levels are within both quiet waking hours and night-time noise limits at all considered wind speeds. The minimum margin of predicted noise levels below derived noise limits, for all wind speeds considered, during quiet waking hours, is -0.5 dB(A) and the minimum margin during night time periods, for all wind speeds considered, is -4.8 dB(A).
9.20.7 The proposed wind farm therefore complies with the relevant guidance on wind farm noise and the impact on the amenity of all nearby properties would be regarded as acceptable.
9.20.8 A construction noise assessment, with due regard to mitigation outlined, indicates that predicted noise levels likely to be experienced at representative critical properties are below relevant construction noise criteria.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 269 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
9.21 References
BERR, 2007. “Government statement regarding the findings of the Salford University report into Amplitude Modulation of Wind Turbine Noise”, URN 07/1276, dated July 2007, (http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file40571.pdf).
British Standards Institution (BSI, 2009), “Noise and vibration control on construction and open sites”, BS 5228:2009.
British Standards Institution (BSI), 1992. “Guide to Evaluation of human exposure to vibration in buildings (1 Hz to 80 Hz)”, BS 6472.
BWEA, 2005. “Low Frequency Noise and Wind Turbines”, http://www.bwea.com/ref/lowfrequencynoise.html & Technical Annex: http://www.bwea.com/pdf/lfn-annex.pdf.
DEFRA, 2006. “Update of noise database for prediction of noise on construction and open sites. Phase 3: Noise measurement data for construction plant used on quarries”, Report No 3782.1v2 .
DOE, 2007. Department for the Environment, Northern Ireland “Planning Policy Statement 18: Renewable Energy”, Consultation Paper, 23 November 2007
DTI, 2006. “Advice on findings of the Hayes McKenzie report on noise arising from Wind Farms”, URN 06/2162, dated November 2006, (http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file35592.pdf).
ETSU, 1996. “The Assessment and Rating of Noise from Wind Farms”, The Working Group on Noise from Wind Turbines, ETSU Report for the DTI, ETSU-R-97.
ETSU, 2000. “A Critical Appraisal of Wind Farm Noise Propagation”, ETSU Report W/13/00385/REP.
Hayes, M 2006. “The Measurement of Low Frequency Noise at Three UK Wind Farms”, Contract Number W/45/00656/00/00, URN 06/1412, http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file31270.pdf.
Institute of Acoustics, 2009. Bulletin volume 34, no 2 “Prediction and Assessment of Wind Turbine Noise”, signed by Dr A Bullmore and M Jiggins (Hoare Lea Acoustics), Dr A McKenzie and M Hayes (Hayes McKenzie Partnership), D Bowdler (New Acoustics), R Davis (RD Associates) & Dr G Leventhall.
International Organisation for Standardisation (ISO), 1996. “Acoustics - Attenuation of Sound During Propagation Outdoors, Part 2: General Method of Calculation”, ISO 9613-2:1996.
Ising, Makrert, Schenoda, Schwarze, 1982. “Infrasound Effects on Humans”, Dusseldorf, VDI publishing house.
Klug, H. 2002. “Infraschall von Windenergieanlagen: Realität oder Mythos?”, (“Infrasound from Wind Turbines: Reality or Myth?”), DEWI Magazine No. 20, February 2002.
Leventhall, G. 2003. “A Review of Published Research on Low Frequency Noise and Its Effects”, Report for DEFRA.
Leventhall, G. 2004. “Assessment of Low Frequency Noise from the Proposed West Mill Wind Farm, Watchfield”, A Report to Vale of the White Horse District Council.
Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM), 2004. “Planning Policy Statement 22: Renewable Energy”.
RES, 2010. Correspondence between Matthew Cassidy, RES and Chris Purvis, Senior Development Control Officer, & Paul Pearse, Environmental Health Officer, Maldon District Council, 11 February 2010.
Scottish Executive, 2002. “Renewable Energy Technologies”, Scottish Executive Planning Advice Note (PAN) 45, Revised 2002.
Snow, D.J, 1997. “Low Frequency Noise & Vibration Measurements at a Modern Windfarm”, ETSU W/13/00392/REP.
Styles, P & Toon, S. 2005. "Wind farm noise" printed in the Scotsman newspaper as a rebuttal of claims made by the Renewable Energy Foundation, August 2005.
University of Salford, 2007. “Research into Aerodynamic Modulation of Wind Turbine Noise: Final Report”, URN 07/1235, dated July 2007, (http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file40570.pdf).
Vestas, 2010. “General Specification V90 1.8/2.0MW GridStreamer” Document no. 0005-6279 V04, May 2010.
Welsh Assembly Government (WAG), 2005. “Planning Policy Wales Technical Advice Note 8: Planning for Renewable Energy”.
Chapter 9 – Acoustic Assessment - Page 270 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10 TRANSPORTATION AND ACCESS
10.1 Introduction
10.1.1 This Chapter sets out the transportation, traffic and access assessment relevant to the proposed Turncole Wind Farm, referred to as the Proposal as described in Chapter 4 and shown on Figure 4.2 (all Figures are contained in Volume 3). The Site is shown in Figure 4.1 as the development site boundary. The general legislative, advisory and planning background is considered. The process by which the preferred access route was selected and designed is described and impacts are assessed and appropriate mitigation if required is outlined. 10.1.2 The Chapter describes: the baseline conditions of the road network; the access options that have been considered to bring the deliveries to Site; the proposed access arrangements between the public highway and the Site itself; the volume of traffic associated with the Proposal predicted during construction, operation and decommissioning of the project; 10.1.3 The Chapter then considers measures proposed to mitigate potential impacts. Residual effects of the proposed development after mitigation are identified. 10.1.4 Traffic generated during construction and operation of the wind farm, which may be considered additional to the baseline traffic flows, is considered in accordance with recognised thresholds of significance. Traffic generated during construction falls into two categories: normal loads - where volume of traffic is the primary consideration, and; abnormal loads - where consideration is given to volume of traffic, ability of long or heavy vehicles to have free passage through the road network and any necessary traffic management requirements. 10.1.5 Very few vehicle trips are generated during the operation of a wind farm. Any visits made will be for maintenance or repair activities by 4x4 vehicles or occasional abnormal loads. It is therefore considered that effects of this phase of the wind farm are of minor significance. 10.1.6 This Chapter is supported by Figures 10.1, 10.2 and 4.15 in Volume 3. This Chapter has considered the following policies: T2 Transport Infrastructure in New Developments of the Maldon District Replacement Local Plan (Adopted 2005). Other material considerations, CS25 Accessibility Requirements for New Development and CS23 Environmental Impact of New Development from the Core Strategy. Details of these policies are provided in Section 2.7 and the Planning Policy Statement which accompanies, but does not form part of, the ES.
10.2 Methodology
10.2.1 The Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic (IEA, 1993), published by the Institute of Environmental Management and Assessment (IEMA), informed the assessment of the effects of the traffic resulting from the Proposal on the road network. Vehicle movements for the Proposal’s construction, operation and decommissioning periods were calculated through RES’s experience of constructing and operating wind farms. Baseline traffic numbers were obtained from the Essex County Council (ECC) and produced by Mouchel Consulting Limited.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 271 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10.2.2 The assessment considers the impacts of the traffic arising from the Proposal on the local roads and their users and upon the land uses adjacent to those roads.
10.2.3 Table 10.1 below summarises the responses of the highways organisations which were contacted during scoping and through consultations. Table 10.1 Summary of Consultation Responses
Consultee Date of Summary of Comments Consultation ECC 28 January The possibility of importing materials for the development Highways 2010 of the site by sea should be considered fully in order to Department avoid disruption to the highway network. If however this is not feasible, justification should be provided. Any highway route agreed upon to accommodate the construction traffic for the wind farm will need to be upgraded and improved at the developer’s cost as appropriate in order that the highway network is capable of taking the construction traffic relating to this site. A survey that considers the condition of the agreed construction traffic route both before development begins and after completion. Any damage deemed to be caused by construction traffic relating to the site over and above general wear and tear caused by existing traffic flows is to be made good at the developer’s cost. Requirement for a swept path drawing for abnormal loads along the chosen routes. 11 February Consideration of using the B1010 for abnormal loads and 2010 normal construction traffic. 5 May 2010 Suggestion that 24 hour 2 way traffic count surveys are undertaken. 2 June 2010 For the abnormal loads, convoys of up to 7 vehicles to transport the turbine components during the night time would keep congestion, disruption and tailbacks to a minimum. As such this would be our preference, however I would advise you to discuss this with Maldon District Council as they may have concerns with regard to noise and disruption during night time hours.
With regard to the general construction traffic including the cement trucks, we would not likely have any concern with these being accommodated on the highway network during the day, with the exception of during the morning and evening peak hours. 21 July 2010 Confirmation of the suitability of the proposed traffic count locations, noting that counts should be 24 hour 2 way counts and should be conducted on a neutral day in a neutral month and avoiding all school holidays/bank holidays etc. 29 July 2010 provision of passing places along narrower sections of the proposed routes, for example Hall Road and Marsh Road 6 October include plans showing the areas where widening is expected. 2010
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 272 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10.2.4 Various deliveries (stone, turbine structural components, erection cranes) pose different challenges, but the dominant factor determining the delivery routes is normally the wind turbine blades due to their length. Alternative routes were identified and assessed by RES engineers for access onto the site, considering environmental constraints, road alignment, gradients, minimising disturbance and addressing technical issues. Following a comparison of the different potential routes, preferred routes were chosen and assessed in detail using computer modelled ‘swept path analyses’ showing the extent of road needed to carry the longest abnormal load component. The “swept path” showed two types of widening required; the first is where the carriageway width has to be a minimum of 5m, the second is widening to facilitate the turning of the vehicles. The last consideration is where the vehicle will overfly the road edge. See Figure 10.2. Figure 10.1 shows the proposed routes for the abnormal loads and for construction traffic.
10.3 Alternative Transport Methods and Routes
Rail Transport
10.3.1 Transport of wind turbine components by rail is a theoretical alternative to road transport. There are 2 railway stations in close proximity of the Turncole Wind Farm; Burnham-on- Crouch rail station which is approximately 4km from Site Entrance 1 and Southminster rail station which is approximately 3km from Site Entrance 2 (see Figure 4.15). 10.3.2 There are two types of deliveries that have been investigated in this Section: abnormal load deliveries (turbine components) and construction material deliveries (the majority of which would be stone and concrete deliveries). Consideration will be given to deliveries by rail for abnormal loads first then construction materials. 10.3.3 The main restriction for the delivery of abnormal loads using rail transport is width. There is an absolute limit of 2.5m width, above which, goods cannot be transported by rail (English Welsh & Scottish Railway, 2004). Most of the critical loads in wind turbine construction exceed this limit. All turbine tower deliveries are in the region 3.5 to 4.5m diameter, with nacelles typically 4.5m wide, or more. The blade vehicles, due to their length would require larger widths for corners. 10.3.4 There would also be potential for disruption due to unloading goods from the rail wagons at a local station, and disruption to local road users by abnormal loads using the minor roads around local stations. In conclusion, rail is not thought appropriate for delivery of abnormal loads.
Burnham-on-Crouch Railway Station
10.3.5 Burnham-on-Crouch railway station has been investigated for the delivery of construction materials particularly stone and concrete deliveries. Burnham-on-Crouch is the nearest station to the preferred entry to the Site i.e. Site Entrance 1. However when the construction materials arrive they will require a temporary lay down area or storage area and this is not possible at Burnham–on-Crouch. 10.3.6 If there was a temporary laydown area at Burnham-on-Crouch station, the construction materials arriving at the station would have to be loaded onto delivery trucks which would be waiting at the station. The delivery trucks once loaded would have to travel through the north of Burnham-on-Crouch and then onto Marsh Road. The station is fairly central in Burnham-on-Crouch and the delivery trucks travelling from the station are considered likely to cause some disruption to other road users and residents. However, if the rail network was not used then the deliveries could avoid the busier parts of Burnham-on-Crouch, see Figure 10.1. The traffic generation on the local roads if the rail network were used would also be the same as for delivery purely by road as the trucks still have to travel to Burnham-on-Crouch and then to Site. Considering these points and the lack of temporary storage areas, delivering construction materials using Burnham-on-Crouch rail station is not thought to be possible.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 273 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Southminster Railway Station
10.3.7 Southminster rail station has also been investigated for the delivery of construction materials. Southminster rail station does have lay down areas for storing materials so delivery of materials to site would be possible.
Concrete
10.3.8 The most difficult construction material to deliver by rail is concrete. Ready-mix lorries have a rotating container that has been especially designed to deliver concrete. They also typically have a 2 hour time limit on the journey to ensure the quality of the concrete. 10.3.9 Using rail to deliver batch concrete is not a method used by local suppliers due to the need for a rotating container that could be delivered by rail. If rail was to be used, a design for a rotating container that could be placed on a rail wagon would need to be undertaken that would satisfy the supplier’s requirements. If this was possible and such a container was designed, the next consideration is how to deliver this by rail as this is not a usual process. There are a few ways in which the concrete could be delivered but the easiest would probably involve the following; the concrete supplier would arrive at the concrete batch plant with the “new rotating container”, it would be filled, then driven to the nearest train station, loaded/craned onto the rail wagon, the delivery trucks would then drive to Southminster ready for the “new rotating container” to be loaded/craned back onto the trucks, once loaded then it can be taken directly to site via Site Entrance 2. This process would be difficult to keep under 2 hours. 10.3.10 Due to the complications of designing a rotating container that could be delivered by rail, the disruption to the local train stations whilst the containers are being loaded/craned on and off the delivery vehicles, plus the requirement of a delivery of under 2 hours, concrete deliveries using the Southminster rail station are not a practical solution.
Aggregate
10.3.11 The delivery of aggregate to site by rail would involve a similar process as concrete but without the need for a specialist container, nor the time constraints. The delivery trucks collecting the aggregate will load the aggregate onto rail wagons at the nearest/most appropriate train station. Once the aggregate deliveries have arrived at Southminster rail station the delivery lorries need to be there ready to load the materials and take them to Site Entrance 2. The only route from the station would be north and right onto Hall Road. 10.3.12 Some consideration needs to be made of how the deliveries lorries will get to Southminster rail station. The most direct route to the train station would be through Southminster itself. Point 4 of the decision notice for the refused Middlewick Wind Farm application stated: “The proposed development would lead to vibrations, noise and disruption from the construction traffic using the local road networks to and from the site, particularly in the village of Southminster. The local road network would be subject to an excessive increase in vehicle movements, particularly from heavy goods vehicles where the local road network to the site is narrow and restricted. As a result the proposal would have a detrimental impact upon the residential amenities of properties along the construction route and would be detrimental to highway safety for pedestrian and vehicle users of the public highway. The proposal is therefore contrary to policies BE1, T2 and PU6 of the adopted Maldon District Replacement Local Plan.” It is therefore preferred to avoid Southminster. Alternatively the delivery vehicles could use the original route that is shown in Figure 10.1 marked as the “Standard Traffic Route” which comes just north of Burnham-on-Crouch on the B1021 and along Marsh Road. To arrive at the rail station the delivery vehicles would need to continue along Marsh Road (past Site Entrance 1) turn left and travel north up to Deal Hall, turn left, pass the proposed Site Entrances 2, and 3 and then into Southminster from the East. This route is approximately an extra 6km through rural roads that could be avoided if the deliveries
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 274 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
were to come by trucks. It is also considered that if this route were to be used to facilitate aggregate deliveries by rail, the impacts on Hall Road may be significant. 10.3.13 Using Southminster rail station to deliver aggregates or other construction materials would not reduce the number of vehicle deliveries required, instead it would increase the congestion at two railways stations, and at Hall road as well as increasing the vehicle journey on local roads by approximately 6km. Subsequently rail transport is not considered a suitable alternative transport method for this site.
Waterways
10.3.14 The River Crouch is approximately 2km south of the Turncole Wind Farm but there are no port facilities nearby that would be suitable for the large vessels needed so additional infrastructure would be required. 10.3.15 Where possible construction materials are intended to be supplied from local suppliers which are inland so the only appropriate deliveries using a port are the turbine components. 10.3.16 RES has consulted with a turbine manufacturer on the viability of deliveries via the River Crouch. It is not a normal way of delivering turbine components however it is possible using a sea going vessel, unloading the components onto a barge with a shallower draft at a suitable port facility, taking the barge to a suitable location along the shore of River Crouch taking advantage of the high tides, then craning the components off the barge into trucks waiting to deliver them to site. There are special barges that have been used to deliver blade components before, and on rare occasions tower sections have been delivered on barges. The nacelle which is the heaviest turbine component has not been delivered in this manner. 10.3.17 Desktop studies have been undertaken by RES Engineering to check sea levels at locations along the embankment. Two banks were identified as having appropriate sea levels at high tide with enough time to unload the barges. 10.3.18 The minimum upgrades required along the shoreline for turbine component deliveries would involve a new crane hardstanding, lay down areas and strengthening of the shoreline where the deliveries would be unloaded. More stringent upgrades may be required including more substantial strengthening works of the shoreline and possible dredging to increase sea depths to allow barges access and more time for unloading. 10.3.19 To thoroughly investigate the possibilities of this a site visit to the proposed banks would be required. The most suitable landing points are however owned privately and RES Surveyors and Engineers were not permitted access. Without access more thorough investigation is not possible. 10.3.20 Using the River Crouch to deliver abnormal loads would involve creating additional infrastructure in the form of crane hardstandings, lay down areas and upgrades to the embankment. Considering this and the lack of access to the shoreline, delivering the turbine components via River Crouch is not a preferred option.
10.4 Public Highway Route Options
Route Options for Abnormal Loads
10.4.1 The majority of suitable onshore sites for wind farms are of a rural or semi-rural nature. Road networks to such sites will often require some degree of upgrading to accommodate temporary construction and turbine delivery traffic. As described in PPS22, paragraph 21 Companion Guide, amendments to existing roads required to gain access to site should be considered in the planning application. 10.4.2 In selecting a route to Site RES has considered: avoiding sensitive receptors such as schools and residential areas; maximising use of major A roads where possible, and
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 275 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
minimising land take and widening works. 10.4.3 The access route for large turbine components will be: from the port of origin to a UK port and onto the UK motorway network. It is not known which port will be used at this stage as this is a decision made by the turbine suppliers once the turbine is chosen. However Harwich is the nearest port to Site that has taken delivery of abnormal turbine loads previously. The access study undertaken by RES Engineering maximises the use of A roads. As the delivery start point is not known, for the purposes of this Chapter, the route will be started from A12. From the A12 Turn onto the A130, Turn onto the A132 (towards South Woodham Ferrers) Turn onto the B1012 (Lower Burnham Road). 10.4.4 From this point onwards there are three alternative routes available for the abnormal loads. These are described below. The routes are shown in Figure 10.1, ‘Dry Run Routes’.
Route A) Southminster Route
On the B1012 turn left onto the B1010 towards Cold Norton Turn right on to the B1018 towards Latchingdon Continue on the B1018 through the centre of Southminster on the High street, Station road and finally onto Hall road that would lead to the proposed Site Entrance 2 (see Figure 4.15).
Route B) The Endway/Old Heath Lane
On the B1012 take the B1010 towards Althorne Continue on the B1010 Leave the B1010 for The Endway Continue onto the Old Heath Road At the B1021 turn right towards Burnham-on-Crouch Turn left onto Marsh Road and continue for 4km towards the proposed Site Entrance 1 (See Figure 4.15)
Route C) The ‘Burnham Bends’ (B1010)
On the B1012 take the B1010 towards Althorne Continue on the B1010 turning right towards Burnham-on-Crouch through the ‘Burnham Bends’ Turn left onto the B1021 Turn right onto Marsh Road Continue on Marsh road for 4km towards the proposed Site Entrance 1 (See Figure 4.15) 10.4.5 There would be two types of specialist vehicle required to transport the turbine parts to the site. One vehicle would transport turbine blades, while another type would transport the tower sections, hubs and nacelles. Swept path analyses have been carried out for both these types of vehicle to determine the works required to allow passage through pinch- points on the routes above. 10.4.6 Any works required will be undertaken in close liaison with ECC and Maldon District Council (MDC). The proposed adjustments to the carriageway are shown in Figure 10.2.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 276 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10.4.7 To confirm the widening shown from the swept path analysis of the above routes and compare the routes, a “dry run” was undertaken for each which involved mimicking the delivery of a blade component. The blade vehicle is usually the most onerous turbine component to deliver to site as it is the longest component at 45m. The dry run vehicle was 40m in length and the blade overhang was modelled using a 5m ladder extended at the back of the vehicle. The trailer was retractable so that the vehicle could be shortened if it was required. 10.4.8 The dry run was attended by ECC (highways department) and the Local Police. The routes are discussed below along with the pros and cons of the routes. 10.4.9 The dry run showed that Route A (Southminster) had the most trailer closes required. One of these closes was in Southminster itself where the trailer had to be retracted due to parked cars. The progress through Southminster was relatively slow compared with the rest of the journey. Going through Southminster as discussed earlier is not a preferred route. 10.4.10 Route C (Burnham bends) had less trailer closes required compared with Route A indicating fewer road upgrades would be required on this route. However the trailer could not negotiate the turn off the B1010 (Maldon Road) onto the B1021 (Church Road) due to traffic congestion and street furniture obstructing the turn. This route also had the highest amount of manual steering required which increased the time that the traffic was held up. The route along Marsh Road would need to be widened, a few hedges will need to be trimmed/removed/moved and there are some telegraph/utility poles that will need to be rerouted. Also there are three bridges along Marsh Road. The first is a network rail bridge (WIS/830) with a weight limit of 38T. The second is Muscle Bridge and the third is Twizzlefoot Bridge neither of which have weight restrictions however ECC have imposed a maximum weight limit of 11 Tonnes per axle with a minimum axle spacing of 1.35m. This means any construction traffic would have to adhere to these limits. RES has undertaken preliminary studies with hauliers to achieve this for the abnormal loads and the concrete and aggregate lorries. 10.4.11 Route B (Endway) had the least number of trailer closes required. However the route along the Endway and Old Heath road will require widening, hedge trimming and telegraph/utility poles will need to be rerouted. The Endway and the Old Heath Road are single track roads but have lower use compared with Route C so delays to traffic should be lower using this route. As this route also uses Marsh Road the same works are required as described in Route C and the same restrictions of the axles loads and spacing’s are required to cross the 3 bridges on this route. 10.4.12 In conclusion, for abnormal loads, it is preferred to use Route B that avoids Southminster and Burnham-on-Crouch even though there are more widening works required, because this route causes the least disruption to local traffic. 10.4.13 Approval to temporarily remove street furniture for the minimum period as is reasonably practicable will be obtained from the appropriate body prior to abnormal load deliveries. 10.4.14 In summary the route will be : Leaving the A12 to join the A130, Turn onto the A132 Take the B1012 around South Woodham Ferrers Turn right onto the B1010 Continue onto The Endway Continue onto the Old Heath Road Turn right onto the B1021 toward Burnham-on-Crouch Turn left onto Marsh Road and drive approximately 4km to Site Entrance 1 as per Figure 4.15
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 277 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10.4.15 For Turbines T5, T6 and T7 it is proposed to exit at the north of the site (marked Site Entrance 2 on Figure 4.2) and re enter at Site Entrance 3. This is proposed to reduce the number of culverts that will need to be upgrade and to reduce the impact on the farming land. 10.4.16 It is possible to deliver abnormal loads by night and this is the preferred method of ECC. A traffic management plan will be agreed with ECC and MDC prior to construction that will seek to minimise the effects of abnormal load deliveries. Methods such as police escorts, traffic lights, road signs, restricted parking, timing of deliveries (to avoid rush hour and school hours) and passing places will be introduced to aid the passage of vehicles with minimum disruption to road users. The traffic management plan will seek to avoid sensitive routes and awkward junctions for construction vehicles approaching and departing the site. 10.4.17 Prior to construction a road condition survey would be undertaken. The final logistics plans would be agreed with the Police and highways authorities prior to any deliveries being made in accordance with the Road Vehicles (Authorisation of Special Types) (General) Order 2002. 10.4.18 Warning signs would be placed along the roads approaching the site to warn of the construction traffic and provide adequate notice. 10.4.19 Once the abnormal loads have been delivered the trailers can retract to 18m where they are no longer classified as abnormal. As such these vehicles departing the site can return along the trunk roads on Route C rather than the narrower roads on Route B thus reducing the impact on traffic flow.
Route Options for Standard Construction Traffic
10.4.20 Standard construction traffic consists of all non abnormal loads, see vehicle type in Table 10.3 for further details. 10.4.21 The same three routes that were considered for the abnormal loads are also options for the standard construction traffic. 10.4.22 During consultation with ECC it was noted that the trunk roads would be the preferred roads for the standard construction traffic as the roads are designed to accommodate these types of vehicles and that the volume of the traffic would be more easily absorbed into the current levels of traffic flow, see Section 10.5. 10.4.23 Route C described above and shown as the blue route in Figure 10.1 is therefore proposed for use of the standard construction traffic.
On-Site Access Tracks
10.4.24 From leaving Site Entrance 1 the proposed access tracks would lead to the various wind turbines over the Site. The access tracks will be a minimum of 5m wide with widening on bends and at passing places. The total length of access tracks is up to approximately 6.2km. Figure 4.2 shows the on-site access track layout. The layout of the turbines and access tracks on site has been designed to use existing tracks and existing culverts where reasonably practicable; to minimise effects on farming operations, and to avoid environmentally sensitive areas. 10.4.25 The method of access track construction and reinstatement is described in Section 4.3. Mitigation measures to minimise ecological and hydrological effects of carrying out the road widening works are described in Chapters 6 and 9.
10.5 Existing Traffic Data
10.5.1 There is no traffic count data available from the Department of Transport so historical data (2005-2009) was obtained from Mouchel Consulting Limited for various points on the proposed access route along the B1010 (count point 1&3), The Endway (count point), B1021
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 278 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
(count point 4) and Marsh Road (Site 6), giving the total daily average no. of motor vehicles passing the count points. Further data was found for Southminster (count point 5), see Figure 10.1 for count point locations 1-6. 10.5.2 The Count Points (CPs) were chosen as points being representative and equally separated along the proposed delivery route. This would allow for the potential effects from an increase in traffic volume to be easily measured. 10.5.3 Mouchel, on behalf of RES and in consultation with ECC have undertaken further traffic counts for 2010 to update the historical data collected. The predicted traffic flows may be slightly greater at the time of construction of the Turncole Wind Farm in line with general increasing traffic in the UK, but not so much as to make a material difference to this assessment. 10.5.4 A summary of the results is given in Table 10.2 where it can be seen that the new traffic counts are relatively similar to the historical data. There is no historical data for the number of HGVs, however the new 2010 data does contain the number of HGVs and is also shown in Table 10.2. It can be seen that the B1010 has relatively high volumes of traffic.
Table 10.2 Summary of Traffic Counts for 2010 and from Historical Records (No. of motor vehicles) in both directions, see Figure 10.1 for traffic count locations 2010 2010 HGV Count Number& Tuesday Historical Historical Count Location Count (All Count Count Day (Tuesday Traffic) Only) 1 B1010 (Lower Burnham Mon‐Sat Road) 8991 288 8709 average 2 The Endway 1719 18 1838 Tuesday 3 Mon‐Sat B1010 (Burnham Road 7670 259 7990 average 4 B1021 5398 125 5382 Thursday 5 Southminster 4808 162 4541 Wednesday 6 March Road 211 5 453 Thursday
10.6 Effects of Construction Traffic
10.6.1 The main transportation impacts will occur during the construction stage. The impacts will be caused either by an increase in traffic levels or by physical alterations required to facilitate the passage of abnormal loads.
Traffic Generation
10.6.2 Traffic will be generated by each of the activities given in Table 10.3 below. For each activity, an estimate is given of the total number of journeys anticipated and the maximum number of journeys that may conceivably be made in one day. A journey is considered to be a round trip, where a vehicle travels from its origin to the Site then back to its origin. The figures given in Table 10.3 are estimates; there will be days when an activity generates no traffic and days when an activity generates more journeys than the average stated.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 279 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10.6.3 The construction period is assumed to be 12 months, starting in January. Site working hours during construction would be Monday to Saturday 7am to 7pm, other than during turbine erection and commissioning when the site will work 7 days a week. 10.6.4 Table 10.3 gives the total number of vehicle movements during construction phase as 6,403. Table 10.3 Traffic Movements during Construction Phase Phase Purpose Vehicle Approximate Max Period of No of journeys Delivery – Journeys for possible (Assumes project in 1 day 12 month duration (not all programme journeys start Jan) will occur in one day) Site Set-Up Portacabin Low loader 4 4 Jan delivery Skip delivery Low loader 3 3 Jan Generator Low loader 1 1 Jan delivery Water and fuel Low loader 1 1 Jan tank delivery Road & hard Stone for site Tipper 2001 40 Jan – May standings roads trucks Stone for crane Tipper 690 40 Jan – May hard standing trucks Stone for Tipper 147 40 Jan – May construction trucks compound Stone for control Tipper 40 40 Jan – May building and trucks substation compounds Stone for turning Tipper 35 35 Jan – May heads trucks Stone for lay Tipper 147 40 Jan – May down area trucks Stone for rotor Tipper 58 40 Jan - Mar assembly trucks Stone for Tipper 8 8 May - Oct pathways trucks Foundation Excavator Low loader 2 2 Mar construction delivery Misc works Backhoe 2 2 Mar loader Turbine Mixer 350 50 Mar – May concrete trucks delivery Met mast Mixer 18 18 Mar – May concrete trucks delivery Transformer Mixer 33 33 Mar – May concrete trucks delivery
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 280 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Comms mast Mixer 3 3 June-Oct concrete trucks Steel delivery Flat bed 10.5 10.5 Mar – May Foundation bolts Flat bed 7 7 May or steel insert delivery Place foundation 30t to 50t 1 1 May bolt cage or crane steel insert
Turbine Tool container Low Loader 2 2 Jan - Mar erection delivery Tower section Extendible 21 6 Sept delivery trailer Blade delivery Extendible 21 6 Sept trailer Nacelle Low loader 7 2 Sept Met Mast Low loader 1 1 Sept Hub and spinner Low loader 7 2 Sept Turbine erection 1000t crane 1 1 Sept Turbine erection 150t to 1 1 Sept 200t crane Cable Cable delivery Flat bed or 3 2 Jun Installation Hiab Excavator Low loader 1 1 Jun delivery Cable laying Telescopic 1 1 Jun handler Sub Station Concrete Mixer 23 18 Jul delivery trucks Brick delivery Flat bed 3 3 Jul Switchgear Flat bed 2 2 Aug Misc electrical Flat bed 2 2 Aug equipment Reinstatement Removal of Tipper 383 40 Nov - Dec temporary trucks hardstanding stone Removal of Tipper 147 40 Nov - Dec temporary trucks compound stone
Removal of Tipper 147 40 Nov - Dec temporary lay trucks down area stone
Removal of Tipper 35 35 Nov - Dec temporary trucks turning head stone
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 281 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Removal of rotor Tipper 58 40 Nov - Dec assembly area trucks stone
Misc Vans, cars 1560 5 Jan – Dec Telescopic 2 2 Jan – Dec handler Skip lorry 104 2 Jan – Dec Small 104 2 Jan – Dec tanker Light goods 208 4 Jan – Dec van Total 6403
10.6.5 Experience has shown that the busiest traffic days are when the foundations are poured. As shown in Table 10.3, the total number of concrete deliveries for each foundation would be up to 50; as these have to be poured in one day the maximum number of concrete deliveries in one day would also be 50. Additionally there would be a number of other vehicles on foundation pouring days and experience has shown that this would typically be about 15 other miscellaneous vehicles (4 of which are considered HGV Lorries), taking the maximum likely number of journeys to site on one day to 65, and return journeys 130. The total peak daily HGV journeys to site are 54 and return journeys would be 108. This is likely to be the worst case and will only occur on a maximum of 7 days during the construction period when the foundations are being poured. If piled foundations are used the number of deliveries will be fewer. 10.6.6 One journey would be made by a 1,000 tonne capacity mobile crane which would be the main crane required to erect the turbines. A journey would also be made by a second 200 tonne capacity crane required for the erection of turbines. 10.6.7 Construction site working would be Monday to Saturday from 7am to 7pm, however during turbine erection and commissioning site working would be 7 days a week. There would be no increase in the night time background noise level. The site entrance would be monitored daily and swept clean if required. 10.6.8 Following the construction phase there would be a period of site reinstatement. The number of vehicle visits to the Site during this stage is unlikely to have any perceptible effect on the local road network and traffic flows. 10.6.9 According to the DoT (1983) Manual of Environmental Appraisal an increase in traffic flows of 30% has a slight impact, 60% a moderate impact and 90% a substantial impact. The more recent Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic (IEA, 1993) notes that it should be assumed that projected changes in traffic of less than 10% create no discernible environmental impact but that increases of 30% or more should be assessed. 10.6.10 Table 10.4 shows the worst case predicted traffic for the proposed access route for standard construction traffic along Route C. The Table shows clearly that the overall traffic increase is very minimal for the main roads (Count Points 1 and 3) and is all below 30%.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 282 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 10.4 Construction Traffic Generated along Route C for the Return Journey of the Standard Construction Traffic and the % Increase in Traffic Volume. See Table 10.2 for traffic count data.
% increase all % increase for Peak Light Total % increase all vehicles at all vehicles at Traffic per Peak HGVs maximum at traffic count traffic count Site Number traffic count day (return per day RES Traffic site vehicles site (Average site (Historic journey) in any day (2010 data) from historical data) and 2010 data)
1 22 108 130 1.49 1.45 1.47 3 22 108 130 1.63 1.69 1.66 6 22 108 130 28.70 61.61 45.15
10.6.11 For the worst case, the % increase in traffic on the main roads is just under 3%, therefore, according to the Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic, the short term effect of the increased traffic generated during the seven days of foundation pouring for the proposed wind farm by the construction traffic would surpass the threshold of ‘no discernible effects’ but does not meet the 30% increase in traffic threshold requiring assessment. There would not be a discernible effect on the other larger, busier, roads further from the Site. 10.6.12 The most significant increases will be along the Marsh Road, traffic on foundation pouring days may increase the current levels by 30% or more and so requires further consideration.
Marsh Road Further Assessment During Wind Farm Construction
Pedestrians
10.6.13 There are no pavements along the majority of the Marsh Road up to the site entrance and most pedestrians use the road or the wide grass verges to walk along. If pedestrians are using this section of the Marsh Road during the construction period the highways grass verge which is open and wide would provide plenty of room for pedestrians to stand on whilst traffic is passing. The abnormal loads will have a police escort that will be able to warn pedestrians of approaching vehicles.
Amenity
10.6.14 The enjoyment of a road can be affected by additional traffic, particularly by HGVs if they are not considered typical of that road. From experience on foundation pouring days, which is likely to be the peak day for deliveries, there will be 108 HGV vehicle movements which equates to 9 an hour. Given that these vehicles would pass any receptor relatively quickly, thereby lessening the amount of time that the receptor may be affected, it is considered that even on peak delivery days there would not be a significant effect on amenity.
Driver Delays
10.6.15 The additional traffic generated during construction could cause delays to other road users. However, such delays typically only occur where the road’s capacity to accommodate additional traffic is limited, or if the alignment is difficult. For the majority of the preferred route the road has good alignment. Widening is proposed where it will be needed and this will improve the speed of the abnormal loads. The Marsh Road services a number of farms and there are frequently large vehicles associated with these farms travelling along the road. At present there are a number of passing places as the road is already used by large vehicles but additional ones will be added and this will be done in consultation with ECC and MDC. The Marsh Road is relatively quiet and straight, it is therefore considered that while there might be some delay during the concrete pouring days, or during abnormal load deliveries, given the low number of days on which these events would
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 283 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
occur the construction traffic for the Turncole Wind Farm would not result in significant driver delays.
Land uses Adjacent to Road
10.6.16 The standard construction delivery route runs along Marsh Road from the junction with the B1021 in Burnham-on-Crouch to the site entrance. The junction with the B1021 is opposite St. Peter’s High School and has an entrance into St. Mary’s Church as well as Marsh Road. The first 500m passes through the very north of the town with housing on both sides of the road, St. Mary’s Primary School to the south, junctions on the south side to 3 roads and some large fields on the north side. After 500m the Marsh Road passes over a railway bridge and into open, flat farm land with a few houses. The majority of the road from here to the site entrance 3km east is adjacent to large fields, with grass verges between the road and the fields with very few hedges or trees.
Schools
10.6.17 St.Peter’s High School is opposite the junction to the Marsh Road. There is a school entrance 60m away from the junction with the school coach/bus drop off point being 400m away but not on the delivery route. 10.6.18 St.Mary’s Primary School is located 300m from the junction with the B1021 on the south side of the road. The school is set back 30m from the road with a car park at the front. There are road signs notifying users of the school and yellow ‘school keep clear’ road markings by the entrance. 10.6.19 HGV construction traffic will, where reasonably practicable, be timed to avoid peak road use hours. From experience on foundation pouring days, which are likely to be the peak days for deliveries, there will be 108 vehicle movements which equates to 9 an hour. As this will only occur on 7 days and the construction traffic will be temporary the level of traffic passing the schools is considered to have minimal impact, however to aid congestion and improve safety around the school drop off and pick up hours RES could manage the traffic by means of additional lolly pop ladies/men, zebra crossings and/or parking management: such measures to be agreed with the highways authority.
Church
10.6.20 St.Mary’s Church is located at the junction of the B1021 with the Marsh Road. The entrance leads to a large car park with the church set back 100m from the road. It is likely the peak church service times will be outside of construction hours with the Sunday service being the busiest. It is considered the impact from construction traffic on the church entrance and to the visitors will be insignificant.
Houses
10.6.21 Where large numbers of vehicles pass through a community there is potential for severance whereby members of the community may feel unable, or less willing, to leave their houses to visit local shops or neighbours. The peak number of vehicle movements through the community along the Marsh Road will be on the 7 foundation pouring days when there could be up to 108 per day which equates to an average of 9 movements per hour, or one vehicle every 6 minutes. It is considered that such frequencies of vehicles passing through the community would not result in a significant severance effect, and that any such effect would be of short duration. As HGV deliveries will be timed outside of peak road use hours there will be no impact on cars leaving to go to work or arriving home in the evening.
Farm Land
10.6.22 The vast majority of land adjacent to the Marsh Road is farm land. It is considered that farm land is not sensitive to likely traffic effects and therefore No land uses adjacent to the proposed access route are considered to be particularly sensitive to the likely traffic effects of the Proposal and so no significant effects are likely.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 284 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Abnormal Load Movements
10.6.23 Due to their large size, the abnormal loads would constitute a traffic hazard if not managed properly, and could therefore be considered to have a significant effect. However, mitigation measures proposed at Section 10.9 would manage these hazards to such a degree that the residual effect would not be considered significant.
10.7 Effects of Operational Phase
Traffic Movements
10.7.2 After construction, traffic associated with a wind farm is minimal. Site traffic would be limited to small maintenance vehicles with typically four maintenance crew visits per month. These visits are for general maintenance work and fault repair. A maintenance crew consists of two people for safety. No appreciable effect of operation and maintenance traffic on the local road network is anticipated.
Driver Distraction
10.7.3 Driver distraction has not been raised as a concern by the highways authorities, or any other body during the scoping and preparation of the ES. In the Companion Guide to PP22 there is advice on considering driver distraction from wind farms, in summary it is considered that wind turbines should not be treated any differently from any other distractions a driver must face and should not be considered particularly hazardous. 10.7.4 The minimum distance between the nearest turbine and a road is 0.80km and this occurs between T3 and Marsh Road. The nearest main road is the B1021 and is approximately 3.5km from the site. 10.7.5 There are a number of existing wind turbines across the UK that are very close to large roads: RES Head Office turbine by the M25 Green Park Wind Turbine immediately adjacent to Junction 11 of the M4 Dun Law Wind Farm, which straddles the A68 between Edinburgh and Newcastle Cold Northcott Wind Farm, which straddles the A395 near Launceston, Cornwall Carland Cross Wind Farm which is located immediately adjacent to the roundabout junction between the A30 and the A39, north of Truro, Cornwall Lambrigg Wind Farm, operational since 2000 is located just off the M6 to the north of Junction 37 in Cumbria 10.7.6 The turbines of all these wind farms are closer or of similar distance to roads than those proposed for Turncole Wind Farm and there is no evidence to indicate that any hazard to road safety has been caused by those turbines. It is therefore concluded that Turncole Wind Farm would not create any hazard to road safety through driver distraction. 10.7.7 Further discussion of the visual effects of turbines on local road networks is provided in Chapter 5.
10.8 Decommissioning Phase
10.8.1 The decommissioning phase after the 25 year operational life of the wind turbines would require access by heavy vehicles to and from the site to remove all items of plant, including turbines and associated infrastructure. The number of vehicle movements required would be substantially fewer than the number required during construction. The long vehicles needed for construction would also not be required as turbine components would be cut up on site prior to removal.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 285 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
10.9 Mitigation Measures
10.9.1 As described above, many potential impacts of traffic associated with the wind farm, such as extensive road improvement works, have been avoided through primary mitigation in the form of route selection. Mitigation measures designed to further reduce effects of the road improvement works on ecology, cultural heritage and hydrological features are addressed in Chapters 6, 8 and 9 respectively.
Traffic Management
10.9.2 Although the preferred route has been chosen to minimise potential disruption to traffic, the movement of abnormal loads and other construction traffic still has the potential to create a significant effect, simply due to their size, therefore the following mitigation measures are proposed to ensure highway safety: Deliveries would be scheduled in consultation with the appropriate authorities so as to minimise disruption as far as reasonably practicable, night deliveries will be considered for abnormal loads. The police would be notified of the movement of long and abnormal vehicles and authorisation would be obtained prior to any abnormal vehicle movements. Any movements will comply with legislation regarding the movement of abnormal loads e.g. notice procedures and notice periods. Use of police escorts where required for abnormal loads. Where long vehicles would have to use the wrong side of the carriageway or need to swing into the path of oncoming vehicles a lead warning vehicle would be used. One police escort vehicle would drive ahead and pull oncoming traffic into identified passing places. An escort vehicle would travel directly in front of the convoy and pull over any oncoming traffic that comes onto the road after the first police vehicle has passed. A further convoy escort and police vehicle would follow the convoy. Maximum of 3 abnormal vehicles in any one convoy unless agreed beforehand with the relevant authorities. Marking of vehicles as long/abnormal loads. Warning signs to advise other road users of ‘Caution Slow Plant Turning Ahead’ would be placed at intervals from both directions along the main road approaching site entrances during the construction phase. For return journeys the vehicles used for wind turbine delivery can be shortened to minimise effects on other road users. To mitigate the delay for oncoming traffic especially in single lanes such as The Endway, Old Heath Road and Marsh Road passing places will be used and designed with close consultation with ECC and Maldon City Council. Alternatively the road could be temporarily closed by the Police for the duration of the convoy passing through (Approx 10-20mins). Thus allowing for a quick passage of abnormal loads. As there is an estimated 2-3 abnormal load convoys per turbine the total number of temporary road closures would be 21. Timing would be selected for minimum impact on road users and with alternative routes available this is considered the best option. 10.9.3 Any traffic management proposals would be agreed with the relevant Highways Authorities and the Police prior to any works being carried out and would be implemented during the construction phase in consultation with the relevant authorities.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 286 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Video Footage and Road Repairs
10.9.4 Video footage of the pre-construction phase condition of all public roads would be recorded around the site entrance and access routes to provide a baseline record of the state of the road prior to any construction work commencing. This would enable any repairs and maintenance work required to the relevant road due to any damage caused by the passing of heavy vehicles associated with the wind farm construction to be identified following the construction phase. The roads would be returned at least to the baseline condition at the end of the construction phase. Any damage caused by wind farm traffic during the construction period that would be hazardous to public traffic would be repaired immediately.
Wheel Cleaning Facilities and Dust Control
10.9.5 If it is considered necessary a waterless drive over wheel wash for lorries would be provided at the site entrance to prevent mud and dust being brought out from the site onto the public highway, however, experience has shown that the majority of mud is shaken off wheels on the site before the vehicle reaches the public road. The site entrance and adjacent public highway would also be monitored and swept clean if necessary.
10.10 Residual Effects
10.10.1 Mitigation would only be necessary to reduce the potential for significant effects from abnormal load movements; the mitigation measures proposed above would reduce the potential for such effects so as to not be significant. 10.10.2 Increased traffic levels would be experienced during the 12 months of construction but these effects are temporary and any disturbance to local residents and other road users will be short term when considered over the life of the project.
10.11 Cumulative Assessment
Bradwell Wind Farm
10.11.2 Bradwell Wind Farm was consented in November 2009 and it is expected construction will start well ahead of Turncole Wind Farm. Any construction traffic should therefore not coincide and the cumulative impact is considered to be negligible.
Middlewick Wind Farm
10.11.3 Middlewick Wind Farm was refused planning permission in July 2010. However a cumulative assessment of the project will still be undertaken. The Middlewick Wind Farm are proposing to bring abnormal loads in by sea so there will not be any cumulative affect with abnormal loads. 10.11.4 The standard construction traffic for Middlewick Wind Farm shares part of the route with the Turncole Wind Farm which is from South Woodham Ferrers along the B1012, turn right onto the B1010 towards Burnham-on-Crouch and then for a further 3km where the Middlewick Wind Farm traffic turns left onto Rectory Lane and the Turncole Wind Farm traffic travel straight on. The Middlewick Wind Farm route then continues right onto the B1018 and all the way through Southminster to join the north part of the Marsh Road and enter the site at Middle Wick Farm. 10.11.5 The Middlewick Wind Farm would have nine days on which turbine foundations would be poured and assuming the same parameters for numbers of vehicles used for the Turncole Wind Farm would have 105 vehicles required (210 movements to make the return journey). If those were to occur on the same days as the Turncole Wind Farm foundation pours then the total number of movements would be 318 on one day. As Site 1 in Table 10.2 is the only point passed by construction traffic for both wind farms the percentage increase in traffic volume will be assessed here. The percentage increase would be 3.5% of the
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 287 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
existing daily traffic which is considered insignificant. Given the low frequency of foundation pours for both wind farms it is considered unlikely that they would coincide. 10.11.6 Although both wind farms will use the Marsh Road for construction deliveries they are at opposite ends of the road so it is considered that if construction timetables do coincide the impact will be insignificant as the vehicles will not pass each other. 10.11.7 If the Middlewick Wind Farm is unable to deliver abnormal loads via the Crouch Estuary and abnormal load deliveries for both wind farms occur at the same time there could be potential for cumulative effects, however, such deliveries require permits to travel and it is anticipated that such permits would be allocated so as to ensure deliveries do not coincide, thereby avoiding the potential for significant effects. 10.11.8 To reduce any potential cumulative impacts RES would be willing to ensure busy traffic days do not coincide through a traffic management plan to be agreed with the highways authority. 10.11.9 Given the above and proposed mitigation measures, it is not considered likely that the cumulative transport effects of the Middlewick, Bradwell and Turncole Wind Farms would be significant.
10.12 Summary
10.12.1 The abnormal load vehicles would travel south on the A12, then on the A130, the A132 south bound to towards South Woodham Ferrers, along the B1012, on the B1010 then right onto the B1021, then left onto Marsh Road to Site Entrance 1. 10.12.2 The standard construction vehicles would travel south on the A12, then on the A130, the A132 south bound to towards South Woodham Ferrers, along the B1012, on the B1010, turn right towards Burnham-on-Crouch through the ‘Burnham Bends’, turn left onto the B1021, turn right onto Marsh Road, continue on Marsh road for 4km towards the proposed Site Entrance 1. 10.12.3 Widening works would be required at bends on the B1012, along The Endway, Old Heath Road and Marsh Road. 10.12.4 Increased traffic levels would only be experienced during the 12 months of construction. Traffic management measures would be implemented prior to, and during, the construction phase in consultation with the relevant Highways Authorities and the Police to ensure road safety. 10.12.5 It is considered that the local transport network would be able to absorb the additional traffic movements associated with the construction of the wind farm. When considered over the life of the project and with the proposed traffic management measures the short term effect of disturbance to local residents and other road users in the area would not be significant. 10.12.6 There is no evidence to suggest that there would be any effect of driver distraction during operation of the wind farm, and no appreciable effect of wind farm operation and maintenance traffic on the local road network is anticipated. 10.12.7 The cumulative transport effects of the Turncole Wind Farm and Middlewick and Bradwell Wind Farm have been assessed and are unlikely to have significant effects.
10.13 References
DfT (Department for Transport), 2010. Annual Average Daily Traffic Flows. Available from http://www.dft.gov.uk/matrix/ [Accessed February 2010].
DoT (Department of Transport), 1983. Manual of environmental appraisal. London, HMSO, 1983.
English Welsh & Scottish Railway (EWS), June 2004. Pers. Comm. Technical Services Co-ordinator, Design, Development & Implementation (UK Network Business) and Business Manager Metals.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 288 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Highways Agency, 2005. Highways Agency Design Manual for Roads and Bridges Volume 6. HMSO, 2005.
Institute of Environmental Assessment (IEA) 1993. Guidelines for the Environmental Assessment of Road Traffic. IEMA, Lincoln, UK.
Chapter 10 – Transport & Access – Page 289 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
11 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE AND AVIATION
11.1 Introduction
11.1.1 This Chapter assesses the potential impact of the Proposal on communication systems that use electromagnetic waves as the transmission medium (e.g. television, radio or microwave links). This Chapter also assesses the potential impact on aviation facilities around the wind farm. 11.1.2 This assessment provides baseline information, identifies potential effects for each type of communications medium, assesses the significance of the effects with regard to magnitude of and type of effect, describes what measures will be taken to reduce the likelihood of those effects, and assesses the significance of the residual effects. 11.1.3 RES consulted widely with all relevant organisations and system operators, which could be affected by a proposed wind farm. These are listed in Appendix 3.2 and 11.1. The main comments received from consultees are discussed below together with details of RES’ own technical assessments. The study area differed according to the type of medium being investigated: within 1km of the proposed turbines for civil fixed links, such as those used by mobile phone operators; up to 10km from the turbines for television interference, and nationally for aviation interests.
11.2 Television Reception
11.2.1 Wind turbines have the potential for causing interference to television reception, primarily where a viewer is in the ‘shadow’ of and within a few kilometres of the wind farm, with their aerial pointing through the wind farm. Viewers in such locations can have their signal ‘scattered’ causing loss of picture detail, loss of colour or buzz on sound. Viewers situated on the transmitter side or lateral to the turbines may experience periodic reflections from the blades, giving rise to a delayed image or ‘ghost’ on the picture, which is liable to flicker as the blades rotate. 11.2.2 RES have gained considerable experience in this area and in practise we have only experienced problems when the receiver already has a poor signal. Specifically, if the wind farm is illuminated by the TV transmitter, problems can occur when the receiver has no line of sight to the transmitter, but has a clear line of sight to the wind farm. We have also learnt that generally TV interference problems are predictable and that normally there are a range of solutions available. 11.2.3 It is also possible for a wind farm to interfere with TV rebroadcast links (RBLs) or super high frequency (SHF) links that carry the TV signal between transmitters. However, such interference is predictable and is screened by the network operators. RBL and SHF TV distribution links are operated by National Grid Wireless (NGW) and Arqiva.
11.3 Responses from Television Consultees
11.3.1 Arqiva (formerly known as NTL) were consulted with respect to their links in the vicinity of the proposed wind farm. Arqiva responded on the 18th of June 2010, stating that a project at this location is unlikely to affect any of their UHF RBLs and therefore do not object. 11.3.2 National Grid Wireless (NGW) (formerly known as Crown Castle) who are the other network operator of TV distribution links were not highlighted in our consultation with the Office of Communications (OfCom) on 11th March 2009 as having any links in the vicinity of the proposed wind farm. 11.3.3 The Office of Communications (Ofcom) and the BBC have joint responsibility for protecting TV services in the UK. OfCom state that digital signals are more robust to interference than analogue signals. The following comments are related purely to analogue and therefore present a ‘worst case’ scenario.
Chapter 11 – Electromagnetic Interference – Page 290 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
11.3.4 RES have performed a full technical assessment through prediction modelling of the scale and location of TV interference that might occur as a result of the wind farm. The prediction model is based upon International Telecommunication Union recommendations on signal propagation and impairment to television reception by wind turbines (ITU-R, 805 & 526-11). The model is generally conservative using a high value of signal reflectivity from the turbines and assuming that reflections from different turbines all add in-phase. The model has been validated using data from existing wind farms where RES has experienced TV interference. 11.3.5 The assessment consists of three stages. The first is an analysis of TV coverage from the transmitters in the area, and the second is to predict possible interference to reception from each transmitter in turn. Finally, an assessment of practical solutions is performed based on the predictions of coverage and potential interference. The assessment considered the transmitters of Crystal Palace, Sudbury, Dover and Bluebell Hill, and was performed for a 10km radius of the wind farm. 11.3.6 The coverage model confirmed that the 10km radius study area around the wind farm is generally well-served by the Sudbury, Dover and Bluebell Hill transmitters, with a less quality service being provided by Crystal Palace. Sudbury provides poorer coverage in the south west whilst Bluebell Hill and Dover have slightly diminished coverage in the north west of the study area. 11.3.7 Application of the interference model has shown that there will be limited interference to the signal from each of the transmitters, mostly at limited locations that are behind the wind farm with respect to the transmitter. As the area is so well served by transmitters, most areas are covered by more than one transmitter and aerial direction surveys showed no obvious pattern in the choice of transmitter. It is therefore possible that some properties will be affected by interference; however remediation is achievable in all locations as shown later in this Chapter. 11.3.8 The conversion to digital only transmission in the area by 2012 should reduce the level of interference that could be experienced by many properties. 11.3.9 It is normal practice that the planning authority enters into an agreement, such as a planning condition, with the developer to cover the costs of investigating and rectifying any problems that may arise.
11.4 Radio Reception
11.4.1 The BBC do not expect wind farm developments to have a detrimental effect upon national or local radio reception.
11.5 Microwave Communications
11.5.1 Microwave links can be affected by reflection, diffraction, blocking and radio frequency interference caused by wind turbines in their “line of sight”. In general the directional nature of microwave links means that interference can be avoided by defining clearance zones beyond which any degradation will be insignificant. A methodology to calculate clearance zones for microwave links has been defined in a paper published by Ofcom (Bacon, 2002). 11.5.2 RES consulted widely with organisations and system operators which could be affected by the proposed wind farm, details are listed in Appendix 3.2. Ofcom identified that there were links operated by BT and the Port of London Authority within the consultation area considered by RES. These links are shown on Figure 3.3 and will not be affected by the proposed wind turbines. 11.5.3 On further consultation with BT, a response was received on 26th of November 2009 stating that they had no objection to the proposed wind farm. 11.5.4 On further consultation with the Port of London Authority, a response was received on the 18th of July 2010 stating that they had no objection to the proposed wind farm.
Chapter 11 – Electromagnetic Interference – Page 291 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
11.5.5 The Joint Radio Company Ltd (JRC) were consulted on behalf of the UK Fuel and Power Industry utility companies to determine if the proposed wind farm interfered with their radio systems. In a response received on the 30th of March 2009 JRC stated that they could not foresee any potential problems caused by the proposed development. 11.5.6 A response was received from Anglian Water Services (AWS) on the 11th of June stating they could foresee no affect from the proposed development on the AWS business microwave or UHF radio links.
11.6 Air Traffic Safeguarding
11.6.1 NATS En Route, who supply an air traffic service to all En-Route aircraft crossing UK airspace were commissioned to produce an assessment of the technical and operational impact of the proposed wind farm on their operations. The report was received on the 29th of July 2010 with the conclusion that NATS En Route would be unlikely to object to the proposed wind farm. 11.6.2 Defence Estates and the Civil Aviation Authority (CAA) were consulted using the protocol and pro-forma agreed between the aviation industry and RenewableUK. 11.6.3 Defence Estates, who safeguard all Ministry of Defence (MoD) Air Traffic Control operations and assets, designated MoD low flying areas, the physical safeguarding of MoD aerodromes and the MET office weather radars responded to our consultation pro-forma on the 15th April 2009 with no concerns about the proposed wind farm. 11.6.4 A further confirmation was received from Defence Estates on the 19th August 2010 stating that due to the location of the wind farm the MoD had no request for lighting. 11.6.5 In the response from the CAA on the 28th of April 2009, London Southend Airport (LSA) was identified as the only aeronautical site that need be consulted. 11.6.6 In further consultation with London Southend Airport a concern was raised with regard to the interference the proposed wind farm may cause on the Air Traffic Control radar located at the airport. 11.6.7 The London Southend Airport radar is currently in the process of being upgraded and it is anticipated that the new radar will have wind farm processing capabilities such that any impact from the wind farm will be able to be mitigated. 11.6.8 All costs related to the mitigation of the Turncole wind turbines on the London Southend Airport radar will be met by RES. 11.6.9 In the UK, the need for aviation obstruction lighting on 'tall' structures depends upon their location in relation to aerodromes. If the structure constitutes an 'aerodrome obstruction' it is the aerodrome operator that will review the lighting requirement by applying CAP 168 - Licensing of Aerodromes (CAA, 2007a). Away from aerodromes the UK Air Navigation Order (CAA, 2007b) applies, specifically Article 133 of Section 1. This requires that for en-route obstructions, away from aerodromes, lighting only becomes legally mandated for structures that are 150m or higher. However, structures of lesser height may need aviation obstruction lighting if, by virtue of their location and nature, they are considered a significant navigational hazard. 11.6.10 The turbines at Turncole wind farm will have a maximum tip height of 126.5 m and do not constitute an ‘aerodrome obstruction’, therefore a request for lighting from the CAA is not anticipated.
11.7 Mitigation Measures
11.7.1 The BBC note that wind farms should not have detrimental effects upon national or local BBC radio reception. 11.7.2 The proposal will not affect any TV RBL links. 11.7.3 The wind farm will not have an effect on microwave links as the turbine have been located so as to have sufficient separation distance to them.
Chapter 11 – Electromagnetic Interference – Page 292 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
11.7.4 As a proposed mitigation strategy to address potential interference to television reception RES would commission a suitable organisation such as Arqiva to carry out a benchmark site survey of television reception quality in the area around the wind farm site between obtaining planning permission and starting construction. This would provide reference points against which future measurements could be compared once the wind farm is constructed and enable any remedial measures to be implemented expediently. 11.7.5 Analysis has demonstrated that some limited interference to TV reception may occur, however it is expected that after the digital switch over this will be greatly reduced. Interference is not predicted to be widespread and a range of viable mitigation measures have been identified for those areas affected. The most appropriate mitigation solution must be decided on a case by case, location specific basis. Solutions include: Improved aerial system - by improved directionality, increasing aerial height, directing aerial away from or shielding from wind farm Digital TV (terrestrial free view or satellite) – likely to be an improvement to television service and can be installed if necessary 11.7.6 Any necessary work would be carried out in a timely manner by RES at its own expense. Given the limited extent of any predicted interference, the need for corrective action would best be identified once the benchmark site survey has been undertaken and the wind farm is commissioned. Developers are typically required to undertake such works by a planning condition that requires them to agree a scheme with the local planning authority for mitigating potential effects and for that scheme to be implemented as agreed. 11.7.7 Ofcom suggest that in view of potential interference arising, should the planning authority ask for their views, Ofcom would suggest they enter an agreement with the developer to meet the cost of investigating and rectifying any problems that may arise. 11.7.8 Given the range of available mitigation measures for potential effects on television reception it is concluded that there would be no significant residual effects.
11.8 References Bacon, DF, 2002. Fixed-link wind-turbine exclusion zone method. Radio Communications Agency [Ofcom], London. Available from: http://www.ofcom.org.uk/radiocomms/ifi/licensing/classes/fixed/Windfarms/windfarmdavidbacon.pdf
CAA (Civil Aviation Authority), 2007a. CAP 168: Licensing of Aerodromes. Available from: http://www.caa.co.uk/docs/33/CAP168.PDF
CAA (Civil Aviation Authority), 2007b. CAP 393: Air Navigation: The Order and the Regulations. Available from: http://www.caa.co.uk/docs/33/CAP393.PDF
International Telecommunication Union / ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R), 2001. P526-7 Propagation by Diffraction.
International Telecommunication Union / ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R), 2001. P805 Assessment of Impairment to Television Reception by a Wind Turbine.
OfCom (The Office of Communications), August 2009, Tall structures and their impact on broadcast and other wireless services. http://licensing.ofcom.org.uk/binaries/spectrum/fixed-terrestrial-links/wind-farms/tall_structures.pdf
Chapter 11 – Electromagnetic Interference – Page 293 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT
12.1 Introduction & Scope
12.1.1 This Chapter considers the predicted adverse and beneficial effects of the proposed Turncole Wind Farm on local, regional and national socio-economics during construction, operation and decommissioning of the proposed wind farm as described in Section 4 and referred to as the Proposal. 12.1.2 The Chapter will describe the economic effects of the Proposal and wind energy in general; the potential effects on tourism, recreation and education; safety considerations; and shadow casting and reflected light; it will set out the proposed mitigation measures designed to reduce any potentially significant effects, and assesses the residual effects. 12.1.3 Information is provided on government support mechanisms, commercial viability and hidden economic effects of wind energy. 12.1.4 The assessment has been informed by a combination of information from other proposed and built wind farms, past surveys and other published information.
12.2 Economic Assessment
12.2.1 This Section sets out the potential economic effects of the Proposal on the local and wider economies.
Methodology
12.2.2 To predict the potential economic effects of the Proposal, the economics of wind energy in general will be examined and examples of economic effects of existing wind farms and associated industry will be given. By comparing the economics of wind energy with alternative forms of electricity generation it is possible to demonstrate the economic viability of wind farms. 12.2.3 Specific details will be given regarding the likely direct contributions from the Proposal to the economy and more general effects arising from employment.
General Wind Energy Economics
12.2.4 The cost of generating electricity from wind is no different from other methods with the total cost being made up of capital cost (for the building of the power plant and connecting to the grid); the running costs (operation and maintenance) and the cost of financing (how capital is repaid). 12.2.5 As fuel is free with wind energy, once capital costs are paid, the only remaining costs are those of operation, maintenance and fixed costs such as land rent. Capital costs make up 75-90% of the total cost of wind energy developments, with total costs being primarily affected by technical and financial considerations. 12.2.6 Onshore wind energy is one of the most competitive renewable technologies currently available in the UK (DTI, 2007). By 2020 it is projected that onshore wind is likely to become amongst the cheapest of all generating technologies (PIU, February 2002) with lower costs than all fossil fuel sources. 12.2.7 A recent report by the National Audit Office (NAO 2010) states that in 2009, total public support for renewable energy technologies in the UK was worth more than £1 billion, with most of this coming via the Renewables Obligation. 12.2.8 The 2007 UK Energy White Paper notes that onshore wind can efficiently and cost effectively replace electricity from fossil fuel fired forms of generation in the medium, to long term (DTI 2007).
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 294 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Hidden Benefits of Renewable Energy
12.2.9 Direct comparisons between renewable and conventional costs of generation can be misleading as they disregard a number of important issues. 12.2.10 First, the use of renewable energies provides a ‘hedge’ against future fuel cost inflation. Several oil-fired generation plants built in the 1970s have had to be converted to other fuels or mothballed because of unforeseen increases in the cost of fuel supplies. Wind energy, being a renewable source with zero fuel cost has complete forward security in this regard. Against a backdrop of increasing usage and diminishing national reserves, where the UK is now a net importer of gas (DTI 2005), volatility in gas prices is to be expected, and deriving a high proportion of our supplies from wind energy will help minimise this impact, whilst also increasing our energy security and independence. 12.2.11 Secondly, wind farms do not have large future decommissioning costs compared with other types of generation, and site restoration is quick, straightforward and effective. Compared with nuclear energy, there is far greater certainty regarding end-of-life costs, both financial and environmental. 12.2.12 Third, a major and most important benefit of using renewable forms of energy in preference to fossil fuels is the avoided cost of pollution and other external costs. Effects on human health and the environment are often not internalised into the overall cost of a project or reflected in the price of electricity 12.2.13 During operation, renewable energy projects do not contribute to global warming. The Government, via the Renewables Obligation, discussed in Section 2, and the Climate Change Levy, discussed below, has established mechanisms to create economic value from these benefits. 12.2.14 A European Commission report ‘ExternE: Externalities of Energy’ (European Commission, July 2001) concludes that the cost of producing electricity from coal and oil would double, and gas would increase by 30%, if the external costs such as damage to the environment and to health were taken into account. Electricity from coal has one of the highest external costs ranging from $0.02 to $0.15/kWh. Natural gas is better at $0.01 to $0.04/kWh and nuclear ranges from $0.002 to 0.006/kWh. The figure for wind energy came out best with external costs of just $0.0005 to $0.0025/kWh (Wind Power Monthly, January 2002). More recent research by the ExternE project and its successor ‘NEEDS’ (New Energy Externalities Development for Sustainability) also concludes that fossil [fuel] electricity systems exhibit far higher external costs than wind energy, remaining greater by a factor of ten to twenty or more. (European Commission, 2004; NEEDS Project, 2009) 12.2.15 In March 1999 Chancellor Gordon Brown announced the introduction of the Climate Change Levy (CCL) on business use of energy, effective from April 2001. The levy initially added 0.43p/kWh to the cost of electricity supplied to non-domestic users, but this has now risen to 0.47p/kWh in 2010. The levy is designed to improve energy efficiency in business and help the UK meet its national and international targets for reducing greenhouse gas emissions. The principal aim of the levy is to encourage non-domestic electricity users to become more energy efficient and so reduce carbon emissions. An independent evaluation by Cambridge Econometrics in 2005 (HMCE, 2005) examined the levy since its introduction, concluding that the CCL is estimated to deliver annual CO2 savings of over 3.5million tonnes of Carbon (MtC) in 2010, well above the 2 MtC figure forecast at the time of the levy’s introduction. Annual revenues from the Climate Change Levy have been close to £700m since 2005, with £695m being taken in the financial year of 2009/2010 (CCL Bulletin, August 2010). Part of the proceeds are used to promote energy efficiency and invest in low-carbon technologies and research via The Carbon Trust. The levy differentiates between non- carbon fuels (such as renewables) and high carbon fuels (such as coal). Renewable energy sources and combined heat and power (CHP) are exempt from the levy. The levy essentially sets the avoided cost of pollution at 0.47p per unit of electricity generated by renewables such as wind energy.
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 295 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
12.2.16 The ‘Wind Power in the UK’ report by the Sustainable Development Commission, the Government's independent watchdog on sustainable development (SDC 2005) notes that accounting for the social cost of carbon may reduce the system cost of wind power. Therefore, the social benefit of having increased wind output may outweigh any costs in the future. However, any benefits will not be reflected in the cost of electricity until carbon values are sufficiently internalised in the price of fossil fuels and their resultant electricity.
The Renewable Energy Market and Job Creation
12.2.17 A feasibility study by the EWEA shows that the investment value of wind energy will increase to a peak of €82.7 billion by 2019 (Windforce 12, 2004. Pp69). The global market for wind turbine installations was worth about €45 billlion in 2009 (GWEC, 2010 (1)) and is expanding rapdily. At the end of 1998, 10.2GW of wind energy had been installed worldwide; this had progressively risen to 158GW by the start of 2010, with 38GW being added in 2009 alone (GWEC, 2010 (2). The overall long term growth rate is 30% as it has been for the last 10 years. Global wind power generation is therefore doubling every 3 years. At the start of 2010, 48% of the worldwide installed capacity was in Europe (GWEC,2010). The wind energy market is clearly a significant economic and employment stimulus. 12.2.18 By 2020 it is estimated that £15 billion to £19 billion capital expenditure is required to meet the target of 20% electricity generation from renewable sources, (Mott MacDonald, Bourton Group, Renewables UK, 2003). 12.2.19 Pioneering turbine development work carried out in the UK in the 1980s did not result in an indigenous UK wind turbine manufacturing industry, largely because of the lack of a domestic market at that time. 12.2.20 Isleburn, a local company on the Cromarty Firth, completed an order to supply wind turbine monopiles for the Scroby Sands offshore project. This order created around 100 new jobs. 12.2.21 Some recent difficulties have been experienced by UK manufacturers due to volatile order books and lack of orders hampered by the relatively small and unpredictable number of projects which the UK planning system is delivering. This has been exemplified by the closure of the Vestas blade manufacturing plant on the Isle of Wight. Continued growth in the UK market is needed and will encourage overseas manufacturers to establish further UK plants, and enable UK industries to expand their infrastructure and manufacturing base. 12.2.22 It is now calculated that in Europe alone the wind industry employs 154,000 people (EWEA, 2009), this is forecast to double by 2020, to 330,000 people. It has recently been estimated that an expansion of renewable energy in the UK has the potential to create 160,000 new jobs (BERR, 2008).
Local Baseline Environment
12.2.23 It is beyond the scope of this assessment to conduct an in-depth analysis of socio-economics in Maldon District, however, some key characteristics of the area are provided for information. 12.2.24 In Maldon District there is an unemployment rate of 5.7%; this is compared to an average rate for Great Britain of 7.7% (NOMIS Official Labour Market Statistics, 2009). 12.2.25 In 2009 the average weekly gross wage in Maldon District was £629.50, compared to a British average of £491.0. 12.2.26 In 2009 76.2% of people in Maldon District were economically active, compared to the British average of 76.7%.
Local Economic Effects During Development and Construction
12.2.27 RES tries to ensure that wherever reasonably practicable local contractors and employees are used in all aspects of wind farm development. The major opportunity lies during the
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 296 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
construction phase when suitably qualified local firms are identified and invited to bid for a significant portion of the construction work, on roads, foundations and buildings. Construction materials are normally sourced locally and local transport and plant hire companies used wherever possible. At Turncole Wind Farm a temporary workforce would be created during the 12 month construction stage. It is anticipated that a significant proportion of these construction jobs would be sourced locally. The wind farm would also create a permanent part-time job in operation and maintenance (see Section 4.5). 12.2.28 Slieve Divena is a RES wind farm in County Tyrone in Northern Ireland which started construction in July 2008. Approximately 20 local jobs have been created for the period of construction and one long-term part-time job will result from the operation of the wind farm. This project has also had a positive effect on the local services such as hotels, builders and associated contractors. 12.2.29 Although each project differs in detail, for a wind farm the size of Turncole the civil engineering element (roads, foundations etc) accounts for approximately 10% of the capital cost and the grid connection 3-5%. The greater part of this work is likely to be sourced from local suppliers, subject to the availability of the appropriate skills and resources. This contracting work will have benefits for the local economy.
Economic Effects During Operation
12.2.30 Business rates for wind farms in England have been recently changed and the future mechanism is not yet determined. However, it is expected they will be subject to business rates according to the load factor and that it will be around 41.4p in the pound, with a rateable value of £20,000 per MW of installed capacity. This means that, based on an installed capacity of 12.6MW, Turncole Wind Farm would contribute over £104,000 per annum to the funding of central government services. 12.2.31 Wind farm developments are a new yet important form of rural diversification. The host farms and estates will derive rental income from the turbines, and the new income stream generally helps sustain the economic viability of the estate or farm business. These new finances allow investment in the other aspects of the estate/farm business, which in turn spins off into local economic benefit. 12.2.32 During operation of the wind farm local people would be employed where practicable to carry out routine inspections and maintenance. 12.2.33 In 1997 and 1998 Robertson Bell Associates (RBA) carried out independent surveys among residents living near to the Taff Ely Wind Farm, Mid Glamorgan and near to the Novar Estate Wind Farm, near Alness in the Highland Council area to find whether local residents perceived there were benefits from the wind farms. 12.2.34 At Novar 68% were able to mention at least one way in which the Novar Estate wind farm has benefited the local area, with only 10% saying there had been no benefits. 32% respondents perceived the greatest effect was an increase in the number of jobs in the area; 28% considered the largest effect to have been an increase of money in the local economy. 12.2.35 Considering the experiences of other wind farms in the UK it is concluded that Turncole Wind Farm would benefit the local economy during operation.
Community Fund
12.2.36 RES has sought the views of the community and stakeholders as to what initiatives could be introduced to provide tangible benefits to the local community throughout the wind farm’s life. It is considered that a community benefit fund, whereby the owner of the wind farm makes annual payments to a fund intended for community projects, would offer the greatest value to the local area. This would be a readily tangible benefit that could be targeted as the community sees fit. 12.2.37 It is likely that the funds would be distributed by a committee made up of members of the local communities as they see fit. The actual composition and mandate for the committee
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 297 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
would be determined by the relevant stakeholders. Similar funds in England have provided bursaries for university students; computer equipment for schools; grants for sports clubs; improving community centres, and providing domestic scale renewable energy systems. 12.2.38 The fund will be at least £2,000/MW of installed capacity per annum. This means that, based on a nominal 12.6MW total installed capacity, the project would give over £25,000 per annum to the local communities around the wind farm. This is not a benefit directly related to the planning process, and so will not influence the local planning authority in the determination of the planning application for Turncole Wind Farm. 12.2.39 Although community benefit funds are not a material consideration for a planning application, it is important that local communities are aware of the potential benefits to them. As stated by the DTI (2005), payments into a community fund of some kind are an increasingly standard feature of wind farm developments.
12.3 Recreation Assessment
12.3.1 This Section will set out the existing recreational activities on and around the proposed Turncole Wind Farm Site (as shown in Figure 4.1), assess the potential impacts of the Proposal and propose suitable mitigation measures where necessary.
Baseline Use
12.3.2 From discussions with local groups and residents it has been established that the main types of recreation in areas around the Site are walking, cycling and sailing, along with with some wildfowling and horseriding. Sailing is popular in the nearby River Crouch, and there are a number of well-used footpaths in the area. These include the path that follows the sea wall around most of the Dengie Peninsula and the St Peter’s Way National Trail to the north, which is about 6km from the Site at its closest point. However, there are no public rights of way passing through the site itself and the closest footpaths are more than 1km from the nearest turbine.
Potential Effects
12.3.3 Due to the distance of at least 1km separating the Site from any public footpaths and the low concentration of footpaths surrounding the Site it is considered that the wind farm is unlikely to have significant effects on walkers and cyclists using public rights of way. 12.3.4 The River Crouch is popular with sailing and the river banks popular with bird watchers, walkers and cyclists. However at a distance of 2km and with the focus being on the estuary rather than the farm land it is considered that the wind farm is unlikely to have significant effects on the amentiy of people using the River Crouch. Indeed the direction of the turbines may enhance the ability for people sailing to read the wind direction and navigate the river more easily. 12.3.5 In the course of community consultation it has been identified that bird watching does occur across the Site. However with a greater density and variety of birds being found in the coastal marshes and estuaries in the Dengie Peninsula the majority of bird watchers head to these areas. This can be seen by the designation of the River Crouch as a SPA, SAC, RAMSAR and SSSI with details of these designations shown in Table 6.6. Additionally the number of vantage points to view birds across the Site are limited due to the few roads and footpaths. It is therefore considered that with preffered bird watching areas in the vicinity and with the relatively small numbers of bird watchers that use the Site the wind farm is unlikely to have a significant effect on bird watchers. 12.3.6 The Site is currently being used by a very small group for shooting wildfowl and this will be lost once constrcution on the wind farm begins. However the Dengie Hundred Wildfowling Club uses land to the east, south and west of the Site which is greater in area to that being lost. There is also a shooting club in Tillingham. In the wider area of Essex there are 13 shooting clubs affiliated with the British Association for Shooting and Conservation. Considering the availbility of wildfowling in the vicinity of the wind farm and the relatively
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 298 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
small area of land lost by the development of the Turncole Wind Farm it is considered that the impact on shooting will not be significant. 12.3.7 Potential effects on the visual amenity of people using the area near the site for recreation are addressed in Chapter 5.
Enhancement Measures
12.3.8 Given the likelihood of local and visitor interest in the wind farm, RES will review the potential of providing resources such as information boards and other interpretative material. Interpretation boards can usefully include information not only about the wind farm development itself, but about the surrounding area, cultural heritage, ecology, farming activities and the Countryside-Code. Such activity would require the agreement of the landowner and relevant bodies and interest groups.
12.4 Tourism
12.4.1 It is recognised that tourism plays a significant role in the economy and structure of the Dengie Peninsula. 12.4.2 However, local tourism has seen no negative effect due to the wind farms operating in the UK. Indeed the evidence from wind farms operated by RES, and others, suggests that the general public is often interested in visiting wind farms particularly in a holiday area. Where provision is made wind farms can prove to be tourist attractions that can bring positive financial benefits to local businesses. 12.4.3 In April 1999 a visitor facility, the EcoTech Centre, opened in Swaffham, Norfolk and in August 1999 a 1.5MW wind turbine (262 ft / 80 metres tall) was built next to it. A second wind turbine was installed in August 2003. 12.4.4 “…between April ‘99 and April 2000 we [EcoTech] received just over 25,000 visitors, and from August onwards (when it was built) the turbine was inextricably linked to the centre's popularity. Also, it is without question that the link with the centre is key to the turbine being as popular as it is - it has been welcomed by the local community and tourism enquiries in Swaffham have increased by at least 30% since its arrival.” (EcoTech, Pers. Comm. 2000) 12.4.5 Independent public attitude surveys carried out among residents living near to the Taff Ely Wind Farm, Mid Glamorgan and near to the Novar Estate Wind Farm, near Alness found that in terms of people visiting the area, 62% said the Novar Estate wind farm has had no effect. 16% said visitor numbers had increased whilst no-one thought visitor numbers had decreased as a result of the Novar Estate wind farm (RBA, 1998). At Taff Ely 68% said the wind farm had had no effect on the number of people visiting the area. 15% said visitor numbers had increased whilst 1% thought visitor numbers had decreased as a result (RBA, 1997). 12.4.6 A poll of tourists in Porthcawl on the South Wales coast released August 2003 shows that Porthcawl's visitor industry could actually benefit from the construction of the Scarweather Sands offshore wind farm three miles off its coast. Over the 2003 August bank holiday weekend tourists visiting the town's beaches were shown photo-montages created by independent landscape architects that demonstrate what the wind farm would look like. The vast majority (96%) said they would be just as likely or more likely to return to the resort if the turbines go up. Just 4% said they would be less likely to return. These were outweighed by three-to-one by those who said they'd be more likely to return (13%). Most people (83%) said it would make no difference. A total of 650 people were questioned, (Greenpeace, 2003). 12.4.7 A Mori Scotland poll in Argyll in September 2002 showed 91% maintained the presence of wind farms made no difference to the likelihood of them visiting the area again. Twice as many said they would be ‘more likely’ to visit again than the amount who would be ‘less likely’ to visit again. Further more 80% of tourists said they would be interested in visiting a wind farm if it were open to the public with a visitor centre. In addition the majority of
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 299 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
tourists who knew about the presence of wind farms came away with a more positive image of the area because of their presence (Scottish Renewables Forum, 2002). 12.4.8 A report produced for the Scottish Government (2008) found that tourists’ attitudes to wind farms were similar to those of the general public and that 75% of visitors felt that wind farms had a positive or neutral impact on the landscape. It was also found that overseas visitors were more likely to be positive about wind farms, as were walkers. 12.4.9 Given the evidence above, it is not considered likely that tourism would be adversely affected by the construction of the Turncole Wind Farm.
12.5 Education
12.5.1 The Proposal would represent a valuable educational resource for the area. Wind farms make an ideal study topic for technical, social and environmental projects complementing Science, Geography, Design and Technology, Environmental Science and Engineering curriculums in schools and colleges. RES undertakes talks at schools and arranges site visits for school groups at its existing wind farms in the UK, and offers curriculum-linked resources on renewable energy to teachers. With the co-operation of landowners, similar activities could be arranged at Turncole Wind Farm if requested by local schools and other groups. RES is happy to explore the potential for this with the local authority. The Proposal could therefore have a positive effect on education in the area.
12.6 Safety
12.6.1 This Section will address the potential safety concerns that are, or are perceived to be, relevant to wind farms. In each case the safety issue is described and there follows an explanation of the measures that would be taken, and guidelines that would be adhered to, to mitigate the likelihood of those potential impacts occurring to an acceptable level.
Safety During Construction
12.6.2 Large working machinery during construction has the potential to injure workers. All site work would comply with the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations 1994 approved code of practice, which came into force on 31st March 1995, the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 and the Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1996. This would be done in conjunction with the British Wind Energy Association Guidelines for Health and Safety in the Wind Energy Industry (BWEA 2005) and the Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999 (HMSO, 1999). 12.6.3 When not in use, any potentially hazardous machinery would be stored in secure containers or locked and immobilised to prevent use by unauthorised persons.
RES Safety Procedures
12.6.4 Further to the above measures, during construction and subsequent operation of the development, all normal site safety procedures would be strictly enforced. RES has developed its own Safety manual to be adhered to throughout the lifetime of the project. Turncole Wind Farm would comply with all safety regulations and display appropriate warning signs concerning restricted areas on the turbines, substation enclosure and control building. Authorised personnel and persons under their supervision who visit the restricted areas of the site during its operation would operate under site-specific safety rules established by the owner and operator. 12.6.5 Since its first schemes were constructed in 1992, RES has had a long track record of safe operation and maintenance of wind farms across the UK, and ensures safe, prudent and cost effective long-term operation of its plant. RES manages and operates a range of wind farms that it has developed and constructed itself, and also manages wind farms for other owners, to the highest international safety and environmental standards.
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 300 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
General Turbine Safety
12.6.6 RES will require the selected wind turbine model to have full certification from an internationally recognised authority, and have a proven track record of safe operation. The wind turbines would incorporate a sophisticated supervisory control system that continually interrogates the operational status and safe working of key components of each turbine and allows an operator to remotely monitor the turbines via modem. Were a fault to develop, the particular turbine would automatically shut down and send an alarm to the maintenance engineer. For any safety-critical fault, the turbine would not re-start until the maintenance engineer had diagnosed and rectified the problem. 12.6.7 Properly designed, constructed and maintained wind turbines are safe. The highest risk of damage is in extreme wind speed conditions (>100mph) when no one would be on the site. Even in these conditions the risk of damage is very small. The turbines proposed for the site would be certified to withstand appropriately extreme conditions. In very high winds the rotor blades are braked and parked in a safe position. The turbines have operational and maintenance safety manuals, which would be available on site alongside RES safety manuals and procedures. Regular safety checks would be undertaken. 12.6.8 Although the possibility of attracting lightning strikes applies to all tall structures, wind turbines have specific protection requirements due to their size and nature. Specific features are incorporated into the blades to ensure strikes are conducted harmlessly past the sensitive parts of the nacelle and down the tower into the earth. This protection includes a buried earthing mat round each turbine foundation. These features ensure safety and that the turbines survive lightning storms without damage and without impact on reliability.
Icing
12.6.9 In some countries, icing of wind turbine blades presents a potential risk that must be managed. In particularly cold climates such as in northern Scandinavia, hazardous situations can be avoided by incorporating heating elements into the blades. 12.6.10 In the warmer climates of the UK, icing has not been a significant problem to date, but at higher elevations and at locations further north, the risk will be greater and needs to be suitably assessed. 12.6.11 There is no inherent danger in operating a wind turbine at low temperatures, and there is no particular risk simply because it is frosty or snowing. However, should atmospheric conditions, specifically temperature and humidity, be such that hard ice could form on the blades (this might happen either when rain freezes on contact with a blade or should the turbine be operating in low, freezing, cloud), then ice accretion can occur. If action is not taken to shut the turbine down, then a build-up of ice ultimately resulting in ice-throw might happen. 12.6.12 A turbine control system will normally detect icing indirectly. The system will continually monitor the turbine power output and the wind speed seen by the control anemometer mounted on the nacelle. Any icing of the blades will degrade performance significantly, and the control system having detected that the turbine is now operating outside the expected power to wind speed ‘envelope’ will take precautionary shut-down action in the knowledge that an unspecified fault has arisen. In the unlikely event that the turbine continues to operate and that an ice build-up or throw occurs, then vibration sensors would cause the turbine to stop. 12.6.13 At locations where icing is an occasional risk but where any ice shedding is likely to be particularly dangerous (e.g. should the turbines be adjacent to a busy highway), then special precautions can be taken. This might involve the wind farm control system monitoring meteorological conditions on the site, and when temperature and humidity fall within a pre-defined risk-zone then the turbines can be shut down as a precaution to avoid a risk developing.
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 301 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
12.6.14 Due to the low likelihood of icing and the provisions for shutting down as described at 12.6.12, there is no reason to believe that a wind farm at Turncole would require such special protection.
Public Safety
12.6.15 The Site would remain working farmland throughout the lifetime of the wind farm. Many existing wind farm sites are safely farmed with crops being grown right up to the turbine bases. 12.6.16 As for any structure, storm damage can be sustained during severe events. A few isolated cases of turbine blade damage have occurred in exceptionally high wind conditions. However, putting this in context:
“In over 25 years of operating experience and with more than 68,000 machines installed around the world, no member of the public has ever been harmed by the normal operation of wind turbines”. (BWEA, 2005).
12.6.17 The plant, equipment and their enclosures are designed to incorporate the best available technology and access to the site should pose no danger to the public. During routine maintenance operations ‘warning men at work’ signs would be erected. 12.6.18 A sign would be placed on the Site giving details of whom to contact in an emergency. This information would also be posted at the local police station and with the operator of the local electricity distribution network. 12.6.19 Given the paramount importance RES attaches to safety issues, and the safe operating history of turbines, no effect on public safety is anticipated from the Proposal.
Risk Assessment
12.6.20 As for any mechanical or electrical installation, wind farms could pose a safety risk if not managed and maintained correctly. However, under the Construction (Design and Management) Regulations, detailed risk analysis and avoidance limitation measures are required for every facet of the development and operation of a wind farm. These measures would be contained in the Health and Safety file for the site, which would be open to inspection by the Health and Safety Executive. All site personnel will have full safety training, to ensure an absolute minimal risk of accidents occurring. Electrical installation will be to standards and recognised codes of practice with adequate signage and protection.
12.7 Shadow Flicker Assessment
Introduction
12.7.1 In sunny conditions, any shadow cast by a wind turbine will mirror the movement of the rotor. When the sun is high, any shadows will be confined to the wind farm area, but when the sun sinks to a lower azimuth, then moving shadows can be cast further afield and potentially over adjacent properties. Shadow flicker is generally not a disturbance in the open as light outdoors is reflected from all directions. The possibility of disturbance is greater for occupants of buildings when the moving shadow is cast over an open door or window, since the light source is more directional. 12.7.2 Whether shadow flicker is a disturbance depends upon the observer’s distance from the turbine, the direction of the dwelling and the orientation of its windows and doors from the wind farm, the frequency of the flicker and the duration of the effect, either on any one occasion or averaged over a year. 12.7.3 In any event and irrespective of distance from the turbines, the flickering frequency will depend upon the rate of rotation and the number of blades. It has been recommended
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 302 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
(Clarke, 1991) that the critical frequency should not be above 2.5 Hz, which for a three bladed turbine is equivalent to a rotational speed of 50 rpm. The proposed turbines at Turncole Wind Farm would rotate at approximately 17 rpm, well below this threshold.
Methodology
12.7.4 An analysis of shadow flicker throughout the year from Turncole Wind Farm was carried out, taking into account the behaviour of the sun, the local topography and the turbine layout and dimensions. The analysis was performed using a turbine layout consisting of 7 turbines, each with maximum tip heights of 127 m and maximum rotor diameters of 93 m. 12.7.5 The Scottish Office (2002) PAN 45 guidelines, Planning Policy Statement PPS22 and Clarke (1991) & (1995) have predicted that houses located further than ten rotor diameters away from a wind turbine are unlikely to experience a disturbance from shadow flicker. Therefore, the analysis was performed on all occupied houses within 930 metres of any proposed wind turbine. The coordinates of these houses are given in Table 12.1, along with their proximity to the nearest turbine. Table 12.1: Location of houses less than 10 rotor diameters away from Turncole Wind Farm. House Nearest Distance to nearest Number House Name Easting Northing Turbine turbine in m 1 West Wycke Farm 597924 196919 T1 817 2 Great West Wycke Farm 598490 196714 T3 879 4 New Bungalow 598818 196666 T5 819 6 Turncole Farm 599105 198347 T4 747 7 Broadward Farm 598483 198639 T2 801 9 Poultry Farm 598944 196651 T6 802 25 West Wycke Bungalow 597953 196927 T3 802
Assumptions
12.7.6 It should be noted that the analysis was performed using the following assumptions:
The sun will always be visible during daylight hours (conservative assumption; the location is known to encounter cloud cover approximately 75% of the year, (IPCC, 2005)). The wind will always be sufficient to turn turbine blades at these times (conservative assumption). The alignment of the turbine rotor blades with respect to the sun’s position will always produce maximum shadow casting (conservative assumption; it is unlikely that the wind, and therefore the rotor blades will track the sun in practice). The analysis looks at shadow casting over the building from all directions rather than over vertical orientated windows only (conservative assumption). The intensity of the sun will be insufficient to cast strong shadows at elevations less than 5°. Shielding due to features such as trees or other obstacles has not been taken into account. Terrain shielding, however, is modelled.
Results
12.7.7 The results of the analysis are shown in the following Table 12.2. The times when shadow could occur at each house have been rounded up to the nearest quarter of an hour.
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 303 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
Table 12.2: Predicted times of potential shadow flicker from turbines at Turncole Wind Farm. House Name Days Max Annual Month and Time of with Time Total potential flicker (GMT) flicker [h] [h] West Wycke Farm 0 0 0 - Great West Wycke Farm 0 0 0 - New Bungalow 0 0 0 - Turncole Farm 20 0.26 4.3 Dec; 14:00-14:30 Broadward Farm 0 0 0 - Poultry Farm 0 0 0 - West Wycke Bungalow 0 0 0 -
12.7.8 The results show that only one of the houses considered in the analysis could be subject to shadow flicker from the Turncole Wind Farm. 12.7.9 Turncole Farm is located to the North-North East of the proposed wind farm and belongs to a financial beneficiary of the project. It could experience up to 16 minutes per day of shadow flicker during the afternoon from mid to late December, from turbine T4. 12.7.10 It should be emphasised that this analysis provides an extremely conservative estimate of the extent that houses will be affected by shadow flicker. Due to frequent cloud cover, turbines not turning at all times and turbine rotors not being aligned with the sun in a way to cast maximum shadow onto habitations, the actual amount of shadow flicker seen in these areas is likely to be much less. 12.7.11 It is therefore concluded that Turncole Wind Farm will not cause a material reduction to residential amenity owing to shadow flicker.
Reflected Light
12.7.12 A related visual effect to shadow flicker is that of reflected light. Theoretically, should light be reflected off a rotating turbine blade onto an observer then a stroboscopic effect would be experienced. In practice a number of factors limit the severity of the phenomenon and there are no known reports of reflected light being a significant problem at other wind farms. 12.7.13 Firstly, wind turbines have a semi-matt surface finish which means that they do not reflect light as strongly as materials such as glass or polished vehicle bodies. 12.7.14 Secondly, due to the convex surfaces found on a turbine, light will generally be reflected in a divergent manner. 12.7.15 Thirdly, the variability in flow within a wind farm results in slightly differing orientation of rotor directions, therefore it is unlikely that an observer will experience simultaneous reflections from a number of turbines. 12.7.16 Fourthly, as with shadow flicker, certain weather conditions and solar positions are required before an observer would experience the phenomenon. 12.7.17 It is therefore concluded that Turncole Wind Farm will not cause a material reduction to amenity owing to reflected light.
12.8 Summary
12.8.1 It is concluded that the construction and operation of the Proposal would have a positive effect on the local economy, in terms of local employment during the construction phase, and also in the longer term from the landowner rentals, business rates, local services, and
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 304 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
employment of maintenance staff. On a national level the UK demand for wind turbines and wind farms will help establish, mainly via inward investment, a substantial new UK industry providing long term skilled jobs serving both the home and overseas markets. 12.8.2 Additional benefits will be realised by the project owing to its embedded generation, lack of fuel cost inflation, low decommissioning costs and no associated costs from pollution. 12.8.3 The wind farm will become a feature of the area, and is likely to attract interest from locals and visitors alike. RES is also prepared to commit to direct community benefits from the operation of the wind farm. 12.8.4 Modern wind turbines are remarkably safe given their size and relatively short evolution. Safety of Turncole Wind Farm will be ensured through adherence to relevant design standards, construction practices and operational procedures.
12.9 References
BERR, 2008. UK Renewable Energy Strategy: Consultation Document. Available from: http://www.berr.gov.uk/consultations/page46797.html [Accessed February 2010]
British Horse Society, 2007. Wind Turbine Leaflet. Available from: http://www.bhs.org.uk/About_Us/Free_Leaflets/~/media/MainSite/About%20the%20BHS/Leaflets/Rights%20of%20Way/Win d%20Farms.ashx. [Accessed February 2010, please note, the download file can be viewed with Adobe software].
BWEA, (2005). Guidelines for Health and Safety in the Wind Energy Industry, BWEA. Available from: http://www.bwea.com/pdf/HSGuidelines.pdf [Accessed February 2010]
Climate Change Levy Bulletin (August 2010): https://www.uktradeinfo.com/index.cfm?task=bullclimate, [Accessed September 2010]
Clarke A.D (1991), A case of shadow flicker/flashing: assessment and solution, Open University, Milton Keynes
Clarke, A.D (1995), Assessment of Proposed Wind energy Project at Meenacahan, Donegal, Ireland, for Shadow Flicker, Report for B9 Energy Services Ltd
Department of Trade and Industry (DTI), 2005. Digest of UK Energy Statistics (Annual) 2005. The Stationary Office URN no: 05/87. Published by TSO. Available from: http://www.berr.gov.uk/energy/statistics/publications/dukes/2005/page19311.html [Accessed February 2010]
DTI, 2005b. Community Benefits from Wind Power: a study of UK practice & comparison with leading European Countries – Report to the Renewables Advisory Board & the DTI. DTI 2005.
DTI, 2007. Meeting the Energy Challenge, A White Paper on Energy. Published by The Stationary Office. May 2007.
EWEA, 2009. Wind Energy and Job Creation in the EU. http://www.ewea.org/fileadmin/ewea_documents/documents/publications/Wind_at_work_FINAL.pdf [Accessed February 2010]
Global Wind Energy Council (GWEC), 2010 (1). ‘Global wind power boom continues despite economic woes’ Available From: http://www.gwec.net/index.php?id=30&no_cache=1&tx_ttnews[pointer]=2&tx_ttnews[tt_news]=247&tx_ttnews[backPid]=97&c Hash=13eab30e46 [Accessed September 2010]
‘Global Wind Energy Council (GWEC), 2010 (2), ‘Global Wind 2009 Report’
Greenpeace, 2003. Poll shows wind farm could be boon for tourism. Available from: http://www.greenpeace.org.uk/media/press-releases/poll-shows-wind-farm-could-be-boon-for-tourism [Accessed February 2010]
HMCE, 2005. Modelling the Initial Effects of the Climate Change Levy. Cambridge Econometrics for HM Customs and Excise. Available at www.hmce.gov.uk
HMSO, 1999. The Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999, Statutory Instrument 1999 No. 3242.
IPCC Data Distribution Centre, 2004. Cloud Cover Statistics: Visualisation Pages. Available from: http://www.ipcc- data.org/java/visualisation.html [Accessed February 2010]
Mott McDonald, 2003. DTI Renewable Supply Chain Gap Analysis. Summary Report available at http://www.berr.gov.uk/files/file15401.pdf [Accessed February 2010]
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 305 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
National Audit Office (NAO), 2010. ‘Government funding for developing renewable energy technologies’. Available online at: http://www.nao.org.uk/publications/1011/renewable_energy.aspx. [Accessed September 2010]
National Audit Office (NAO) 2006. National Statistics: Annual Survey of Hours and Earnings (ASHE). Available online at: http://www.statistics.gov.uk/downloads/theme_labour/ASHE_2006/2006_work_la.pdf [Accessed February 2010]
NEEDS Project (New Energy Externalities Development for Sustainability) website: http://www.needs-project.org/ [Accessed September 2010]
Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM), 2004a. Planning Policy Statement 22: Renewable Energy (2004). HMSO Available Online at: http://www.communities.gov.uk/planningandbuilding/planning/planningpolicyguidance/planningpolicystatements/ planningpolicystatements/pps22/ [Accessed February 2010]
Office of the Deputy Prime Minister (ODPM), 2004b. Planning for Renewable Energy: a Companion Guide to PPS 22. HMSO Available Online at: http://www.communities.gov.uk/publications/planningandbuilding/planningrenewable [Accessed February 2010]
PIU, February 2002. Cabinet Office - Performance and Innovation Unit. The Energy Review. February 2002. Published by the Cabinet Office
Robertson Bell Associates (RBA) for National Wind Power, 1997. Taff Ely - Public Opinion Survey (Leeds:RBA).
Robertson Bell Associates (RBA) for National Wind Power, 1998. Novar - Public Opinion Survey (Leeds:RBA).
Scottish Government, 2008. The Economic Impacts of Wind Farms on Scottish Tourism. Available from: http://www.scotland.gov.uk/Publications/2008/03/07113554/0 [Accessed February 2010]
Scottish Office, 2002. Planning Advice Note 45
Scottish Renewables Forum, 2002. Tourist Attitudes to Wind farms, October 2002.
SDC (2005) Wind Power in the UK. A guide to the Key issues surrounding onshore wind power development in the UK. Sustainable Development Commission, May 2005.
Wind Power Monthly, January 2002. Volume 18, No. 1. Page 32 External Costs and the Real Truth - European Commission report ExternE: Externalities of Energy.
Windforce 12, 2004. Blueprint to achieve 12% of world’s electricity from wind power by 2020. Publication of the European Wind Energy Association. May 2004.
World Wind Energy Association (WWEA), February 2008. Wind Turbines Generate More than 1% of the Global Electricity. Available from: http://www.wwindea.org/home/images/stories/pr_statistics2007_210208_red.pdf [Accessed February 2010]
Chapter 12 – Socioeconomics – Page 306 Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
13 GRID CONNECTION
13.1 Introduction
13.1.1 This Chapter describes the electrical connection between the Turncole Wind Farm as described in Chapter 4 (‘the Proposal’) and the point of connection to the electricity grid managed by the Distribution Network Operator (DNO), in this case EDF Energy. 13.1.2 This Chapter will consider the predicted environmental effects of the construction and operation and decommissioning of that grid connection. 13.1.3 The grid connection is not consented under the Town & Country Planning Act 1990 and so does not form part of the planning application for the Proposal, but as it is intrinsically associated with the Proposal it is considered here. Any planning permissions required for the grid connection will be applied for by the DNO and any detailed environmental assessment required will be submitted by the DNO with that planning application. 13.1.4 The preferable grid connection location will be a substation on the south east side of Burnham-on-Crouch. The power lines will be routed to the substation via underground cabling. 13.1.5 The indicative route will run from the substation located within the wind farm site, as shown in Figure 4.2 to the grid substation at OS Grid reference TQ956958. The exact route is not yet determined as detailed studies have not yet been undertaken by the DNO. The distance as the crow flies is 3.5km. The connection is likely to be cabled across arable fields towards suitable public roads where the route will continue within the road verge where possible.
13.2 Cable Materials and Installation Description
Materials
13.2.2 The underground cable would most likely be a single 33 kV, laid in a duct.
Installation Method
13.2.3 Trenches of 1 metre wide and at least one metre deep will be dug either by hand using various drills or a cable laying machine, depending on the surface type. The cable would be formed of individual lengths joined together and will be below cultivation depth. The top 100mm of soils will be stripped and laid beside the trench, and then used to reinstate the original ground level immediately after the cables have been installed. Where practicable and necessary, vegetation over the width of the cable trench will be lifted as turfs, and replaced after trenching operations. Warning tape will be laid 300mm above the cables in case of future excavation. It is not expected that any dewatering of excavations or cement in the vicinity of watercourses will be required. 13.2.4 Installation of the underground cable will require the transportation of cable drums and earth digging equipment. It is not expected that these vehicles will require any special highways permissions or highways improvements and shall not enter the watercourses. However installation of the cable along the verges of public roads might require road management such as cordoned-off areas and temporary traffic lights for safety purposes. All refuelling of vehicles and machinery on site will take place within the construction compound. 13.2.5 It is expected that the cable installation works would take up to three months and would be likely to be limited to similar hours of construction as described for the construction of the wind farm – Monday to Saturday 7am to 7pm. 13.2.6 Where the cable route needs to cross a tarmac road the road shall be dug up in sections to allow traffic to pass in one direction at a time. The works needed to take the cable across the road are expected to be completed within 2 days.
Chapter 13 – Grid Connection – Page 307
Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
13.2.7 The only activities expected to make noise above that of normal work activities in the area would be drilling of hard surfaces such as concrete and road surfaces etc. which will be limited in extent and duration.
13.3 Operation and Maintenance
13.3.1 Maintenance for underground electric cables is minimal. The only maintenance activity would be if an underground cable is mistakenly dug up and will require the affected cable to be dug up and repaired by maintenance crews driving or walking to the affected area.
Decommissioning
13.3.2 Redundant underground cables would be dug up and disposed of if practically possible.
13.4 Landscape and Visual Effects
13.4.1 Owing to the short period of time that the grid connection would have any visual presence it is not considered that there would be any significant landscape or visual effects arising from the grid connection.
13.5 Ecological Effects
13.5.1 No designated sites or ancient woodlands have been identified in association with land located along the indicative grid route. Given the limited land take that would be required for the grid connection the nature conservation designations associated with the Essex coast are not considered pertinent as they would not be directly affected and, with careful planning and prior consultation with statutory agencies, it is considered that indirect effects would also be highly unlikely. 13.5.2 The grid connection route would be chosen to avoid ecologically sensitive areas. In advance of the selection of a route, a professional ecologist would undertake a desk study to identify any pertinent non-statutory nature conservation sites. A walkover survey would also be undertaken to identify any ecological constraints and risks so that this information can be used to inform to the final route selection and so that any mitigation requirements can be formalised. 13.5.3 Based on available online aerial photography, the predominant habitats within the landscape through which the grid connection would be likely to pass are arable fields and associated drains. More locally, plantations, artificial reservoirs and hedgerows occur. Areas of improved grassland are likely to occur in association with road verges and the boundaries of arable fields. At this stage, it is not possible to rule out the presence of other habitats or to quantify the nature conservation value of habitats that might be affected. However, general comments can be made as follows. 13.5.4 Arable fields comprise a habitat type that is generally subjected to regular and intensive levels of disturbance and as such wildlife present in such habitats is typically resilient, to varying degrees, to such disturbance. 13.5.5 The network of drains and ditches that cross the landscape are potentially of importance for protected species such as water vole. Directional drilling could be used to route the cable underneath these sensitive habitats, thereby reducing potential ecological effects. 13.5.6 Plantations, hedgerows and standing water habitats are so scarce within the landscape that it would be possible to finalise a grid connection route that avoids them. 13.5.7 Careful planning would be undertaken prior to undertaking cable laying works on road verges so that those verges of greatest potential ecology and nature conservation sensitivity can be identified. This may involve, as appropriate, consultation with the Wildlife Trust with regard to the presence of any Protected Road Verges. Not all road verges will be of comparable interest and value and many of the verges present along the connection
Chapter 13 – Grid Connection – Page 308
Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
corridor are likely to be species-poor, improved or otherwise previously disturbed. Measures can be put in place to ensure that turves are reinstated after trenching is completed and that seed mixes of non- native origin are not sown during reinstatement. Natural recovery of disturbed vegetation is generally preferable and in some cases disturbance may result in the reappearance of species not recently present due to the creation of conditions amenable to the breaking of seed dormancy and the stimulation of germination 13.5.8 It is not possible to fully quantify the ecological impacts of the grid connection at this stage, but it is possible to state that any impacts would be of short duration, temporary in nature and restricted in extent. Given the general nature of the landscape through which the electricity connection would be likely to pass, along with the specific technological options available, it would seem unlikely that the electricity connection would result in any significant fragmentation of habitat and isolation of ecological elements. That said legislative and other best practice ecological requirements would have to be met when finalising the route that the grid connection would take in consultation with a professional ecologist. Works would be timed so as to minimise the potential for disturbance to wildlife occurring along the grid connection route. 13.5.9 It is considered that with appropriate prior ecological input and careful planning an acceptable, ecologically sensitive grid connection route could be identified.
13.6 Cultural Heritage Effects
13.6.1 The electricity connection will be routed to avoid all designated heritage assets shown on Figure 7.2. No designated heritage assets, other than listed buildings which would not be affected by a buried cable, have been identified within, or immediately adjacent to, the proposed grid route. 13.6.2 A staged assessment will be undertaken for the selected route corridor, to comprise desk- based assessment, walk over survey and if necessary field evaluation. Archaeologically sensitive areas will be avoided as far as is reasonably possible. Where avoidance is not possible or desirable a suitable programme of archaeological mitigation will be implemented, in accordance with a written scheme of investigation that has been approved by Essex County Council's archaeology officer. 13.6.3 Following careful routing of the cable, appropriate consultation with Essex County Council and the implementation of any necessary mitigation and post excavation reporting, there should be no significant residual effects as a result of the construction of the electricity connection cable.
13.7 Hydrological Effects
13.7.1 The electricity connection route would be chosen to avoid hydrologically sensitive areas wherever reasonably practicable. In advance of the selection of a route, a professional hydrologist would undertake a site walkover to identify any sensitive water features so that this information can be used to inform to the final route selection and so that any mitigation requirements can be formalised. The grid connection cables along with the site electric cables will be installed within small trenches. These will follow the same mitigation criteria as described within Chapter 8, Hydrological Assessment. 13.7.2 Based on ordnance survey data the electricity connection is likely to pass over and within the vicinity of several watercourses and drains. The magnitude and significance of potential impacts has been considered and includes sedimentation/erosion, pollution and alteration to natural drainage patterns and runoff rates/volumes and flood risk. Prior to mitigation, there is the potential for impacts of Minor significance to occur during the construction phase of the grid connection. 13.7.3 It is not possible to fully quantify the hydrological impacts of the grid connection at this stage, but it is possible to state that any impacts would be of short duration, temporary in nature and restricted in extent. Given the general nature of the landscape through which the electricity connection would be likely to pass, along with the specific technological
Chapter 13 – Grid Connection – Page 309
Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
options available, it would seem unlikely that the electricity connection would result in any significant impact on local water features. That said legislative and other best practice hydrological requirements would have to be met when finalising the route that the grid connection would take in consultation with a professional hydrologist. Works would be timed so as to minimise the potential for turbid runoff occurring along the electricity connection route. 13.7.4 The potential impacts on the hydrology and hydrogeology as a consequence of the installation of these underground cables is considered to be the same as those described within this ES Chapter for the Proposal and therefore the measures suggested within Chapter 8 to reduce any associated impact will also be applicable to the grid connection activities.
13.8 Socio Economic Effects
13.8.1 This Section of the Chapter will consider the effects of the construction of the proposed grid connection associated with the Proposal on recreational users of the area, local residents and road users. As the grid route will be underground there will be no impact during operation unless maintenance is required. This is considered to be insignificant so operational impacts will not be considered in this Section. Mitigation measures will be described where appropriate and any residual socio-economic effects discussed.
Recreation
13.8.2 As the grid route is at this stage indicative it is not known for certain if public rights of way would be affected. However between the onsite substation and the substation in Burnham- on-Crouch there are a number of footpaths and there is a possibility that these footpaths could be crossed by the grid route. 13.8.3 The numbers of walkers and cyclists using these rights of way are not known exactly, however from site visits and discussions with local community members it is not considered to be a high usage. The works that would be carried out over a 3 month period may cause some disruption with a negative effect on users’ appreciation of the area. 13.8.4 However, no rights of way would be closed during this time as the works could be carried out within the verge leaving the majority of the right of way available to other users. Furthermore, the works would not be under way for the whole length of the right of way at any one time, but would instead be installed in sections of about 100m, thereby minimising the magnitude of effect on users of the rights of way.. 13.8.5 There are no bridleways along the indicative grid route so horse riders will not be affected.
Residents
13.8.6 Effects on residents would be limited to noise and disruption during the construction of the grid connection. It is not considered that sleep would be disturbed as works would be likely to be limited to 7am to 7pm on weekdays, but this would have to be confirmed by EDF Energy in consultation with the local authority. There are very few residential properties along the indicative grid route and therefore the potential affect would be considered low.
Road Users
13.8.7 The only road likely to be affected by the grid route is the Marsh Road. From Chapter 10 it can be seen that the number of cars that use this road is minimal. The Marsh Road is effectively a dead end because it does not connect to any other roads; it is a loop with entrances/exits at Southminster and Burnham-on-Crouch. 13.8.8 Traffic along this road would be managed so that cars could pass any works being undertaken. Where this isn’t possible cars could enter the Marsh Road from the other end to access properties. This would result in some traffic delays, but given the relatively low
Chapter 13 – Grid Connection – Page 310
Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
number of road users and the limited duration of the works, this is not considered to have a significant effect.
Mitigation
13.8.9 Primary mitigation measures that have been incorporated into the design of the grid connection have minimised the potential effects from the outset: 13.8.10 The point of connection is close to the wind farm, thereby reducing the potential effects on the environment; 13.8.11 By routing the cables underground there will be no appreciable change to the visual environment during operation of the grid connection; 13.8.12 Sensitive habitats have been avoided. 13.8.13 To reduce potential effects on walkers, cyclists, signs would be placed at either end of the right of way affected by the grid connection route and in the vicinity of works within the roadside verges. This would enable users to make an informed decision as to which way they go and to avoid the works if they wish. 13.8.14 To reduce potential effects on road users were possible the verge and private land will be used for the cables. If the Marsh Road has to be closed signs would be placed at the Burnham-on-Crouch end notifying road users of the closure and directing them to the Southminster entrance. This would enable users to make an informed decision as to which way they go and to avoid the works if they wish.
Conclusions
13.8.15 No significant socio-economic effects are considered likely to arise from the proposed grid connection.
13.9 Conclusions
13.9.1 Owing to the fact that the indicative grid connection from Turncole Wind Farm and the point of connection in Burnham-on-Crouch would be underground there would be negligible landscape and visual effect. 13.9.2 The ecological, archaeological and hydrological effects of the indicative grid connection route have been considered and no significant effects have been predicted to be likely. 13.9.3 There are suitable mitigation measures available to further reduce the impact during construction of the grid route.
Chapter 13 – Grid Connection – Page 311
Turncole Wind Farm Volume II Environmental Statement
14 MITIGATION SUMMARY
14.1 Introduction
14.1.1 This Chapter contains a schedule of the mitigation measures proposed to address any potential effects identified during the environmental impact assessment process. 14.1.2 Primary, or embedded, mitigation measures, which are those measures undertaken during the design process, such as avoiding statutory designations by locating the wind farm appropriately, are not considered here. 14.1.3 Secondary mitigation measures include any process, activity or design to avoid, reduce, remedy or compensate for any likely significant adverse effects of the proposed development. 14.1.4 Other measures are those which seek to avoid, reduce, remedy or compensate for any non significant adverse effects of the proposed development. 14.1.5 Enhancement measures are those which do not seek to remedy any specific adverse effects associated with the wind farm, but would be beneficial.
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 312
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
14.2 Mitigation Measures
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) LVIA Visual effects owing to turbine Colour to be determined by consenting body / By Condition Prior to Construction colour local planning authority (standard practice in wind farm developments). Visual effects of control building Local building materials and finishes proposed to By Condition Prior to Construction ensure that the building is in keeping with others in the area. Visual effects of temporary After completion of construction of the wind By Condition Post Construction construction compound farm the temporary construction compound would be fully reinstated back to its original use. Visual effects of crane Some parts of the crane hardstandings and By Condition Post Construction hardstandings, tracks and cable track spurs would be covered in topsoil and trenches. reseeded or used as farmland after turbine construction is completed. Figure 4.5 indicates reinstatement areas on the crane hardstandings layout. Cable trenches would be similarly covered with topsoil and reseeded or left for farmland beneath ploughing depth Visual effects of the wind farm Removal of all the turbine components, By Condition Decommissioning after decommissioning transformers, monitoring masts, crane hardstandings, the substation and associated buildings. Some of the access tracks could be left on site to ensure the continued benefit of improved site access for the landowner or they could be reinstated.
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 313
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) Ecology Temporary loss of arable habitat Build the track network first so that vehicles By Design and CMS Prior to and During (other habitats will not be are confined to a limited area. Construction affected). Retain displaced arable soil on Site and redistribute post-construction as close to the point of origin as possible. Plan works so as to minimise the scope for impacts. Restrict the storage of materials to the temporary construction compound. Permanent loss of, or damage to, Ensure land take/damage is avoided where By Design and CMS Prior to and During semi-natural and arable habitats. possible. Construction If land take is unavoidable then ensure it is kept to a minimum. Retain displaced arable soil on Site and redistribute post-construction as close to the point of origin as possible. Position tracks so that they can be used to promote an increase in verge habitat. Where damage occurs either re-instate habitat after works or implement a compensation strategy. Do not store materials on or directly adjacent to verges. Create new verge habitat as described in By Condition Construction to EMES and manage appropriately to secure net Operation biodiversity enhancement. Disturbance and displacement of Turbines will be restricted to arable By Design bats and collision of bats with farmland and therefore avoid areas of identified turbines. bat activity. Placement of infrastructure will avoid fragmentation of bat habitats.
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 314
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) Wind turbines will be offset by at least 50m from vegetation used for foraging or commuting (in accordance with Natural England, 2009). Habitat enhancement proposals described in By Condition Post Construction the EMES will aim, over the medium term, to provide beneficial bat foraging, commuting and roosting habitats in areas of the Site not associated with wind turbines. Disturbance and displacement of all Build the track network first so that vehicles By Design other wildlife. are confined to a limited area. During sensitive periods for wildlife a By Condition Prior to and During preconstruction survey will be undertaken and Construction construction timing will be implemented to minimise the impact. Ensure time efficient working practices so that the period of construction is as short as possible. Implement working method statements detailed in the EMES Drain crossings have been designed to maintain habitat connectivity for water voles and other species by means of a pipe running through the crossing. Habitat enhancement proposals described in Operation the EMES will aim, over the medium term, to provide beneficial new wildlife habitats across the. Increase in permanent vegetation In the context of this Site such changes are By Design and other favorably managed field to be encouraged and are part of the boundary habitats at the expense of enhancement strategy detailed in the EMES. cultivated land that is not currently New habitats will require subsequent Operation
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 315
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) meeting its full biodiversity appropriate management so as to ensure net By Condition potential. benefits to wildlife. Cultural Possible direct impact on unknown The turbines and infrastructure has been By Design Heritage underground cultural heritage designed to avoid all known sites of features archaeological interest Scheme of archaeological investigation works Condition Pre-construction. to be agreed and implemented prior to construction. An archaeological watching brief is recommended to monitor topsoil stripping ahead of construction activities for the main working areas (i.e. construction compound, substation site, access tracks/ cable corridors and turbine bases) Hydrology Changes in surface water runoff Best practice track drainage provisions to be By Design patterns which could result in a part of the access track design flooding risk All subcontractors subject to RES CMS Approval of CMS prior to Environmental Management System commencement of ongoing site maintenance construction and implemented prior to and during construction Generation of turbid runoff which Trackside drains with the potential to carry CMS Approval of CMS prior to could enter local watercourses and high sediment loads will not be allowed to commencement of drains, and alteration of local discharge directly into the watercourse, drains or construction and runoff local ponds, but will discharge into a silt trap or implemented prior to buffer area of adequate width. and during construction Mitigation will be incorporated into the access track design to ensure suspended sediments within track runoff are controlled Cable trenches will be backfilled with materials of suitable permeability to prevent
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 316
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) trenches acting as runoff conduits Loss of streambed due to new track Six watercourse crossings are required on By Design crossings and the potential for input tracks within the application boundary. Culvert of sediment to watercourses being design will prevent impacts to the watercourse crossed during crossing construction Culverts will be oversized to reduce the potential for blockage. All subcontractors subject to RES CMS Approval of CMS prior to Environmental Management System commencement of ongoing maintenance. construction and implemented prior to and during construction Spillages of concrete during In the event of an accidental spillage, a CMS Approval of CMS prior to foundation formation, which could predefined ‘Pollution Incident Response Plan’ commencement of enter local watercourses or impact will be detailed within the CMS addressing such construction and groundwater events. implemented prior to and during construction Discharge of groundwater following If dewatering is required during excavation CMS Approval of CMS prior to dewatering (if required) that has of the turbines, dewatering fluids will be commencement of elevated suspended sediments, directed into surface silt traps to ensure construction and which could enter watercourses sediment does not enter the surrounding water implemented prior to features. and during construction Spillages and leakages of oil, fuel, Storage of materials within protective CMS Approval of CMS prior to and other potentially polluting bunding of sufficient capacity to contain all commencement of substances e.g. concrete spillages (PPG2) outlined within the CMS. construction and Best site management practices will be implemented prior to adopted to reduce the potential for any spillages and during construction or leakages of potentially polluting substances. In the event of an accidental spillage, a predefined ‘Pollution Incident Response Plan’ will be detailed within the CMS.
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 317
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) designated facilities designed and used for storage and refuelling, away from water bodies; drip trays provided for machinery; machinery repaired and maintained, where practicable, in suitable designated locations; a Site oil, chemical and product inventory; a Site drainage plan, including notations of areas of highest sensitivity; a list of emergency procedures, responsive to a risk assessment of areas of high sensitivity; Site induction of all personnel on emergency spillage procedures and staff trained in emergency procedures; a contact list for emergency services, the relevant environmental regulators, the local water supply and sewerage undertakers, the Health and Safety Executive and specialist clean up contractors, if required emergency response equipment available at appropriate locations. Alterations to natural drainage Drainage seeking to mimic the existing CMS Approval of CMS prior to patterns and run off volumes/rates drainage regime through management of runoff commencement of to impact surface water receptors from access tracks and turbine bases. construction and during construction and operation Design of surface water management systems implemented prior to will also give due consideration to options and during construction incorporating Sustainable Drainage Systems (SuDS), such as swales or infiltration devices. Acoustic Disturbance owing to increased Site operations will be limited to 0700-1900 Through the CMS Approval of CMS prior to noise levels from construction Monday to Saturday; except during turbine commencement of activities erection & commissioning (a relatively quiet By condition construction and activity) when construction may also take place implemented during
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 318
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) on Sundays. construction Quiet machinery to be used and in good working order. Stationary noise sources located away from residential properties as far as reasonably possible. BS 5228 1997 Guidance will be observed for development of CMS The movement of vehicles to and from the site would be controlled ensure compliance with the noise control measures adopted. Disturbance owing to increased Construction of site tracks shall not be closer Through the CMS Approval of CMS prior to noise levels from construction than 575m from the nearest property; commencement of activities for Saturday afternoon Construction traffic would also be reduced construction and working and this would be to the equivalent of implemented during approximately 2 heavy vehicle movements past construction each property per hour; & At the nearest on-site locations to the four properties identified in Table 9.20 as potentially receiving construction noise levels in excess of the 55dB(A) target level, only one construction activity (as defined in Table 9.17) should take place at any one time. Potential increase in background Noise limited as required by ETSU-R-97. By condition During operation noise levels
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 319
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) Transport Disruption to road users from Traffic management plan to be agreed with Through a Traffic Approval of Plan prior abnormal and other loads. police and highways authorities prior to Management Plan to the commencement construction. of any highway works Police and other escort vehicles to be used By condition with Highway Authority where appropriate. Obtain authorisation for abnormal load movements Maximum convoy size of 3 abnormal loads unless otherwise agreed. Highway Safety ‘Caution slow plant turning ahead’ signs placed on approach to site entrance. Marking of vehicles as long/abnormal loads. Use of police escorts. EMI Television interference Benchmark survey for signal strength. By Condition. Prior to construction Aerial redirection or provision of digital TV Installation of improved aerial or conversion to satellite signal. Socio- Inadvertent access of public onto Excavation areas fenced off. Through the CMS Approval of CMS prior to economic construction site. commencement of By condition construction and implemented prior to and during construction Workers injured by machinery Through the CMS Approval of CMS prior to All site work to comply with: commencement of
Construction (Design and Management) By condition construction and Regulations 2007 implemented prior to Health and Safety at Work Act 1974 and during construction Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1996. When not in use, any potentially hazardous machinery would be stored in secure containers
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 320
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope and Mechanism for Timing of mitigation extent Implementation, (ie prior to construction/ monitoring, review construction period only/ for operation/ for and corrective action decommissioning) or locked and immobilised to prevent use by unauthorised persons.
Decommi Effects of decommissioning Measures as described above for construction Decommissioning Approval of ssioning activities similar to construction activities Method Statement Decommissioning activities as described above Method Statement prior By condition to commencement of decommissioning activities and implemented during decommissioning
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 321
Turncole Wind Farm Volume 2 Environmental Statement
14.3 Other Measures and Enhancements
ES Section Potential Effect Mitigation Measure Proposed: Scope Mechanism for Timing of measure Agent and extent Implementation Ecology Enhance local wildlife Implementation of EMES see Table By Condition Approval of EMES prior to RES value 6.13, Figure 6.9 Construction, implementation Bird monitoring undertaken in years through operation 1, 3 and 5 years after the Proposal becomes operational for both breeding and wintering bird seasons. A monitoring report would be issued following the completion of each monitoring phase, to an agreed timeframe, to Natural England and Maldon District Council.
Transport Damage to Roads Video Road Condition Survey of access Through the CMS Approval of CMS prior to RES routes and site entrance undertaken prior commencement of construction to construction as baseline. By condition and implemented during construction Any repairs needed will be undertaken Mud and dust on public Waterless wheel wash at site entrance if Through the CMS Approval of CMS prior to RES highway required. commencement of construction By condition and implemented prior to and Site entrance swept clean as required. during construction Concurrent cumulative If construction timetables for Turncole BE16 Permit During construction. Highways Socio- abnormal load and any adjacent projects overlap then authority economic deliveries will be co-ordinated to reduce impact by permit allocation. Facilitation of local Provision of community benefit fund of at By agreement with Wind farm energisation. RES. projects least £2,000 / MW installed. community benefit fund committee or as otherwise agreed. Additional resource for School visits to wind farm To be confirmed. During operation. RES / local students. schools
Chapter 14 – Mitigation Summary – Page 322